This is a modern-English version of Tales of the Wonder Club, Volume II, originally written by Halidom, M. Y..
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
E-text prepared by Greg Weeks, Stephen Blundell,
and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
(http://www.pgdp.net)
E-text prepared by Greg Weeks, Stephen Blundell,
and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
(http://www.pgdp.net)
STORIES FROM
THE WONDER CLUB.
BY
DRYASDUST.
VOL. II.
VOL. II.

ILLUSTRATED BY
JOHN JELLICOE AND VAL PRINCE,
After Designs by the Author.
ILLUSTRATED BY
JOHN JELLICOE AND VAL PRINCE,
Based on designs from the author.
HARRISON & SONS, 59, PALL MALL,
Booksellers to the Queen and H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.
All rights reserved.
HARRISON & SONS, 59, PALL MALL,
Booksellers to the Queen and H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.
All rights reserved.
LONDON:
PRINTED BY A. HUDSON AND CO.,
160, WANDSWORTH ROAD, S.W.
LONDON:
PRINTED BY A. HUDSON AND CO.,
160, WANDSWORTH ROAD, S.W.
Transcriber's Note:
Transcriber's Note:
Although not present in the original publication, the following list of contents has been provided for convenience:
Although not included in the original publication, the following list of contents has been provided for your convenience:
PAGE | |
CHAPTER I. | 5 |
Buried Alive.—The Landlord's Story. | |
CHAPTER II. | 61 |
Der Scharfrichter.—The Artist's Second Story. | |
CHAPTER III. | 154 |
The Three Pauls.—The Artist's Third Story. | |
CHAPTER IV. | 238 |
The Waxen Image.—The Hostess's Story. | |
CHAPTER V. | 322 |
In which occurs Mr. Parnassus' Ballad—The Chieftain's Destiny. | |
CHAPTER VI. | 338 |
A Tale of the French Revolution.—The Barber's Story. |
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
PAGE | |
Artist and Model | Frontispiece |
Persian Gulf | Title Page |
Buried Alive | 5 |
Execution | 61 |
The Three Pauls | 154 |
The Waxen Image | 238 |
Chieftain's Destiny | 322 |
The Bastille | 338 |

CHAPTER I.
Buried Alive.—The Landlord's Story.
"Bravo, Oldstone! A very capital story!" cried several members at once. "It is a pity our host isn't here to have heard it."
"Great job, Oldstone! That's an amazing story!" exclaimed several members at once. "It's too bad our host isn't here to hear it."
"I heard a good part of it, though, gentlemen," said a voice from a dark corner of the room (for the lights had been extinguished, though it was still murky without).
"I heard a good part of it, though, gentlemen," said a voice from a dark corner of the room (for the lights had been turned off, even though it was still dim outside).
"What, are you there, Jack?" cried Mr. Crucible. "We none of us saw you."
"What, are you there, Jack?" shouted Mr. Crucible. "We all didn't see you."
"Well, sir," said the landlord, "finding that I was not wanted outside as I thought, I ventured to enter the room quietly, so as not to disturb the story."
"Well, sir," said the landlord, "realizing that I wasn't needed outside like I thought, I decided to quietly enter the room so as not to interrupt the story."
"Well done, Jack," said Hardcase, "and so you heard all, eh? Well, what do you think of it?"
"Nice job, Jack," said Hardcase, "so you heard everything, huh? What are your thoughts on it?"
"Pretty nearly all, I guess, sir," replied the landlord, "and a curious one it is, too, and no mistake. But talk of being buried alive, I could tell you a queer adventure that happened to myself, if you gentlemen would care to hear it."
"Pretty much everyone, I think, sir," replied the landlord, "and it's quite an interesting one, that's for sure. But speaking of being buried alive, I could share a strange experience that happened to me, if you gentlemen would like to hear it."
"Only be too glad, Jack," said Oldstone. "Out with it; there is nothing like a good story to beguile the time in weather like this."[6]
"Just be happy, Jack," said Oldstone. "Go ahead; there’s nothing like a good story to pass the time in weather like this."[6]
Our host, thus encouraged, drew his chair close to the fire, and his example was immediately followed by his guests. Then, refilling his yard of clay and lighting it in the fire, he gave one or two preliminary whiffs, and commenced his story thus:—
Our host, feeling encouraged, pulled his chair close to the fire, and his guests quickly did the same. He then refilled his long clay pipe and lit it in the fire, took a couple of puffs, and began his story like this:—
Well, gentlemen, when I was a youngster, that is to say, a lad of nineteen, I fell deeply in love with my Molly, who, though I say it, was the finest lass in the village and for miles round it. For all the world like my Helen, at her age, bless her dear heart! She was the daughter of a rich miller—his only child. Well, it had been a long attachment, for Molly and I were play-mates when we was little, but when I grew to be about nineteen, and my father began to see that I was head over ears in love with Molly, he forbade me to see any more of her, because he and old Sykes—leastways, Molly's father, the miller—wasn't friends, d'ye see.
Well, gentlemen, when I was a young man, specifically at the age of nineteen, I fell deeply in love with my Molly, who, if I may say so, was the most wonderful girl in the village and for miles around. She was just like my Helen at that age, bless her dear heart! Molly was the only daughter of a wealthy miller. Our relationship had been long-standing, as Molly and I were playmates when we were kids, but when I turned nineteen and my father realized I was head over heels for Molly, he prohibited me from seeing her anymore since he and old Sykes—Molly's father, the miller—weren't on good terms, you see.
Nevertheless, Molly and I used to get a peep at each other on the sly like, and often took long walks together when no one was near.
Nevertheless, Molly and I used to sneak glances at each other and often took long walks together when no one was around.
Well, old Sykes also objected to me keeping company with his daughter, and sometimes suspecting what was up, used to lie in wait for us, and catch us in the lane as we was coming home from our walk. Then he'd give us both a "blowing up," for old Sykes wasn't partickler nice in his language, and Molly was locked up in her room while he went to complain of me to my father. This sort of thing occurred more than once, and Sykes, not knowing how to put a stop to it in any[7] other way, sent his daughter on a visit to an aunt of hers some distance off.
Well, old Sykes also disapproved of me hanging out with his daughter, and sometimes when he got suspicious, he would wait for us and catch us in the lane as we were walking home. Then he'd give us both a hard time, since old Sykes wasn't exactly careful with his words, and Molly would be locked up in her room while he went to complain about me to my dad. This kind of thing happened more than once, and since Sykes didn't know how to stop it in any other way, he sent his daughter to visit an aunt of hers who lived quite a distance away.
I didn't know nothing of this for some time, and still went hovering round the house, expecting to see Molly at the window. Now, there happened to be at that time an epidemic running through the village, as proved fatal to many, carrying off both the young and the old, and when my father saw how pulled down I was in health and spirits, which was all along of my not having seen Molly for many a week, he took it into his head that I had caught the epidemic, and sent for a doctor. The doctor came, felt my pulse, and looked at my tongue, and pronounced me very bad, but said that he did not see the usual signs of the epidemic.
I didn't know any of this for a while and kept wandering around the house, hoping to see Molly at the window. At that time, there was an epidemic going through the village, which was fatal for many, affecting both the young and the old. When my father saw how run down I was in health and spirit—mostly because I hadn't seen Molly in weeks—he figured I must have caught the epidemic and called for a doctor. The doctor came, checked my pulse, looked at my tongue, and said I was very ill, but noted that he didn't see the usual signs of the epidemic.
He ordered me, however, to be put to bed, and prescribed me some physic. Instead of doing me any good, it only made me worse, for the doctor was ignorant of the true cause of my low spirits. I was forced to keep in bed, and could do nothing night or day but think of Molly. My father, seeing me rapidly grow worse, but still ignorant of the cause—though he knew that I had been very much cut up about Molly—began to take on so—I being his only son—that the doctor was afraid that he would have to take to his bed. Once, shortly after Molly's disappearance, he told me that she had caught the epidemic and had died.
He ordered me to be put to bed and gave me some medicine. Instead of helping me, it only made things worse because the doctor didn’t understand the real reason for my sadness. I was stuck in bed, unable to do anything but think about Molly day and night. My father saw me getting worse, but he still didn’t know why—though he realized I was really upset about Molly. He started to worry so much, being my only son, that the doctor feared he might end up in bed himself. Once, shortly after Molly disappeared, he told me that she had caught the illness and had died.
He hoped by this tale to bring me to my senses, and that I should soon forget her, and begin courting some other girl, but it had a very different effect upon[8] me, and I rapidly sunk from worse to worse. When the doctor called again, he found me in a dangerous state, and he came to the conclusion that it must be the epidemic after all. Whether I really had caught the epidemic in addition to my love-sickness I can't tell. All I know is that I felt so bad that I didn't expect to live, and even the doctor said it was all over with me.
He hoped that by sharing this story, I would come to my senses and quickly forget her, starting to date another girl instead, but it had the opposite effect on me, and I quickly fell into a worse state. When the doctor came by again, he found me in a serious condition and concluded that it must really be the epidemic after all. I can't say for sure if I actually caught the epidemic on top of my love sickness. All I know is that I felt so awful I didn't expect to survive, and even the doctor said I was done for.
My death was expected daily, and when one morning the doctor came and found me stiff and cold, he gave out to my parents that I was dead. I was no more dead than I am at the present moment. It is true that I could not budge an inch, and I have no doubt that I looked thoroughly dead, but my mind was as clear and as sharp as possible.
My death was anticipated every day, and one morning when the doctor arrived and found me stiff and cold, he told my parents that I was dead. I wasn't any more dead than I am right now. It's true that I couldn't move a bit, and I'm sure I looked completely dead, but my mind was as clear and sharp as ever.
"Poor young man," I heard the doctor say. "So hale and strong, too. Who'd have thought it?"
"Poor young man," I heard the doctor say. "So healthy and strong, too. Who would have thought?"
"Oh, my poor son! my poor son!" wept my father. "You whom I thought to rear to be the prop of my old age, now you are torn from me for ever."
"Oh, my poor son! My poor son!" my father cried. "You, whom I hoped to raise to support me in my old age, are now taken from me forever."
"Calm yourself, sir," said the doctor, "else you will make yourself ill."
"Calm down, sir," the doctor said, "or you'll make yourself sick."
"How can I calm myself?" cried my father, in agony. "Was he not my only son? and I—I—fool, wretch, that I was—I killed him!"
"How can I calm myself?" my father cried in pain. "Was he not my only son? And I—I—fool, wretch that I am—I killed him!"
"You killed him!" cried the doctor. "How? Surely you rave, sir."
"You killed him!" the doctor yelled. "How? You must be out of your mind, sir."
"Yes," persisted my father; "the poor boy was in love with a maid whose father is my enemy. I objected[9] to his marrying her, as did also the girl's father, who wishing to save his daughter from my son sent her away to live at the house of an aunt in the village of H—— in ——shire. As my son knew nothing of this, I told him, thinking to make him forget her, that the maid was dead, but the poor boy took on so dreadful about it, that it has been his death, and I—yes I am his murderer!" and I thought his sobs would choke him.
"Yes," my father insisted; "the poor boy was in love with a maid whose father is my enemy. I opposed his marrying her, as did the girl's father, who wanted to protect his daughter from my son by sending her to live with an aunt in the village of H—— in ——shire. Since my son knew nothing of this, I told him, hoping to make him forget her, that the maid had died, but the poor boy was so devastated by it that it led to his demise, and I—yes, I am his murderer!" I thought his sobs would choke him.
"It was very wrong and foolish of you," said the doctor, "to tell him so, when you saw him so weak and ailing, yet you did it with a good intent, and I do not see that you can justly accuse yourself of being his murderer."
"It was really wrong and silly of you," said the doctor, "to say that to him when you saw him so weak and sick. But you meant well, and I don't think you can fairly call yourself his murderer."
"Yes, yes," sobbed my father, bitterly, "I have killed him—my son, my only son!"
"Yes, yes," my father cried, filled with anguish, "I have killed him—my son, my only son!"
Now I had discovered a secret. Molly was not dead, but living at her aunt's. I knew her address; if I could but be restored to life, I might see her once again. I longed to be able to call out: "Father, I am not dead—comfort yourself," but my tongue refused utterance. I tried to move my limbs, and did all that was in my power to show signs of life, but I still lay powerless—paralysed, for I was in a trance. Oh! the agony I suffered! How long would it last? Should I be really nailed up in a coffin and buried alive? Oh, horror!
Now I had uncovered a secret. Molly wasn't dead; she was living with her aunt. I knew her address; if only I could come back to life, I might see her again. I longed to call out, "Dad, I'm not dead—please don’t worry," but my tongue wouldn’t cooperate. I tried to move my limbs and did everything I could to show I was alive, but I lay there, powerless—paralyzed, because I was in a trance. Oh, the agony I felt! How long would it go on? Would I actually be sealed in a coffin and buried alive? Oh, the horror!
Some of my friends the neighbours were called in to see me and mourned over my corpse.
Some of my friends, the neighbors, were called in to see me and mourned over my body.
"Poor Jack!" one of them said; "if lads of his kidney are not proof against the epidemic, who may hope to escape?"[10]
"Poor Jack!" one of them said; "if guys like him can't escape the epidemic, who can hope to get away?"[10]
The next day an undertaker was sent for to measure me for my coffin.
The next day, a funeral director was called to take my measurements for my coffin.
"Where will all this end?" thought I. "Shall I awake before the coffin is made?"
"Where is all this going to end?" I thought. "Will I wake up before the coffin is finished?"
This was my only hope; but if not, all was lost. Once nailed down, nailed down for ever. The thought was agony.
This was my only hope; but if not, everything was lost. Once it was settled, it was settled forever. The thought was torture.
Here I was, struck down in the flower of my youth, to all appearances dead, yet with my mind keenly alive to all that was going on around me. Oh, that I could become insensible! I knew not how long this dreadful trance would last; all I knew was that if it lasted more than a day or two longer it would be all up with me. I was laid out in state, and all that day and the next friends poured in to gaze upon my corpse.
Here I was, knocked down in the prime of my youth, looking dead, yet my mind was sharply aware of everything happening around me. Oh, how I wished I could become numb! I had no idea how long this horrible trance would last; all I knew was that if it went on for another day or two, I wouldn’t make it. I was on display, and all that day and the next, friends came to look at my body.
As the time grew nearer for my funeral the more despairing I got. At length the coffin arrived. I shuddered. Had my last moment actually come? What could I do? Nothing.
As the time for my funeral approached, I became more and more overwhelmed with despair. Finally, the coffin arrived. I shuddered. Had my last moment really come? What could I do? Nothing.
"Oh, Heaven!" I cried within myself, "for what fell crime am I doomed to bear this agony of soul?"
"Oh, God!" I thought to myself, "what terrible crime am I punished to endure this pain of the soul?"
Two undertakers now lifted me from my bed, one of them seizing me by the shoulders, the other by the feet, and I felt myself placed within a leaden coffin supported upon trestles. I did my utmost now to make one last desperate effort to rouse myself out of my trance, but in vain.
Two undertakers now lifted me from my bed, one of them grabbing me by the shoulders, the other by the feet, and I felt myself being placed into a lead coffin supported on trestles. I tried my hardest to make one last desperate effort to pull myself out of my trance, but it was useless.
"Oh, if they should nail me up!" I thought.
"Oh, what if they nail me up!" I thought.
Then I was left alone all day, and remember a great[11] bustle and whispering going on in the house. All were talking of my funeral. At length the fatal hour arrived! The undertakers entered my room again. Good Heavens! they were actually going to solder me down. The next instant the leaden lid was down upon me, and I was soon tightly secured. Then commenced the knocking in of the nails of the outer coffin. How painfully distinct was the sound of the hammer! I remember counting each nail as it was driven in. At length the task was completed, and I only awaited the hearse to carry me to my last home.
Then I was left alone all day, and I remember a lot of hustle and whispers in the house. Everyone was talking about my funeral. Finally, the moment of truth arrived! The undertakers came back into my room. Good heavens! They were really going to seal me in. In the next moment, the heavy lid was down on me, and I was soon tightly secured. Then they started nailing the outer coffin shut. The sound of the hammer was painfully clear! I remember counting each nail as it was hammered in. Finally, the job was done, and I just waited for the hearse to take me to my final resting place.
Then there was more bustle, the meeting of friends, etc., when after waiting a little longer, I heard the footsteps of the bearers. I felt myself lifted upon the shoulders of the men and carried downstairs. A crowd had evidently collected round the door, for I heard the muffled sound of voices gossipping, but could not distinguish what they said. Only the tolling of the church bell jarred upon my ears. Then the procession began. How slowly it moved along!
Then there was more commotion, friends reconnecting, etc., when after waiting a bit longer, I heard the footsteps of the bearers. I felt myself lifted onto the shoulders of the men and carried downstairs. A crowd had clearly gathered around the door, because I heard the muffled sound of people chatting, but I couldn’t make out what they were saying. Only the ringing of the church bell was jarring to my ears. Then the procession started. It moved so slowly!
"Oh! if I could even now awake!" thought I, "it might not be too late. If I could make sufficient movement with my limbs to overturn the coffin, or even had strength to call out, I should even now be saved."
"Oh! if I could just wake up right now!" I thought. "It might not be too late. If I could move my limbs enough to flip the coffin over, or even had the strength to shout, I could be saved."
But all in vain—rigid, motionless as ever, in spite of my earnest prayers to be restored to life. I felt myself borne leisurely on—whither? Oh, horror! to the cold and narrow grave—to the abode of the dead. My last hope died within me when I felt the procession stop,[12] and I knew that it was already arrived at the cemetery. I remember hearing faintly the tones of the parson's voice as he read the ceremony for the burial of the dead. The coffin was now lowered into the grave, and I heard with awful distinctness the words "earth to earth, ashes to ashes, dust to dust," followed by the rattling of the three handfuls of earth upon my coffin lid. My last hope was now gone. In another moment I should be covered up with mould and left alone to die miserably.
But all in vain—stiff and motionless as ever, despite my desperate pleas to be brought back to life. I felt myself being carried slowly away—where to? Oh, horror! to the cold and narrow grave—to the resting place of the dead. My last hope faded away when I sensed the procession stop,[12] and I realized we had already arrived at the cemetery. I vaguely heard the parson's voice as he read the burial service. The coffin was being lowered into the grave, and I distinctly heard the words "earth to earth, ashes to ashes, dust to dust," followed by the sound of three handfuls of dirt hitting my coffin lid. My last hope was gone. In just a moment, I would be buried under soil and left alone to suffer miserably.
"Oh!" groaned I, in spirit, "it is all over with me!" as I heard the mould tumbling heavily upon me.
"Oh!" I groaned inwardly, "it's all over for me!" as I heard the dirt falling heavily on me.
I knew that the grave was now covered up, for the voices of my friends were quite inaudible, and all was silent.
I knew the grave was covered now because I couldn't hear my friends' voices, and everything was quiet.
What a terrible feeling of isolation was mine! Cut off completely from the rest of the world by some feet of earth, alive, yet supposed to be dead, deserted by friends and doomed at length to awaken only to suffer a death of all deaths most horrible! Had I still believed Molly to be dead, it would have been some consolation to me to die; nay, how gladly would I have welcomed death that I might meet her in a better land. But, alas, I knew that Molly still lived, and after death I should be further away from her than ever. This thought was agony to me. One thing, however, somewhat consoled me, though it was but poor consolation.
What a terrible feeling of isolation I had! Cut off completely from the rest of the world by several feet of earth, alive but thought to be dead, abandoned by friends and eventually destined to wake only to experience a death more horrific than any other! If I still believed Molly was dead, it would have been some comfort to die; in fact, how gladly would I have welcomed death so I could meet her in a better place. But, unfortunately, I knew that Molly was still alive, and after death, I would be further away from her than ever. This thought was torture for me. One thing, however, offered me a bit of comfort, even though it was weak consolation.
"We must all die," I thought.
"We all have to die," I thought.
Molly must die, too. It might be years before she[13] left this earth, still I should see her again sooner or later. But then came another, thought which, do all I could, I was unable to banish from my mind. In the meantime Molly might marry someone else, and rear up a large family of children, and what could I be to her then if I ever chanced to meet her in the other world? If ever human soul knew agony, mine knew it then. I longed for no eternity without Molly, and I remember praying that my spirit might be utterly annihilated and become as insensible as the clay that I was about to leave behind me. It was a dreadful and an impious prayer, but when during life, one dear idol has monopolised the heart and there reigns supreme, even the fear of eternal damnation is insufficient to drive it from its throne.
Molly has to die, too. It might be years before she[13] leaves this earth, but I should see her again sooner or later. But then another thought came to me, one that I couldn’t shake off no matter how hard I tried. In the meantime, Molly might marry someone else and have a big family, and what would I be to her then if I ever ran into her in the afterlife? If any human soul ever felt agony, mine felt it then. I couldn’t imagine an eternity without Molly, and I remember praying that my spirit could just be completely erased and become as numb as the ground I was about to leave behind. It was a terrible and blasphemous prayer, but when one beloved person has taken over your heart and rules it completely, even the fear of eternal damnation isn’t enough to push them off their throne.
"Oh, that I could die quickly and be at rest for ever!"
"Oh, I wish I could die fast and find peace forever!"
Then I prayed fervently a long, heartfelt, earnest prayer, after which I felt more calm, more resigned to my fate. I had no hopes of being rescued and being brought back to life—that hope had quite left me. I now only wished for a speedy and peaceful death. Many weary hours I lay on my back within my narrow prison—rigid—immovable—a living soul amongst the dead. The silence that reigned around was intense, almost inconceivable to those accustomed to the busy world without.
Then I prayed intensely, pouring my heart into a long, sincere prayer, and afterward I felt calmer, more accepting of my fate. I had given up hope of being rescued and coming back to life—that hope was completely gone. Now, I just wanted a quick and peaceful death. I lay on my back in my tight space for many tiring hours—stiff—completely still—a living person among the dead. The silence around me was deafening, almost unimaginable for those used to the hustle and bustle of the outside world.
I missed the rustling of the leaves, the chirping of the birds, the distant lowing of cattle, the hum of human[14] voices, every sound of life; all was still, for it was the silence of the grave. The only sound at all audible, and that was so indistinct and muffled from the pile of earth that covered me that, had my sense of hearing not been excited to an abnormal pitch, I should not have heard it, and that was the sound of the church clock as it struck the hour. I had been buried in the morning at about ten o'clock, and I remember counting the hours until ten o'clock at night. Every hour appeared to me a century, until, exhausted with the agony of mind I had endured, I fell asleep and dreamed of Molly. I thought that I was by her side walking under the trees in a part of the country that I had never seen before.
I missed the rustling of the leaves, the chirping of the birds, the distant mooing of cows, the hum of human voices; everything was silent, like the silence of the grave. The only sound I could barely hear, muffled by the pile of dirt on top of me, was the church clock striking the hour. I had been buried in the morning around ten o'clock, and I remember counting the hours until ten o'clock at night. Each hour felt like a century, and eventually, overwhelmed by mental agony, I fell asleep and dreamed of Molly. I imagined that I was by her side, walking under the trees in an area I had never seen before.
There was a house at some distance, which she said belonged to her aunt. I was telling her all about how I came to be buried alive, and she was listening to me and looking up in my face with tearful eyes, for she had heard that I was dead. I also dreamed that I saw a serpent moving in the grass at her feet. I sprang up and beat it severely with my cane. At first it attempted to defend itself, but at length it escaped from me severely bruised.
There was a house not too far away that she said belonged to her aunt. I was sharing my story about how I ended up being buried alive, and she was listening to me, looking up at my face with tear-filled eyes because she thought I was dead. I also dreamed that I saw a snake moving in the grass at her feet. I jumped up and hit it hard with my cane. At first, it tried to fight back, but in the end, it got away from me badly hurt.
The dream then changed from one subject to another, but Molly was by my side throughout. It was exceedingly vivid, and I doubted not at the time but that I was by her side in reality.
The dream then shifted from one topic to another, but Molly was by my side the whole time. It was incredibly vivid, and at that moment, I had no doubt that I was really next to her.
I know not how long I had been asleep when I heard a confused noise while still in a dreaming state, and I awoke to find myself once more in my coffin.[15]
I don't know how long I had been asleep when I heard a jumbled noise while still dreaming, and I woke up to find myself back in my coffin.[15]
"Oh, why was not this dream allowed to last?" I groaned to myself, and tried to fall asleep again, hoping to take up the thread of my dream at the point that I had lost it, but in vain, for now I heard the same noise in reality over my head. It was the sound of men's voices. Who could they be? Was I still dreaming? No!
"Oh, why couldn't this dream just keep going?" I groaned to myself and tried to fall asleep again, hoping to pick up my dream where I had left off, but it was useless, because now I heard the same noise in reality above me. It was the sound of men's voices. Who could they be? Was I still dreaming? No!
They were the resurrectionists, or the "body-snatchers," as we generally call them. They had come to rob my body in order to sell it to some doctor. How my heart beat for joy!
They were the resurrectionists, or the "body-snatchers," as we usually call them. They had come to steal my body to sell it to some doctor. How my heart raced with joy!
"I shall be saved! I shall be saved!" said I to myself.
"I will be saved! I will be saved!" I said to myself.
"O merciful God!" I prayed in spirit, "who scornest not to make the meanest of thy creatures thine instruments, I thank Thee for having heard my prayers and delivered me from this fearful death. I am unworthy of all thy mercies, O God! Perform thy miracles on men more worthy."
"O merciful God!" I prayed in my heart, "who does not disdain to make even the lowest of your creatures your instruments, I thank You for hearing my prayers and saving me from this terrible death. I am unworthy of all your kindness, O God! Work your miracles on those more deserving."
The body-snatchers had now shovelled all the earth away that covered me, and they began to lift the coffin out of the grave. Had it been my friend's coffin instead of my own, I should have stigmatised the men who attempted to disinter his body as thieves, robbers, a set of midnight marauders; but in the present instance I blessed them as my deliverers, as my brothers. My heart yearned towards them, for my hopes began to revive.
The body-snatchers had now dug up all the dirt that was covering me, and they started to pull the coffin out of the grave. If it had been my friend’s coffin instead of mine, I would have labeled the men trying to dig up his body as thieves, robbers, a group of midnight raiders; but in this situation, I saw them as my saviors, as my brothers. My heart went out to them, because my hopes were starting to come back to life.
It would be discovered that I was not dead, at least,[16] I hoped so, and when my trance should pass off I should be able to find some way of seeing Molly again. The next moment the outer coffin was wrenched open; then they proceeded to force the leaden one. This was soon done, and I now felt the chill night air. To lift me out, thrust me headfirst into a sack, and shovel the earth into the grave again, was the work of a moment, and I now felt myself laid across the shoulder of one of the men, and carried off.
It would be found out that I wasn’t dead, at least,[16] I hoped so, and when my trance wore off, I would be able to figure out a way to see Molly again. The next moment, the outer coffin was forced open; then they went ahead and pried open the lead one. This was done quickly, and I could feel the cold night air. They lifted me out, stuffed me headfirst into a bag, and quickly shoveled dirt back into the grave. I felt myself thrown over the shoulder of one of the men and carried away.
"Where was I bound for?" I asked myself.
"Where was I headed?" I asked myself.
The men began talking together, so I resolved to listen—to learn, if possible, what they were going to do with me.
The men started talking amongst themselves, so I decided to listen—to find out, if I could, what they were planning to do with me.
"A fine corpse, Bill," said one body-snatcher to the other.
"A great-looking body, Bill," said one body-snatcher to the other.
"Aye, my word," replied Bill, "but what a weight he be!"
"Aye, my word," replied Bill, "but what a load he is!"
"Ah! I dare say; these youngsters are so full of blood and muscle," said the other.
"Ah! I must say, these kids are so full of energy and strength," said the other.
"Tell you what it is, Tom," said my bearer, "you must lend me a hand or I shall never bring him safely to the doctor's to-night. Here, just take him on your shoulders a bit!"
"Listen, Tom," my bearer said, "you need to help me out or I won't be able to get him to the doctor safely tonight. Here, just carry him on your shoulders for a bit!"
I then felt myself transferred from the shoulders of Bill to those of Tom.
I then felt myself shift from Bill's shoulders to Tom's.
"Begad! you're right," said the latter. "He be a load, surely."
"Wow! You’re right," said the other. "He really is a burden, for sure."
"Well," said Bill, "the doctor has got the full worth of his money, and no mistake. For less than ten[17] guineas I wouldn't have undertaken the task on such a night as this. Hark! how the wind howls. My teeth chatter in spite of myself. Poor Jack! Many's the good draught of malt he has drawn for me in his father's tap-room!"
"Well," said Bill, "the doctor definitely got his money's worth, no doubt about it. For less than ten[17] guineas, I wouldn’t have taken on this task on a night like this. Listen to that wind howl! My teeth are chattering despite myself. Poor Jack! He’s poured me many a good pint of malt in his dad's taproom!"
"Peace, you fool!" cried Tom; "don't talk so loud, or the thing will get wind in the village, and we shall get torn to pieces. Hush! there is someone behind the hedge."
"Be quiet, you idiot!" shouted Tom; "don't speak so loudly, or people in the village will catch wind of this, and we'll be in serious trouble. Shh! Someone's behind the hedge."
Then they walked on in silence for some time, and on the way I was once more hoisted on to the shoulders of Bill.
Then they walked on in silence for a while, and along the way, I was once again lifted up onto Bill's shoulders.
"Oh, you beggar, what a weight you be!" said Bill, addressing me. "Well, we're paid for it, so I suppose I must carry you," and off we trudged again.
"Oh, you beggar, what a burden you are!" Bill said to me. "Well, we're getting paid for this, so I guess I have to carry you," and off we went again.
"This is the way to Dr. Slasher's house," said Tom. "I see a light in the windows; he is awaiting us."
"This is how to get to Dr. Slasher's house," Tom said. "I see lights in the windows; he’s expecting us."
"Well," said Bill, "we've been pretty punctual. It is not much past twelve o'clock. Here we are at last."
"Well," said Bill, "we've been pretty on time. It's just past noon. Here we are, finally."
The two men stopped, and one threw some earth against the doctor's window. The next moment I heard footsteps within, and the door was opened noiselessly.
The two men stopped, and one threw some dirt against the doctor's window. The next moment, I heard footsteps inside, and the door opened silently.
"Hush!" said the doctor's voice.
"Quiet!" said the doctor's voice.
The two men entered the house, when I was taken out of my sack and deposited upon a table in the doctor's study. It was the same doctor who had attended me during my illness.
The two men walked into the house, and I was pulled out of my sack and placed on a table in the doctor's study. It was the same doctor who had treated me while I was sick.
"Fine specimen, sir," said Bill, "and tough work[18] enough we've had to get him, neither; the ground's as hard as a brick-bat."
"Nice specimen, sir," said Bill, "and it’s been tough work[18] getting him, too; the ground's as hard as a brick."
"Ah!" said the doctor, abstractedly, feeling me all over.
"Ah!" said the doctor, distractedly, examining me all over.
"Yes, sir," said the other; "and how heavy he be too!"
"Yes, sir," said the other; "and he's so heavy too!"
"Humph!" said the doctor.
"Ugh!" said the doctor.
"It is a bitter cold night," said Bill. "The wind howled among the trees while we was at work enough to make one's blood curdle."
"It’s a freezing cold night," said Bill. "The wind howled through the trees while we were working, enough to make your blood run cold."
"Ha!" said the doctor; "I know what that means. A glass of grog wouldn't be unacceptable, unless I mistake."
"Ha!" said the doctor; "I know what that means. A glass of rum wouldn't be out of the question, unless I'm mistaken."
"Well, sir, you've just guessed about right," said Bill. "A glass of grog now and then, just to keep out the cold is a very fine thing, as you, being a doctor, sir, I've no doubt are well aware."
"Well, sir, you’ve hit the nail on the head," said Bill. "A drink of grog now and then, just to ward off the cold, is really great, as you, being a doctor, sir, I'm sure know all too well."
"Ha! ha!" laughed the doctor. "I perceive you understand the theory of the circulation of the blood. Well, as you have done your work well, I'll just put the kettle on the hob, and you shall have a good stiff glass apiece."
"Ha! Ha!" laughed the doctor. "I see you get the theory of blood circulation. Well, since you did your job well, I'll just put the kettle on the stove, and you can both have a strong drink."
"That's the sort of thing, eh, Tom? The doctor is a real gentleman, and no mistake."
"That's the kind of thing, right, Tom? The doctor is truly a gentleman, no doubt about it."
Tom acquiesced, and soon the doctor produced a tall bottle of brandy, and more than half filling two tumblers, and popping a couple of lumps of sugar into each glass, he lifted the kettle from the hob and filled them up to the brim. Then, stirring up the sugar at[19] the bottom with the handle of his dissecting knife, he handed a glass to each of his creatures across my body.
Tom agreed, and soon the doctor brought out a tall bottle of brandy. He filled two glasses more than halfway, added a couple of sugar cubes to each, lifted the kettle from the stove, and filled them to the top. Then, stirring the sugar at the bottom with the handle of his dissecting knife, he passed a glass to each of his patients across my body.
"Here's luck, sir," said one of them, nodding.
"Here's good luck, sir," one of them said, nodding.
"I looks towards you, sir," said the other, sipping his grog.
"I look towards you, sir," said the other, sipping his drink.
"Thanks, my man, thanks," said the doctor.
"Thanks, man, thanks," said the doctor.
"A——h!" gasped Bill, after a deep draught, and smacking his lips, "this is something like a glass of grog. I feel myself again. I'd as lief set out again after another subject to-night as not."
"A——h!" gasped Bill, after a deep sip, and smacking his lips, "this is like a real glass of grog. I feel like myself again. I'd just as soon head out again after another topic tonight as not."
"Well, mate," said Tom, draining his glass, "I guess we'd better toddle."
"Well, buddy," Tom said, finishing his drink, "I guess we should get going."
The doctor then counted out twenty guineas, and gave the men ten apiece.
The doctor then counted out twenty pounds and gave the men ten each.
"Thank ye kindly, sir," said they, "and when again you be in want of our services, your honour knows where to find us. Good-night, sir."
"Thank you very much, sir," they said, "and next time you need our services, you know where to find us. Good night, sir."
"Good-night," responded the doctor, as he showed them out and closed the door.
"Good night," the doctor replied as he ushered them out and closed the door.
I was left alone for a moment, but when he returned he might begin dissecting me at once, and that would be horrible, for I was still in my trance. I hoped he would defer operations until the morrow. In the meantime I hoped to come to. Then I heard the doctor's footsteps in the passage, and here he was again. Would he really cut me up before I could call out or defend myself? Good Heavens! What was he about now? He had tucked up his shirt sleeves and seized his dissecting-knife![20]
I was left alone for a moment, but when he came back, he might start examining me right away, and that would be terrifying because I was still in a daze. I hoped he would wait until tomorrow. In the meantime, I wanted to come to my senses. Then I heard the doctor's footsteps in the hallway, and here he was again. Would he actually cut me open before I could scream or defend myself? Good grief! What was he doing now? He had rolled up his shirt sleeves and grabbed his scalpel![20]
All was lost. My hopes had been raised only to be dashed to the ground. My last hour had come. Already I felt the point of the murderous instrument against my chest. Rip!—an incision had been made!
All was lost. My hopes had been lifted only to be crushed. My final hour had arrived. I could already feel the sharp edge of the deadly weapon against my chest. Rip!—a cut had been made!
"Hullo!" cried the doctor, dropping his dissecting-knife. "What is this? Why the man's not dead!"
"Hey!" shouted the doctor, dropping his scalpel. "What’s going on? This guy isn't dead!"
The fact was, I was gradually recovering, and my blood had already begun to flow. The intense mental agony I had endured had caused a cold sweat to break out on my forehead. The incision luckily was not very deep, but I bear the mark of the wound to this day.
The truth is, I was slowly getting better, and my blood had started to circulate again. The intense mental pain I went through had made me break out in a cold sweat. Fortunately, the cut wasn't too deep, but I still have the scar from the wound to this day.
The doctor staunched the blood with his handkerchief, muttering to himself, "And have I been obliged to pay twenty guineas for a living subject? Humph! I've a good mind to cut him up all the same, no one would be any the wiser for it."
The doctor stopped the bleeding with his handkerchief, muttering to himself, "Do I really have to pay twenty guineas for a living person? Hmph! I might as well dissect him anyway; no one would find out."
I began to fear lest he might do so in real earnest; however, he bound up my wound and carried me into his own bedroom, where he placed me on a mattress on the ground. He wiped the perspiration from my forehead and felt my pulse.
I started to worry that he might actually do it; however, he wrapped up my wound and took me into his own bedroom, where he laid me down on a mattress on the floor. He wiped the sweat from my forehead and checked my pulse.
"He'll come round," he muttered to himself; "already he shows signs of life. I would not for the world, though, that this got known in the village. I should lose all my practice, and yet I don't know how to keep the matter quiet, it must ooze out."
"He'll come around," he murmured to himself; "he's already showing signs of life. I wouldn’t want this to be known in the village for anything. I’d lose all my clients, and yet I’m not sure how to keep this under wraps, it has to leak out."
Life was rapidly returning. I began to open and shut my eyes and to breathe, though with some difficulty. By degrees, however, I managed to breathe more freely[21].
Life was coming back quickly. I started to open and close my eyes and breathe, although it was somewhat hard. Little by little, though, I was able to breathe more easily[21].
"Ah, ha!" said the doctor, noticing the rapid change, "getting all right, now—eh?"
"Ah, got it!" said the doctor, seeing the quick change, "feeling better now, huh?"
I remained in the same state for about an hour more, when the doctor began undressing and preparing to turn in for the night. In another moment he was between the sheets and snoring loudly. Soon after I fell asleep myself.
I stayed in the same state for about another hour, when the doctor started getting undressed and getting ready for bed. A moment later, he was under the blankets and snoring loudly. Shortly after, I fell asleep too.
The following morning on awaking, I felt almost myself again. I could move my limbs and sit up in bed, though I still felt very weak.
The next morning when I woke up, I felt almost like myself again. I could move my limbs and sit up in bed, although I still felt very weak.
"Well, how are we now?" asked the doctor, seeing that I moved with comparative ease. "A nice trick you've played me. Do you know that you have done me out of twenty guineas—by coming to life again—eh? I hoped to have cut you all up by this time—and I might have done so, too, easily enough at the time, but I suppose if I were to try it on now you'd halloa."
"Well, how are you feeling now?" the doctor asked, noticing that I was moving with relative ease. "You've pulled quite a trick on me. Do you realize you've made me lose twenty guineas by coming back to life? I expected to have dissected you by now—and I could have done it easily back then, but I guess if I tried that now, you'd scream."
Then he began to ask me all sorts of questions, to which I answered feebly. In reply to a question of his as to whether I felt hungry, I nodded my head, and the doctor went to prepare me a cup of broth. When he returned and I had partaken of it, new strength came back to me, and I was able to relate to him all my sufferings while he listened attentively. Well, day after day I improved in health under the doctor's care, till I at length completely recovered. One morning after I was up and dressed, and breakfasting with the doctor (N.B.—Nobody, not even the doctor's servant, knew[22] anything about either the removal of my body from the grave or of my coming to life again, for the doctor took good care to keep me locked up for a time in his bedchamber.) Well, breakfasting one morning with the doctor, I noticed that he looked rather thoughtful and confused.
Then he started asking me all kinds of questions, to which I responded weakly. When he asked if I felt hungry, I nodded, and the doctor went to make me a cup of broth. After he returned and I had some, I felt a surge of new strength and was able to tell him about all my suffering while he listened closely. Day after day, I got better under the doctor's care until I eventually fully recovered. One morning, after I had gotten up, dressed, and was having breakfast with the doctor (N.B.—Nobody, not even the doctor's servant, knew[22] anything about either my body being taken from the grave or my coming back to life again, as the doctor made sure to keep me locked up in his room for a while.) Anyway, while having breakfast with the doctor, I noticed that he seemed rather deep in thought and a bit confused.
"Now, I'll tell you what your thoughts are, doctor," said I, "and you see if I haven't guessed right."
"Now, I’ll tell you what I think you’re thinking, doctor," I said, "and you can see if I’m right."
"Well," said he, somewhat surlily.
"Well," he said, somewhat grumpily.
"You are afraid that the affair about digging up my body may get known, and will damage your reputation, and you do not know how to keep it secret. Is it not so?" I asked.
"You’re worried that the whole thing about digging up my body might get out, and ruin your reputation, and you’re not sure how to keep it under wraps. Am I right?" I asked.
"Well, sir," said he, "you've just guessed about right, but what is to be done?"
"Well, sir," he said, "you've hit the nail on the head, but what should we do now?"
"Listen to me," said I. "I have a plan."
"Listen to me," I said. "I have a plan."
"Indeed!" said he, opening his eyes.
"Absolutely!" he said, opening his eyes.
"Yes, a plan to kill two birds with one stone," I said. "It is to your interest that this affair should not be known—eh? Well, it is to my interest, too. All will go well if you do as I propose."
"Yes, a plan to kill two birds with one stone," I said. "It's in your best interest that this matter stays under wraps—right? Well, it's in my best interest too. Everything will go smoothly if you follow my suggestion."
"What is that?" asked he, with eagerness.
"What is that?" he asked eagerly.
"First you must lend me a complete disguise, consisting of one of your old wigs, a pair of tortoiseshell spectacles, and one of your suits of clothes. Secondly, you must lend me a certain sum of money to keep me for, say, a fortnight. I'll pay you back in due time, when my plan has succeeded. You needn't be afraid. You can trust Jack Hearty—eh?"[23]
"First, I need you to lend me a full disguise, including one of your old wigs, a pair of tortoiseshell glasses, and one of your suits. Second, I need you to lend me some money to get by for about two weeks. I'll pay you back when my plan works out. You don’t have to worry. You can trust Jack Hearty—right?"[23]
"Yes, certainly," said he, with some hesitation. "But how? I don't understand."
"Yeah, for sure," he said, a bit unsure. "But how? I don’t get it."
"Never mind that," said I; "you will know all in good time."
"Don't worry about that," I said; "you'll know everything in due time."
"Well, Jack," said he, "I know you for a sharp fellow and an honest—so I will trust you. I don't know what your scheme is; but if it fail, and the worst comes to the worst, why I can but be exposed, and there is an end of it."
"Well, Jack," he said, "I know you're a smart guy and honest—so I’ll trust you. I’m not sure what your plan is; but if it fails, and it goes badly, then I’ll just be exposed, and that will be that."
"Well said, doctor," said I; "now let us commence to put the scheme into practice."
"Well said, doctor," I replied; "now let's start putting the plan into action."
He then took from his wardrobe rather a threadbare suit of black clothes, which I immediately donned. Then I tried on an old powdered wig with a pigtail and a pair of lace ruffles, next a pair of tortoiseshell spectacles with glasses as big as a crown piece. I next corked my eyebrows, slightly stained the tip of my nose with red and made a few false wrinkles in my forehead. The doctor placed a gold-headed cane in my hand and a large signet ring on my forefinger. I then took a book under my arm, and at parting the doctor gave me a purse of gold to put in my pocket, and off I started. The doctor laughed immoderately at my successful disguise, and I heard him say as I was leaving the house, "I don't know what he means to be up to, but some devilry, I'll lay a farthing."
He then took out a somewhat worn black suit from his wardrobe, which I quickly put on. Next, I tried on an old powdered wig with a pigtail and a pair of lace ruffles, followed by a pair of oversized tortoiseshell glasses. I then darkened my eyebrows, added a touch of red to the tip of my nose, and created a few fake wrinkles on my forehead. The doctor handed me a cane with a gold handle and a large signet ring for my finger. I tucked a book under my arm, and before I left, the doctor gave me a purse of gold to put in my pocket, and off I went. The doctor laughed heartily at my convincing disguise, and as I was leaving the house, I heard him say, "I don't know what he's planning, but I bet it’s something mischievous, I'll wager a penny."
Well, gentlemen, the next thing I did was to walk straight off to catch the stage, which would pass by the village of H——, where Molly was staying with her[24] aunt. I remember I had to run for it, and pretty hard, too, but I caught it up. Tearing along as fast as my legs could carry me, I passed by a group of villagers, some of my friends amongst them, and I heard the following remarks:
Well, guys, the next thing I did was head straight out to catch the bus, which would go through the village of H——, where Molly was staying with her[24] aunt. I remember I had to sprint for it, and pretty hard, too, but I managed to catch it. Rushing as fast as I could, I ran past a group of villagers, including some of my friends, and I heard the following comments:
"Here comes the doctor, running for his life!"—"Go it doctor, you'll catch it up!"—"My eyes, don't he run!—who'd have thought the old boy had so much life in him?"
"Here comes the doctor, running for his life!"—"Go for it, doctor, you can catch up!"—"Wow, look at him run!—who would have thought the old guy had so much energy in him?"
"It ain't the doctor, though; it's another man. I don't know him, Jim, do you? I wonder how long he has been in the village. I never see him before."
"It’s not the doctor, though; it’s another guy. I don’t know him, Jim, do you? I wonder how long he’s been in the village. I’ve never seen him before."
As I was stepping into the coach I heard a voice behind me say, "I thought it was Dr. Slasher, Bill, didn't you?"
As I was getting into the carriage, I heard a voice behind me say, "I thought it was Dr. Slasher, Bill, didn't you?"
"Yes, at first," said another; "he's like him—leastways the clothes is."
"Yeah, at first," said someone else; "he's like him—the clothes at least."
"By the way," said the first, "I wonder when the doctor will be ready for another subject. I suppose poor Jack's cut up long since."
"By the way," said the first, "I wonder when the doctor will be ready for another patient. I guess poor Jack has been dealt with for a while now."
"Hush! you fool," said the other.
"Hush! You idiot," said the other.
By this time I had taken my seat in the coach, and looking in the direction of the voices, I recognised my friends of the other night, Tom and Bill. Off we then started. The coach was full of men I knew as well as my own father, most of them my customers. I appeared absorbed in my book, so as not to get entangled in conversation with anyone, for fear that my voice might betray me.[25]
By this time, I had settled into my seat on the coach, and as I looked toward the voices, I recognized my friends from the other night, Tom and Bill. Then we were off. The coach was packed with men I knew just as well as my own father, most of whom were my customers. I pretended to be absorbed in my book so I wouldn’t get caught up in conversation with anyone, afraid my voice might give me away.[25]
Two men, who appeared to be strangers to each other, began entering into conversation.
Two men, who seemed to be strangers to each other, started chatting.
"Dreadful business this epidemic, sir," said the younger of the two to the elder.
"Dreadful situation this epidemic, sir," said the younger of the two to the elder.
"Yes, it is indeed," replied the elder; "the young fare the same as the old, they say, but I am a stranger in the place."
"Yes, it really is," replied the elder; "they say the young and the old have the same experiences, but I'm an outsider here."
"Oh, indeed, sir," said the first speaker; and then added, "Yes, sir—that's true enough—the young die as soon as the old. Hardly a week ago died young Jack Hearty, son of old Hearty, as keeps the Headless Lady—a lad of nineteen, and as hale a young fellow as ever you'd find in a day's march. He was taken suddenly ill, and died in a very few days.
"Oh, definitely, sir," said the first speaker; and then added, "Yes, sir—that’s true—the young die just as quickly as the old. Just a week ago, young Jack Hearty, son of old Hearty, who runs the Headless Lady, passed away—a lad of nineteen, and as strong a young man as you’d find in a day’s walk. He got sick suddenly and died in just a few days."
"Poor young fellow! who'd have thought that he would have gone along with the rest? He was an only son, too, and they say his father is devilish down in the mouth about it."
"Poor kid! Who would have guessed that he would go along with everyone else? He was an only son, and they say his dad is really upset about it."
"Dear me! dreadful, to be sure," replied the elder.
"Wow, that's terrible for sure," replied the elder.
The conversation then changed to various topics, and became general, the only one not joining in it being myself. I still pored over my book, appearing not to take an interest in anything that was being said, although my ears were open to catch every word.
The conversation then shifted to various topics and became general, with the only one not participating being me. I kept focused on my book, acting like I wasn't interested in anything being said, even though I was listening closely to every word.
"Who's that cove?" I heard one say to his neighbour.
"Who's that guy?" I heard one say to his neighbor.
"Oi doan't knaw, Oi'm sure," replied the one addressed, being a lusty farmer. "Oi never see'd un in these parts afore—looks loike a doctor."[26]
"I don't know, I'm sure," replied the one being spoken to, who was a strong farmer. "I've never seen him around here before—he looks like a doctor."[26]
"Why don't he speak?" said the other. "He won't talk to no one."
"Why doesn't he speak?" said the other. "He won't talk to anyone."
"Maybe un's too proud," said the former.
"Maybe he's too proud," said the former.
"I'd like to kick the surly devil," said his companion.
"I'd like to kick the grumpy devil," said his companion.
"What'll you bet Oi doan't make un speak?" said the countryman.
"What do you want to bet I can't make him talk?" said the countryman.
"Bet you a halfpenny you don't get a word out of him," said the first speaker.
"Bet you a penny you won't get a word out of him," said the first speaker.
"Done," said the farmer, and turning suddenly upon me, accosted me thus:—
"Done," said the farmer, and suddenly turning to me, spoke to me like this:—
"Oi zay, governor, you bes a doctor, b'aint ye?"
"Hey there, governor, you're a doctor, right?"
I drew myself up with an air of dignity, and said with a frown, and in a feigned voice: "Did you address me, sir?"
I straightened up with a sense of dignity and said with a scowl, in a fake voice, "Did you just speak to me, sir?"
"Ees," said the bumpkin, unawed by my assumption of dignity; "and Oi axes ye if ye b'aint a doctor."
"Ees," said the country guy, unfazed by my attempt to look important; "and I ask you if you aren't a doctor."
"Well, sir," I said; "and if I am!"
"Well, sir," I said, "and what if I am!"
"Ha! ha! ha!" he laughed coarsely. "Oi knowed ye was. Oi thought Oi knowed the breed. Vell, you doctors has made a pretty harvest of late, Oi reckon," said the farmer, bluntly.
"Ha! ha! ha!" he laughed roughly. "I knew you were. I thought I knew the type. Well, you doctors have made quite a profit lately, I guess," said the farmer, straightforwardly.
"How so, sir," I asked. "I do not understand you."
"How come, sir?" I asked. "I don't understand you."
"Vhy, vith the patients as has died in this here hepidemic," said he. "They must have brought grist to your mill, if Oi'm not mistook."
"Why, with the patients who have died in this epidemic," he said. "They must have brought business to your practice, if I'm not mistaken."
"What epidemic?" I asked, feigning surprise. "I am a stranger in these parts, and know nothing of the epidemic."[27]
"What epidemic?" I asked, pretending to be surprised. "I'm a stranger here and know nothing about the epidemic."[27]
"Vhy, ye doan't mane to zay that ye never heard of th' epidemic as all th' vorld is a talking of," said he.
"Why, you don't mean to say that you've never heard of the epidemic that everyone is talking about," he said.
"All the world!" I cried, in astonishment. "All your little village, I suppose you mean—no, I am entirely ignorant of this malady."
"All the world!" I exclaimed, in shock. "You mean your whole little village—I have no idea what this disease is."
"Vell then, doctor," said the boor, "if ye'd only set up in our village, there's a snug little business going on for the loikes of you."
"Well then, doctor," said the guy, "if you’d just set up shop in our village, there’s a nice little business happening for someone like you."
"Humph!" I grunted, not deigning to make other reply.
"Humph!" I grunted, not bothering to respond further.
"Yes, indeed, sir," said a man in the opposite corner of the coach, joining in the conversation, but more respectfully than my friend the farmer. "I assure you that a doctor's services are very much needed in these parts. They say the malady is spreading."
"Yes, definitely, sir," said a man in the opposite corner of the coach, joining the conversation, but with more respect than my friend the farmer. "I promise you that a doctor's help is really needed around here. They say the illness is spreading."
The last speaker was a man I knew as well as I know my own face in a looking-glass, and whom I had served to innumerable pints of our home-brewed ale—a crony of mine, in fact, yet he failed to see through my disguise.
The last speaker was a guy I knew as well as I know my own face in a mirror, and I had served him countless pints of our home-brewed beer—a buddy of mine, actually, yet he didn't see through my disguise.
"Dear me!" said I. "I hope it will be nothing very serious. I regret not being able to make myself useful, as I have several important cases to attend to a long distance off."
"Wow!" I said. "I hope it's nothing too serious. I regret that I can't be of any help, since I have several important cases to handle far away."
"Oh, it has been very bad indeed, sir, hereabouts," said the same man. "Most cases have been fatal. The death that has been most talked of in the village is that of poor Jack Hearty, a lad of nineteen, as strong and as good looking a young fellow as any in the[28] village. He was took bad, as it might be, yesterday, and struck down to-day in the very flower of his youth."
"Oh, it’s been really bad around here, sir," said the same man. "Most cases have ended badly. The death that’s been talked about the most in the village is that of poor Jack Hearty, a nineteen-year-old, as strong and as good-looking a young guy as anyone in the[28] village. He got really sick yesterday and was taken down today in the prime of his youth."
"You don't say so?" said I.
"You don't say that?" I replied.
"Yes, sir," he resumed; "and I'll be bound to say you wouldn't find a finer young fellow in all England."
"Yeah, sir," he continued; "and I can assure you, you wouldn't find a better young guy in all of England."
"Really!" said I, inwardly feeling flattered.
"Really!" I said, feeling flattered inside.
"Ah!" said another, with a sly wink. "I think I could tell you what hastened Jack's death as much as anything."
"Ah!" said another, with a sly wink. "I think I could tell you what sped up Jack's death more than anything."
"What was that?" I asked.
"What was that?" I asked.
"There was a young woman in the case, they say," said the man, whom I also knew intimately.
"There was a young woman involved in the case, they say," said the man, whom I also knew well.
"Well, sir," said I, with a well-feigned innocence; "and this young woman——?"
"Well, sir," I said, pretending to be innocent; "and this young woman——?"
"Well, I believe he died pining for her, and folks say as how it was the hepidemic."
"Well, I think he died longing for her, and people say it was the epidemic."
"Ah!" I said with a sigh. "That is an epidemic we all catch some time or other, but most folks get over it, I fancy."
"Ah!" I said with a sigh. "That's something we all experience at some point, but I think most people move past it."
"Well, yes," said the man; "most folks, as you say, do, but poor Jack was very hard hit indeed, sir. I happen to know the young woman, too—as fine a wench as you'll meet with in the whole kingdom."
"Well, yeah," said the man; "most people, as you say, do, but poor Jack was really hit hard, sir. I happen to know the young woman too—she's as great a girl as you'll find in the whole kingdom."
"Ah! indeed," I said. "They would have been well matched then, had they married?"
"Ah! truly," I said. "They would have been a perfect match if they had gotten married?"
"They would indeed, sir," was the reply. "They'd have made a pair as you wouldn't meet every day. Well, well," he sighed; "he's gone now, poor fellow, so the wench must look out for someone else."[29]
"They definitely would, sir," was the response. "They would have been a couple you don't see every day. Well, well," he sighed; "he's gone now, poor guy, so the girl has to find someone else." [29]
"Did the girl take it much to heart, think you?" said I.
"Do you think the girl took it to heart?" I said.
"Aye, I'll warrant she did, sir," said he, "though I can't say for certain, seeing as how her father sent her away from home to get her out of Jack's way. But she'll have heard all about it by this time. Poor girl! I am sorry for her. She'll have to wait a long time before she finds another like Jack."
"Yeah, I bet she did, sir," he said, "but I can't say for sure since her dad sent her away to keep her away from Jack. But she must have heard all about it by now. Poor girl! I feel sorry for her. She's going to have to wait a long time before she finds someone else like Jack."
"Perhaps she may never marry," I suggested; "that is if she really loved him."
"Maybe she will never get married," I suggested; "that is, if she truly loves him."
"Can't say I'm sure, sir. You see the maid is quite young yet, and has got lots of admirers; what with one and what with another, she may in time forget Jack and take to someone else," said my friend.
"Can't say I'm sure, sir. You see, the maid is still quite young and has many admirers; with one and another, she might eventually forget about Jack and end up with someone else," said my friend.
"You have heard no rumours as yet, I suppose, of her showing any partiality towards anyone," I demanded, timidly.
"You haven't heard any rumors yet, I guess, about her favoring anyone," I asked shyly.
"No, sir, I can't say that exactly, but then it is so shortly after Jack's death, that it isn't likely she would just yet. Still there's a young fellow, the son of a squire, as is very sweet upon her, and is always following of her about. If she could manage to catch him, she'd do well, but the young gent's father don't approve of it, and is like to cut him off to a shilling if he marries her. Folks say that the young squire is a bit of a scamp, and don't mean marriage. It'll be a pity if the maid goes wrong, for she is a good girl, and no mistake."
"No, sir, I can't say for sure, but it's still so soon after Jack's death that it's unlikely she would. However, there's a young guy, the son of a squire, who is really into her and is always following her around. If she could manage to win him over, she'd be in a good position, but the young man's father doesn't approve and is likely to cut off his allowance if he marries her. People say the young squire is a bit of a troublemaker and isn't serious about marriage. It would be a shame if the girl ends up making a bad choice because she's a good person, no doubt about it."
Now this was gall and wormwood to me. I knew[30] that that rascal young Rashly had been hovering about Molly's house for some time. He had often crossed me in my walks with Molly, and we hated each other like poison, but I also knew that Molly couldn't bear the sight of him, for she was really and truly in love with me, yet the very mention of his name coupled with hers made my blood boil. Mastering my emotion, however, I asked with as much apparent indifference as possible, "And this young gentleman, where is he now?"
Now this really upset me. I knew[30] that that troublemaker young Rashly had been hanging around Molly's house for a while. He had often crossed paths with me during my walks with Molly, and we despised each other, but I also knew that Molly couldn't stand him, because she was genuinely in love with me. Still, just hearing his name mentioned along with hers made me furious. Keeping my emotions in check, I asked as casually as I could, "So where is this young gentleman now?"
"Oh, up to his larks, I'll warrant," said the man, with a laugh. "The girl's father has sent her away to live with her aunt, to get her out of Jack's way, as he is not friends with Jack's father, and I guess out of the way of the young squire, too; but young Rashly has been absent now some time from the village, and I'll be bound he has found her out by this time. Now that poor Jack's dead he'll have the way all clear before him."
"Oh, he's probably just fooling around," said the man with a laugh. "The girl's father sent her to live with her aunt to keep her away from Jack since he isn't on good terms with Jack's dad, and I guess they're trying to keep her away from the young squire too. But young Rashly has been away from the village for a while now, and I bet he has tracked her down by now. Now that poor Jack's gone, he’ll have things all his way."
"The devil take him," I muttered to myself. I was bursting with rage, and to conceal my emotion, I affected to stare out of the window at some object, while my heart beat underneath my borrowed waistcoat, and must have been audible but for the coach wheels. I appeared again absorbed in my book while the rest of the passengers discoursed upon general topics.
"The devil take him," I muttered under my breath. I was seething with anger, and to hide my feelings, I pretended to look out the window at something, while my heart pounded beneath my borrowed waistcoat, loud enough to hear if it weren't for the sound of the coach wheels. I seemed to be lost in my book again while the other passengers chatted about random topics.
"Give us the halfpenny," I heard my bluff fellow-traveller say to his friend; "it's been fairly von." His friend's hand was buried for an instant, and the coin was transferred from his to the farmer's breeches pocket.[31]
"Give us the halfpenny," I heard my straightforward travel buddy tell his friend; "it's been pretty decent." His friend's hand disappeared for a moment, and the coin was moved from his hand to the farmer's pants pocket.[31]
"That's zum business, onyrate," said the countryman, receiving the payment of the bet with a chuckle.
"That's business, alright," said the countryman, taking the payment of the bet with a laugh.
The stage then rolled on for some distance further, till some passenger called out:
The stage continued on for a while longer until a passenger shouted:
"There is H——, any passenger for H——?"
"There is H—, any passenger for H—?"
"Yes, sir," said I; "I am for H——."
"Sure, sir," I said; "I'm for H——."
The stage stopped, and with trembling hands and beating heart I squeezed past the other passengers.
The stage came to a halt, and with shaky hands and a racing heart, I squeezed past the other passengers.
"Good morning, gentlemen," said I, as I walked off.
"Good morning, guys," I said, as I walked away.
The stage was set in motion again. There was no other passenger but myself for the village of H——, so I strolled off with light step to the nearest inn.
The stage was set in motion again. There were no other passengers except me for the village of H——, so I walked off with a light step to the nearest inn.
Having refreshed myself with a light luncheon, I strolled about the country a bit until I came across—you may be surprised, gentlemen—but I actually came across the very same house with the very identical country round about it, including the wood, that appeared in my dream. I certainly was startled.
Having recharged with a light lunch, I wandered around the countryside for a bit until I stumbled upon—you might be surprised, gentlemen—but I actually found the exact same house with the exact same countryside surrounding it, including the woods, that appeared in my dream. I was definitely startled.
"Yonder, then, is the house of Molly's aunt," I thought, and I walked towards it, thinking all the while how I should introduce myself.
"Over there is Molly's aunt's house," I thought, and I walked toward it, constantly thinking about how I would introduce myself.
Before I reached the house, however, two figures in the distance under the trees of the wood attracted my gaze. I looked again. One of the figures, I was sure, could be no other than Molly herself, and the other I was equally certain was young Rashly.
Before I got to the house, though, two figures in the distance under the trees caught my eye. I looked again. One of the figures, I was sure, had to be Molly herself, and the other was definitely young Rashly.
I hastened my steps, but by a route so as not to come directly in front of them, for I wished to overhear their conversation. Having made a roundabout cut, I[32] concealed myself behind some brushwood, where I could both see them distinctly, and hear all they said without being seen by them.
I quickened my pace but took a way that kept me from walking directly in front of them because I wanted to eavesdrop on their conversation. After going around a bit, I[32] hid behind some bushes, where I could see them clearly and hear everything they said without them noticing me.
"Come, Molly," I heard young Rashly say, "enough of this. What is the good of making yourself miserable about young Hearty? He's dead now, poor fellow—he was a great friend of mine, but now that he is gone and can never come back to you, try to forget him. I wish to console you and to raise your spirits. Now, my dear girl, do try and forget him."
"Come on, Molly," I heard young Rashly say, "that's enough. What's the point in making yourself miserable over young Hearty? He's gone now, poor guy—he was a great friend of mine, but since he's no longer here and can never come back to you, try to forget him. I want to comfort you and lift your spirits. Now, my dear, please try to move on."
"Oh, never, never!" sobbed Molly, "I never can forget him. I shall never be able to love anyone else. Poor fellow! He died out of love for me, I know he did. Oh, Jack, Jack, I never can forget you—never, never!" and she sobbed as if her heart would break.
"Oh, never, never!" sobbed Molly, "I can never forget him. I just won't be able to love anyone else. Poor guy! He died because he loved me, I know he did. Oh, Jack, Jack, I can never forget you—never, never!" and she cried as if her heart would break.
"Now, Molly, this is nothing but obstinacy; you can't call him back, however you may mourn for him. Just look at the position I offer you. I shall be able to make you more comfortable than Jack would have been able to make you. Is it nothing to be made a lady of? Don't be a fool, girl, and throw such a chance away. Hundreds in your place would jump at it."
"Now, Molly, this is just being stubborn; you can't bring him back, no matter how much you miss him. Just consider the opportunity I’m presenting to you. I can make you much more comfortable than Jack ever could. Isn’t it something to be treated like a lady? Don’t be foolish, girl, and let this chance slip away. Hundreds would jump at it if they were in your position."
"How can I accept such terms from a man I do not love?" cried Molly. "Would I not be one of the basest of women to persuade you that I loved you just to become your wife, when my heart is another's?"
"How can I accept those terms from a man I don’t love?" cried Molly. "Wouldn't I be one of the lowest women to convince you that I loved you just to become your wife when my heart belongs to someone else?"
"How can your heart be another's when Jack is no more?" asked he.
"How can your heart belong to someone else when Jack is gone?" he asked.
"Yes, yes; in death my heart shall still be his,"[33] Molly cried.
"Yes, yes; even in death my heart will still belong to him,"[33] Molly cried.
"Come, now, you're talking like a mad girl. Just listen to reason a bit. I will settle a good round sum a year upon you to keep you as a lady in a nice little cottage with a garden, where I shall always be able to come to pay you a visit in secret, when my father is out of the way."
"Come on, you're talking like a crazy person. Just try to be reasonable for a moment. I'll set aside a nice amount of money each year for you so you can live as a lady in a cozy little cottage with a garden, where I can always come to visit you secretly when my dad is out."
"Then you never from the first intended to marry me," interrupted Molly, "you only—only—wanted to——"
"Then you never intended to marry me from the start," interrupted Molly, "you only—only—wanted to——"
"Why, actually marry you, no; I never intended that. That would be impossible, but——"
"Why, actually marry you, no; I never intended that. That would be impossible, but——"
"Exactly; I understand you," answered Molly, proudly, "but I scorn your base proposals. If you were to lay the wealth of the universe at my feet, I would never barter my good name. So this is what you have been trying at all this time, to make me your minion.
"Exactly; I get you," Molly replied proudly, "but I reject your sleazy proposals. Even if you put the riches of the universe in front of me, I would never trade my good name. So this is what you’ve been trying to do all along, to make me your servant."
"When first you visited me, you gave me to understand that your intentions were honourable, and though I loved you not, and never could, yet I respected you and felt compassion for you and tried to think of you as a friend. Now I neither pity nor respect you, but despise you. Go, sir, and never dare to speak to me again!"
"When you first came to see me, you made it clear that your intentions were good, and even though I didn’t love you and never could, I respected you and felt some compassion and tried to see you as a friend. Now I feel neither pity nor respect for you; I despise you. Go, sir, and don’t ever dare to speak to me again!"
"What a trump of a girl!" I muttered to myself.
"What an incredible girl!" I muttered to myself.
"Molly! Molly!" cried Rashly, starting backward in amazement, "are you mad?"
"Molly! Molly!" shouted Rashly, stepping back in shock, "are you crazy?"
"I should be mad to accept your proposals," replied Molly, calmly, but firmly. "Go, sir—all friendship between us is at an end."[34]
"I would be crazy to accept your proposals," Molly replied, calmly but firmly. "Just go, sir—our friendship is over."[34]
"My dear Molly," began Rashly, "I beg of you, I entreat you to calm yourself—to take a more reasonable view of the matter. Come, let me persuade you, dear," said he, advancing and attempting to put his arm round her waist, but he was instantly repulsed.
"My dear Molly," Rashly started, "I’m asking you, please calm down and try to see this more reasonably. Come on, let me talk you into it, dear," he said, stepping forward and trying to wrap his arm around her waist, but she immediately pushed him away.
He essayed again.
He tried again.
"Dare to touch me once more, sir, and I'll scream—I'll rouse the neighbourhood and expose you."
"Dare to touch me again, sir, and I’ll scream—I’ll wake up the whole neighborhood and call you out."
"Hush, hush!" said Rashly, nothing daunted, "be reasonable, there's a good girl, I'll do you no harm," and he ventured to touch her again.
"Hush, hush!" said Rashly, unbothered, "calm down, be a good girl, I won’t hurt you," and he dared to reach out to her again.
"Back, sir, I say!" and she lifted up her voice to scream, but instantly his hand was on her mouth.
"Get back, sir!" she shouted, but he quickly put his hand over her mouth.
I could endure it no longer, but bursting from my hiding-place, and grasping firmly my gold-headed cane, I sprang to the spot.
I couldn't take it any longer, so I jumped out from my hiding place, grabbed my gold-headed cane tightly, and sprang to the spot.
"Who are you, sir?" I cried, boiling with rage, "that dare offer to insult my niece? Begone! or it will be the worse for you."
"Who are you, sir?" I shouted, seething with anger, "to insult my niece? Leave now, or you'll regret it."
Both started, and Rashly turned livid and trembled.
Both began, and Rashly turned pale and shook.
"I thank you, sir," said Molly, "for interfering."
"I appreciate it, sir," said Molly, "for stepping in."
Then thrusting Rashly aside, I cried; "Molly! I am your uncle, do you not know me?" trying to disguise my voice all the while, which was rather a difficult matter, boiling with passion as I was then.
Then I pushed Rashly away and shouted, "Molly! I'm your uncle, don't you recognize me?" I was trying to change my voice, but it was pretty hard to do since I was so angry at that moment.
"I do not know you, sir, though I believe your intentions to be good," said Molly.
"I don’t know you, sir, but I believe your intentions are good," said Molly.
Then seizing Molly by the hand, I whispered in her[35] ear; "Silence!—not a word—I am Jack risen from the grave."
Then taking Molly's hand, I whispered in her[35] ear, "Shh!—not a word—I am Jack back from the dead."
A piercing shriek, and Molly fell fainting against a tree.
A sharp scream, and Molly collapsed against a tree, unconscious.
"Who are you, you vagabond?" cried Rashly, now for the first time recovering from his surprise. "She does not know you. What have you been saying to the poor girl to frighten her so? You are an impostor, sir. Be off and mind your own business!"
"Who are you, you wanderer?" shouted Rashly, finally coming to his senses. "She doesn’t know you. What have you been saying to scare the poor girl? You’re a fraud, sir. Get lost and mind your own business!"
"Impostor! eh?—vagabond, eh? I'll show you who is a vagabond, you scoundrel!" said I, and lifting my cane, I laid it about him with all my might and main like a cavalryman cutting down his foe.
"Impostor! Right?—vagabond, huh? I'll show you who the real vagabond is, you jerk!" I said, and raising my cane, I swung it at him with all my strength like a cavalryman taking down his enemy.
Rashly at first attempted to defend himself, and flew at me like a tiger; he tried to snatch the cane from my hand, but I hit him so severely across the knuckles that I made him howl out in spite of himself. I cut him right and left over head, shoulders, arms and legs, hacking and slashing with the force of an infuriated madman, accompanying each blow with such epithets as "scoundrel," "blackguard," till he burst out in a piteous cry and took refuge in flight. He never troubled Molly again.
Rashly initially tried to defend himself and came at me like a tiger; he attempted to grab the cane from my hand, but I struck him so hard across the knuckles that he couldn't help but yell out. I hit him repeatedly on his head, shoulders, arms, and legs, swinging wildly like a furious madman, shouting insults like "scoundrel" and "blackguard" with each hit, until he let out a pitiful cry and ran away. He never bothered Molly again.
The doctor's gold-headed cane had been broken with the force of the blows I had dealt my rival, for which afterwards I had to pay, but to return to Molly. She gradually recovered her senses, and gazed at me wonderingly and full of fear.
The doctor's gold-headed cane had been broken from the force of the blows I had struck my rival, for which I later had to pay, but let's return to Molly. She slowly regained her senses and looked at me with a mix of wonder and fear.
"Be calm, Molly," I said in my natural voice, "it is[36] I—Jack, risen from the grave, but still in the flesh and no spirit." Then taking off my spectacles and wig, I said, "Molly, do you not recognise these eyes and these locks, in spite of the rest of my disguise?"
"Stay calm, Molly," I said in my normal voice, "it's[36] I—Jack, back from the dead, but still in the flesh and not a ghost." Then, taking off my glasses and wig, I said, "Molly, can’t you recognize these eyes and this hair, even with the rest of my disguise?"
She still looked fearful and distrustingly at me, but at length convinced that it was myself—and no one else—by my voice, she flew to my arms crying, "Oh, Jack, Jack!—is it really you?"
She still looked scared and suspicious of me, but eventually, convinced that it was really me—and no one else—by my voice, she rushed into my arms, crying, "Oh, Jack, Jack!—is it really you?"
Of course, she wanted an instant explanation of my resurrection, which I by degrees gave; and having given it, I began to unfold to her my plan, thus.
Of course, she wanted an immediate explanation for my return, which I gradually provided; and once I had done that, I started to share my plan with her.
"Molly," I said, "what I have told you and am about to tell you now must remain a secret between ourselves, otherwise my plan will fail. Well then, in the first place you must get me acquainted with your aunt, and give out that I am an elderly gentleman you have known some time, and that you have met me quite unexpectedly here. You must invite me to call at the house. I shall adopt the name of Dr. Crow. You must feign illness and send for me. Thus we shall be able to see a good deal of each other. I will also persuade your aunt that she is ill, so that we shall see still more of each other. I'll worm myself into her good graces and after about a fortnight or so, I shall ask your aunt's consent to our marriage. I shall tell her that I am a doctor in good practice, and shall be able to keep you well, and when I once get the right side of her, I doubt not that I shall obtain her consent. She will then write to your father, who will hardly say[37] anything against a match so advantageous, although our ages may be apparently unequal.
"Molly," I said, "what I’ve told you and what I’m about to tell you now has to stay a secret between us, or my plan will fall apart. So first, you need to introduce me to your aunt and make it sound like I'm an elderly gentleman you've known for a while, and that you just happened to run into me here. You should invite me to come over. I’ll go by the name of Dr. Crow. You’ll have to pretend to be sick and call for me. This way, we’ll have a good chance to see each other often. I’ll also convince your aunt that she’s unwell, so we can spend even more time together. I’ll win her over, and after about two weeks or so, I’ll ask her for your hand in marriage. I’ll tell her that I’m a doctor with a good practice and I’ll be able to take care of you, and once I win her over, I’m sure she’ll agree. Then she’ll inform your father, who will probably have no objections to such a favorable match, even if our ages seem a bit mismatched."
"It is not likely that he will trouble himself to come down here to have a look at me, as he is at present laid up with the gout. He will in all probability write his consent. That once obtained, I shall make all necessary preparations for the marriage, and as for obtaining my father's consent—leave that to me."
"It’s unlikely he’ll come down here to see me since he’s currently stuck at home with gout. Most likely, he’ll write his consent instead. Once I have that, I’ll take care of all the necessary preparations for the wedding, and getting my father’s consent—just leave that to me."
"Oh, but, Jack! if your plan should fail—if your disguise should be seen through," began Molly.
"Oh, but Jack! What if your plan fails—what if your disguise gets seen through?" started Molly.
"Leave all to me," said I. "So far I have been successful, for I have not been recognised yet. Fortune seems on my side. You must aid me in every possible way to carry out my plan."
"Leave everything to me," I said. "So far, I've been successful because I haven't been recognized yet. Luck seems to be on my side. You must help me in every way possible to carry out my plan."
"I will, Jack!" said she.
"I will, Jack!" she said.
"Well, then," said I, "you must go home now to your aunt, and say you have met an old friend of yours quite by chance here—a certain Dr. Crow. Say also that I should like to call and make her acquaintance. Meet me again to-morrow in the wood, and invite me to the house. In time, I've no doubt, all will go well."
"Alright then," I said, "you need to head home to your aunt now and tell her you ran into an old friend of yours by chance here—a certain Dr. Crow. Also, mention that I'd like to stop by and meet her. Let's meet again tomorrow in the woods, and you can invite me to the house. Eventually, I'm sure everything will work out just fine."
Molly promised to follow my instructions, and we parted.
Molly promised to follow my instructions, and we went our separate ways.
It was then late in the afternoon, so I returned to my inn. There I found a snug little parlour, with a bookcase, so I beguiled the time as well as I could by reading until the clock struck the dinner hour. After a comfortable meal, I smoked a pipe of tobacco, strolled about the streets a little in the twilight, and turned into bed.[38]
It was late in the afternoon, so I went back to my inn. There, I found a cozy little parlor with a bookcase, so I passed the time as best I could by reading until dinner time. After a nice meal, I smoked a pipe, wandered around the streets a bit in the twilight, and then went to bed.[38]
Next morning, after breakfast, I strolled out again into the wood. I walked about for an hour, perhaps, without meeting anyone, casting anxious glances all the while towards the house where Molly lived.
Next morning, after breakfast, I walked out again into the woods. I wandered around for about an hour, maybe, without seeing anyone, nervously glancing towards the house where Molly lived.
At length she made her appearance; not alone this time, but with another female. This must be the aunt, I thought—so much the better. Feeling the necessity of an excuse for hovering about so near the house, I feigned to be gathering wild flowers.
At last, she showed up, but this time not alone; she was with another woman. This must be the aunt, I thought—so much the better. Needing a reason to linger near the house, I pretended to be picking wildflowers.
"Oh, aunt!" I heard Molly say as she came up, "here is Dr. Crow, the gentleman that I spoke to you about yesterday."
"Oh, Aunt!" I heard Molly say as she approached, "here's Dr. Crow, the guy I told you about yesterday."
"Ah, Miss Sykes!" said I, lifting my hat in the most polite manner, "I hope I see you well this morning."
"Ah, Miss Sykes!" I said, tipping my hat in the most polite way, "I hope you're doing well this morning."
Molly gave me her hand, and introduced me to her aunt, who curtseyed and smiled.
Molly took my hand and introduced me to her aunt, who bowed slightly and smiled.
I said that I had come down here for a change of air, and that I was amusing myself with botanising.
I said I had come down here for a change of scenery, and that I was having fun with plant collecting.
"Oh, indeed!" said the aunt. "So that is your hobby, is it, Dr. Crow—well, and a very delightful one, too. I am very fond of flowers myself, and only wish I knew more about them. I do envy you scientific men. You always seem so happy and contented."
"Oh, really!" said the aunt. "So that's your hobby, Dr. Crow—well, it's a lovely one, too. I really like flowers myself, and I just wish I knew more about them. I do envy you scientists. You always seem so happy and satisfied."
"Well, madam," said I, "there is nothing like having a hobby in life. It fills up many a weary hour and makes us forget the din and the bustle of the busy world around us. For my part, when I have no patients to attend to, I am always occupied in some way or other."[39]
"Well, ma'am," I said, "there's nothing like having a hobby in life. It fills many long hours and helps us forget the noise and chaos of the busy world around us. As for me, when I don't have any patients to see, I'm always busy with something or another."[39]
"Dear me," said the aunt. "How very delightful!"
"Wow," said the aunt. "This is absolutely wonderful!"
We walked on together, conversing agreeably as we went, and afterwards I was invited into the house. Need I say that I praised to the utmost the good taste of everything I saw there, her paperhangings, her worsted work, her crochet, etc. I was then shown some specimens of ferns and wild flowers that she had dried in a book, and she begged of me to write their classical names under them.
We walked together, chatting pleasantly as we went, and later I was invited into the house. Do I need to mention that I complimented everything I saw there to the fullest—her wallpaper, her embroidery, her crochet, and so on? I was then shown some dried ferns and wildflowers she had pressed in a book, and she asked me to write their scientific names underneath.
This was indeed a trial, as I had never learnt a single word of Latin, but it would not do to back out, so I exerted all my ingenuity to invent some crackjaw names. Among the rest I remember inscribing the words "Rodus sidus," "Stenchius obnoxious," and "Herbus unnonus." These names delighted Molly's aunt immensely, who believed she was already a Latin scholar. I found my way so well into the aunt's good graces that I was invited to call whenever I liked, and frequently asked to dinner.
This was definitely a challenge since I had never learned a single word of Latin, but I couldn't back out, so I used all my creativity to come up with some tricky names. Among others, I remember writing down the words "Rodus sidus," "Stenchius obnoxious," and "Herbus unnonus." These names really impressed Molly's aunt, who thought she was already a Latin expert. I got along so well with her that I was invited to visit whenever I wanted and often asked to join them for dinner.
As I did not like to call every day, for fear it should look bad, either Molly or Molly's aunt managed to feel unwell on the days that I did not call, and they found it necessary to send for me, so it came to much the same thing, as I saw Molly every day. Molly's aunt was one of that class of females who are always imagining that something or other is the matter with them. I soon saw, therefore, that to get thoroughly into her good graces, I must humour her in her whims.
Since I didn't want to call every day for fear it would look bad, either Molly or her aunt would feel unwell on the days I didn't call, and they'd end up sending for me, so I ended up seeing Molly every day anyway. Molly's aunt was one of those women who always think something is wrong with them. I quickly realized that to win her over, I had to indulge her quirks.
Accordingly, I made out that she had this, that, or[40] the other—indeed, I forget what it was exactly that I said ailed her—and promised to bring her some physic. This quite won her heart, so I at once set about making some liquorice water, endeavouring to disguise the taste of the liquorice as much as possible by adding salt, pepper, a little soap, some tobacco, and other nauseous ingredients. I wonder the mess didn't poison her, but so far from causing ill-effects, she informed me that it had really done her good.
Accordingly, I figured out that she had this, that, or[40] something else—honestly, I can't remember exactly what I said was wrong with her—and promised to get her some medicine. This totally won her over, so I immediately started making some licorice water, trying to mask the taste of the licorice as much as I could by adding salt, pepper, a little soap, some tobacco, and other disgusting ingredients. I can't believe that concoction didn't make her sick, but instead of having any bad effects, she told me it actually made her feel better.
Whether the good it had done her only lay in her imagination or whether the strange compound really did possess a medicinal property I cannot tell (I can hardly think the latter), but certain it was, she did seem better. I believe the real fact of the matter to be this. Molly's aunt was the daughter of a well-to-do retired butcher, and like many of her class, had over-indulged in high feeding, and consequently was always suffering from overloaded stomach. The mess that I gave her made her sick, and that, in reality, and not merely in imagination, effected a cure.
Whether the good it did her was just in her head or if the strange mixture actually had healing properties, I can’t say (I doubt it’s the latter), but it was clear that she did seem better. The truth is this: Molly's aunt was the daughter of a well-off retired butcher and, like many people in her situation, had indulged too much in rich food, which meant she was always dealing with an upset stomach. The concoction I gave her made her feel sick, and that, in reality, not just in her mind, brought about a cure.
I then put her on a lower diet, recommended her plenty of walking exercise, and in a very short time there was a complete change in her constitution. She no longer felt dyspeptic and desponding, suffered no longer from nervous headaches, in fact, in her own words, she "felt quite a girl again." All the effect of my wonderful medicine. This, of course, was a feather in my cap, and she looked up to me more than ever.
I then put her on a lighter diet, suggested she get plenty of walking exercise, and in no time at all, her health completely changed. She no longer felt bloated and down, didn’t suffer from nervous headaches anymore, and, in her own words, she "felt like a girl again." All thanks to my amazing treatment. This, of course, was a win for me, and she admired me more than ever.
A week and then a fortnight passed away, and I[41] now thought it high time to break to the aunt my love affair with her niece, and ask her consent to our union. So I called upon her one morning and requested to speak with her alone. She received me in the back parlour, and begged me to take a seat. I did so, and began thus:—
A week went by, and then two weeks, and I[41] now felt it was time to tell my aunt about my relationship with her niece and ask for her blessing on our marriage. So, one morning, I went to see her and asked to speak with her privately. She welcomed me into the back parlor and asked me to sit down. I did, and started to speak:—
"Ahem! Madam, I wished to talk to you upon a matter of some delicacy."
"Ahem! Ma'am, I wanted to talk to you about something sensitive."
"Good gracious, doctor! What can have happened?" she exclaimed, observing a look of unwonted gravity in my face.
"Whoa, doctor! What could have happened?" she said, noticing an unusual seriousness on my face.
"Oh, nothing, nothing," I said; "at least, nothing of any great importance. Hear me. I am a physician of a certain age and in very good practice." I paused.
"Oh, it's nothing, nothing," I said; "at least, nothing that really matters. Listen to me. I'm a doctor of a certain age, and I have a thriving practice." I paused.
"Well, Dr. Crow," said the aunt.
"Well, Dr. Crow," said the aunt.
"And I am still a bachelor," I continued.
"And I’m still single," I continued.
"Well, sir," said she, wriggling about in her seat and looking coy, as if she guessed I meditated a proposal, and took the compliment to herself.
"Well, sir," she said, squirming in her seat and acting shy, as if she sensed I was thinking of proposing, and took the compliment as a nod to herself.
"Well, madam," said I, impatient to get through this painful duty, "to cut a long story short, I am in love with your charming niece."
"Well, ma'am," I said, eager to finish this awkward task, "to make a long story short, I'm in love with your lovely niece."
"Oh! doctor," she exclaimed.
"Oh my gosh, doctor," she exclaimed.
The "Oh!" was jerked out with a spasm truly painful, and her countenance fell visibly.
The "Oh!" was pulled out with a spasm that was genuinely painful, and her face showed it clearly.
"I dare say you were not prepared for such a surprise, but I have known Miss Sykes now a long time, and I never saw anyone who could suit me better as a wife. Miss Sykes and I have talked the matter[42] over together, and she only awaits her aunt's consent. Thank you, thank you, madam," said I seizing her hand, "I knew you would give it," before giving her an opportunity either to consent or refuse.
"I must say you probably weren't expecting such a surprise, but I've known Miss Sykes for a long time, and I've never met anyone who would make a better wife for me. Miss Sykes and I have discussed this together, and she’s just waiting for her aunt's approval. Thank you, thank you, ma'am," I said, grabbing her hand, "I knew you would agree," before giving her a chance to say yes or no.
"Molly!" I cried, "come and thank your kind aunt for having given her consent to our happy union."
"Molly!" I shouted, "come and thank your wonderful aunt for agreeing to our happy union."
Molly entered, blushing and giggling.
Molly came in, blushing and giggling.
"Come, Molly," said I, "come and thank aunt, for now we shall be as happy as two birds in a nest. I'll go and see about the licence, and we'll get married as soon as ever we can."
"Come on, Molly," I said, "let's go thank Aunt, because now we'll be as happy as two birds in a nest. I'll go check on the license, and we'll get married as soon as we can."
I laughed and appeared very merry, repeatedly seizing the aunt by the hand and patting her on the shoulder before she had time to get a word out.
I laughed and seemed really happy, constantly taking my aunt's hand and giving her a pat on the shoulder before she could say anything.
"Stay, sir," said she, at length, "I can do nothing without the consent of my niece's father."
"Wait, sir," she finally said, "I can't do anything without my niece's father's permission."
"Oh, that will be easily obtained, I am quite sure," said I, hopefully. "We will at once write a note, and all will be settled."
"Oh, that will be easy to get, I'm sure," I said, hopefully. "We'll write a note right away, and everything will be sorted."
I brought her her desk, opened it, took out pen, ink, and paper, and placing a chair for her, induced her to write.
I brought her desk, opened it, took out a pen, some ink, and paper, and set up a chair for her, encouraging her to write.
"Yes," I said, looking over her shoulder as she wrote, "that will do—not too cold. Say I am in a position to make his daughter comfortable, and that you think it is a very desirable match—yes, that's the sort of thing. Give it to me, I'll take it to the post." So saying, I snatched up the epistle, bounded from the house, and returned shortly, as happy as if everything were already settled.[43]
"Yeah," I said, glancing over her shoulder as she wrote. "That works—not too cold. Just say I can make his daughter comfortable, and that you think it's a great match—yeah, that's what we need. Hand it over, I'll take it to the post." With that, I grabbed the letter, hurried out of the house, and came back soon after, feeling as if everything was already sorted.[43]
In due time came a reply from old Sykes, to the purport that, though he would have chosen a younger man for his daughter, yet on the whole, considering that I had a pretty good business as a doctor, and could keep her well, he saw no reason why he should withhold his consent. Furthermore, he begged the aunt that if his daughter were to be married to hasten the marriage as much as possible, as young Rashly had been missing for some time, and folks said that he was down at H—— after her.
In due time, I got a reply from old Sykes, stating that even though he would have preferred a younger man for his daughter, he felt that since I had a decent practice as a doctor and could take good care of her, he saw no reason to deny his consent. He also requested that if his daughter were to get married, the wedding should be rushed as much as possible, since young Rashly had been missing for a while, and people were saying he was down at H—— after her.
"Bravo! old Sykes," said I to myself, "Fortune seems to favour me indeed."
"Nice one, old Sykes," I said to myself, "Looks like luck is really on my side."
The next step that I intended to take was to obtain the consent of my father. Accordingly, I took leave of Molly for a time, stating that I had to absent myself on business, and promising a speedy return. I entered the stage and arrived at our village, where I put up at my father's inn. It was towards evening when I arrived.
The next step I wanted to take was to get my father's approval. So, I said goodbye to Molly for a bit, saying I needed to be away for work, and promised I'd be back soon. I got on the stagecoach and made my way to our village, where I stayed at my father's inn. It was toward evening when I got there.
"Landlord!" I cried, disguising my voice, "I wish to dine in half-an-hour."
"Landlord!" I shouted, changing my voice, "I want to have dinner in half an hour."
"Yes, sir," said my father, coming towards me, bowing, and rubbing his hands.
"Sure thing, sir," my dad said, approaching me, bowing, and rubbing his hands.
"Have you got a good bed?" asked I, "for I wish to sleep here to-night."
"Do you have a good bed?" I asked, "because I want to sleep here tonight."
"Yes, sir, capital beds, sir," said my father, "both clean and well aired."
"Yes, sir, great beds, sir," my father said, "both clean and fresh."
"Very well, then, make me up one," said I, pompously.
"Alright, then, create one for me," I said, pompously.
"It shall be done, sir," said my father, obsequiously.[44]
"It will be done, sir," my father replied, deferentially.[44]
I occupied myself with reading until dinner-time. At length the dinner came up.
I kept myself busy reading until it was time for dinner. Finally, dinner was served.
"A pint of your best port, landlord," I cried, magnificently.
"A pint of your finest port, landlord," I shouted grandly.
My father returned with the port, crusted and cob-webbed, from the cellar, and I began my dinner. Having finished, I filled my pipe, and whilst my father cleared the table, I deigned to enter into conversation with him.
My dad came back with the port, dusty and covered in cobwebs, from the cellar, and I started my dinner. After I finished, I packed my pipe, and while my dad cleared the table, I decided to have a chat with him.
I began by asking him the number of inhabitants in the village, and then brought him out upon the subject of the epidemic.
I started by asking him how many people lived in the village, and then I got him talking about the epidemic.
"Ah! sir," said my father, deeply moved, "it carried off my only son some three weeks ago, and a finer lad you wouldn't see in all England. I hoped that he would have been the prop of my old age, but he was carried off, sir, along with the rest—struck down in the very spring of his youth, as you may say. Only nineteen was my poor boy when he was taken from me," and my father's eyes moistened as he spoke.
"Ah! Sir," my father said, deeply affected, "it took my only son about three weeks ago, and you wouldn't find a finer young man in all of England. I had hoped he would support me in my old age, but he was taken away, sir, along with the others—struck down in the prime of his youth, as you might say. My poor boy was only nineteen when he was taken from me," and my father's eyes grew wet as he spoke.
"Only nineteen!" I exclaimed. "Was he not strong?"
"Only nineteen!" I said. "Was he not strong?"
"Strong, sir! I believe you—strong as a lion," said my father.
"Strong, sir! I believe you—strong like a lion," said my father.
"Dear me!" I said, "it is very strange that his youth and strength did not resist the malady."
"Wow," I said, "it's really strange that his youth and strength didn't fight off the disease."
"So everyone said, sir," replied my father, "but—but he had been ailing for some time before."
"So everyone said, sir," my father replied, "but—but he had been unwell for a while before."
"What was his complaint before he caught this disease?" I asked.[45]
"What was he complaining about before he got this illness?" I asked.[45]
"Ah! sir, that's just the point," answered my father. "I sadly fear that it was an epidemic of a more dangerous sort."
"Ah! Sir, that's exactly the issue," my father replied. "I'm really worried it was an epidemic of a more serious kind."
"How so?" asked I. "What do you mean?"
"How's that?" I asked. "What do you mean?"
"Well, sir, my real opinion is now that the young man was too strongly attached to a maid whom he couldn't marry, and that undermined his health. Then came the epidemic, which he had not sufficient strength to shake off."
"Well, sir, my honest opinion now is that the young man was too deeply in love with a girl he couldn’t marry, and that took a toll on his health. Then the epidemic hit, and he didn’t have enough strength to recover."
"Ah!" said I, "and why could he not marry her? Was the maid unrelenting?"
"Ah!" I said, "why couldn't he marry her? Was the maid not willing?"
"Not that, exactly, sir. Indeed, I believe she was as much in love with him, but——"
"Not exactly that, sir. In fact, I think she was just as in love with him, but——"
"But what?"
"But why?"
"Well, the fact of the matter is, sir, the girl's father and I ain't friends, and neither of us was willing to give our consent. The girl was sent off by her father to live at her aunt's, just to get her out of my son's way. I knew all about this, but I wasn't going to tell the young man, lest he should take it into his head to run after her, so, thinking to blunt his passion, I invented the story of her death, saying that she had been carried off by the epidemic, hoping that after a time, finding she was no more, that he would cease to think of her. But instead of that, he grew worse and worse, and I attribute his death to the lie I told about his sweetheart's decease."
"Well, the truth is, sir, the girl’s father and I aren’t friends, and neither of us was willing to give our approval. The girl was sent by her father to stay with her aunt, just to get her out of my son’s life. I knew all about this, but I wasn’t going to tell the young man, worried he might decide to chase after her. So, to try to lessen his feelings, I made up the story that she had died, saying she was taken by the epidemic, hoping that after a while, realizing she was gone, he would stop thinking about her. But instead, he got worse and worse, and I believe his death was due to the lie I told about his sweetheart's passing."
"You did very wrong," said I, "not to give your consent."[46]
"You really messed up," I said, "by not giving your consent."[46]
"Well, but, sir, if I had given mine, the girl's father would not have given his," replied my father.
"Well, but, sir, if I had given mine, the girl's father wouldn't have given his," replied my father.
"If you had been the first to make up the quarrel, I have no doubt that he would have given his consent," said I.
"If you had been the first to start the argument, I’m sure he would have agreed," I said.
My father seemed stung with this reproach, and took out his handkerchief to wipe his eyes.
My father looked hurt by this criticism and took out his handkerchief to wipe his eyes.
"Ah, my poor son! my poor son!" sobbed my father. "What wouldn't I give to have him back again?"
"Ah, my poor son! my poor son!" cried my father. "What wouldn’t I give to have him back?"
"Would you give your consent to his marriage with the girl he loved if he could come to life again?" I asked.
"Would you agree to his marriage with the girl he loved if he could come back to life?" I asked.
"Ay, sir, that would I, only too gladly," replied my father, "but what's the use of talking now that he has gone from me for ever?"
"Aye, sir, I would do that, but what's the point of talking now that he's gone from me forever?"
"You speak like a man without faith," said I. "Have you no belief in an after life? Have you no hope of meeting him in Heaven?"
"You talk like someone who doesn't have faith," I said. "Do you not believe in an afterlife? Do you have no hope of seeing him in Heaven?"
"That is the only hope I have left, sir," said my father, "but in the meantime——"
"That's the only hope I have left, sir," my father said, "but in the meantime——"
"Ah!" said I, "you cannot make up your mind to be consoled for his loss for the few short years that you have to remain upon earth."
"Ah!" I said, "you can't decide to be comforted for his loss during the few short years you have left on earth."
"Well, sir, it's very hard to bear," said my father.
"Well, sir, it’s really hard to deal with," said my father.
"Have you ever prayed?" I asked.
"Have you ever prayed?" I asked.
"Yes, sir," said he, "I say my prayers regularly."
"Yes, sir," he said, "I pray regularly."
"But do you say them earnestly?" said I. "Do you believe that if you ask a thing that you will receive[47] what you ask for? For instance, if you were to pray for your son to be restored to life, do you believe that he really would be restored to life?"
"But do you really mean it?" I asked. "Do you think that if you ask for something, you'll actually get it[47]? For example, if you prayed for your son to come back to life, do you believe that he truly would come back to life?"
My father stared in surprise.
My dad stared in surprise.
"Well, to tell you the truth, sir, no," he said; "for we all know that when a man has been buried three weeks that he rarely returns. Even Lazarus was but four days under the earth. In fact, the thought of praying for his return after his spirit had once been yielded up never occurred to me. When David was bereaved of his child by Uriah's wife, he humbled himself whilst the child was yet alive with sackcloth and ashes, but when he heard that the child was dead, he rose and ate bread. What instance is there on record of one returning to life after being buried three weeks?"
"To be honest, no," he said. "We all know that when someone has been buried for three weeks, they rarely come back. Even Lazarus was only in the ground for four days. Honestly, the idea of praying for his return after his spirit had already left never crossed my mind. When David lost his child because of Uriah's wife, he humbled himself with sackcloth and ashes while the child was still alive, but as soon as he heard the child was dead, he got up and ate. Can anyone point to a single example of someone coming back to life after being buried for three weeks?"
"Pray, nevertheless," said I; "the mercy of God is boundless. Who knows but that——"
"Still, I urge you," I said; "God's mercy is limitless. Who knows but that——"
"Oh, sir, sir," said my father, shaking his head, "you but mock me; it cannot be."
"Oh, sir, sir," my father said, shaking his head, "you’re just making fun of me; it can’t be."
"It is impious of you to say it cannot be. Nothing is impossible with God," said I.
"It’s disrespectful for you to say it can’t be. Nothing is impossible with God," I said.
My father smiled faintly. I saw that he regarded me as a kind of well meaning madman, and after lighting my candle, he showed me the way to my room and shut me in for the night.
My father smiled lightly. I could tell he thought of me as a well-meaning lunatic, and after lighting my candle, he led me to my room and closed the door behind me for the night.
My room was some few doors off from my father's. I undressed and went to bed. I had not been in bed more than an hour when I heard my father's footsteps[48] on the stairs. He, too, was going to bed. There was no other guest in the inn then, and all was quiet.
My room was just a few doors down from my dad's. I got undressed and went to bed. I had barely been lying down for an hour when I heard my dad's footsteps[48] on the stairs. He was also heading to bed. There weren't any other guests in the inn at that time, and everything was quiet.
I allowed my father a quarter of an hour to get into bed. Then I opened my chamber door, and listened to hear if he was praying, for he always prayed aloud. I was satisfied that he was praying; what the precise words were I could not quite distinguish, but I fancied I heard my name mentioned once or twice. I returned to my chamber and closed the door. I allowed my father another hour to go to sleep. When the time had expired, I stepped on tip-toe across the passage and turned the handle of his bedroom door noiselessly. I peeped in. All was silent, or rather he was snoring loudly. Leaving the door ajar, I went back cautiously to my chamber to fetch the candle, and then softly and noiselessly I entered the room where my father lay asleep. I had provided myself with a pinch of salt, which I sprinkled in the flame, so as to give a look of ghostly pallor to my face. Then, tapping my father lightly on the shoulder, he started up in bed.
I gave my dad fifteen minutes to get into bed. Then I opened my bedroom door and listened to see if he was praying, since he always prayed out loud. I was sure he was praying; I couldn't make out the exact words, but I thought I heard my name mentioned a couple of times. I went back to my room and closed the door. I gave my dad another hour to fall asleep. When that time was up, I tiptoed across the hallway and quietly turned the handle of his bedroom door. I peeked inside. Everything was quiet, or rather, he was snoring loudly. Leaving the door slightly open, I carefully went back to my room to grab the candle, and then I softly entered the room where my dad was fast asleep. I had brought a pinch of salt, which I sprinkled in the flame to give my face a ghostly look. Then, tapping my dad lightly on the shoulder, he woke up suddenly in bed.
"Good heavens!" he cried, with every hair erect on his head—
"OMG!" he shouted, his hair standing on end—
"Jack! is it you?"
"Jack! Is that you?"
He spoke huskily, and his teeth chattered.
He spoke in a husky voice, and his teeth were chattering.
"Hush!" said I, in a sepulchral voice; "listen to me. Because you have prayed fervently, I have risen from my grave to comfort you. Grieve not for me, father, for I am happy. I have returned to thank you for having given your consent to my marriage.[49] Molly is now mine in spirit, and I shall henceforth rest peacefully in my tomb. Farewell."
"Quiet!" I said in a haunting voice; "listen to me. Because you've prayed so hard, I've come back from the dead to comfort you. Don't mourn for me, Dad, because I'm happy. I've returned to thank you for agreeing to my marriage. [49] Molly is now mine in spirit, and I will rest peacefully in my grave from now on. Goodbye."
I strode towards the door, with long, silent, majestic strides, and closed it carefully after me, leaving my father staring after me into space and speechless with terror.
I walked confidently toward the door, taking long, quiet, powerful strides, and carefully closed it behind me, leaving my father staring after me in silence, overwhelmed with fear.
I was a very young man then, and a reckless devil-may-care sort of fellow, otherwise I should not have attempted such a dangerous practical joke. The consequences might have been fatal; as it was, my father's nerves were terribly shaken, and I spoilt all his night's rest. When he brought up my breakfast the next morning in the parlour he looked pale and haggard.
I was a very young man then, and a reckless, carefree kind of guy; otherwise, I wouldn't have tried such a dangerous prank. The results could have been deadly; instead, my father's nerves were badly shaken, and I ruined his entire night’s sleep. When he brought my breakfast to the parlor the next morning, he looked pale and exhausted.
"What is the matter, good man?" said I, patronisingly, in my usual feigned voice.
"What’s wrong, good man?" I said, condescendingly, in my usual affected tone.
"Oh, sir!" said my father, excitedly, "I saw him last night!"
"Oh, sir!" my father said eagerly, "I saw him last night!"
"Saw him!" I exclaimed. "Saw whom?"
"Saw him!" I said. "Saw who?"
"My son, Jack, sir. Oh, who would have believed it?"
"My son, Jack, sir. Oh, who would have thought?"
"What! and has he returned to life, or was it his spirit?"
"What! Has he come back to life, or was it just his spirit?"
"Yes, sir, his ghost," said my father, with a look of awe, and then he began relating to me the whole particulars of his son's spiritual apparition.
"Yes, sir, his ghost," my father said, looking amazed, and then he started telling me all the details about his son's spirit.
"Then you followed my advice, and have been praying?"
"Then you took my advice and have been praying?"
"That I did, sir, with all my heart and soul," said my father.[50]
"Absolutely, sir, I did it with all my heart and soul," my father said.[50]
"You told me last evening," said I, "that if your son should come to life again you would give your consent to his marriage. If you really repent having withheld your consent during his lifetime let me see that your repentance is true by writing me the following words and affixing your signature."
"You told me last night," I said, "that if your son were to come back to life, you would agree to his marriage. If you truly regret not giving your consent while he was alive, show me that your regret is genuine by writing down these words and signing your name."
"What words, sir, must I write?" he asked.
"What words, sir, should I write?" he asked.
"Write," said I, "'If my son is restored to me I will give my consent to his marriage, with the girl of his choice,' that is what you have to write."
"Write," I said, "'If my son is brought back to me, I will agree to his marriage with the girl he chooses,' that's what you need to write."
"But—but—" began my father.
"But—but—" started my dad.
"Write what I tell you, and affix your signature," said I, gruffly.
"Write what I say, and sign it," I said gruffly.
"As you like, sir," said he, complying with my request. I blotted the sheet of paper, and placed it in my pocket.
"As you wish, sir," he said, agreeing to my request. I blotted the paper and put it in my pocket.
"Now, sir," said I to my father, "I have a secret to tell you. Do not faint, but be prepared for a shock."
"Now, Dad," I said to my father, "I have a secret to tell you. Don't freak out, but be ready for a surprise."
My father looked at me in astonishment.
My dad looked at me in disbelief.
"Your son lives," said I.
"Your son is alive," I said.
"What do I hear?—my son—my son lives?" he exclaimed, staggering backwards. Then recovering somewhat his composure, he asked, "But how? I myself saw him laid in the ground; besides, I tell you I saw his ghost last night."
"What do I hear?—my son—my son is alive?" he exclaimed, staggering backward. Then, regaining some of his composure, he asked, "But how? I saw him buried myself; besides, I tell you I saw his ghost last night."
"That was nothing but a distempered dream brought on by our conversation before you retired to rest," said I. "I tell you your son lives—he is in my care. Listen; but what I am about to tell you, you[51] must keep to yourself, otherwise it will damage my reputation. Hearing that your son had been buried, I, being a doctor and in want of a subject for dissection, employed resurrectioners or body-snatchers to procure me your son's body. They stole it from his grave and brought it to my house. When I began to dissect I found that he was not yet dead. He has been at my house ever since, still very weak from his recent illness. He has related to me his love affair, and knows of the deception that you practised upon him. He begged me to procure for him his father's consent to his marriage, otherwise, he said he might die in real earnest."
"That was just a messed-up dream caused by our talk before you went to sleep," I said. "I promise you, your son is alive—he's in my care. Listen; what I’m about to tell you, you[51] have to keep to yourself, or it will ruin my reputation. When I heard that your son had been buried, I, as a doctor and in need of a subject for dissection, hired body-snatchers to get me your son's body. They took it from his grave and brought it to my place. When I started to dissect, I found he wasn’t dead yet. He’s been at my house ever since, still very weak from his recent illness. He’s shared his love story with me and knows about the trick you played on him. He pleaded with me to get his father's approval for his marriage, or he said he might really die."
"Oh, doctor, doctor!" cried my father, "can it be true? Oh, say that you are not jesting with me. Do not trifle with the feelings of a poor man!"
"Oh, doctor, doctor!" my father exclaimed, "is it really true? Please, tell me you’re not joking. Don’t play with the emotions of a struggling man!"
"I never trifle," I replied, with dignity.
"I never mess around," I replied, confidently.
"Then it is true, doctor, really true! O God be praised," and he clasped his hands convulsively, whilst the tears ran down his cheeks.
"Then it is true, doctor, really true! Oh God, thank you," and he clasped his hands tightly, while tears streamed down his cheeks.
Suddenly his ecstasy abated, and he grew serious.
Suddenly, his excitement faded, and he became serious.
"What is the matter?" I asked.
"What's the matter?" I asked.
"Oh, but, doctor, if—if after all what I saw last night were not a dream—if whilst during your absence from home, my son really has died, and appeared to me last night to let me know. What proof have you that the vision of my son last night was a dream?" he asked.
"Oh, but doctor, what if what I saw last night wasn’t just a dream? What if, while you were away from home, my son actually died and came to me last night to tell me? What proof do you have that my vision of my son last night was a dream?" he asked.
"What proof?" I exclaimed. "This proof," I cried,[52] throwing off my disguise and speaking in my own natural voice again. "Behold me, father, risen from the dead!"
"What proof?" I exclaimed. "This proof," I cried,[52] removing my disguise and speaking in my own true voice again. "Look at me, father, risen from the dead!"
My father's surprise, consternation and joy was beyond all description.
My father's surprise, confusion, and joy were beyond words.
"What!" he cried, "and are you really Jack risen from the grave? Come, let me touch you to be sure you are no ghost.
"What!" he shouted, "are you actually Jack come back from the dead? Come on, let me touch you to make sure you’re not a ghost."
"Ha! ha! Ha! ha! ha!" he laughed, hysterically. "What! Jack, my boy, I see it all. Ha! ha! ha! ha!" and he wept upon my shoulder till I thought he'd go off in a fit.
"Ha! ha! Ha! ha! ha!" he laughed, uncontrollably. "What! Jack, my friend, I see it all. Ha! ha! ha! ha!" and he cried on my shoulder until I thought he’d pass out from it.
"Hush! father," I cried, "and calm yourself. My resurrection must be a secret between us two, for motives of policy. Do you understand?"
"Hush! Dad," I said, "and relax. My comeback has to be a secret just between us two, for strategic reasons. Do you get that?"
"Why a secret?" he asked.
"Why keep it a secret?" he asked.
"Never mind now; that is part of my plan. If you tell a single soul you'll spoil all, and I am a ruined man," I said.
"Forget about it for now; that's part of my plan. If you tell anyone, you'll ruin everything, and I'll be finished," I said.
"I understand nothing of all this, Jack," said my father, "but you may count upon my secrecy; but I say, Jack, how long must I keep the secret, for I am burning to tell everyone in the village?"
"I don't understand any of this, Jack," my father said, "but you can trust me to keep it a secret. However, I have to ask, Jack, how long do I need to keep this under wraps? I'm dying to share it with everyone in the village!"
"For Heaven's sake, hold your tongue," said I, "until I give you permission to let it out, or I am ruined for life."
"For heaven's sake, be quiet," I said, "until I give you the okay to speak, or my life will be ruined."
"Well, well, Jack, mum's the word," said my father.
"Well, well, Jack, don't say a word," said my father.
I then resumed my disguise and prepared to leave the inn.[53]
I then put my disguise back on and got ready to leave the inn.[53]
"Why, what the devil are you going to be up to now?"
"What's going on with you now?"
"Mum's the word," said I. "You shall know all when I return. Good-bye, father," and off I started.
"Mum's the word," I said. "You'll know everything when I get back. Goodbye, Dad," and off I went.
I busied myself a good deal about getting everything in order for the wedding, and returned to H——, where without further bother I was married at the village church.
I spent a lot of time getting everything organized for the wedding and went back to H——, where I got married at the village church without any more hassle.
Fearful that if I threw off my disguise before the wedding that something or other, I could not tell what or from what quarter, would mar all and prevent the marriage just at the last moment, after having been so successful up to this time, this feeling, or presentiment of harm, vague as it was, induced me to keep on my disguise all through the ceremony, but when it came to signing my name in the register, I signed my real name—"John Hearty."
Fearful that if I revealed my true identity before the wedding, something unpredictable might ruin everything and stop the marriage at the last minute, especially after everything had gone so well until now, this feeling, or instinct that something bad might happen, however vague it was, led me to keep my disguise on throughout the ceremony. But when it came time to sign my name in the register, I wrote my real name—"John Hearty."
This created some sensation.
This caused quite a stir.
The aunt wanted me to explain myself. However, we hurried back to the aunt's house, where we at once threw off my disguise, explained all, and craved pardon for the deception I had practised upon her.
The aunt wanted me to explain myself. However, we rushed back to her house, where we quickly took off my disguise, explained everything, and asked for her forgiveness for the trick I had played on her.
At first the aunt seemed a little cold. She was hurt at the deception being carried on so long.
At first, the aunt seemed a bit distant. She felt hurt by the deception that had gone on for so long.
There was no necessity for such tricks, she said, if she had been told all at the beginning; nothing would have been known to anyone else.
There was no need for such tricks, she said, if she had been told everything from the start; no one else would have known.
"Do you think I would trust a woman's tongue?" I said. "Come, now, aunt," I said, "though I am not[54] a doctor, I did you quite as much good as a court physician could have done you. Yes, although the medicine was only liquorice water mixed up with other harmless filth."
"Do you really think I'd trust a woman's words?" I said. "Come on, aunt," I continued, "even though I'm not a doctor, I helped you just as much as a court physician could have. Yes, even if the medicine was just licorice water mixed with some other harmless stuff."
"In that, too, I've been imposed upon, then," murmured the aunt.
"In that case, I've been taken advantage of, then," murmured the aunt.
"Nevertheless, I cured you," retorted I; "you yourself admitted it, and what is more, I took no fee."
"Still, I healed you," I replied; "you even admitted it yourself, and what's more, I didn't charge you a thing."
Soon, however, Molly's aunt recovered her good humour, and all passed off with a hearty laugh.
Soon, however, Molly's aunt regained her good humor, and everything ended with a hearty laugh.
The only difficulty now was to reconcile ourselves with Molly's father. The comedy was nearly at an end. I donned my disguise once more, and we started off together after the wedding breakfast to our native village, and driving up to old Sykes' house, we knocked at the door.
The only challenge now was to make amends with Molly's dad. The show was almost over. I put on my disguise again, and we headed out together after the wedding breakfast to our hometown, driving up to old Sykes' house, where we knocked on the door.
We entered, and I introduced myself as his son-in-law. He received us well, and wished us both health and prosperity. I did not know exactly how to break the ice, so I reflected a moment.
We walked in, and I introduced myself as his son-in-law. He welcomed us warmly and wished us both health and success. I wasn't sure how to start a conversation, so I took a moment to think.
"Mr. Sykes," said I, still in my feigned voice, "I shall expect you this evening to dine with me at six o'clock at the 'Headless Lady.' Come, I will take no refusal. If we are to be friends together, I shall expect you, if not——"
"Mr. Sykes," I said, still using my fake voice, "I expect you to join me for dinner this evening at six o'clock at the 'Headless Lady.' Come on, I won’t take no for an answer. If we're going to be friends, I expect you; if not——"
He began to make an excuse about his gouty leg, saying that he never left the house.
He started to come up with an excuse about his gouty leg, saying that he never left the house.
"Oh, nonsense," said I, "that is just the reason you never get well. Going out now and then will do[55] you good. I am a doctor, you know, and I advise you for your good. If you do not like to walk, make use of our coach."
"Oh, come on," I said, "that's exactly why you never get better. Going out once in a while will do you good. I'm a doctor, you know, and I'm advising you for your own benefit. If you don't want to walk, you can use our coach."
He still hesitated, and at length said, "Well, the fact is, I never go to that house. The landlord and I are not friends. We have had some differences together of long standing, and——"
He still hesitated, and finally said, "Well, the truth is, I never go to that house. The landlord and I aren't friends. We've had some ongoing issues for a while now, and——"
"Nonsense," said I, "that is no excuse at all. All men have differences now and then, but we must learn to forget and forgive."
"Nonsense," I said, "that's not an excuse at all. Everyone has their differences from time to time, but we need to learn to forget and forgive."
"No," said Sykes; "he was very much in the wrong."
"No," Sykes said; "he was definitely in the wrong."
"Well, I've no doubt that he thinks you are in the wrong," said I. "Dine with me this evening there, and I'll undertake to make matters straight for you both. Hearty is a good and honest man, and is one of my best friends. I have known him these nineteen years. If you refuse to come, it will be an offence to me, mind that."
"Well, I’m sure he thinks you’re in the wrong," I said. "Join me for dinner there tonight, and I’ll make sure to clear things up for both of you. Hearty is a good and honest guy, and he’s one of my closest friends. I’ve known him for nineteen years. If you decline, it will be insulting to me, just so you know."
After a time I succeeded in softening him down a little, till I at length drew from him a reluctant consent, and, according to his word, he appeared that evening at our inn.
After a while, I managed to calm him down a bit, until I finally got a hesitant agreement from him. True to his word, he showed up at our inn that evening.
A grand dinner was prepared, before partaking of which I succeeded in joining the hands of the two bitter enemies.
A grand dinner was prepared, and before we dug in, I managed to bring together the two bitter enemies.
Seeing that the hour had arrived for the divulging of the secret I explained all in a few words, threw off my disguise and craved his blessing.
Seeing that the time had come to reveal the secret, I explained everything in a few words, removed my disguise, and asked for his blessing.
Old Sykes was a crusty sort of a cove, and I[56] expected that there would have been a scare, but we had got him into a good humour previously, and he was so much amused, in spite of himself, at the whole scheme that he wrung my hand heartily and laughed much over my odd adventures.
Old Sykes was a grumpy kind of guy, and I[56] expected there would have been a scare, but we had gotten him in a good mood beforehand, and he was so entertained, despite himself, by the whole plan that he shook my hand warmly and laughed a lot about my strange adventures.
Dinner passed off gaily, and I secretly put the doctor in possession of his old clothes again. I paid him the money I owed him, and for ever kept secret the name of the doctor who had brought me to life again so cleverly.
Dinner went well, and I quietly returned the doctor his old clothes. I paid him the money I owed, and I always kept the name of the doctor who had skillfully brought me back to life a secret.
"Why, Jack," said Mr. Oldstone, at the conclusion of our host's recital, "you can tell a story like the best of us."
"Wow, Jack," Mr. Oldstone said at the end of our host's story, "you can tell a story just as well as anyone."
"Ay, that he can indeed," chimed in Mr. Crucible and Mr. Hardcase.
"Yeah, he really can," chimed in Mr. Crucible and Mr. Hardcase.
"There is a great deal of poetry in Jack's story," remarked Mr. Parnassus.
"There’s a lot of poetry in Jack's story," Mr. Parnassus said.
Mr. Blackdeed said that it ought to be adapted to the stage.
Mr. Blackdeed said it should be adapted for the stage.
"And was it ever discovered who unearthed you, Jack?" inquired Dr. Bleedem, who had a fellow feeling for the Dr. Slasher of Jack's narrative, as he could imagine what his own feelings would have been had he fallen a victim to the infuriated villagers.
"And was it ever found out who dug you up, Jack?" asked Dr. Bleedem, who felt a connection to the Dr. Slasher in Jack's story, as he could picture how he would have felt if he had become a target of the angry villagers.
"No, sir," replied our host, "I never let out the truth, although I was pestered with questions all day long by every one in the village. At length, however, an old doctor in these parts died from the epidemic,[57] and after his death, I gave out to the villagers that he was the man who had dug me up."
"No, sir," replied our host, "I never revealed the truth, even though everyone in the village kept asking me questions all day long. Finally, though, an old doctor from this area passed away from the epidemic,[57] and after he died, I told the villagers that he was the one who had dug me up."
"Ah!" said Dr. Bleedem, "there was no harm in that."
"Ah!" said Dr. Bleedem, "that was no big deal."
"And the two body-snatchers, did you ever see them again?" asked Professor Cyanite.
"And did you ever see the two body-snatchers again?" asked Professor Cyanite.
"Ha! ha!" laughed our host, "and that was a joke, surely. One evening, shortly after my resurrection, leastways before everyone knew that I had come to life again, I was strolling through the cemetery alone where I had been buried, and sitting down upon my own grave, I began meditating upon my miraculous escape from death, when who should pass by but my two friends, Tom and Bill. I looked up as they passed. You should have seen how they took to their heels. My eyes! I shall never forget it."
"Ha! ha!" laughed our host, "and that was a joke, for sure. One evening, right after I came back to life, at least before everyone knew I had returned, I was walking through the cemetery alone where I was buried, and sitting down on my own grave, I started thinking about my miraculous escape from death, when who should walk by but my two friends, Tom and Bill. I looked up as they passed. You should have seen them run. Oh my! I'll never forget it."
"That was a rare joke, indeed," said our artist, "and that other young fellow, young Rashly, did you see any more of him?"
"That was a really rare joke," said our artist, "and did you see anything else from that other young guy, Rashly?"
"Ay, sir," replied our host, "and that was another good joke. The Sunday after our marriage I appeared in the village church with Molly. How the people did stare, to be sure! I recognised young Rashly in the Squire's pew with his father. He could not see me, as I was behind a pillar, and he had not yet heard of my coming to life again. Seeing that he was without a hymn book, I stepped out suddenly from my pew, and crossing the aisle, offered him mine. I never shall forget his face. He turned as pale as a ghost, and was[58] obliged to support himself against the back of the pew. He was nigh fainting, and his father was obliged to lead him out of church."
"Yeah, sir," our host replied, "and that was another good joke. The Sunday after we got married, I showed up at the village church with Molly. The looks on people's faces were something else, that’s for sure! I spotted young Rashly in the Squire's pew with his dad. He couldn’t see me since I was hiding behind a pillar, and he hadn’t heard I was back yet. Noticing he didn’t have a hymn book, I suddenly stepped out of my pew and crossed the aisle to offer him mine. I'll never forget the look on his face. He turned as white as a ghost and had to lean against the back of the pew to steady himself. He was about to faint, and his dad had to help him out of the church."
"Your resurrection must have made quite a sensation in the village then," said McGuilp.
"Your comeback must have caused quite a stir in the village back then," said McGuilp.
"My word, it did, sir, and no mistake," answered the landlord. "Everybody in the village and for miles round it wanted to shake me by the hand and welcome me back to life. People used to come from long distances to hear me recount my adventures, till I grew quite sick of it, and shut myself up and wouldn't see nobody."
"My goodness, it really did, sir, and no doubt about it," replied the landlord. "Everyone in the village and for miles around wanted to shake my hand and welcome me back to life. People would come from far away just to hear me share my stories, until I got so tired of it that I isolated myself and wouldn't see anyone."
"Ay, ay, tedious work I've no doubt, telling the same story over and over again to every new comer," said Mr. Oldstone. "But tell us, Jack, did young Rashly ever discover who it was that gave him the thrashing?"
"Ay, it’s surely tedious work, repeating the same story over and over to every newcomer," said Mr. Oldstone. "But tell us, Jack, did young Rashly ever find out who it was that gave him the beating?"
"Yes, sir, that, too, came out in time," said our host, "and devilish sheepish he looked, so they said, when he heard it was his old rival in disguise. He would have liked to have had me up about it before the assizes, but he didn't like the idea of exposing himself, and so the matter dropped. After a time, however, finding that all the boys in the village laughed at him whenever he walked abroad, he went to London, and I have never heard anything more of him."
"Yes, sir, that came out eventually," said our host, "and he looked really embarrassed, or so they say, when he found out it was his old rival in disguise. He would have liked to have confronted me about it before the trial, but he didn't want to put himself in that position, so the matter just faded away. After a while, though, realizing that all the kids in the village laughed at him whenever he went out, he moved to London, and I haven't heard anything about him since."
At this moment someone knocked at the door.
At that moment, someone knocked on the door.
"Come in!" called out several voices at once.
"Come in!" several voices called out at once.
The door opened ajar, and the head of our hostess timidly appeared at the aperture.[59]
The door opened slightly, and our hostess's head cautiously appeared at the opening.[59]
"Beg pardon, gentlemen," said that worthy dame, "but could Helen be spared a little just to help me a bit?"
"Excuse me, gentlemen," said that admirable woman, "but could Helen come help me out a little?"
"Oh! how very annoying!" cried our artist, "just as the weather is clearing up and I was making up my mind for a long sitting."
"Oh man, this is so frustrating!" exclaimed our artist. "Right when the weather is finally getting better and I was getting ready for a long session."
"I am afraid I can't do without her, sir, just now," said our hostess, "but if you wouldn't mind waiting an hour or so, she will be at liberty."
"I’m afraid I can’t do without her right now, sir," said our hostess, "but if you don’t mind waiting an hour or so, she’ll be free."
"An hour without Helen!" exclaimed several members at once. "Oh, impossible! and then to be snatched from us again so soon!"
"An hour without Helen!" several members exclaimed simultaneously. "Oh, no way! And then to have her taken away from us again so soon!"
"I'll tell you what it is, Mr. McGuilp, and you, too, Dame Hearty," said Mr. Oldstone, "you are to blame, both of you. Such conduct can't be suffered to go unpunished; therefore, in the name of the club I condemn you both to contribute to the common entertainment by telling a story, each of you, when next called upon."
"I’ll tell you what it is, Mr. McGuilp, and you too, Dame Hearty," said Mr. Oldstone, "you’re both to blame. We can’t let this behavior go unpunished; so, on behalf of the club, I’m assigning both of you to contribute to our entertainment by sharing a story, each of you, the next time you’re asked."
"Hear, hear!" cried several voices.
"Hear, hear!" shouted several voices.
"Yes, a story from Dame Hearty, and a still longer one from Mr. McGuilp for having robbed us of Helen—a most just sentence!"
"Yes, a story from Dame Hearty, and an even longer one from Mr. McGuilp for taking Helen from us—a truly fair judgment!"
"Oh, gentlemen!" said our hostess modestly. "You wouldn't care to hear any of my stories; besides, I've forgotten them all long ago."
"Oh, gentlemen!" said our hostess shyly. "You wouldn't want to hear any of my stories; plus, I've forgotten them all a long time ago."
"Come now, Dame Hearty, there is no backing out," said Mr. Oldstone. "A sentence is a sentence."
"Come on, Dame Hearty, there's no backing out," said Mr. Oldstone. "A sentence is a sentence."
"Well, sir, if it must be so, I'll try and think of one whenever the gentlemen of this respectable club choose[60] to command my services. Come, Helen!" And our hostess led away her fair daughter by the hand amidst the groans of her ardent admirers.
"Okay, sir, if that's how it has to be, I'll try to think of one whenever the guys from this respectable club decide to ask for my help. Come on, Helen!" And our hostess took her lovely daughter by the hand, leaving behind the groans of her eager admirers.
"Now, Mr. McGuilp," said Mr. Oldstone as the door closed after Helen and her mother, "we have a full hour before us. I call upon you to fill up that period to the satisfaction of the club."
"Now, Mr. McGuilp," said Mr. Oldstone as the door closed after Helen and her mother, "we have a whole hour ahead of us. I expect you to make that time worthwhile for the club."
"Yes, yes!" shouted a chorus of voices; "out with it; no mercy on him. Let justice be done."
"Yeah, yeah!" shouted a group of voices; "spill it; no mercy for him. Let justice be served."
"Well, gentlemen, if you will allow me a moment to compose myself, I'll endeavour to satisfy you," said our artist. Then resting his head on his hand as if to call up from the depths of his memory some long-forgotten tale or legend, he said, "Gentlemen, I recollect a story in our family, handed down to me from some remote ancestor. I used to be frightened with it in my childhood. It is long ago now since I heard it related, but I will endeavour to give it you as perfectly as possible after the lapse of so many years."
"Well, gentlemen, if you'll give me a moment to gather my thoughts, I'll do my best to satisfy you," said our artist. Then, resting his head on his hand as if to recall some long-forgotten story or legend, he continued, "Gentlemen, I remember a story from my family, passed down from an ancestor long ago. It used to scare me when I was a child. It's been a long time since I heard it, but I'll try to share it with you as accurately as I can after so many years."
"Well, we're all attention," said one of the members.
"Well, we're all paying attention," said one of the members.
Then our artist, after stretching himself, folded his arms and commenced the following tale—
Then our artist, after stretching out, crossed his arms and started the following story—

CHAPTER II.
Der Scharfrichter.[1]—The Artist's Second Story.
A respectable ancestor of mine, far back in the middle ages, went to study at a German university. I cannot call to mind the name of it, but that is of no consequence. I think he studied medicine, but I will not be sure even of that. I know that he belonged to a "chor," or company of students who pride themselves on their liberty, who have their own laws and customs, who fight duels with rival chors, and who settle disputes among themselves by outvying each other in the drinking of beer, who revel in street brawls and other such respectable amusements, playing practical jokes upon the peaceful citizens; in fact, making night hideous.
A respected ancestor of mine, way back in the Middle Ages, went to study at a German university. I can't remember the name of it, but that's not important. I think he studied medicine, but I'm not certain about that either. I know he was part of a "chor," or group of students who take pride in their freedom, have their own rules and customs, duel with rival groups, and settle their arguments by trying to outdrink each other, who enjoy street fights and other such respectable pastimes, playing pranks on the peaceful citizens; in short, making the night unbearable.
I know not whether my ancestor was any better or any worse than his fellow students, but he seems to have entered with pleasure into all their amusements, and never to have held himself aloof when any mischief was going on. He was consequently looked up to rather than otherwise by his companions.[62]
I don’t know if my ancestor was any better or worse than his classmates, but he really seemed to enjoy joining in on all their fun and never kept himself apart when there was any trouble happening. As a result, his friends admired him instead of the other way around.[62]
It was the custom then, and still is among Germans, especially among German students, to travel long distances on foot, going together often in large numbers and putting up at night, if they could, at some inn; if not, in some cottage, stables, or loft, with nothing but straw to sleep upon.
It was the custom back then, and still is among Germans, especially among German students, to travel long distances on foot, often in large groups. They would spend the night at an inn if possible; if not, they would crash in a cottage, stables, or loft, with nothing but straw to sleep on.
But German students are not pampered mortals, and can put up with very homely accommodation. If after a fatiguing day's march a student can find at his quarters sufficient beer, black bread, sausage, raw ham, or a little strong cheese, he is perfectly satisfied. Should he be so fortunate as to light upon a dish of "sauer kraut," he would fancy himself in the seventh heaven.
But German students are not spoiled people and can handle very basic accommodations. If, after a long day of marching, a student can find enough beer, dark bread, sausage, raw ham, or a bit of strong cheese at his place, he's completely happy. If he’s lucky enough to come across a dish of "sauerkraut," he would feel like he's in heaven.
The German is hardy, yet studious, highly sensitive, and keenly susceptible to the beauties of nature. Though somewhat penurious, he is fond of good fellowship, and is a staunch friend.
The German is tough but studious, very sensitive, and deeply appreciative of the beauty of nature. Although somewhat short on money, he enjoys spending time with friends and is a loyal companion.
The foot tour in Germany is a thing common to all classes, from the nobility down to the "handwerksbursch," or journeying mechanic, which latter class is often unmercifully persecuted by the university student. From time immemorial there seems to have been a feeling of animosity between the two classes, as nearer home we find existing between the "town and gown."
The walking tours in Germany are popular with everyone, from the nobility to the "handwerksbursch," or traveling mechanic, who is often unfairly picked on by university students. There has been a long-standing rivalry between these two groups, similar to the one we see between the "town and gown" closer to home.
The German student of the middle ages, as in our times, was fond of swagger, delighted in wearing high boots, enormous spurs, an exaggerated sword, a preposterous hat, was provoked to a duel on the slightest occasion, boasted of the number of "schoppen" or[63] "seidel" of beer that he could stow away beneath his doublet, and ran up long bills without a thought of how they were to be paid.
The German student of the Middle Ages, just like today, liked to show off, enjoyed wearing tall boots, huge spurs, an over-the-top sword, and a ridiculous hat. He would get into a duel over the smallest issue, bragged about how many "schoppen" or "seidel" of beer he could drink under his doublet, and racked up large debts without considering how he'd pay them off.
In those days every student had his guitar or other musical instrument wherewith to serenade his "Liebchen" or lady-love, for that latter article was indispensable to the life of a student, and though much grossness and barbarity has been attributed to him, he is, nevertheless, at times capable of being elevated by a pure and refined passion, for he has much poetry in his nature, and is both sentimental and romantic in the extreme.
In those days, every student had his guitar or another musical instrument to serenade his "Liebchen" or lady-love, as that was essential to a student’s life. Although some have attributed a lot of crudeness and brutality to him, he can, at times, be uplifted by a pure and refined passion. He has a lot of poetry in his nature and is extremely sentimental and romantic.
In all ages students have meddled much in politics, and princes have been known to tremble before their audacity and resolution.
In every era, students have often interfered in politics, and rulers have been known to fear their boldness and determination.
But enough of this digression, gentlemen. My present tale demands only that you should call up in your minds the German student on his foot tour in the long vacation, with his keen relish of the beautiful, his lusty and well-trained frame that laughs at fatigue, his love of good-fellowship, his tender thoughts of home with the image of his lady-love.
But enough of this digression, gentlemen. My current story only requires you to envision the German student on his walking trip during the long vacation, with his eager appreciation for beauty, his strong and well-conditioned body that scoffs at tiredness, his enjoyment of camaraderie, and his sweet thoughts of home along with the image of his beloved.
I must now return to my ancestor, who at the time this story commences was on one of these pedestrian[64] rambles, accompanied by some twenty of his fellow students, all stout, hearty youths who could eat, drink, and fight with any in the university, and flirt, too, I've no doubt, when occasion tempted them.
I must now go back to my ancestor, who at the start of this story was on one of these walks, accompanied by about twenty of his fellow students, all strong, healthy young men who could eat, drink, and fight with anyone at the university, and flirt as well, I'm sure, whenever the chance arose.
These attributes, you will say, are not strictly necessary to the student preparing for honours, yet, nevertheless, somehow German students manage to find time for other amusements besides dry study. They can play, but when they do study, they study hard.
These qualities, you might argue, aren't essential for a student aiming for honors, yet somehow German students manage to make time for fun outside of their serious studies. They can play, but when they do study, they hit the books hard.
My ancestor at the time I speak of was a young man of about twenty, and had already been two years at the university. We may presume, therefore, that he spoke German tolerably well, if not well.
My ancestor, at the time I'm referring to, was a young man of about twenty and had already been at the university for two years. So, we can assume he spoke German fairly well, if not fluently.
I believe it was in the Harz mountains, the Thüringer Wald, and about those parts that he was travelling on foot with his friends.
I think it was in the Harz Mountains, the Thüringer Wald, and around those areas where he was hiking with his friends.
They rose at daybreak and walked hard, with their knapsacks on their backs, singing or conversing as they went, reposing at noon in some shady spot to avoid the heat of the day. When the sun began to abate a little they would resume their journey till night overshadowed them, when they would encamp, as hungry as hunters, in some rude quarters, where they would make merry together over a simple but plentiful supper, and talk over the fatigues of the day.
They got up at sunrise and walked briskly, with their backpacks on, singing or chatting as they moved along, resting at noon in a shady spot to escape the day's heat. When the sun started to go down a bit, they would continue their journey until nightfall, when they would set up camp, as hungry as hunters, in some rough place, where they would enjoy a simple but hearty dinner and discuss the challenges of the day.
They had been following this sort of life for some time, when one evening as they were hastening towards their quarters in groups of twos, threes, and fours, my[65] ancestor asked of his friend, "What is the name of the township where we are to sleep to-night, Hans?"
They had been living this way for a while when, one evening, as they rushed towards their quarters in groups of two, three, and four, my[65] ancestor asked his friend, "What’s the name of the town where we’re staying tonight, Hans?"
"——dorf," answered his friend; "but we shall have to hasten in order to reach it before nightfall. Look, how the mist is rising!"
"——dorf," his friend replied; "but we need to hurry if we're going to get there before it gets dark. Look at how the fog is rising!"
"Ah! so it is," replied my relative, whose name was Frederick, but who was never called otherwise than "Fritz" by his companions.
"Ah! so it is," replied my relative, whose name was Frederick, but who was always called "Fritz" by his friends.
Our Fritz had remained behind to enjoy the last dying glow of a gorgeous sunset, and was wrapt in meditation, while his friend Hans hurried on.
Our Fritz stayed behind to take in the last fading light of a beautiful sunset and was lost in thought, while his friend Hans hurried on.
"Now then, Fritz!" cried one, Max, "don't lag behind so; or are your English legs not strong enough for our German mountains?"
"Come on, Fritz!" yelled Max, "don't fall behind like that; are your English legs not strong enough for our German mountains?"
Our Englishman was stung at this taunt, implying, as it did a disparagement of himself and countrymen, however undeserved it was, for the Germans knew that he could outwalk the best of them when he chose. Yet it had the effect of making him hasten his steps a little.
Our Englishman was hurt by this insult, which suggested a disrespect for him and his fellow countrymen, no matter how unfair it was, because the Germans knew he could outwalk the best of them if he wanted to. Still, it made him quicken his pace a bit.
The dusky hue of night fast overshadowed our students, and the mist now rose at their feet in thick clouds, so that it was with the utmost difficulty that they could find their way.
The dark shade of night quickly enveloped our students, and the fog now rose around their feet in thick clouds, making it extremely hard for them to find their way.
My ancestor was still a long distance behind the rest, but he was gaining fast on them, when in the darkness, he stumbled over a clump of rock and sprained his ankle. All hope of catching up his companions was now gone. The most he could do was to[66] hobble on slowly with the help of his staff, now losing his way, now finding it, whenever the moon peeped out to light up his path, then losing it again when the moon hid itself behind a cloud, till he began to despair of ever finding anything in the shape of a roof to shelter him from the night air during sleep, and he more than half made up his mind to encamp on the spot, but just then he felt a large drop of rain on his face, then another, and another.
My ancestor was still far behind the rest, but he was catching up quickly when he tripped over a rock in the dark and sprained his ankle. Now, all hope of catching up to his companions was lost. All he could do was [66] hobble slowly with the help of his staff, occasionally losing his way and then finding it again whenever the moon peeked out to light his path, only to lose it again when the moon hid behind a cloud. He started to lose hope of ever finding a roof to protect him from the night air while he slept and almost decided to set up camp right there, but just then he felt a large drop of rain on his face, followed by another, and then another.
It had been a broiling hot day, and the air was still sultry. Presently a flash of vivid forked lightning danced before his eyes, followed by a clap of thunder so terrific that it bid fair to burst the drum of his ear.
It had been an extremely hot day, and the air was still humid. Suddenly, a bright flash of forked lightning lit up the sky, followed by a thunderclap so loud that it felt like it could shatter his eardrum.
The storm was now overhead; the flashes grew more frequent and more vivid, and the thunder growled more fiercely than ever. In a few minutes the rain poured down in torrents, and the English student was drenched to the skin.
The storm was now overhead; the lightning flashes became more frequent and brighter, and the thunder rumbled more fiercely than ever. Within minutes, the rain came down in torrents, and the English student was soaked to the skin.
"Here is a nice situation for a man on a pleasure trip!" muttered my ancestor to himself. "Lost, in the dead of night, in the midst of a thunderstorm, in an open plain without shelter, drenched like a drowned rat, as hungry as a wolf, and hardly able to crawl, from a sprained ankle!"
"Here’s a great scenario for a guy on a vacation!" my ancestor muttered to himself. "Lost, in the middle of the night, during a thunderstorm, in an open field with no shelter, soaked through like a drowned rat, as hungry as a wolf, and barely able to move because of a sprained ankle!"
His reflections were anything but of a pleasing sort, as you may imagine, yet he hobbled on as best he could, endeavouring to comfort himself with the vague hope of finding some sort of shelter for the night as soon as the storm should pass off.[67]
His thoughts were far from pleasant, as you can imagine, but he kept moving as best as he could, trying to comfort himself with the vague hope of finding some kind of shelter for the night once the storm passed.[67]
After dragging on his limbs with exemplary patience for another half-mile, it being then about midnight, he perceived a light from a cottage window not very far distant. His courage began to revive, and with halting gait he made for the door of the cottage.
After dragging his limbs along with remarkable patience for another half-mile, it was around midnight when he spotted a light coming from a cottage window not too far away. His courage started to come back, and with an unsteady walk, he headed toward the cottage door.
He knocked loudly, but no one answered. Thinking that he had not been heard for the rumbling of the thunder, he knocked again and again. Still no one came to the door.
He knocked loudly, but no one answered. Thinking that he hadn't been heard over the rumbling of the thunder, he knocked again and again. Still, no one came to the door.
"I mean to lodge here for the night," said the Englishman to himself, "if I have to break the door open to effect an entrance." And he kept up a furious knocking for about three-quarters-of-an-hour. At length he heard a harsh, grating voice within break out in a string of choice Teutonic oaths, and the word "schweinhund" (pig-dog) pronounced once or twice.
"I plan to stay here for the night," the Englishman said to himself, "even if I have to break down the door to get in." He continued banging on the door furiously for about forty-five minutes. Finally, he heard a rough, grating voice from inside shouting a series of choice German curses, including the word "schweinhund" (pig-dog) said once or twice.
Footsteps were then heard descending the stairs, and the next moment a quaint-looking personage appeared at the door in dressing-gown and slippers, with night-cap on head and candle in hand, and demanded in a surly tone what the "teufel" he wanted at that hour of night.
Footsteps were then heard coming down the stairs, and the next moment a strange-looking person showed up at the door in a bathrobe and slippers, with a nightcap on their head and a candle in hand, and asked in a grumpy tone what the "devil" they wanted at this hour of the night.
My ancestor apologised with much courtesy for having roused up so worthy an individual at such an unearthly hour, but pleaded that he was a poor benighted traveller, hungry and soaked to the skin.
My ancestor politely apologized for waking such a respectable person at such an unusual hour, but explained that he was a weary traveler, hungry and drenched to the bone.
"Then you should have moved further on," was the curt reply.
"Then you should have kept going," was the short response.
"To the township. This house is not a 'wirtshaus.'"
"To the township. This house is not a 'restaurant.'"
"How far distant is it?"
"How far is it?"
"A mile."
"A mile."
By this he meant a German mile—equal to four English miles.
By this, he meant a German mile—equivalent to four English miles.
"A mile!" exclaimed the Englishman. "I could not walk a mile to save my life. I've sprained my ankle and can't move a step further. I'm sorry to put you to such inconvenience, my good fellow, but I really must put up here."
"A mile!" the Englishman exclaimed. "I can't walk a mile to save my life. I've sprained my ankle and can't take another step. I'm sorry to cause you this trouble, my good man, but I really need to stay here."
"But there is no accommodation," growled the inmate.
"But there’s no place to stay," the inmate grumbled.
"No matter. I dare say you have a little straw; if not, the bare ground will do."
"No problem. I bet you have a little bit of straw; if not, the bare ground will work."
The inmate sulkily suffered the traveller to enter, and showing him into a parlour on the ground-floor, was about to leave him to himself.
The inmate grumpily allowed the traveler to come in, and after showing him to a living room on the ground floor, was about to leave him alone.
"Stop a bit, my good host," said the student. "I must beg to remind you that I am as hungry as a wolf, and as cold as an icicle. If you could find me something in your larder to keep soul and body together, and light me a nice little fire to dry my clothes, you will make me your friend for life."
"Hold on for a second, my good host," said the student. "I have to remind you that I’m as hungry as can be and as cold as ice. If you could find me something in your pantry to sustain me, and light a nice little fire to dry my clothes, you’d have a friend for life."
"Food! Fire! at this time of night!" exclaimed the host, with a look that seemed to say, "Is the man mad?"
"Food! Fire! At this time of night!" shouted the host, with a look that seemed to say, "Is he crazy?"
"My dear friend," said the Englishman, putting his hand in his pocket and passing a Reichsgulden into the[69] hand of his host, "I do not want you to do anything for me gratis. Make me as comfortable as you can for that—on my departure I'll give you more."
"My dear friend," said the Englishman, reaching into his pocket and handing a Reichsgulden to the[69] hand of his host, "I don’t want you to do anything for me for free. Please make me as comfortable as you can for that—when I leave, I’ll give you more."
"Oh, mein Herr!" said our host, softening at the touch of the bright metal, "that alters the case entirely. You shall have everything you want. I am sorry I haven't another bed, but you can have some straw, and a fire to dry your clothes. I'll go and see directly what there is in the house by way of refreshment, for you must be hungry indeed!"
"Oh, my friend!" said our host, feeling the warmth of the shiny coin, "that changes everything. You’ll get everything you want. I apologize for not having another bed, but I can offer you some straw and a fire to dry your clothes. Let me check what we have in the house for something to eat, because you must be really hungry!"
Our host left the apartment, and returned shortly with some firewood and a heap of straw.
Our host left the apartment and came back shortly with some firewood and a pile of straw.
To light a fire and arrange the straw for the traveller in a corner of the room was the work of a moment. He then hurried off to get supper ready, and returned soon afterwards with a dish of sausage, some black bread, some strong cheese and a bottle of "schnaps."
To start a fire and set up the straw for the traveler in a corner of the room took no time at all. He then rushed off to prepare dinner and came back shortly after with a plate of sausage, some dark bread, some strong cheese, and a bottle of schnapps.
"Our fare is homely, you see, sir," said the host, apologetically; "but it is all we have in the house. We are poor people, and not accustomed to entertain travellers."
"Our food is simple, you see, sir," said the host, apologetically; "but it’s all we have at home. We are poor folks and not used to hosting travelers."
"Never mind that, mine host," said the student, "as long as there is plenty of it, we'll excuse the quality."
"Forget about that, my friend," said the student, "as long as there’s enough of it, we’ll overlook the quality."
So saying, he began to strip himself and to hang his clothes before the fire. Then taking from his knapsack a clean shirt and another pair of hose, he donned his slippers and drew his chair close to the table.
So saying, he started to take off his clothes and hang them up in front of the fire. Then, grabbing a clean shirt and another pair of socks from his backpack, he put on his slippers and pulled his chair up to the table.
The host, after trimming a lamp and lighting it, placed it in the centre of the table, and was just about[70] to return to his bed, when the student called out with his mouth full of sausage, "What! mine host, will you not honour me with your company whilst I discuss my supper? Company helps digestion, you know, and I'm sure you wouldn't like to have my undigested supper on your conscience."
The host, after trimming the lamp and lighting it, placed it in the center of the table and was just about[70] to go back to his bed when the student called out with his mouth full of sausage, "What! My host, will you not join me while I enjoy my dinner? Having company helps with digestion, you know, and I'm sure you wouldn't want my undigested dinner weighing on your conscience."
The host returned with a grunt, saying that he couldn't stop long, as he had to rise early on the morrow.
The host came back with a grunt, saying he couldn’t stay long because he had to get up early tomorrow.
"Oh, so have I, good mine host," said my ancestor, "so we are equal. Come, sit down here, and let me see you toss off a glass or two of this most excellent schnaps. It will keep out the cold and give you pleasant dreams, besides adding a still richer tint to that glorious nose of yours."
"Oh, I have too, my good host," said my ancestor, "so we're even. Come, sit down here, and let me see you down a glass or two of this amazing schnapps. It'll keep the cold away, give you nice dreams, and add an even richer color to that glorious nose of yours."
"Humph!" replied the host, little pleased at this personal allusion; but he drew a chair to the table and made an effort at being sociable.
"Humph!" replied the host, not very happy about this personal comment; but he pulled a chair to the table and tried to be friendly.
My ancestor until now had hardly had time to give more than a cursory glance at the features of his host, but finding himself now at table opposite him, he took a minute survey of his countenance in all its details.
My ancestor had barely had time to take more than a quick look at his host's features until now, but sitting at the table across from him, he carefully examined his face in all its details.
The exterior of our host was striking, to say the least. He was a man of about five-and-forty, of middle height, broad rather than tall. His neck and chest might have served as a model for the Farnese Hercules. His hair and beard, which were matted and unkempt, were of a flaming red, and he was just beginning to turn bald. His brow was low, knotted, and streaked with[71] red. His eyebrows, which were of the same tint as his hair, were enormous, and overhung a pair of small, deep-set brown eyes that moved furtively from right to left with the rapidity of lightning, giving to his countenance a remarkably sinister expression.
The host's appearance was striking, to say the least. He was a man of about forty-five, of average height, broad rather than tall. His neck and chest looked like they could have been modeled after the Farnese Hercules. His hair and beard, which were tangled and messy, were a bright red, and he was just starting to go bald. His forehead was low, wrinkled, and streaked with red. His eyebrows, matching the color of his hair, were huge and overshadowed a pair of small, deep-set brown eyes that darted from side to side with lightning speed, giving his face a distinctly sinister look.
His complexion was florid, and the nose, which was large and bottle-shaped, was of so bright a red that it made the eyes water to look upon it, and spoke little for its owner's temperance. His ears, large and red, stood out at the sides of his head like those of an animal, and their orifices were carefully protected by fierce tufts of red hair. The back part of his head was excessively developed, and the jaw was large and massive. His arms were very muscular, and hairy as an ape's, with strongly-defined purple veins, and his hands, the fingers of which were short and stunted, were the colour of raw meat. The legs were somewhat short for the body, and slightly bowed.
His complexion was bright red, and his nose, which was large and round, was such a vivid shade of red that it made your eyes water to look at it, and didn’t say much for his self-control. His ears, big and red, stuck out from the sides of his head like those of an animal, and their openings were carefully covered by thick tufts of red hair. The back of his head was overly developed, and he had a large, strong jaw. His arms were very muscular, and hairy like an ape's, with noticeable purple veins, while his hands, which had short and stubby fingers, were the color of raw meat. His legs were a bit short for his body and slightly bowed.
My ancestor, as he scanned the grim features of his host, could not help imagining himself a prince in a fairy-tale who had been lured by the evil genius of the storm into the castle of some ogre, who would sooner or later devour him unless rescued by the good fairies. The ogre was not a communicative person. He had not opened his mouth once since he had taken his seat at the table, save to toss down a glass of schnaps.
My ancestor, while looking at the stern face of his host, couldn’t help but picture himself as a prince in a storybook who had been tricked by the wicked spirit of the storm into the lair of some ogre, who would eventually eat him unless saved by the good fairies. The ogre wasn't much of a talker. He hadn’t said a word since sitting down at the table, except to gulp down a glass of schnapps.
At length the Englishman, curious to know something of the life and habits of this mysterious individual, was the first to break silence.[72]
At last, the Englishman, eager to learn about the life and habits of this mysterious person, was the first to speak up.[72]
"You live in a very isolated spot, mine host," said he.
"You live in a really secluded place, host," he said.
"Ja," was the laconic reply.
"Yeah," was the laconic reply.
"Have you no nearer neighbours than those of the township?" demanded his guest.
"Don't you have any closer neighbors than the ones in the township?" asked his guest.
"Nein," grunted the ogre.
"Not happening," grunted the ogre.
"And do you enjoy this solitary existence?" pursued the traveller.
"And do you like this lonely life?" asked the traveler.
"Ja!" was the inevitable monosyllabic response.
"Yeah!" was the unavoidable one-word reply.
"I shall not get much out of him," said my ancestor to himself, and again there was silence for the space of five minutes.
"I won't get much out of him," my ancestor thought to himself, and once more there was silence for five minutes.
As if searching for some topic wherewith to renew the conversation, the student cast his eyes round the apartment, taking in at a glance the minutest article of furniture or other commodity that the room contained.
As if looking for something to bring the conversation back to life, the student scanned the room, quickly noticing every little piece of furniture or item the space held.
It was a homely, undecorated apartment, built after the fashion of the period, and differed little from most other apartments of the sort. If it was remarkable for anything, it was for its extreme simplicity, not to say nakedness, but there was one object hanging on the wall that at once attracted the traveller's eye. It was a two-handed sword of peculiar shape, and appeared bright and sharp as if ready for use.
It was a cozy, unadorned apartment, built in the style of the time, and looked quite similar to most other apartments of its kind. If it stood out for anything, it was its striking simplicity, almost bare, but there was one item on the wall that immediately caught the traveler’s attention. It was a two-handed sword with a unique shape, looking bright and sharp as if it was ready to be used.
"Aha!" exclaimed the Englishman, fixing his eye on the object, "you have been a soldier, I see."
"Aha!" the Englishman exclaimed, focusing his gaze on the object, "I can tell you've been a soldier."
"Not I," said the host.
"Not me," said the host.
"No? Ah! I see that your sword is not of the same form as those used in battle. It is probably antique—an heirloom, perhaps."
"No? Oh! I see that your sword isn’t like those used in battle. It’s probably an antique—maybe an heirloom, right?"
"I thought so," said the stranger; "and yet it seems bright and well cared for. It has evidently been sharpened lately. Do you always keep it well sharpened?"
"I thought so," said the stranger; "and still, it looks bright and well taken care of. It seems like it’s been sharpened recently. Do you always keep it sharp?"
"On great occasions, yes," was the reply, and our host gave a peculiar wink, accompanying it with a significant gesture with both hands, in imitation of wielding the two-handed instrument over his head, then slapping his own neck he uttered a low whistle and a sort of chuckle thus: "Wh—ew!—click!" being his mode of expressing the action of cutting off a head.
"On special occasions, sure," was the reply, and our host gave a peculiar wink, along with a meaningful gesture with both hands, pretending to hold the two-handed tool over his head. Then, after slapping his own neck, he let out a low whistle and a sort of chuckle like this: "Wh—ew!—click!" which was his way of showing the action of beheading.
"Ho! ho!" exclaimed the Englishman, "is that in your line?"
"Hey! Hey!" shouted the Englishman, "is that your thing?"
The ogre answered by a savage laugh.
The ogre responded with a ruthless laugh.
At this moment the crying of a child was heard overhead, together with the harsher tones of its mother scolding it.
At that moment, the sound of a child crying could be heard above, along with the sharper tones of its mother scolding it.
"Then you do not live perfectly solitary, as I thought," said the student; "you have also wife and children?"
"Then you don't live completely alone, like I thought," said the student; "you also have a wife and kids?"
"One boy only," replied the man.
"Only one boy," replied the man.
"Ah! An only son—a great pet, I'll warrant," said his guest, finishing his last morsel of supper. "What age may he be?"
"Ah! An only son—a real favorite, I bet," said his guest, finishing the last bite of his dinner. "How old is he?"
"Ten years old—fine boy—just like me—bringing him up like his father," said the strange individual.
"Ten years old—great kid—just like me—raising him just like his dad," said the weird guy.
"If he turns out like his father, he'll be a beauty," thought my ancestor. Then he asked aloud of his host:[74]
"If he ends up like his dad, he'll be a looker," thought my ancestor. Then he asked his host out loud:[74]
"And what profession may that be that you wish to apprentice him to?"
"And what job do you want him to train for?"
"Like his father," was the curt reply; but it was followed by the same sort of expressive gesture that I have just described.
"Just like his father," was the short response; but it was followed by the same kind of expressive gesture that I just described.
"What!" exclaimed the student, "to cut off people's heads?"
"What!" exclaimed the student, "to behead people?"
"Yes," replied the ruffian; "I am a Scharfrichter."
"Yeah," replied the thug; "I'm an executioner."
"A what?" inquired my ancestor, who though he could make himself generally understood in German, had never yet come across the word "Scharfrichter" in his vocabulary.
"A what?" asked my ancestor, who, although he could generally communicate in German, had never come across the word "Scharfrichter" in his vocabulary.
"A Scharfrichter," repeated the man, raising his voice. "Don't you know what that means? Why, one who cuts off heads."
"A Scharfrichter," the man repeated, raising his voice. "Don't you know what that means? It’s someone who beheads people."
"An executioner!" muttered the foreigner, half-aloud. "Have I been constrained to crave the hospitality of an executioner?"
"An executioner!" the foreigner murmured, almost to himself. "Am I really forced to seek the hospitality of an executioner?"
These words were inaudible to his host, but the ruffian evidently observed a change in his guest's countenance when he informed him of the nature of his profession, for he hastened to reply.
These words were unheard by his host, but the thug clearly noticed a change in his guest's expression when he told him about his job, so he quickly responded.
"One sees at once that you are a foreigner, and unused to the customs of this country. You shudder at meeting an executioner, and sicken at the thought of cutting off a head. No matter, it is always so at first. In fact, the pleasure derived from seeing executions is an acquired taste; but I'll show you some sport to-morrow. There is to be some rare fun down at the[75] township at daybreak," and the wretch gave another wink and a chuckle. "I'll show you how to cut off a head. One blow—click!—cuts like cheese."
"Right away, it's clear that you're a foreigner and not used to the customs here. You flinch at the sight of an executioner and feel sick just thinking about beheading someone. That's normal; everyone feels that way at first. The enjoyment people get from watching executions is something you learn to appreciate over time. But I’ll show you some entertainment tomorrow. There’s going to be some wild fun down at the[75] township at dawn," and the guy winked and chuckled again. "I’ll teach you how to behead someone. One quick slice—click!—it goes through like butter."
"Horrible being!" muttered my ancestor to himself in his native tongue. "Is it possible that anything human can actually revel in such brutality?" and he shuddered in spite of himself. Then he said aloud to his host—
"Horrible being!" my ancestor muttered to himself in his native language. "Is it really possible for someone human to actually take pleasure in such brutality?" He shuddered despite himself. Then he said out loud to his host—
"What was it that first gave you a taste for so horrible a profession?"
"What was it that first made you interested in such a terrible profession?"
"Hm! I hardly know. I had a natural genius for it, I suppose. My father was a butcher, and I was brought up from infancy to see cattle slaughtered. At a very early age I took to slaughtering the animals myself. I seemed to take a liking to it from the very beginning. I happened to have an uncle at that time who was a Scharfrichter, and my greatest delight was to see him cut off the heads of the criminals. I began to long to do the same.
"Hm! I can barely say. I guess I had a natural talent for it. My dad was a butcher, and I grew up watching cattle being slaughtered. From a young age, I started slaughtering the animals myself. I seemed to enjoy it from the start. At that time, I had an uncle who was an executioner, and my biggest thrill was watching him behead criminals. I began to yearn to do the same."
"I was a very young man when this uncle died, and as he had no male issue to take his place, and no one else seemed to come forward, I thought I would offer my services, and they were accepted. I have been headsman of the town these thirty years, and when I die my son will step into my shoes."
"I was really young when my uncle passed away, and since he had no sons to take over and no one else seemed interested, I decided to volunteer my help, and they accepted. I've been the executioner of the town for thirty years now, and when I die, my son will take my place."
"But if he doesn't take to it?"
"But what if he doesn't like it?"
"He must take to it—he'll have to take to it."
"He has to get used to it—he'll need to get used to it."
"Why, are there not many other noble professions just as inviting as that of chopping off the heads of one's fellow-mortals?"[76]
"Why, aren't there many other noble professions just as appealing as beheading one's fellow humans?"[76]
"Not for the son of a headsman. I see you are ignorant of the laws of this country. Here in Germany the son of a headsman is bound by law to adopt the profession of his father, and should the executioner have a daughter instead of a son, in that case, the man who marries his daughter is bound to be headsman. Then the Scharfrichter is obliged to build his house a mile away from other men, for he is a being hated and shunned by everyone."
"Not for the son of an executioner. I see you don't know the laws of this country. Here in Germany, the son of an executioner is required by law to take on his father's profession, and if the executioner has a daughter instead of a son, then the man who marries her has to become the executioner. Additionally, the executioner is required to build his house a mile away from others, as he is someone who is hated and avoided by everyone."
"This then is the reason of your solitude?"
"This is the reason for your loneliness?"
"It is; and so far is this superstitious fear of contamination carried in this country, that your citizen considers himself defiled if by chance he has eaten out of the same plate that a headsman has once used. Accordingly all vendors of crockery have orders to knock a chip out of every earthen vessel that they sell to the headsman."
"It is; and this superstitious fear of contamination runs so deep in this country that a citizen feels polluted if he happens to eat from the same plate that a headsman has used. As a result, all sellers of dishes are instructed to chip every earthenware piece they sell to the headsman."
"Dear me!" exclaimed my ancestor, "what a peculiar custom! I never heard that before. I certainly did remark that your crockery was in a most dilapidated state, but I didn't consider the remark worth making, although more than once in the course of the evening I felt inclined to ask you how on earth you contrived to knock out chips of such a peculiar shape by mere accident."
"Wow!" said my ancestor, "what a strange custom! I’ve never heard of that before. I definitely noticed that your dishes were in terrible shape, but I didn't think it was worth bringing up. Still, more than once during the evening, I felt tempted to ask you how you managed to chip them into such odd shapes by accident."
"Ah!" sighed the headsman, "what between the crockery-seller and——"
"Ah!" sighed the executioner, "what with the crockery seller and——"
Here he put his finger to his lip and looked round the room suspiciously.
Here he put his finger to his lips and glanced around the room cautiously.
"Hush!" said the headsman, "it isn't always safe to talk of mischievous people—they are apt to appear. You know the saying, 'Talk of the devil.'"
"Hush!" said the executioner, "it's not always safe to talk about troublemakers—they have a way of showing up. You know the saying, 'Speak of the devil.'"
"Well," said my ancestor, "but what has that to do with your broken crockery?"
"Well," said my ancestor, "but what does that have to do with your broken dishes?"
"Hush!" answered his host, looking round him half-timidly; then whispered, "I have a certain mischievous lodger that does my crockery more harm than either the crockery-seller or my boy upstairs when he's fractious."
"Hush!" replied his host, glancing around nervously; then whispered, "I have a mischievous tenant who does more damage to my dishes than either the dish seller or my boy upstairs when he's being difficult."
"Ah!" exclaimed the traveller in surprise, "you have a lodger in your house?"
"Wow!" the traveler said in surprise, "you have a tenant in your house?"
"Ay!—a lodger who never pays his rent, and who drives me to my wit's end by shying my crockery at my head. Look here, what a cut he gave my wrist once in one of his pranks. I shall bear this mark to my grave." So saying, he bared his wrist and displayed a deep, livid wound, long since healed, but which left behind a scar which nothing could efface.
"Ugh!—a tenant who never pays his rent and drives me crazy by throwing my dishes at me. Look at the cut he made on my wrist once during one of his antics. I’ll carry this mark to my grave." As he said this, he rolled up his sleeve and showed a deep, faded wound, long healed, but leaving behind a scar that nothing could erase.
"An ugly cut, to be sure," remarked the Englishman. "But why on earth do you not get rid of so playful a lodger?"
"That's quite an ugly cut," said the Englishman. "But why on earth don't you get rid of such a playful guest?"
"Get rid of him! I only wish the devil I could. He comes here uninvited and—— But let us not talk of him, or he may pay us another of his pleasant visits, when you will be able to make his acquaintance. He never stands upon ceremony, but comes just whenever he likes. He may be in the room now, for what I know. I shall be off to bed."[78]
"Get rid of him! I wish I could, honestly. He shows up here uninvited and—— But let's not discuss him, or he might drop by for another of his lovely visits, and you'll get the chance to meet him. He doesn't care about politeness and comes whenever he pleases. He could be in the room right now, for all I know. I’m going to bed." [78]
My ancestor gazed round the room, vainly endeavouring to discover in some hidden nook the object of his host's terror, when, marvellous to relate! a dish on the top shelf was pitched, as if by some invisible hand, from its post, and shattered into pieces against the opposite wall, nearly hitting him on the head as it passed.
My ancestor looked around the room, trying in vain to find the source of his host's fear in some hidden corner, when, astonishingly, a dish on the top shelf was thrown off its spot, as if by some invisible hand, and smashed against the opposite wall, barely missing his head as it flew by.
The traveller stared first at the shelf, then at his host, and turned pale.
The traveler stared first at the shelf, then at his host, and went pale.
"Good Heavens!" he cried. "What was that?"
"Wow!" he exclaimed. "What was that?"
"What was it? Ay! You may well ask what it is," answered his host, peevishly. "What in the devil's name should it be but that pest of a 'Poltergeist' again. I told you you would make his acquaintance ere long."
"What was it? Ah! You might as well ask what it is," replied his host irritably. "What in the world else could it be but that annoying 'Poltergeist' again? I told you that you would meet him soon."
"A what?—a 'Poltergeist'?"
"A what?—a 'Poltergeist'?"
"Ay, Poltergeist—a malignant spirit, whose chief delight seems to be to strike terror into the house of a poor honest headsman, and smash all his crockery that he has to pay for out of his hard-earned wages."
"Ah, Poltergeist—a malicious spirit whose main pleasure appears to be scaring the living daylights out of a poor, honest executioner and breaking all his dishes that he has to pay for with his hard-earned money."
"Holy Virgin!" ejaculated my ancestor, crossing himself (for he was a good Catholic). "A malignant spirit! Saints protect us!"
"Holy Virgin!" exclaimed my ancestor, crossing himself (since he was a devout Catholic). "A wicked spirit! Saints, help us!"
But the words were hardly out of his mouth when crash! went another plate upon the floor, just grazing his host's auburn head as it passed.
But the words had barely left his mouth when crash! another plate hit the floor, just barely brushing his host's auburn head as it flew by.
"Oh! come now, my fine fellow," said our host, in a tone of mild remonstrance; "a little of that goes a long way."
"Oh! come on, my good man," said our host, in a tone of gentle protest; "a little of that goes a long way."
"I wonder why he honours me especially with his visits, and not other people. I shouldn't wonder if he is someone that I have had the honour of decapitating, and he comes to pay me an occasional visit in order to impress upon me that he hasn't forgotten the little service I did him."
"I can't help but wonder why he chooses to visit me specifically and not others. I wouldn’t be surprised if he’s someone I had the honor of executing, and he comes to see me now and then to remind me that he hasn’t forgotten the favor I did for him."
A large pointed knife that lay peacefully on the table was then suddenly and powerfully thrown from the traveller's side, and remained with the point sticking in the panel of the door opposite.
A large, pointed knife that was resting calmly on the table was suddenly and forcefully thrown from the traveler’s side, ending up with the blade stuck in the panel of the door across the room.
"Ho! ho!" cried the headsman; "this is getting warm work. Now, my good friend, do let me entreat you to be more moderate in your manifestations, and if you are quiet, to-morrow I will send you a companion."
"Hey! hey!" shouted the executioner; "this is getting intense. Now, my good friend, please let me ask you to tone it down a bit, and if you keep it down, tomorrow I’ll send you a buddy."
This promise, so far from quieting our spiritual guest, seemed to infuriate him more than ever, for the bottle of schnaps, more than half full, was now raised in the air and dashed to pieces on the table, the candle being overturned at the same time, and falling flame downwards on to the spirit spilt on the table, it ignited, and in a moment everything was in a blaze.
This promise didn’t calm our spiritual guest; instead, it seemed to make him even angrier. The bottle of schnapps, more than half full, was raised high and smashed onto the table. At the same time, the candle was knocked over, and the flame fell onto the spilled liquor on the table. It ignited, and in an instant, everything was on fire.
"Fire! Fire!" cried the headsman, in a voice that roused up his wife and child, who came tumbling downstairs in no time, to learn what was the matter.
"Fire! Fire!" yelled the executioner, in a voice that woke up his wife and child, who hurried down the stairs in no time to find out what was going on.
There is no knowing what mischief might not have taken place had not my ancestor, with great presence of mind, snatched up his damp clothes from before the fire, and succeeded in extinguishing the flame.
There’s no telling what trouble could have happened if my ancestor hadn’t quickly grabbed his wet clothes from the fire and managed to put out the flames.
"What is the matter, Franz?" exclaimed our host's[80] better half, appearing at the door just as matters were being set to rights again.
"What is the matter, Franz?" exclaimed our host's[80] better half, appearing at the door just as things were being set right again.
"Oh, nothing," said her fond spouse, "only that d——d Poltergeist again, who seems bent upon burning us all in our beds before he has done with us."
"Oh, nothing," said her loving husband, "just that damn Poltergeist again, who's apparently determined to burn us all in our beds before he's done with us."
"Hush!" said his wife, "don't swear, or he may do as you say in real earnest. Come to bed now, or to-morrow you won't be able to get up in time. Remember——"
"Hush!" said his wife, "don't swear, or he might actually do what you say for real. Come to bed now, or tomorrow you won't be able to get up on time. Remember——"
"Ah, true; I must have my night's rest, as it would not do for my hand to tremble to-morrow when I mount the scaffold. Gute nacht, mein Herr."
"Ah, that's true; I need to get my sleep tonight, as it wouldn’t be good for my hand to shake tomorrow when I go up on the scaffold. Good night, my lord."
And our worthy host followed his partner out of the room, leaving my ancestor to his reflections.
And our gracious host followed his partner out of the room, leaving my ancestor to his thoughts.
"Well," soliloquised my relative, "of all the strange adventures that ever occurred to me, this beats all. Oh! there is not the slightest doubt that what I have just witnessed is the work of the infernal powers—some diabolical agency.
"Well," my relative said to themselves, "of all the strange adventures I've ever had, this tops them all. There's no doubt that what I've just seen is the work of some evil forces—some wicked agency."
"When I see a knife jump up from the table by itself without anyone near and deliberately fix itself in the panel of the door before my very eyes; when I see a bottle of spirit overturned and broken in pieces, and then a candle after that knocked over as if on purpose to ignite the spirit, and withal no way of accounting for such a phenomenon; moreover, when I see plates and dishes hurled from one end of the room to the other, and apparently aimed at people's heads, and yet the perpetrator of such pranks has the power of making[81] himself invisible to the naked eye, then, I say, this is not through human agency, but something superhuman, and as it is not exactly an angelic mode of proceeding, it must be the reverse."
"When I see a knife jump off the table by itself with no one around and purposely stab into the door panel right in front of me; when I notice a bottle of alcohol tipping over and shattering into pieces, followed by a candle being knocked down as if it’s meant to set off the spirit, and there’s no way to explain such an occurrence; furthermore, when I watch plates and dishes get thrown across the room seemingly aimed at people's heads, yet the person behind these tricks can make[81] themselves invisible, then I have to say, this isn’t something done by humans, but rather something beyond human ability, and since it’s not exactly angelic in nature, it must be the opposite."
My ancestor shuddered, and crossed himself. The manifestations, however, had ceased for the night, and in five minutes our weary traveller was fast asleep.
My ancestor shivered and crossed himself. The strange occurrences, however, had stopped for the night, and within five minutes, our tired traveler was fast asleep.
His dreams that night were not of the pleasantest. He imagined that he mounted the scaffold with a crowd of eager eyes gazing at him, amongst whom were his friends and travelling companions. His host, the Scharfrichter, stood brandishing his terrible two-handed sword, and in another moment his head would have been off, but at the critical time the dream changed, and he was being pelted with crockery in the midst of a cemetery at night by innumerable sheeted "poltergeister."
His dreams that night were far from pleasant. He imagined that he was standing on the gallows with a crowd of eager onlookers, including his friends and travel companions. His host, the executioner, was waving his terrifying two-handed sword, and just as he thought his head would be severed, the dream shifted. Suddenly, he found himself being bombarded with dishes in the middle of a graveyard at night by countless ghostly figures wrapped in sheets.
These and such-like visions were flitting before his brain, when a loud thump at the door brought him back to earth again. There was the Scharfrichter before him, not in dressing gown and slippers, as on the previous evening, but attired in doublet and hose of a blood red, a black barello with scarlet cock's feather.
These and similar visions were flashing through his mind when a loud knock at the door brought him back to reality. There was the executioner in front of him, not in a robe and slippers like the night before, but dressed in a blood-red doublet and hose, with a black barello topped with a scarlet feather.
"Now then, mein Herr," said the headsman, taking down his fearful instrument from the wall, "time's up."
"Alright then, my lord," said the headsman, taking his grim tool off the wall, "time's up."
My ancestor, only just awake, rubbed his eyes and imagined that he was really and truly called away to execution, and that his last hour had come.[82]
My ancestor, just waking up, rubbed his eyes and thought he was actually being taken away for execution, believing his final hour had arrived.[82]
The executioner, seeing that he hesitated, added: "If you want to witness the cunning of my hand, now's your time."
The executioner, noticing his hesitation, said: "If you want to see how skilled I am, now's your chance."
My relation gave a sigh of relief when he began to recollect that his own head was quite safe, and that he was only called to witness the execution of another man.
My relative let out a sigh of relief when he realized that his own head was completely safe and that he was just there to watch someone else’s execution.
"But I can't go; I have sprained my ankle," pleaded the Englishman.
"But I can't go; I twisted my ankle," pleaded the Englishman.
"Oh, I don't intend to walk myself," replied the executioner. "I have my horse and cart ready, and can give you a lift."
"Oh, I don't plan to walk," replied the executioner. "I have my horse and cart ready, and I can give you a ride."
"Oh, if that's the case," said the student, "I shall be glad to go, as I wish to meet my friends in the township."
"Oh, if that's the case," said the student, "I’d be happy to go, as I want to meet my friends in the town."
"Come on, then," and the headsman assisted the Englishman into the cart.
"Alright, then," and the executioner helped the Englishman into the cart.
As they were about starting, a little red-haired ruffian of about ten, stout and well-built, and bearing a striking likeness to our host, appeared on the threshold.
As they were about to start, a little red-haired troublemaker around ten years old, sturdy and well-built, who looked a lot like our host, showed up at the door.
"Papa, you'll bring me home a football, won't you?" said the youth.
"Hey Dad, you’re going to bring me home a football, right?" said the kid.
"Ay, my boy, that will I, a good sized one," answered his father.
"Aye, my boy, I will do that, a good-sized one," answered his father.
"That's your son?" asked the student of his host. "Ah, a fine little fellow. Here, my little man," said he to the child, and slipping a small coin into his little fat fist, he patted him on the cheek and stepped into the cart.[83]
"That's your kid?" the student asked his host. "Yep, a great little guy. Here, buddy," he said to the child, and as he put a small coin into the child's chubby hand, he patted his cheek and got into the cart.[83]
"Ah, he's a fine boy," said our host with a paternal pride, as he whipped on his horse. "There is nothing of the milksop about him. He's not afraid of the devil himself."
"Ah, he's a great kid," said our host with a fatherly pride, as he got on his horse. "There's nothing weak about him. He's not afraid of the devil himself."
"You do well to be proud of him. I'll warrant you buy him many a pretty toy," observed the Englishman.
"You have every reason to be proud of him. I bet you buy him lots of nice toys," said the Englishman.
"Buy him toys!" exclaimed the headsman, laughing. "As long as I bring him home a football now and then, he is quite content." And he laughed again.
"Buy him toys!" the executioner laughed. "As long as I bring him home a football every now and then, he's pretty happy." And he laughed again.
"Well, that is a toy, isn't it?" said the student, not as yet comprehending the headsman's meaning.
"Well, that's a toy, right?" said the student, not quite grasping what the headsman meant.
"Yes, a toy that costs me nothing, and gives him no end of amusement. You should see how he kicks the heads about that I bring him home. It's quite a pleasure to see the youngster enjoy himself in his innocent way."
"Yeah, a toy that costs me nothing and keeps him endlessly entertained. You should see how he kicks around the heads I bring home for him. It's really nice to watch the kid have fun in his innocent way."
"You do not mean to say," said the Englishman, in horror, "that the football you promised him is to be a human head!"
"You can't be serious," said the Englishman, horrified, "that the football you promised him is going to be a human head!"
"Aye, to be sure," replied the Scharfrichter. "What else should it be? What kicks he'll give it to be sure! Ha! ha! ha! that's the way to bring up boys; makes them hardy. He's not afraid of a little blood. Talk of his not taking a liking to my business! Why he's always saying to me, 'Papa, when I am big enough to wield your sword, you'll let me cut off heads, won't you?'
"Yeah, for sure," replied the executioner. "What else would it be? Just think of the excitement he'll get from it! Ha! ha! ha! That's how you raise boys; makes them tough. He's not scared of a little blood. Can you believe he doesn’t want to get into my line of work? He’s always telling me, 'Dad, when I'm big enough to handle your sword, you'll let me behead, right?'"
"'Yes, my boy, that you shall,' say I, for I like to give him encouragement. That's what I call bringing[84] up boys well. I wouldn't give a fig for one of your milksops that scream or faint at the sight of blood, not I."
"'Yes, my boy, you definitely will,' I say, because I like to encourage him. That's what I consider raising boys right.[84] I wouldn’t care at all for one of those wimps who scream or pass out at the sight of blood, not at all."
"Humph," muttered my ancestor, and he remained silent for some minutes, absorbed in meditation.
"Humph," my ancestor muttered, and he stayed quiet for several minutes, lost in thought.
The headsman whipped on his horse in silence; at length he said to his guest: "Here we are at last. Look at yon crowd waiting to receive us."
The executioner urged his horse forward in silence; finally, he said to his guest, "We’ve made it. Look at that crowd waiting for us."
My relative lifted his head, and sure enough there was the mound of earth erected for the criminal already surrounded by soldiers, close to which thronged the crowd. All the inhabitants of ——dorf were astir, and in the crowd our Englishman now recognised his fellow students. A cry of "Der Henker! der Henker!"[3] arose on all sides. Room was at once made for the headsman and his companion, and Fritz's fellow students, seeing their friend arrive in a Henker's cart, pushed their way through the crowd to ask him all sorts of questions.
My relative lifted his head, and sure enough, there was the mound of dirt set up for the criminal, already surrounded by soldiers, with a crowd gathered around it. Everyone in ——dorf was buzzing, and in the crowd, our Englishman now recognized his fellow students. A shout of "Der Henker! der Henker!"[3] rose from all sides. Space was immediately made for the executioner and his companion, and Fritz's fellow students, seeing their friend arrive in the executioner's cart, pushed through the crowd to ask him all sorts of questions.
Fritz descended with difficulty after paying his host for his board and lodging, and joined his companions. In a few minutes more the criminal's cart arrived with the "armer Sünder," or poor sinner, accompanied by two priests. Loud execrations broke from the mob, amidst which the wretched being descended from the cart and mounted the scaffold. A dead silence reigned around. One of the priests whispered something[85] earnestly in the ear of the condemned, who was as pale as death, and he took his seat on the chair prepared for him, while an expression of savage delight appeared on the countenance of the headsman.
Fritz struggled to descend after settling his bill for food and shelter and joined his friends. Moments later, the criminal's cart arrived with the "armer Sünder," or poor sinner, accompanied by two priests. The crowd erupted in loud curses as the unfortunate soul got down from the cart and climbed onto the scaffold. A heavy silence fell over the scene. One of the priests leaned in and whispered something earnestly to the condemned, who looked as pale as death. He then took his seat in the chair that had been set up for him, while the executioner's face showed a twisted sense of pleasure.
He felt all eyes were upon him. The terrible two-handed weapon was raised aloft, and brandished over the Henker's head. One blow and the head of the unhappy wretch was severed from his body. Loud cheering rent the air as the Scharfrichter, holding the head of the criminal by the hair, presented it to the public gaze. But at this moment a most unexpected and revolting scene ensued.
He could feel everyone staring at him. The deadly two-handed weapon was lifted high and swung over the executioner's head. With one strike, the poor man's head was chopped off. The crowd erupted in cheers as the executioner held the criminal's head by the hair and showed it to everyone. But at that moment, an unexpected and disgusting scene unfolded.
Several persons from among the crowd rushed forward toward the scaffold with mugs, which they filled at the fresh fountain of blood spurting up from the severed neck of the criminal and drank off at a draught.
Several people from the crowd rushed forward to the scaffold with mugs, which they filled at the fresh fountain of blood spraying from the severed neck of the criminal and drank in one gulp.
My ancestor sickened at so disgusting a spectacle, and demanded the reason of some bystander. He was informed that those persons believed human blood fresh from the neck of a beheaded criminal to be an infallible remedy for epileptic fits. The superstition exists to this day. Violent exercise after the draught, he was informed, was considered necessary, in order to effect a cure.
My ancestor was horrified by such a disgusting sight and asked a bystander what was going on. He was told that those people believed that fresh blood from the neck of a beheaded criminal was a guaranteed cure for epilepsy. This superstition still exists today. He was also informed that vigorous exercise after drinking the blood was thought to be essential for the cure to work.
The crowd began to disperse, and my ancestor, leaning on the arm of a friend, also retired from the scene, disgusted with himself at having been present at such a spectacle. Before leaving the spot he had time to notice his host of the previous night start off in his cart towards home with the promised football.[86]
The crowd started to break up, and my ancestor, leaning on a friend's arm, also left the scene, feeling disgusted with himself for having witnessed such a spectacle. Before he left, he managed to see his host from the previous night driving away in his cart towards home with the promised football.[86]
Our English student was laid up for some little time with his sprained ankle, and some of his companions remained behind to keep him company, while others moved onward.
Our English student was stuck for a while with his sprained ankle, and some of his friends stayed behind to keep him company, while others went ahead.
The ankle being cured, my relative continued his foot tour with his friends, and afterwards returned to the university, where he studied hard till the time came round for an examination, which he passed, and shortly afterwards returned to England.
The ankle healed, my relative continued his trip on foot with his friends, and later returned to the university, where he studied diligently until the exam period arrived, which he passed, and shortly after that, he went back to England.
We hear nothing more of my ancestor until ten or twelve years afterwards, when we again find him in Germany, whither he had been suddenly called to visit some relative, then in a dying state.
We don’t hear anything more about my ancestor until about ten or twelve years later, when we find him back in Germany, where he had been suddenly summoned to visit a relative who was close to death.
He arrived just in time to close his relative's eyes, after which he saw him quietly interred in his last home.
He arrived just in time to close his relative's eyes, after which he saw him peacefully laid to rest in his final resting place.
This sad office over, he was thinking of returning to England, when, in turning over the articles of his travelling trunk, he suddenly came across a German book belonging to a college friend of his, one Ludwig Engstein, that had been lent him when at the university, and which he had forgotten to return before leaving college. His friend used to live, he remembered, in Weimar, and not being far distant, he resolved to visit that town and to find out his friend's house.
This sad task finished, he was considering going back to England when, while sorting through his travel trunk, he unexpectedly found a German book that belonged to a college friend of his, Ludwig Engstein. He had borrowed it while at university and hadn't returned it before leaving. He remembered that his friend used to live in Weimar, and since it wasn't too far away, he decided to visit the town and locate his friend's house.
Many changes take place in twelve years, and my ancestor only half expected to meet his fellow-student again. He might have changed his residence—he might be dead. Who could tell what might not have happened to him after so long a lapse of time?[87]
Many changes happen in twelve years, and my ancestor only somewhat expected to see his fellow student again. He could have moved away—he might even be dead. Who knows what could have happened to him after such a long time?[87]
Nevertheless, the Englishman, finding himself on German soil once more, resolved to enquire after the friend of his youth, and should he succeed in discovering him, to put him in possession of his book again, and chat with him over their student days.
Nevertheless, the Englishman, finding himself on German soil once again, decided to look for the friend of his youth, and if he succeeded in finding him, to return his book and reminisce about their student days.
Accordingly, he set off for the town of Weimar, and having arrived there, proceeded with the said book under his arm to the house of his friend. He had been once on a visit of a fortnight at his friend's house when a student, and had known his mother and sisters intimately, therefore he had no difficulty in finding the house again.
Accordingly, he set off for the town of Weimar, and after arriving there, he went to his friend's house with the book under his arm. He had once spent two weeks at his friend's place while he was a student and had gotten to know his mother and sisters well, so he had no trouble locating the house again.
The town of Weimar had changed but little during these ten or twelve years, and once more he found himself on the old familiar doorstep.
The town of Weimar hadn't changed much in the last ten or twelve years, and once again he stood on the old, familiar doorstep.
"Ist der Herr Advocat Engstein zu Hause?" he demanded of an old woman who answered the door.
"Is Mr. Advocat Engstein home?" he asked an elderly woman who answered the door.
"Ja, mein Herr," replied the crone. "What name shall I give?"
"Yes, my lord," replied the old woman. "What name should I use?"
"Oh, never mind announcing me," said the Englishman; "I'll announce myself."
"Oh, forget about announcing me," said the Englishman; "I'll announce myself."
So saying, he pushed past the old woman, and knocked at his friend's study.
So saying, he pushed past the older woman and knocked on his friend's study door.
"Herein!" called out a voice from within, which my ancestor had no difficulty in recognising as his friend's, and the Englishman entered.
"Here!" called out a voice from inside, which my ancestor easily recognized as his friend's, and the Englishman walked in.
Ludwig Engstein was seated at a table strewed with papers and documents, and was busily writing. He was still young looking, but his friend Fritz noticed that[88] his face had assumed a more thoughtful expression than when at the university. He was now a lawyer in good practice, and the moment his friend entered he was so busy that he did not even raise his head.
Ludwig Engstein was sitting at a table covered with papers and documents, deeply focused on writing. He still looked young, but his friend Fritz noticed that[88] his face had taken on a more serious expression than during their university days. Now a successful lawyer, he was so absorbed in his work that he didn’t even look up when his friend walked in.
"I am sorry to disturb you, Herr Advocat," said Fritz, suddenly, "but I've come to return a book you lent me some time back."
"I’m sorry to interrupt you, Mr. Lawyer," Fritz said suddenly, "but I’ve come to return a book you lent me a while ago."
And placing the book on the table, he marched straight out of the room, shutting the door after him. He then peeped through the key-hole and listened awhile to note the effect of his abrupt departure on his friend.
And putting the book on the table, he walked straight out of the room, closing the door behind him. He then looked through the keyhole and listened for a bit to see how his sudden exit affected his friend.
The young lawyer's ear caught his friend's English accent, and at once lifted his head, though not in time to catch a glimpse of his retreating figure.
The young lawyer heard his friend's English accent and immediately looked up, though he was too late to see his friend's disappearing figure.
I have said that Engstein recognised Fritz's accent as English, but little did he suspect that it was his old college friend who had called upon him and left so suddenly.
I mentioned that Engstein recognized Fritz's accent as English, but he had no idea that it was his old college friend who had visited him and left so abruptly.
He looked surprised, took up the book upon the table to look at the title, and muttered to himself, "Who can it have been? I do not recollect now who it was I lent it to, but it must have been a long while ago."
He looked surprised, picked up the book from the table to check the title, and murmured to himself, "Who could it have been? I can't remember who I lent it to, but it must have been ages ago."
He was about to ring the bell, and rose for that purpose when he noticed a face peeping at him through the opening of the door, which was now ajar.
He was about to ring the bell and stood up to do so when he noticed a face peeking at him through the slightly open door.
"Who's that? Come in!" cried the lawyer.
"Who's that? Come in!" shouted the lawyer.
"You are busy, Herr Advocat—another time.[89] Ich empfähle mich Ihnen," said my relative, closing the door slowly after him.
"You’re busy, Mr. Lawyer—another time.[89] I recommend myself to you," said my relative, closing the door slowly behind him.
But this time Ludwig had a better view of the Englishman's face.
But this time, Ludwig had a clearer view of the Englishman's face.
"Potztausend!" exclaimed the lawyer; "I shall know that face. Ach! lieber freund Fritz. Can it be really you? Nein was für ein angenehme Ueberaschung!" he cried, rushing forward and throwing the door wide open while he kissed his friend forcibly on both cheeks.
"Wow!" exclaimed the lawyer; "I recognize that face. Oh! dear friend Fritz. Is it really you? No, what a pleasant surprise!" he shouted, rushing forward and flinging the door wide open as he kissed his friend enthusiastically on both cheeks.
"Sit down here and tell me to what for a fortuitous and never-to-be-expected train of circumstances I am indebted for this friendly and to me most agreeable and blissful-past-days-recalling visit."
"Sit down here and tell me what a lucky and completely unexpected series of events I owe this friendly and to me most enjoyable and happy trip down memory lane visit."
Fritz then went on to relate the circumstances of his relative's death, and how he had been called from home to attend him in his last moments.
Fritz then went on to share the details of his relative's death and how he had been summoned from home to be with him in his final moments.
"I am sorry for the death of your relation," said Ludwig, "but I cannot sufficiently express my extreme joy at seeing my old friend Fritz again after so many years! Ha! ha! ha!" he laughed, partly from delight at meeting his friend, and partly at his friend's mode of introducing himself.
"I’m really sorry to hear about your relative," Ludwig said, "but I can’t express how thrilled I am to see my old friend Fritz again after all these years! Ha! ha! ha!" He laughed, partly out of joy at reuniting with his friend and partly at the way his friend introduced himself.
"What for an eccentric and of you and your strange countryman-characteristic way of saluting your old friend after so long!"
"What an eccentric and characteristic way of greeting your old friend after so long, coming from you and your strange countryman!"
And the German again laughed again heartily.
And the German laughed heartily once more.
"And what for a busy and for-ever-with-documents-and-papers-occupied German business man, not even[90] to notice his swiftly entering, and though long departed from German soil, speedily-vanishing and almost-forgotten English friend!" retorted Fritz, mimicking the high-flown, wordy phraseology of the German.
"And what about a busy German businessman, always buried in documents and papers, who doesn't even[90] notice his quickly arriving, and although long gone from Germany, rapidly disappearing and almost-forgotten English friend!" retorted Fritz, imitating the elaborate, flowery language of the German.
"No, on my honour, Fritz," replied his friend; "not forgotten, I assure you. Do you know that I had a dream of you only last night. It never struck me till now. It is strange that I should have dreamed of you just the night before your unexpected and to me most grateful arrival. How strange it is that our dreams often prognosticate coming events! It is as if the mind, partly freed from its material covering during sleep, received the power of peering with greater accuracy into that to-us-in-our-waking-state-obscure and unfathomable future which——"
"No, I promise, Fritz," his friend replied. "I haven't forgotten, I swear. Do you know I had a dream about you just last night? It didn’t click until now. Isn’t it odd that I dreamed of you right before your surprising and very welcome arrival? It's funny how our dreams often predict what’s to come! It’s as if our minds, partly free from their physical limits while we sleep, gain the ability to see into that unclear and mysterious future that—"
"Precisely; I understand you," answered my relative, cutting short his friend's philosophic remark; "but let us talk a little over old times; that is if you are at leisure."
"Exactly; I get what you're saying," replied my relative, interrupting his friend's philosophical comment; "but let's chat a bit about the good old days; that is, if you have some time."
"Yes, to be sure," answered the lawyer; "what I am doing now has no need of hurry. Oh, by the way, Fritz, talking of old times, do you remember the night you spent at the house of old Franz Wenzel the Scharfrichter?"
"Yeah, for sure," replied the lawyer. "What I'm doing right now doesn't need to be rushed. Oh, by the way, Fritz, speaking of old times, do you remember the night you spent at old Franz Wenzel the executioner's house?"
"If I remember? Shall I ever forget it? ask, rather," answered my ancestor. "It seems to me only yesterday that I witnessed that execution; and then that Poltergeist—it seems as if I had witnessed his pranks only last night. I can[91] remember the minutest incident that happened on that unhallowed evening."
"If I remember? Will I ever forget it? Ask, rather," replied my ancestor. "It feels like just yesterday that I saw that execution; and then that Poltergeist—it feels like I just witnessed his antics last night. I can[91] remember every single detail that happened on that cursed evening."
"Well," resumed the lawyer, "poor old Franz is no more."
"Well," the lawyer continued, "poor old Franz is gone."
"What—dead, eh?"
"What—dead, right?"
"Ay, murdered. Horrible to relate, his body was discovered minus the head, which has been carried off or hidden somewhere, for it hasn't been found yet, but his son recognised the body by the clothes, besides Franz has never returned home since, so it must be he. There appears to be a mystery about it, however. The murderer has not as yet been discovered, neither can people guess at what prompted the murderer to take the life of a man who was never over-burdened with money. Then the head being cut off without care being taken to bury the body, and all, too, within a few steps of the Henker's own house. What could have been the murderer's object in carrying off the head?"
"Yes, he was murdered. It's terrible to say, but his body was found without a head, which has either been taken away or hidden somewhere; it hasn't been found yet. His son recognized the body by the clothes, and Franz hasn't returned home since, so it must be him. However, there seems to be a mystery to it. The murderer hasn't been found yet, and no one can figure out why someone would kill a man who wasn't even rich. And then there’s the fact that the head was taken without any care to bury the body, all just steps away from the executioner's own house. What could the murderer have wanted by taking the head?"
"A mere act of spite, I suppose," replied the Englishman.
"A simple act of spite, I guess," replied the Englishman.
"Well, it may be so," replied his friend, "for it seems that his life had been often threatened by the friends or relations of those he had beheaded. It may be as you say, out of spite. The murderer may, by way of wreaking his vengeance have cut off the head of the man who had put some friend or relation to death as a trophy, but why just at this moment? Why not before, as there has been no execution in the town lately? I[92] believe there has been none since that execution we two witnessed together. If the avenger had made up his mind to avenge his friend, why did he not do so at once, instead of waiting these twelve years?"
"Well, that might be true," his friend replied, "because it seems like his life has often been at risk from the friends or family of those he executed. It could be, like you said, out of revenge. The killer might have decapitated the man as a way to take revenge for someone who killed a friend or family member, but why now? Why not sooner, considering there haven't been any executions in town recently? I believe there hasn't been one since that execution we both saw together. If the avenger had decided to get back at his friend, why didn't he do it right away instead of waiting all these twelve years?"
"It may be some other private quarrel," replied Fritz. "Are you mixed up in it?"
"It might be some other personal conflict," Fritz replied. "Are you involved in it?"
"Yes, I shall be at the trial."
"Yeah, I'll be at the trial."
"It happened recently it would seem."
"It seems like it happened recently."
"Only two days ago."
"Just two days ago."
"Then the body is still fresh—of course it has been exposed and examined?"
"Then the body is still fresh—has it been exposed and examined?"
"Yes, but it was recognised at once by the family. I dare say it is buried by this time. I am going there to-morrow. If you have time, my friend, I should be most glad of your company."
"Yes, but the family recognized it right away. I bet it’s buried by now. I'm going there tomorrow. If you're free, my friend, I would really appreciate your company."
"Well, I don't mind giving you a day or so, as I am taking a holiday."
"Well, I don’t mind giving you a day or so, since I’m on vacation."
"Agreed, then; we start to-morrow."
"Agreed, then; we start tomorrow."
The two friends then discoursed until dinner-time, when Ludwig invited Fritz to share his meal.
The two friends then chatted until dinner, when Ludwig invited Fritz to join him for the meal.
The Englishman accepted the offer, and they chatted and laughed the time away till the evening.
The Englishman accepted the offer, and they talked and laughed the time away until the evening.
Ludwig lived quite alone. His sisters had married, his mother was dead. Ludwig was still a bachelor, and so was my ancestor at this time.
Ludwig lived all by himself. His sisters had gotten married, and his mother had passed away. Ludwig was still single, just like my ancestor at that time.
"You have not yet put your neck under the yoke it appears," said my relative to his friend, in allusion to the conjugal tie.
"You haven't yet put your neck under the yoke, it seems," said my relative to his friend, referring to the marriage bond.
"Not I," replied his friend. "At least, not yet."[93]
"Not me," his friend replied. "At least, not yet."[93]
"I understand," said Fritz; "not married, but 'verlobt'."
"I get it," said Fritz; "not married, but 'engaged'."
"No, nor that either."
"No, not that either."
"No? Verliebt, then, perhaps."
"No? In love, then, perhaps."
"No, neither 'verlobt' nor 'verliebt'."
"No, neither 'engaged' nor 'in love'."
"What!" exclaimed the Englishman, "not even that! Nevertheless, if I remember rightly, the student Ludwig Engstein was not once averse to the fair sex."
"What!" the Englishman exclaimed, "not even that! Still, if I recall correctly, the student Ludwig Engstein was never opposed to the fairer sex."
"Oh, recall not the follies of the past, my friend, or I may retaliate," answered the German.
"Oh, don’t remember the mistakes of the past, my friend, or I might get back at you," replied the German.
"True, true," said the Englishman. "We all have our weaknesses, and youth is the season in which they mostly flourish, but now we have both grown into sober-minded Philister,[4] and are more wary."
"That's true," said the Englishman. "We all have our flaws, and youth is when they come out the most, but now we've both become more level-headed Philister,[4] and are more cautious."
"Yes, yes," rejoined his friend; "we are not to be caught now by a pair of blue eyes, flaxen tresses, and a jimp waist, however well these charms may be set off with the allurements of dress. When men get to our advanced age, they want 'geist,' and look out for a good housewife who can cook them a dish of 'sauer kraut' or a 'pfankuchen' when 'das moos'[5] is wanting, which is another very useful accessory we desire to have thrown in."
"Yeah, right," his friend replied; "we can't be fooled now by a pair of blue eyes, blonde hair, and a slim waist, no matter how much those charms are enhanced by nice clothes. When guys reach our age, they want 'spirit' and are looking for a good housewife who can whip up a dish of sauerkraut or pancakes when the money is tight, which is another very practical thing we want included."
Here he made a significant gesture with his finger and thumb, intended to express the counting of money.
Here he made a notable gesture with his finger and thumb, meant to indicate counting money.
"I hope, my friend, you have not become so[94] worldly as to look upon marriage in the light of bettering yourself," said my relative.
"I hope, my friend, you haven't become so[94]caught up in the world that you see marriage as a way to improve yourself," said my relative.
"Ach! lieber freund," replied Ludwig. "It is all very well for you rich milords who have 'löwen'[6] to talk in that style, but we 'armer teufeln' are bound to take even that into consideration."
"Ah! dear friend," replied Ludwig. "It's easy for you rich lords to speak like that, but we 'poor devils' have to take that into account."
"This is what the world makes of noble fellows when it has once got them in its grasp!" sighed my ancestor to himself, and he hastened to change the conversation.
"This is how the world treats noble individuals once it has them in its grip!" my ancestor sighed to himself, and he quickly shifted the topic of conversation.
They then discoursed on various other topics, sitting up to a late hour of night, until wearied with incessant talking, each retired to rest.
They then talked about various other topics, staying up late into the night, until they grew tired from all the chatting and each went to bed.
Early the next morning both were dressed and ready to start on their journey. They reached ——dorf towards evening, and having fixed their quarters at the very same inn they had put up at on their memorable tour, they beguiled the time until the morrow by discoursing with the townspeople about the mysterious murder.
Early the next morning, both were dressed and ready to start their journey. They arrived in ——dorf by evening, and after settling into the same inn they had stayed at during their memorable trip, they passed the time until the next day by chatting with the locals about the mysterious murder.
The body, it seems, was not yet underground, but was to be buried the next day. They accordingly both resolved to examine it.
The body wasn't buried yet; it was scheduled for burial the next day. So, they both decided to take a look at it.
"The head has not been found yet?" asked Ludwig after supper of the landlord of the inn, who had come in for a gossip.
"The head hasn't been found yet?" Ludwig asked the innkeeper after dinner, who had come in for some chit-chat.
"No, sir, not yet," replied their host. "Ah, there[95] are some strange rumours in the town about that same murder."
"No, sir, not yet," replied their host. "Ah, there[95] are some strange rumors in town about that same murder."
"Indeed!" cried Fritz; "what do the people say?"
"Absolutely!" exclaimed Fritz; "what are people saying?"
"Some say one thing, and some another, but all seem to agree that there is something supernatural about the murder of the Henker."
"Some say one thing, and some say another, but everyone seems to agree that there’s something supernatural about the murder of the Henker."
"Something supernatural! Why—what reason have they to jump at that conclusion?"
"Something supernatural! Why—what reason do they have to jump to that conclusion?"
"Well, sir, I don't know if you have ever heard of the Henker's Poltergeist, but it is a fact well known to all in the township."
"Well, sir, I don't know if you've ever heard of the Henker's Poltergeist, but it's a fact that's well known to everyone in the township."
"Yes, yes—even we know it. In fact——but never mind, proceed."
"Yes, yes—even we get it. Actually——but never mind, go ahead."
"Well, gentlemen, this Poltergeist—this evil spirit—that no doubt was permitted to haunt the headsman for his sins—for a headsman must of necessity be a cruel, hard-hearted, unnatural villain to choose such a profession."
"Well, gentlemen, this Poltergeist—this evil spirit—that was clearly allowed to haunt the executioner because of his sins—for an executioner has to be a cruel, cold-hearted, unnatural villain to choose such a job."
"Well, well—this evil spirit."
"This evil spirit, huh?"
"Well then the Scharfrichter, at least, so people say, had sold his soul to this demon, and when the time came round for him to give up his soul according to the bargain, he refused, and the demon wrested it from him by force by cutting off his head and carrying it away with him."
"Well, the executioner, as people say, had sold his soul to this demon, and when the time came for him to give up his soul according to the deal, he refused. The demon took it from him by force, cutting off his head and carrying it away with him."
"Oh, but why this strange supposition? Why put down a thing to supernatural agency before sufficient time has elapsed to investigate the matter properly? A[96] person is murdered, and the body discovered without the head, and because the head cannot be found at once, you say that the devil has run off with it. My dear sir, the thing's absurd."
"Oh, but why this weird assumption? Why jump to the conclusion that it's something supernatural before we’ve had enough time to properly investigate? A[96] person is killed, and the body is found without a head, and just because we can't find the head right away, you suggest that the devil took it. My dear sir, that’s ridiculous."
"Well, we must wait and see what evidence will turn up," said the host.
"Well, we have to wait and see what evidence surfaces," said the host.
"Yes, but if everybody merely waits for evidence to turn up instead of actively searching for it, the matter will come to a standstill," said the Englishman. "I myself am interested in the murder, as I knew the Scharfrichter twelve years ago, when I was a student."
"Yes, but if everyone just waits for evidence to appear instead of actively looking for it, things will grind to a halt," said the Englishman. "I'm personally interested in the murder, as I knew the Scharfrichter twelve years ago when I was a student."
"Ah, in that case, sir—of course you would. By-the-by, there is another murder now talked about besides the Henker's. They seem to be getting in fashion."
"Ah, in that case, sir—of course you would. By the way, there’s another murder being talked about besides the Henker's. They seem to be trending."
"What! another body?"
"What! Another body?"
"Well, sir, the body isn't exactly found yet, but there is a certain Count, well-known to be rich, who was taking a foot tour through the country alone. His family expected him home on a certain day, and as he hasn't turned up yet, they suspect that he has been robbed and murdered."
"Well, sir, they haven't exactly found the body yet, but there’s a certain Count, known for his wealth, who was traveling through the country on foot by himself. His family was expecting him home on a specific day, and since he hasn't shown up yet, they suspect he might have been robbed and murdered."
"That may be merely a suspicion. How long has he been missing?"
"That might just be a hunch. How long has he been gone?"
"Three days, they say."
"Three days, or so they say."
"Three days! Why, a man doesn't bind himself to a day or two when out on a foot tour. He may remain another three days, or a week longer, and then return unhurt."[97]
"Three days! A person doesn't tie themselves to a day or two when they're on a hiking trip. They might stay another three days, or even a week longer, and then come back just fine."[97]
"Well, sir, it may be as you say, but as the Count was known by his relations to be a very punctual man, and never to fail in his appointments, you see, it is natural they should feel uneasy."
"Well, sir, it might be as you say, but since the Count was known by his family to be very punctual and never missed his appointments, it makes sense that they would feel uneasy."
"True, especially as three days ago was about the time of the other murder, and they may get it into their heads that the two murders occurred in the same night. Was he a married man?"
"That's true, especially since three days ago was roughly when the other murder happened, and they might start thinking that the two murders happened on the same night. Was he married?"
"No, sir; quite young, they say."
"No, sir; very young, they say."
"Humph! When did you say the body of the Henker would be buried—to-morrow?"
"Humph! When did you say the Henker's body would be buried—tomorrow?"
"About ten, I think, sir."
"About ten, I guess, sir."
"Ah! then I must be there early, as I want to examine the corpse myself."
"Ah! Then I need to be there early because I want to check out the body myself."
"Oh, decidedly, sir. I will bring you to the place to-morrow in good time."
"Oh, definitely, sir. I will take you to the place tomorrow at the right time."
Our friends now felt inclined for their night's rest, so their host showed them into a room with two beds, and wishing them a good night, left them to undress, and before many minutes had passed both were sound asleep.
Our friends were ready to call it a night, so their host led them to a room with two beds, wished them goodnight, and left them to get ready for bed. Before long, both of them were sound asleep.
The following morning early our two friends, in the company of their host, started from the inn to visit the corpse of the murdered executioner. As they entered the hall where the body lay exposed, Fritz instantly recognised the clothes; if not the identical vestments worn by the defunct twelve years ago, at least, of the same colour and material, being, as I have said before, a doublet and hose of crimson, a colour that he seems to have been partial to.[98]
The next morning, early on, our two friends, along with their host, left the inn to see the body of the murdered executioner. As they walked into the hall where the body was displayed, Fritz immediately recognized the clothes; if not the exact outfit worn by the deceased twelve years earlier, at least the same color and material, which, as I've mentioned before, was a crimson doublet and hose, a color he seemed to favor.[98]
"Yes," said Fritz; "these are the Henker's clothes, I've no doubt."
"Yeah," said Fritz, "these are definitely the Henker's clothes."
Then, after examining the form laid out before him, he was observed to start slightly, and he added in a whisper to his friend: "Ludwig, this is not the body of Franz Wenzel—I'll take my oath of that."
Then, after looking at the form laid out before him, he was seen to flinch a little, and he said quietly to his friend, "Ludwig, this isn't Franz Wenzel's body—I swear that's not true."
"How! Not Franz Wenzel! Who else should it be, then?"
"How! Not Franz Wenzel! Who else could it be, then?"
"That I am not prepared to say, but it is not the body of the Henker; that is certain. Remember that I passed a night at Wenzel's house; during that time I took note of the features and figure of the Scharfrichter, and though twelve years have passed since I saw him, I can swear——"
"That I'm not ready to say, but it's definitely not the body of the Henker. Keep in mind that I spent a night at Wenzel's house; during that time, I observed the features and build of the Scharfrichter, and even though twelve years have passed since I last saw him, I can swear——"
"But how! His own family have recognised him. What further proof would you have?"
"But how? His own family has recognized him. What more proof do you need?"
Then addressing the landlord, Ludwig said: "Is it true, landlord, that his own family have recognised the body?"
Then addressing the landlord, Ludwig said: "Is it true, landlord, that his own family has identified the body?"
"Yes, sir; at least, the son did. I don't know whether his wife did or not, as she has been laid up for ever so long with paralysis, poor soul. It may be she has never been informed of the murder. One does not like to frighten invalids, you know."
"Yes, sir; at least the son did. I’m not sure about his wife since she’s been confined to bed for a long time with paralysis, poor thing. It's possible she hasn’t been told about the murder. You wouldn't want to scare someone who’s unwell, you know."
"Well, well—enough if the corpse has been recognised by the son."
"Well, well—it's enough if the son has identified the body."
"Yes, sir, he recognised it. It is true, he was a little the worse for liquor when they brought him before the corpse of his father; but when is he otherwise, for[99] the matter of that? As sad a young dog as ever lived that same—inherits all the vices of his father. Nevertheless, who is there in the township that does not recognise the Henker's red legs?"
"Yeah, he recognized it. It's true he was a bit drunk when they brought him in front of his father's corpse, but when isn't he like that? He's the saddest young guy around, inheriting all his father's flaws. Still, who in the town doesn't recognize the Henker's red legs?"
"You see, therefore, my friend," said Ludwig, turning to his companion, "that you are mistaken. Everybody recognises him."
"You see, my friend," Ludwig said, turning to his companion, "that you're mistaken. Everyone knows who he is."
"I see nothing of the sort," replied the Englishman, doggedly; "and I am still prepared to swear that the corpse before us is not that of Franz Wenzel."
"I don't see anything like that," replied the Englishman stubbornly; "and I’m still ready to swear that the corpse in front of us is not Franz Wenzel."
"My dear Fritz," said Engstein, "you are obstinate. What reason can you possibly have for saying so?"
"My dear Fritz," Engstein said, "you're being stubborn. What reason do you have to say that?"
"Observe the hands of the corpse," said Fritz, in a low tone. "Do they look like the hands of an executioner? They are long and delicate. Those of Franz Wenzel were hard, rough, and hairy, with square stunted fingers; besides, the headsman wore no ring. This hand, though no ring is visible, has a depression on the forefinger, as if the owner were in the constant habit of wearing one."
"Look at the hands of the body," said Fritz quietly. "Do they resemble the hands of an executioner? They are long and delicate. Franz Wenzel had hands that were hard, rough, and hairy, with short, square fingers; also, the headsman didn't wear a ring. This hand, even though no ring is visible, has an indentation on the forefinger, as if the owner regularly wore one."
"Ha! say you so?" exclaimed his friend, and a strange expression came over his face.
"Ha! Is that what you really think?" his friend exclaimed, and a strange look crossed his face.
"Then," pursued Fritz, "observe the clothes. Do they look as if they were made for the body? Franz Wenzel had enormously developed calves, and his hose fitted tightly. Do these hose fit tightly? Look at these limbs, that, compared with the Henker's, are but those of a boy."
"Then," continued Fritz, "check out the clothes. Do they look like they were made to fit the body? Franz Wenzel had really big calves, and his tights were snug. Do these tights fit snugly? Look at these limbs, which, compared to the Henker's, are just those of a boy."
"Humph! I believe you are right, Fritz, after all,"[100] said Engstein; "but it never would have struck me if you had not pointed it out, as it is so long ago since I set eyes upon him, and then only for a moment. You took a more complete survey of him, and your evidence may prove useful. We will look into the matter together. It is strange, however, that no one should have been struck in the same manner as yourself."
"Humph! I think you're right, Fritz,"[100] said Engstein; "but I never would have realized it if you hadn't pointed it out, since it's been so long since I saw him, and even then, it was just for a moment. You had a better look at him, and your details might come in handy. We'll investigate this together. It's odd, though, that nobody else has noticed the same thing as you."
"Well, I don't know," responded Fritz. "The people in these small villages are not always of the brightest. Then the headsman's house being so far away from the town, few people have the opportunity of taking a minute survey of him. The people here content themselves with recognising the clothes. Franz's wife is laid up with paralysis, and has not seen the body, while his son only recognised it when in a drunken state. Do you call that sufficient evidence to prove that the corpse before us is that of the executioner? Would you like another proof that this is no more Franz Wenzel than I am?"
"Well, I don’t know," Fritz replied. "The people in these small villages aren’t always the sharpest. Plus, since the headsman's house is so far from the town, not many people have the chance to get a good look at him. The locals here are satisfied with just recognizing his clothes. Franz’s wife is bedridden with paralysis and hasn’t seen the body, while his son only identified it while drunk. Do you think that's enough evidence to prove that the corpse in front of us is the executioner’s? Do you want another reason to believe this isn’t Franz Wenzel any more than I am?"
"Well," said Ludwig.
"Well," Ludwig said.
"I remember a scar upon the right wrist that he showed me the night I put up at his house," said the Englishman; "and which he told me had been inflicted on him by a piece of broken plate hurled at him by his Poltergeist. I remember that he said he should carry that mark with him to the grave. If this is the corpse of Franz Wenzel we shall not fail to discover the mark."
"I remember a scar on his right wrist that he showed me the night I stayed at his house," said the Englishman, "and he told me it was from a piece of broken plate that his Poltergeist threw at him. I remember he said he would carry that mark to his grave. If this is Franz Wenzel's corpse, we will definitely find the mark."
So saying, he bared the right arm of the corpse and[101] examined it carefully. No such mark was to be found. The arm was free from scar or brand, and was delicate in form, almost like that of a maiden's. Moreover, there was a scanty covering of dark hair upon it, while the hair on the arms of the executioner, if you remember rightly, was red and profuse. Even Engstein remarked this, and was now convinced beyond a doubt that the murdered man was not Franz Wenzel.
So saying, he rolled up the right arm of the corpse and[101] examined it closely. There was no mark to be found. The arm was free of scars or brands and was slender in shape, almost like that of a young woman. Additionally, there was a thin layer of dark hair on it, while the hair on the executioner's arms, if I remember correctly, was thick and red. Even Engstein noticed this and was now completely convinced that the murdered man was not Franz Wenzel.
"Is any search being made now for the head of the corpse?" demanded Engstein of his host, who had withdrawn some paces from the two friends, and consequently had not heard the doubt that had been suddenly cast upon the public opinion.
"Is anyone looking for the head of the corpse now?" Engstein asked his host, who had stepped back a little from the two friends and therefore hadn't heard the sudden doubt raised about public opinion.
"No active search, I believe, sir," was the reply.
“No active search, I think, sir,” was the response.
"We will make the search ourselves, my friend," whispered Engstein to Fritz; then added to his host, "My friend and I will take a stroll together. It is uncertain when we shall return to the inn, but get something savoury for us against we come back," and he waved his hand towards his host, who doffed his cap and walked towards his inn, while our two friends set off together in the direction of the Henker's house, which they reached in about an hour.
"We'll do the searching ourselves, my friend," whispered Engstein to Fritz. Then he added to his host, "My friend and I are going for a walk. We're not sure when we'll be back at the inn, so please prepare something tasty for us when we return." He waved his hand towards his host, who tipped his cap and walked toward the inn, while the two friends headed together in the direction of the Henker's house, which they reached in about an hour.
"Yes," said Fritz, "this is the place. I remember it well. What did our host tell us? That the murder took place only a few paces from the headsman's door. Let us look well round the spot. How solitary it is! Just the place where a murder would be committed. What do you say to yon hollow flanked with brushwood,[102] Ludwig? Is it not a likely place for a murderer to await his victim?"
"Yeah," said Fritz, "this is the spot. I remember it clearly. What did our host say? That the murder happened just a few steps from the executioner's door. Let's take a good look around here. It's so isolated! Perfect for a murder to take place. What do you think of that hollow surrounded by bushes, [102] Ludwig? Doesn't it seem like a good place for a killer to wait for their victim?"
"You are right, Fritz, let us make a strict search, but if the head has been carried far distant——"
"You’re right, Fritz, let’s do a thorough search, but if the head has been taken far away——"
"Let us, nevertheless, search well here first," said my ancestor, and the two friends set to work at once, lifting up every bush and bramble, following every track, until finally they came upon some blood stains.
"Let’s search carefully here first," said my ancestor, and the two friends immediately got to work, lifting up every bush and bramble, following every trail, until they finally found some blood stains.
An old dried well they discovered not far from this spot. Common sense would have suggested this as a likely place for the concealment of the missing head, and there is no doubt that the same idea struck the inhabitants of ——dorf, for there was evident traces of a great number of feet in the sand round about it; besides which there was a chip recently made in the brickwork, which appeared caused by the letting down of a rope or chain.
They found an old dry well not far from this spot. Common sense would suggest this as a likely place to hide the missing head, and it’s clear that the people of ——dorf thought the same, as there were obvious signs of many footprints in the sand around it. Additionally, there was a fresh chip in the brickwork that looked like it was made by lowering a rope or chain.
This seemed evidence enough for our two friends that the well had already been searched, and without effect. Further search in that direction appeared to them to be useless, especially as no bloodstains were to be found near.
This seemed like enough evidence for our two friends that the well had already been searched, and it was unsuccessful. Continuing to search in that direction seemed pointless to them, especially since there were no bloodstains nearby.
They then proceeded to examine more closely than ever the bushes around, stamping on the ground to ascertain if a hole had recently been made, but the ground was firm, and there was nothing to attract suspicion save a few bloodstains, which, instead of leading up to the well as one would have imagined, led up to the foot of an old chestnut-tree, and there seemed to end.[103]
They then began to examine the bushes more closely than ever, stamping on the ground to see if a hole had been recently dug, but the ground was solid, and there was nothing suspicious except for a few bloodstains, which, instead of leading to the well as one might have expected, led to the foot of an old chestnut tree, where they seemed to end.[103]
On examining the bark of the tree attentively they observed blood also on the trunk, but this might have been occasioned by the splashing of the blood from the neck after the decapitation of the head. There was no hollow visible in the tree where suspicion would lead one to suppose that the head could be concealed; nevertheless, when men make up their minds to make a rigid search, they often pry into the most unlikely and impossible places, so our friends determined to ascend the tree to ascertain if by any chance the head could have lodged between its leafy branches.
As they carefully examined the tree's bark, they noticed blood on the trunk, which might have splashed there from the neck after the head was chopped off. There wasn’t any hollow in the tree that would suggest the head could be hidden there; however, when people are determined to search thoroughly, they often check the most unlikely and impossible places. So, our friends decided to climb the tree to see if, by any chance, the head might be stuck among the leafy branches.
Previous to mounting, Ludwig, who, together with his friend, had provided himself with a long branch wherewith to beat down the bushes, struck the chestnut-tree a blow on the trunk with the branch he carried, when a hollow sound proceeded from the tree, and instantly a large owl fluttered out from the foliage before their faces with its beak and plumage stained with blood. Blinded with the sunlight, it hovered distractedly hither and thither for a time, and then vanished with a screech.
Before getting on, Ludwig, who, along with his friend, had brought along a long branch to clear the bushes, hit the chestnut tree with the branch he was carrying. A hollow sound came from the tree, and suddenly a large owl fluttered out from the leaves right in front of them, its beak and feathers stained with blood. Dazzled by the sunlight, it flew around aimlessly for a while before disappearing with a screech.
"Did you notice the beak and feathers of the bird, Ludwig?" asked Fritz.
"Did you see the bird's beak and feathers, Ludwig?" asked Fritz.
"I did," said Ludwig, "and what is more, I am convinced that the whole of this seemingly robust chestnut-tree is hollow, and I have not a doubt that the murderer, aware of the fact, has hidden the head of his victim at the bottom, and that this fell bird has been gorging itself and its young upon it ever since."[104]
"I did," said Ludwig, "and what’s more, I’m convinced that this apparently sturdy chestnut tree is hollow. I have no doubt that the murderer, knowing this, has hidden his victim's head at the bottom, and that this fallen bird has been feeding itself and its young on it ever since."[104]
"That is just my opinion," said Fritz. "Let us climb the tree and look within."
"That's just my opinion," said Fritz. "Let's climb the tree and take a look inside."
My ancestor was the first to mount, and having arrived at the point where the trunk divides itself into branches, he discovered a large hole thickly covered over with leaves. Sitting upon the edge, with his legs dangling within the hollow trunk, he proceeded to strike a light, and having ignited a taper, he commenced carefully to descend into the hollow of the tree. In his descent, however, his foot slipped, his taper extinguished itself, and he came down rather suddenly upon his feet. He soon became aware from a feeble smothered shriek that he was treading upon a nest of young owlets.
My ancestor was the first to climb up, and when he reached the point where the trunk splits into branches, he found a large hole covered thickly with leaves. Sitting on the edge, with his legs hanging into the hollow trunk, he began to strike a match, and after lighting a candle, he started to carefully descend into the hollow of the tree. However, during his descent, his foot slipped, his candle went out, and he landed quite abruptly on his feet. He quickly realized from a faint muffled shriek that he was stepping on a nest of young owls.
He began to dread lest he might encounter some venemous reptile in this unexplored region, but taking courage he struck another light and searched about. He had not looked long when he discovered what appeared to be a human scalp. He grasped it firmly by the hair, and by the light of his taper soon knew it to be in reality the head of a man, one half of which had been already eaten away to the bone.
He started to worry that he might run into a poisonous snake in this uncharted area, but after gathering his courage, he lit another match and began to search around. He hadn’t looked for long when he found what seemed to be a human scalp. He grabbed it firmly by the hair, and by the light of his candle, he quickly realized it was actually the head of a man, half of which had already been eaten down to the bone.
"Eureka!" exclaimed Fritz, "I have it."
"Eureka!" Fritz exclaimed, "I've got it."
His friend uttered an exclamation of delight, while my relative clambered up again, and the two friends examined the disgusting treasure under the fair light of day.
His friend exclaimed in delight, while my relative climbed back up, and the two friends examined the gross treasure in the bright light of day.
"You see the hair is black," said Fritz. "I hope you are satisfied now that this is not the head of the Scharfrichter."[105]
"You see, the hair is black," said Fritz. "I hope you're satisfied now that this isn't the head of the executioner."[105]
"There is no doubt about that now, I think," said Ludwig. "And do you know, Fritz, now that I scan these features, they seem familiar to me as my own in the looking-glass. Himmel! Can it be possible!"
"There’s no doubt about it now, I think," said Ludwig. "And you know, Fritz, now that I look at these features, they seem as familiar to me as my own in the mirror. Wow! Could it really be possible?"
"What?" demanded my ancestor, anxiously.
"What?" my ancestor asked, anxious.
"Why, I'll swear that this is no other than my old friend and fellow-student, the Count of Waffenburg!" exclaimed Engstein.
"Wow, I swear this is none other than my old friend and classmate, the Count of Waffenburg!" exclaimed Engstein.
"What! Graf von Waffenburg! Is it really so? I knew him well. Let me examine the features," said Fritz.
"What! Count von Waffenburg! Is that really true? I knew him well. Let me check out his features," said Fritz.
"Yes, it is he beyond a doubt," said Ludwig. "We had a quarrel once, and I wounded him in the cheek. Here is the wound I myself inflicted; but afterwards we became staunch friends."
"Yes, it’s definitely him," said Ludwig. "We had an argument once, and I hurt him in the cheek. Here’s the scar from the injury I caused; but afterward, we became close friends."
"True," said Fritz. "I remember the duel well, being present myself on the occasion. What a curious coincidence! It is certainly he, and no other. The more I look at the features the more satisfied I am. Let us hasten with this proof of the identity of the murdered man to the township and spread abroad the news of the murder of the count. His relations will then come to claim his body."
"True," said Fritz. "I remember the duel clearly, as I was there. What a strange coincidence! It's definitely him, no doubt about it. The more I examine the face, the more convinced I am. Let's hurry with this proof of the murdered man's identity to the town and spread the word about the count's murder. His family will then come to retrieve his body."
The two friends then made a covering of chestnut leaves for the head, and tying it up in a handkerchief, retraced their steps towards the township, discoursing on the cunning of the murderer, who appeared to them to be no other than the Scharfrichter himself.
The two friends then made a headpiece out of chestnut leaves, and tying it up in a handkerchief, they headed back to town, discussing the cleverness of the murderer, who they believed to be none other than the executioner himself.
"For when a body is found minus the head,"[106] argued Ludwig, "and dressed in the clothes of another man, and that other man is nowhere to be found, it follows as a matter of course that the man missing must be the murderer."
"For when a body is found without its head,"[106] argued Ludwig, "and dressed in the clothing of another man, who is also missing, it naturally follows that the missing man must be the murderer."
"Yes," said the Englishman, "unless the murdered man had previously stolen the clothes of another, and then afterwards been murdered by some unknown assassin."
"Yeah," said the Englishman, "unless the guy who was killed had stolen someone else's clothes before, and then was murdered by some unknown killer."
"But when the deceased has been proved beyond a doubt to be the Graf von Waffenburg, a man whose name is above so ridiculous a suspicion," said Engstein.
"But when it's been clearly established that the deceased is the Graf von Waffenburg, a man whose name is far too reputable for such a ridiculous suspicion," said Engstein.
"Oh, of course the blackest suspicion attaches itself to Wenzel," said Fritz; "yet, in the case of a mysterious murder, evidence, occasionally of so startling and unexpected a nature, turns up as to completely alter the state of the case.
"Oh, of course the darkest suspicion falls on Wenzel," said Fritz; "yet, in the case of a mysterious murder, evidence, sometimes so surprising and unexpected, can emerge that it completely changes everything."
"The headsman is missing, and a corpse has been found dressed in his clothes. We presume, therefore, that he is the murderer, but if after a time the Henker's corpse should also be found——"
"The executioner is missing, and a body has been found wearing his clothes. Therefore, we suspect that he is the killer, but if the executioner's body is also discovered later——"
"Oh, in that case," said Ludwig, "the aspect of the whole affair would be changed. Well, we must wait for further evidence. To-morrow the case will begin in court, and my services will be required. I doubt not before long that sufficient light will be thrown on the subject to enable us to discover the true murderer."
"Oh, in that case," Ludwig said, "the whole situation would change. Well, we need to wait for more evidence. Tomorrow, the trial will start, and I’ll need to be there. I’m sure that soon enough, we'll get enough information to identify the real murderer."
Thus our two friends chatted by the way, till in due[107] time they arrived at the township, and having deposited the head of the murdered man at the town hall, where the body had been exposed, they spread abroad the result of their expedition, and clearly proved to the somewhat obtuse inhabitants their error.
Thus our two friends chatted on their way until they arrived at the town. After dropping off the head of the murdered man at the town hall, where the body had been displayed, they shared the news of their adventure and clearly showed the somewhat slow-witted locals their mistake.
On the following morning, then, the trial began. The court was crowded to suffocation. Evidence of a very extraordinary nature had turned up, so it was said, and Ludwig Engstein, attired in his professional robes, was preparing to conduct the case.
On the next morning, the trial started. The courtroom was packed to capacity. There was rumored to be some very unusual evidence, and Ludwig Engstein, dressed in his professional attire, was getting ready to handle the case.
My ancestor was amongst the crowd, and had placed himself as near as he possibly could to his friend.
My ancestor was part of the crowd and positioned himself as close as he could to his friend.
"Call in Gottlieb Kräger," cried the examiner.
"Call in Gottlieb Kräger," shouted the examiner.
A hoary peasant entered the witness-box, and the examination proceeded in this wise:
A gray-haired farmer stepped into the witness stand, and the questioning went like this:
"You are a farmer from the village of ——, are you not?"
"You’re a farmer from the village of ——, right?"
"I am."
"I exist."
"Just inform us, if you please, what you were doing on the night of the murder."
"Please let us know what you were doing on the night of the murder."
"I was returning home after selling some cattle at the ——dorf market, and it was about midnight when I passed close to the Henker's cottage. I heard cries and groans as of someone being murdered not far off. I stopped and listened for a moment, then set off on tip-toe to the spot whence the sounds proceeded. It was very dark, and the groans at length ceased.
"I was heading home after selling some cattle at the ——dorf market, and it was around midnight when I walked by the Henker's cottage. I heard screams and moans like someone was being murdered nearby. I paused and listened for a moment, then started to tiptoe towards where the sounds were coming from. It was really dark, and after a while, the groans finally stopped."
"I placed myself behind some brushwood to watch who should issue from the copse, when a friar passed me."[108]
"I hid behind some bushes to see who would come out of the thicket when a friar walked by."[108]
"Stay, are you quite sure the friar came from the very spot from whence you heard the groans?"
"Wait, are you really sure the friar came from the exact place where you heard the groans?"
"Well, as to swearing to it, I don't know, but I heard the sound as of brushwood being trampled under foot, and the next instant the friar passed close to me. He did not appear to observe me, but moved onward in the direction of the village of Ahlden."
"Well, as for swearing to it, I don't know, but I heard the sound of brushwood being crushed underfoot, and the next moment the friar walked right by me. He didn't seem to notice me and continued on toward the village of Ahlden."
"Did you follow him or take any further notice of him?"
"Did you follow him or pay any more attention to him?"
"To say the truth, I was too frightened to move, but I kept my eye on him as far as I could see him."
"Honestly, I was too scared to move, but I kept my eyes on him for as long as I could."
"But you tell me it was very dark."
"But you tell me it was really dark."
"Just at that moment the moon had burst from behind the clouds, and enabled me to see distinctly."
"Just then, the moon came out from behind the clouds, allowing me to see clearly."
"Well, did you observe anything peculiar in the manner or gait of the friar?"
"Well, did you notice anything strange about the friar's behavior or walk?"
"Yes; after he had passed me some ten paces he halted, as if he were counting money, after which he threw away something that glittered in the moonlight and then walked on. I followed stealthily behind to discover what it was that he had thrown away, when I picked up this."
"Yeah; after he walked about ten paces ahead of me, he stopped, like he was counting money. Then he tossed something shiny into the moonlight and kept walking. I quietly followed him to see what he had discarded, and that's when I picked this up."
The witness held up a long silk purse knitted with silver beads.
The witness held up a long silk purse threaded with silver beads.
"Give it to me—so—can you recollect anything else about this friar? Could you manage to catch a glimpse of his face?"
"Give it to me—so—can you remember anything else about this friar? Were you able to see his face?"
"No, I could not exactly distinguish the features, but——"
"No, I couldn't really make out the features, but——"
"I observed a peculiar patch in his amice over the left shoulder."
"I noticed a strange spot on his amice over the left shoulder."
"Should you be able to swear to the amice?"
"Can you swear to the amice?"
"Aye, that I should, among a thousand."
"Yeah, I definitely should, out of a thousand."
"Is this the amice of the friar you saw issue from the copse?" asked Ludwig, holding up a patched amice such as is worn by the Capuchin friars.
"Is this the amice of the friar you saw come out of the bushes?" asked Ludwig, holding up a patched amice like the ones worn by Capuchin friars.
"The very same, I'll swear to it."
"The exact same thing, I promise."
"Take care, you are on your oath."
"Be careful, you're sworn in."
"Well, if it is not the same, it is one made after the same fashion, patch and all complete. I'll swear to the shape of the patch, for I observed the garment well."
"Well, if it's not the same, it's one made in the same style, patch and all. I swear to the shape of the patch because I really looked at the garment closely."
"Enough; you may retire. Call in Hans Schultz."
"That's enough; you can leave now. Bring in Hans Schultz."
A dapper little man with oiled hair and closely-shaven face entered the court, and having taken his post at the witness-box, gave his evidence as follows:—
A stylish little man with slicked-back hair and a clean-shaven face walked into the courtroom. After taking his place in the witness box, he provided his testimony as follows:—
"I am by profession a barber. The morning after the murder I was shaving an elderly gentleman in my shop. I suggested that a little hair dye would improve his personal appearance, and offered him a bottle. He refused to buy it, so I placed it on a table behind me, and continued to shave him. Whilst I was recommending the hair dye to my customer I noticed a Capuchin friar pass several times in front of my shop. He appeared to be listening to our conversation.
"I work as a barber. The morning after the murder, I was shaving an older gentleman in my shop. I mentioned that a bit of hair dye would enhance his look and offered him a bottle. He declined to buy it, so I set it down on a table behind me and continued shaving him. While I was suggesting the hair dye to my customer, I noticed a Capuchin friar passing by my shop several times. He seemed to be listening to our conversation."
"Shortly afterwards he entered the shop and begged for alms for the convent. I gave him a kreuzer, and after he had chatted a little he left the shop. I could[110] not see his face well, as he kept it covered with his hood, but I remember that he had a red beard. He had hardly left my shop when on looking on the table behind me I found the bottle of hair dye gone. No one else but the friar and my customer had entered the shop since I laid the bottle down upon the table, yet I could not suspect my customer of having stolen the bottle, and I was much at a loss to conceive what a Capuchin friar should want with hair dye.
"Shortly after that, he walked into the shop and asked for donations for the convent. I gave him a kreuzer, and after chatting for a bit, he left the shop. I couldn’t see his face clearly, as he kept it hidden under his hood, but I remember he had a red beard. He had barely left when I looked at the table behind me and noticed the bottle of hair dye was missing. No one except the friar and my customer had entered the shop since I had placed the bottle on the table, but I couldn’t suspect my customer of stealing it, and I was really puzzled about why a Capuchin friar would need hair dye."
"I concluded, therefore, that I must have been mistaken, and must have laid the bottle down somewhere else without thinking, so I thought no more of it.
"I concluded that I must have been wrong and must have set the bottle down somewhere else without realizing it, so I didn't think about it anymore."
"On the same day I was called to cut the hair of a gentleman at the other end of the village, when I passed a friar who appeared to be the same as he who not long ago had entered my shop. I looked at him in the face, but he had a black beard. I could have sworn it was the same, for his amice was patched in a peculiar manner on the shoulder, as was that of the first friar."
"On the same day, I was asked to cut the hair of a man at the other end of the village when I passed a friar who looked just like the one who had recently been in my shop. I looked him in the face, but he had a black beard. I could have sworn it was the same person, because his amice was patched in a unique way on the shoulder, just like the first friar's."
"Is this the amice that the friar wore?" asked Engstein, holding up the patched garment.
"Is this the amice that the friar wore?" asked Engstein, holding up the patched garment.
"It is like it. I could all but swear to it."
"It’s exactly like that. I could almost swear to it."
"Did you address him when you met him, as you thought, a second time?"
"Did you talk to him when you met him, like you thought, a second time?"
"I was about to do so, but he pulled out his beads, and began counting them. Not liking to disturb him in his devotions, I passed on, thinking that after all I might have been deceived."
"I was just about to do it, but he took out his beads and started counting them. Not wanting to interrupt him in his prayers, I walked away, wondering if I had been misled after all."
The little barber left the court, and another witness was called for.
The little barber left the court, and another witness was called.
"Your name?"
"What's your name?"
"Max Offenbrunnen."
"Max Offenbrunnen."
"Profession?"
"What's your profession?"
"I am host of the Bear Inn in the village of M——."
"I am the host of the Bear Inn in the village of M——."
"Can you tell us anything that happened at your inn within this last week?"
"Can you share anything that happened at your inn in the past week?"
"Yes; three days after the murder a Capuchin friar stopped at my inn and called for a tankard of beer. He kept his hood down all the time, so that I could not see his face, but I remember that he had a black beard, and I also noticed that he had a patch in his amice over one shoulder of rather an unusual form."
"Yes; three days after the murder, a Capuchin friar came to my inn and asked for a tankard of beer. He kept his hood down the entire time, so I couldn't see his face, but I remember he had a black beard, and I also noticed he had a patch on his amice over one shoulder that was quite unusual."
The patched garment was held up again in court, and recognised also by the third witness, after which he proceeded as follows:—
The patched garment was presented again in court and was also identified by the third witness, after which he continued as follows:—
"He called for more beer, and I began to enter into conversation with him and asked him where he came from. He told me from a Capuchin convent at W——, about a mile off. Just at that moment another friar, an old friend of mine, passed my inn, who belonged to the aforementioned convent.
"He ordered more beer, and I started chatting with him, asking where he was from. He told me he came from a Capuchin convent at W——, about a mile away. Just then, another friar, an old friend of mine, walked by my inn, and he was from that same convent."
"'Then you know each other,' said I to my friend the second friar, and I sought to bring them together, but my friend, after eyeing the former from head to foot, denied all knowledge of him. The first friar then somewhat confusedly stammered an excuse, saying that he had spoken without thinking, but that he had[112] intended to say St. Mary's, another Capuchin convent, six miles further off. Then my friend the second friar said that he knew all the friars at St. Mary's, but still denied that he knew this one.
"'So you guys know each other,' I said to my friend the second friar, trying to introduce them. But my friend, after looking the first friar up and down, claimed he didn’t know him at all. The first friar then awkwardly mumbled an apology, explaining he had spoken without thinking and meant to refer to St. Mary's, another Capuchin convent located six miles away. My friend the second friar said he was familiar with all the friars at St. Mary's but still insisted that he didn’t know this one."
"The former began to mumble that he had only lately arrived, and began to turn the conversation. My friend whispered to me that he didn't believe he was a friar at all, but someone in disguise. After my friend had left, the former friar called for more beer (I never saw a friar drink so much beer as this one), and being curious to discover who the man was I tried to draw him out. At first he answered cautiously, but after drinking deeper he became less cautious and more confidential, but his utterance was now thick and unintelligible. He drew his chair closer to mine, and seemed about to let me into some secret, when some other customers of mine at the next table began to talk about the murder.
"The guy started mumbling that he had just arrived and tried to change the subject. My friend whispered to me that he didn’t believe he was really a friar, but someone in disguise. After my friend left, the supposed friar ordered more beer (I’ve never seen a friar drink as much beer as this one), and since I was curious to find out who he was, I tried to get him to open up. At first, he answered cautiously, but after drinking more, he became less reserved and more open, though his speech was now slurred and hard to understand. He pulled his chair closer to mine, as if about to share a secret, when some other customers at the next table started talking about the murder."
"I noticed that the would-be friar started, and instead of continuing his conversation with me, got up suddenly and muttered some excuse for taking his departure. He paid me hurriedly by lying down a Reichsgulden, saying that whatever change there might be I might keep for myself. He had hardly left my house when certain of the guard who had been on the track of the murderer stopped to question him, and finding he could give no satisfactory account of himself, took him into custody."
"I noticed that the aspiring friar jumped up suddenly instead of continuing our conversation. He mumbled some excuse for leaving and quickly paid me with a Reichsgulden, saying I could keep any change. He had barely left my house when some guards who were on the lookout for the murderer stopped to question him. When they found he couldn’t provide a satisfactory explanation, they took him into custody."
Other witnesses were then examined in their turn,[113] among which were certain members of the family of the murdered count, and a certain Fraulein von Berlichingen, his affianced bride, all of whom recognised the body to be that of the missing Graf von Waffenburg. The silken purse with silver beads picked up by the first witness was also recognised by Fraulein von Berlichingen as having been knitted by herself and presented by her to her lover.
Other witnesses were then examined in order,[113] including some family members of the murdered count and a certain Miss von Berlichingen, his fiancée. All of them identified the body as that of the missing Count von Waffenburg. The silk purse with silver beads found by the first witness was also recognized by Miss von Berlichingen as something she had knitted herself and given to her boyfriend.
The remains of the murdered count were decently interred. The melancholy event caused no small commotion in the neighbourhood. The funeral was followed by a large crowd of relatives and intimate friends, among which were our two heroes Fritz and Ludwig. The grief of Fraulein von Berlichingen was too great to allow her to appear at the funeral. She was inconsolable, and shortly afterwards entered a convent.
The murdered count was buried respectfully. The sad event caused quite a stir in the neighborhood. A large group of relatives and close friends attended the funeral, including our two heroes, Fritz and Ludwig. Fraulein von Berlichingen was too heartbroken to go to the funeral. She was devastated and soon after went to live in a convent.
But to return to the trial.
But let's go back to the trial.
The prisoner was now conducted into court. He was a man somewhat passed middle-age, though his frame was square built and powerful, and his hair, beard, and eyebrows were of a deep black, yet an observer might have noticed that whenever a ray of sunlight entered the court and shone full in the face of the prisoner that his hair and beard turned to a glowing purple, demonstrating beyond a doubt the presence of dye. Those who chanced to be stationed near the prisoner declared afterwards that the hairs of his head towards the roots were of a bright red, and many were[114] they who recognised, in spite of this disguise, the person of Franz Wenzel, the executioner.
The prisoner was led into the courtroom. He was a man who was past middle age, though his build was strong and powerful, and his hair, beard, and eyebrows were a deep black. However, anyone paying attention might have noticed that whenever sunlight streamed into the court and lit up the prisoner's face, his hair and beard took on a glowing purple, clearly indicating the use of dye. Those who happened to be close to the prisoner later said that the hair near the roots was bright red, and many were[114] able to recognize, despite the disguise, the identity of Franz Wenzel, the executioner.
The prisoner, however, when examined, gave his name as Adolf Schmidt, and denied stoutly that he was Franz Wenzel, or to having ever had dealings with such a person.
The prisoner, however, when questioned, stated his name was Adolf Schmidt and firmly denied that he was Franz Wenzel or that he had ever had any dealings with that person.
He denied having stolen a bottle of hair dye for the purpose of disguising himself, and maintained that he was an honest citizen who had donned a holy garb for penitence, which had been imposed upon him by his father confessor.
He denied stealing a bottle of hair dye to disguise himself and insisted that he was an honest citizen who wore holy clothes for penance, which his confessor had required of him.
The prisoner was then asked if such were the case, why he had tried to deceive the host of the Bear Inn and the Capuchin friar when they asked him whence he came. To this the prisoner replied that he loved not to gratify the idle curiosity of others respecting his private affairs. Ludwig Engstein then asked the prisoner how he came in possession of the friar's amice, for which he responded that it had been lent him some time ago by his father confessor, who had obtained it from some Capuchin friar of his acquaintance.
The prisoner was then asked if that was the case, why he had tried to trick the host of the Bear Inn and the Capuchin friar when they asked where he came from. The prisoner replied that he didn’t want to satisfy the idle curiosity of others about his private matters. Ludwig Engstein then asked the prisoner how he got the friar's amice, to which he responded that it had been lent to him some time ago by his confessor, who had gotten it from a Capuchin friar he knew.
When asked for particulars concerning his father confessor, he replied vaguely and confusedly, and when begged to be more explicit, he refused, saying he had private reasons for not divulging the affairs of his friends.
When asked for details about his father's confessor, he responded vaguely and confusedly, and when urged to be more specific, he declined, stating he had personal reasons for not sharing his friends' matters.
Other witnesses were then called for, who stated that they had been robbed of money and various sorts[115] of ware more than once within the last three years, about half a (German) mile from the house of the Scharfrichter by a man who wore a mask, and who corresponded in height and width of person to the prisoner. Among these latter was a Jew pedlar, who three years ago had been robbed of a large sum and various articles of clothing, among which he declared was the identical friar's amice held up in court, and which he perfectly remembered to have patched himself.
Other witnesses were called to testify, and they said that they had been robbed of money and various types[115] of goods more than once in the past three years, about half a (German) mile from the executioner's home, by a man wearing a mask, who matched the height and build of the defendant. One of these witnesses was a Jewish peddler who had been robbed three years ago of a large sum of money and several pieces of clothing, including the specific friar's amice presented in court, which he clearly remembered having repaired himself.
This and such like evidence naturally went very much against the prisoner; neither will it be wondered at that his disguise was easily seen through, and his person recognised as that of Franz Wenzel, the executioner. He was consequently found guilty of wilful murder and finally condemned to be beheaded. The day of the execution was fixed, and the prisoner conducted to the condemned cell.
This type of evidence obviously didn’t help the prisoner, and it’s no surprise that his disguise was easily seen through, revealing him to be Franz Wenzel, the executioner. As a result, he was found guilty of intentional murder and sentenced to be beheaded. The date for the execution was set, and the prisoner was taken to the condemned cell.
We have mentioned before in an early part of this story that the profession of the headsman was hereditary, that the law forced the son of an executioner to follow in the steps of his father.
We mentioned earlier in this story that being an executioner was a hereditary profession and that the law required the son of an executioner to follow in his father's footsteps.
The unhappy wretch then, according to this law, was doomed to lose his life at the hands of his own son. Much speculation, however, among the inhabitants of ——dorf had arisen as to whether the law would actually enforce so rigorous a decree, and whether the son of the Scharfrichter would rebel against it if it did, or bow submissively to so harsh and unfeeling an order.
The miserable wretch was then, according to this law, destined to die at the hands of his own son. However, a lot of speculation had emerged among the people of ——dorf about whether the law would actually carry out such a severe punishment, and whether the son of the Scharfrichter would defy it if it did, or submit to such a cruel and heartless command.
Some there were who thought that an exception[116] ought to be made in this case, and a new Henker selected, as it was hard for the son to suffer for the crimes of the father; but even if the law were disposed to be lenient, who was the new aspirant to be? Who would like to come forward to offer his services?
Some people believed that an exception[116] should be made in this case and that a new executioner should be chosen, since it was unfair for the son to pay for his father's crimes. But even if the law wanted to be lenient, who would be the new candidate? Who would step up to offer their services?
The office of the Scharfrichter was in such bad odour that it would be difficult to find a man in the whole village who could be persuaded to undertake the task, even by the offer of a large reward.
The job of the executioner was so unpopular that it would be hard to find anyone in the entire village who could be convinced to take on the role, even with a big reward on the table.
However, after much speculation and gossip, the inhabitants came to the conclusion that everything might be done with money, and that someone would be certainly found to accept the bribe.
However, after a lot of speculation and gossip, the residents came to the conclusion that everything could be handled with money, and that someone would definitely be found to take the bribe.
Others began to spread throughout the village that the man had already been found, and ventured to point out such or such a citizen as the new practitioner. Meanwhile the law had remained passive and had not troubled itself to make an exception in the case, and the burgomaster who had the superintendence of such affairs was far too phlegmatic and indifferent even to give the matter a thought.
Others started spreading rumors throughout the village that the man had already been found and took it upon themselves to identify various citizens as the new practitioner. Meanwhile, the law stayed inactive and didn’t bother to make an exception in this case, and the burgomaster, who oversaw such matters, was way too calm and indifferent to even think about it.
He knew that an execution had to take place, that someone would be paid for amputating the head of the criminal, but whether it was to be one man's duty or another's was all the same to him.
He understood that an execution had to happen, that someone would be compensated for cutting off the criminal's head, but whether it was one person's responsibility or another's didn't matter to him.
The headsman's trade was hereditary, and he (the burgomaster) had never heard of any such innovation as that of selecting a new headsman during the lifetime of the rightful heir; therefore, as a matter of course, the[117] young Scharfrichter was to decapitate his own father, and there was an end of the matter.
The executioner's job was passed down through families, and he (the mayor) had never heard of the idea of choosing a new executioner while the current one was still alive; so, as expected, the[117] young executioner would have to behead his own father, and that was that.
What to him were the feelings of the son at being forced to obey so unnatural a dictate? He was paid for it like anyone else, and very good pay he got, too.
What did it matter to him how the son felt about being forced to follow such an unnatural order? He was getting paid for it just like anyone else, and it was pretty good pay, too.
What to him was the additional anguish of the criminal at being executed by his own son? He knew well enough that his son would step into his shoes when he himself should be deprived of office, and if he didn't like to lose his head at the hands of his own son, he ought to have reflected before he committed the murder.
What did it matter to him that the criminal was in more pain because he was being executed by his own son? He knew his son would take over when he lost his position, and if he didn’t want to be killed by his own son, he should have thought twice before committing the murder.
Now, the burgomaster had a confidential servant, one Heinrich Göbel, a man of heartless and revengeful nature, who cherished an ill-will against the prisoner's son for having dared to supplant him in the affections of a certain blue-eyed damsel, the daughter of a tavern-keeper in the village.
Now, the mayor had a trusted servant, Heinrich Göbel, a man with a ruthless and vengeful nature, who harbored a grudge against the prisoner's son for having dared to take his place in the affections of a certain blue-eyed girl, the daughter of a tavern owner in the village.
The father of the lady in question was not over pleased with the attentions of either of these individuals towards his Lieschen, one of the aspirants for his daughter's hand being a drunkard, the son of an executioner, who besides the stigma inevitably attached to his character for life, would be obliged to maintain his daughter by the scanty proceeds of his loathsome profession.
The father of the lady in question was not very pleased with the attention from either of these individuals towards his Lieschen. One of the suitors was a drunkard, the son of an executioner, who, besides the permanent stigma attached to his character, would have to support his daughter with the meager earnings from his unpleasant profession.
The other, a man of notoriously bad character, and dependent upon the wages he received from his master for a living. Of the two, the maid herself decidedly[118] favoured Leo Wenzel, the young headsman, and seeing this, Heinrich Göbel inwardly resolved to take vengeance on his rival upon the first opportunity.
The other man, known for his terrible character, relied on the wages he earned from his boss to survive. Between the two, the maid clearly preferred Leo Wenzel, the young headsman, and noticing this, Heinrich Göbel secretly planned to get revenge on his rival at the first chance he got.
Whilst plotting vengeance thus in his heart, Göbel sought his master and shaped his conversation in this wise:
While plotting revenge in his heart, Göbel looked for his master and framed his conversation like this:
"Herr Bürgermeister, this will be a somewhat difficult business, this execution."
"Herr Bürgermeister, this is going to be a bit challenging, this execution."
"How so?" inquired his master.
"How so?" asked his master.
"Why, according to law," answered his servant, "young Leo will have to take the life of his own father."
"Well, according to the law," his servant replied, "young Leo will have to kill his own father."
"Well, what of that?" said the burgomaster.
"Well, what does that matter?" said the mayor.
"They say he is a young man of spirit, and he might refuse to take his father's life."
"They say he's a spirited young man, and he might refuse to take his father's life."
"Refuse! would he? The law will force him."
"Refuse! He will, right? The law will make him."
"But if he is obstinate and persists? He is a young man of spirit."
"But what if he is stubborn and keeps at it? He’s a talented young man."
"Ugh! I hate these young men of spirit, they are always making trouble and subverting order. Well, if he makes a disturbance, he will be imprisoned, that's all."
"Ugh! I can't stand these spirited young men; they're always causing trouble and disrupting order. Well, if he causes a scene, he'll end up in jail, plain and simple."
"Yes, yes, of course; but for all that, if he positively refuses to lift his arm against his father, the law cannot force him to do it."
"Yes, yes, of course; but still, if he flat-out refuses to lift his arm against his father, the law can't make him do it."
"Well, not exactly, but—but what has put it into your head that he will refuse? He will be rewarded for his services."
"Well, not exactly, but what makes you think he will refuse? He'll be rewarded for his efforts."
"But if he could not be tempted by a reward, if by chance he should refuse at the last moment to act the[119] part of executioner towards his own father, and no one should be found to accept the post—why, in that case, if my services should be accepted, I should be most glad to officiate."
"But if he couldn't be tempted by a reward, if by some chance he decided at the last moment not to play the[119] role of executioner against his own father, and if no one else was willing to take on the job—well, in that case, if my services were accepted, I would be more than happy to take on that role."
"What, you, Heinrich! you turn Scharfrichter! Ha! ha!—this is something quite new. I was not aware that that was anything in your line."
"What, you, Heinrich! you became an executioner! Ha! Ha!—this is something really new. I didn't know that was part of your job."
"Well, sir, knowing your dislike to a disturbance among the populace (a thing very likely to occur if the headsman should not be found at his post)—rather than such an old vagabond as Franz Wenzel should get off in the confusion, why, I'll undertake the job myself."
"Well, sir, knowing how much you dislike any unrest among the people (which is likely to happen if the executioner isn't at his post)—instead of letting an old drifter like Franz Wenzel slip away in the chaos, I'll take care of it myself."
"You would? Ha! ha!—but stay, if there should be a disturbance (which Heaven forfend, as any excitement sadly upsets my digestion), I am not so sure that I should like my servant to take upon himself the office of Scharfrichter, for the odium of the populace that he would naturally incur would reflect likewise upon his master, and——"
"You would? Ha! ha!—but wait, if there should be a disturbance (which God forbid, since any excitement really messes with my digestion), I'm not so sure I’d want my servant to take on the role of executioner, because the blame he’d naturally get from the public would also fall back on me, and——"
"Well, sir, if you fear that, I should then advise another line of conduct."
"Well, sir, if you’re worried about that, I would suggest a different approach."
"Indeed! What may that be?"
"Really! What could that be?"
"To keep young Leo in ignorance that it is his father that he is called upon to execute. Listen to me! The Scharfrichter's house is a mile distant; our villagers have a superstitious dread of the spot, and are not likely yet to have communicated with the young man, and I know that he hasn't been in the township since he was last called to swear to the identity of the murdered man,[120] then commonly believed to be his father. You will recollect that he identified the corpse as that of his father. In his lonely dwelling, he can have heard nothing of the trial, and is consequently still under the impression that it is his father that has been murdered.
"To keep young Leo unaware that it’s his father he’s being asked to execute. Listen up! The executioner’s house is a mile away; our villagers have a superstitious fear of the place and probably haven’t reached out to the young man yet. I know he hasn’t been in town since he last had to confirm the identity of the murdered man,[120] who was commonly thought to be his father. You'll remember that he identified the body as his father's. In his isolated home, he wouldn't have heard anything about the trial and still believes that his father has been murdered."
"Now, if you will leave the matter to me I will contrive that he shall not be undeceived until too late."
"Now, if you let me handle it, I’ll make sure he doesn’t find out the truth until it’s too late."
"Yes; but how?"
"Yes, but how?"
"First of all I will go there myself with the news that the murderer of his father has been arrested, that the day has been fixed for his execution, and that he will have the pleasure of trying his hand for the first time in his life on his father's murderer. Everything will go straight, provided he has as yet heard nothing from other tongues."
"First of all, I will go there myself with the news that his father's killer has been arrested, that the date for his execution has been set, and that he'll have the chance to confront his father's murderer for the first time in his life. Everything will go smoothly, as long as he hasn’t heard anything from anyone else."
"But if he has?"
"But what if he does?"
"Then our plan is frustrated; but I go to ascertain that, and if he has not, the greatest care must be taken that no one communicates with him from this town, to which end you should give orders for the gates of the town to be closed for some days, under the excuse that you have been robbed of certain valuables, and have taken this precaution to catch the thief. It would be as well, perhaps, to hurry on the execution as quickly as possible."
"Then our plan is messed up; but I'm going to find out if he hasn't, and if he hasn't, we need to make sure that no one can get in touch with him from this town. To do that, you should order the gates of the town to be closed for a few days, claiming that you've been robbed of some valuables and are taking this precaution to catch the thief. It might also be a good idea to speed up the execution as quickly as possible."
"Well, but there is one point I don't understand. Supposing all to go on smoothly, as you seem so confident that it will, won't the young man recognise his father when led up to the scaffold in the 'poor sinner's'[121] cart, and afterwards takes his seat on the chair placed for him?"
"Okay, but there's one thing I don't get. If everything goes as smoothly as you seem to think it will, won't the young man recognize his father when he's brought up to the scaffold in the 'poor sinner's' [121] cart, and then sits in the chair that's set up for him?"
"There is our great difficulty, but let us hope for the best. The prisoner, as you know, took the precaution to dye his red head black in order to escape recognition. This will aid our project. The 'poor sinner's' garb that he will don the morning of the execution will also help the disguise. Young Leo is but a superficial observer, and before he has well taken note of the criminal his head will be off."
"There is our major challenge, but let’s remain optimistic. The prisoner, as you know, took the precaution of dyeing his red hair black to avoid being recognized. This will help our plan. The 'poor sinner's' outfit he will wear on the morning of the execution will also contribute to the disguise. Young Leo is just a casual observer, and before he really pays attention to the criminal, his head will be off."
"You are very hopeful as to the success of your scheme, but if the father, in his last moments, makes himself known to his son—should rush into his arms to embrace him and say: 'My son, do you not know me? I am your father—you will not have the heart to execute your own father, the author of your existence.'"
"You’re really optimistic about your plan, but if the father, in his last moments, reveals himself to his son—if he rushes into his arms to embrace him and says: 'My son, don’t you recognize me? I’m your father—you won’t be able to bring yourself to harm your own father, the one who gave you life.'"
"We must prevent this. Let a handkerchief be tied round his jaw that he cannot open his mouth to speak. This, after all, will be nothing more than is usually done to catch hold of the head in order to exhibit it to the public after decapitation, the only difference being that it is generally tied on after the criminal has taken his seat on the scaffold, while in this case it will be done before. Another bandage should be bound round his eyes at the same time, which is also customary; thus a great portion of the prisoner's face will be hidden. His arms will be pinioned firmly to his sides, so as to render all attempt at the removal of the bandage impossible, and everything will pass off quietly."[122]
"We need to stop this. Let's tie a handkerchief around his jaw so he can't open his mouth to speak. This is basically the same as what’s usually done to secure the head for public display after beheading; the only difference is that it’s typically done after the criminal is seated on the scaffold, but in this case, it will happen beforehand. Additionally, another bandage should be placed over his eyes, which is also standard; this way, a significant part of the prisoner’s face will be concealed. His arms will be tightly bound to his sides, making it impossible for him to remove the bandage, and everything will go smoothly."[122]
"Well, well, you're a queer dog. See that it does pass off quietly, that's all, and don't bother me any more about it. Mind, I leave the matter entirely in your hands."
"Well, well, you're quite the character. Just make sure it goes smoothly, that's all, and don't bring it up with me again. Just so you know, I'm leaving the whole thing up to you."
"Never fear, sir, I am off at once to the house of the Scharfrichter; trust everything to me. Stay, you had better issue an order for the gates of the town to be closed at once. You can give me a pass before I start, or they will shut me out with the rest."
"Don't worry, sir, I'm heading straight to the executioner's house; you can count on me. Wait, it would be better if you issued an order to close the town gates immediately. You can give me a pass before I leave, or they might shut me out with everyone else."
"True; just wait one moment. Here—the pen and ink—so now be off as fast as you can."
"Sure; just hold on a second. Here—the pen and ink—now hurry up as quickly as you can."
Off started the servant of the burgomaster with the order to the gatekeeper to close the gates, and the pass which was to admit none but himself, and after the gatekeeper had received the necessary instructions, Heinrich passed rapidly through the gates and directed his steps towards the house of the Scharfrichter. He chuckled to himself as he contemplated the success of his scheme.
Off went the servant of the mayor with the order to the gatekeeper to close the gates and the pass that would allow only him in. After the gatekeeper got the instructions he needed, Heinrich quickly went through the gates and headed toward the house of the executioner. He laughed to himself as he thought about how well his plan was working.
"What would the death of his father at my hands be to him to the discovery of having taken his father's life himself! That will be revenge indeed! Now to the fulfilment of my scheme there is no obstacle."
"What would it mean for him to know that I killed his father compared to the realization that he took his father's life himself? That would be true revenge! Now, nothing stands in the way of carrying out my plan."
He had proceeded about an English mile on his way when, suddenly lifting his eyes, he descried in the distance the figure of an aged man, who appeared to be going the same road as himself. He hastened his steps, and soon overtook the veteran, whom he now recognised as one of his fellow citizens, a certain Gustav Meyer,[123] and known to be one of the greatest gossips in the neighbourhood.
He had walked about a mile when he suddenly looked up and spotted an old man in the distance who seemed to be traveling the same path. He quickened his pace and soon caught up to the veteran, whom he recognized as one of his fellow citizens, a certain Gustav Meyer,[123] who was known to be one of the biggest gossips in the area.
"Good-day, Gustav," said Göbel, with forced good humour. "Where are you off to on those venerable pins of yours?"
"Good day, Gustav," said Göbel, with a forced smile. "Where are you heading off to on those ancient legs of yours?"
"Ach! lieber, freund Göbel!" exclaimed the loquacious old man; "how are you? I have not seen you for an age. You have grown proud since you have been in the burgomaster's service, and forget that it was I who got you the situation, for you never come to see me now, though we used to be such cronies, you know. But you young folks never think it worth while to give us old fogies a call to see how we are. Why, I might be dead and buried for all you would know about it, and even if you did hear of it, I suppose it would be all the same to you, eh?
"Ah, dear friend Göbel!" exclaimed the talkative old man. "How are you? I haven't seen you in ages. You've become so full of yourself since you started working for the mayor, and you've forgotten that it was me who helped you get that job. You never come to visit anymore, even though we used to be such good friends, you know. But you young people never think it's worth your time to check in on us old folks to see how we're doing. Honestly, I could be dead and gone, and you wouldn’t have a clue, and even if you found out, I doubt it would matter to you, right?"
"Well, well, 'ingratitude is the reward of the world,' as the proverb says, and we old fogies with one foot in the grave and the other about to follow must make up our minds to be put on the shelf. We all have our turn; I have had mine, you are having yours, but old age comes at last, and then there is an end of us all, even to the best of us. Even I have been young, friend Göbel. Ha! ha! You'd hardly think so to look at me now with these silvery locks and tottering limbs. I say you'd hardly think so now, would you, eh? Now, how many years should you think I could count, friend Göbel, tell me?"
"Well, well, 'ingratitude is the reward of the world,' as the saying goes, and us old-timers with one foot in the grave and the other about to join it have to accept being put on the shelf. We all take our turn; I’ve had mine, you’re having yours, but old age eventually catches up with us all, even the best among us. Even I was young once, buddy Göbel. Ha! ha! You’d hardly believe it looking at me now with these gray hairs and shaky legs. I bet you’d hardly see it now, would you? So, how many years do you think I could count, friend Göbel? Tell me."
"I haven't the slightest idea," said Göbel, impatiently.[124]
"I have no idea," Göbel said, impatiently.[124]
"I am hard upon ninety years old, and all tell me that I carry my years well. I may say I haven't had a day's illness in all my life. I have nearly all my teeth yet, and——"
"I’m almost ninety years old, and everyone tells me I look good for my age. I can honestly say I haven’t been sick a single day in my life. I still have almost all my teeth, and——"
"I have no doubt all you say is very true, my friend," interrupted Göbel; "but you have hardly answered my question satisfactorily yet. I asked you where you were going?"
"I have no doubt everything you're saying is true, my friend," interrupted Göbel; "but you still haven't really answered my question. I asked you where you were going?"
"Friend Göbel," said the old man, "now I'll just tell you what I propose doing this morning, just by way of stretching my old limbs, seeing that I have not had a walk for an age. It does old folks good to go out for a stroll every now and then in the country. Too much staying at home over the fire isn't good, even for the likes of me."
"Friend Göbel," the old man said, "let me share what I'm planning for this morning, just to get my old bones moving, since I haven't been for a walk in forever. It's good for older folks to take a stroll in the countryside every now and then. Staying cooped up by the fire isn't good for anyone, even for someone like me."
"Well, well," broke in Göbel, beginning to lose all patience. "I asked you where you were going."
"Well, well," interrupted Göbel, starting to lose all patience. "I asked you where you were headed."
"Did you? Ah yes, I had nearly forgot. We old folks are apt to lose our memories at times, you know, my friend, so you young folks ought to have compassion on us, and recollect that we were once like you, and that you will one day become like us, therefore——"
"Did you? Oh right, I almost forgot. Us older folks tend to forget things sometimes, you know, my friend, so you young people should have a bit of empathy for us and remember that we were once like you, and one day you’ll be like us, so——"
"This is insufferable," burst out Göbel, whose forbearance was quite at an end. "I ask you a plain question, and I expect a plain answer. I repeat the question—Where are you going?"
"This is unbearable," Göbel exclaimed, his patience completely worn out. "I'm asking you a straightforward question, and I expect a straightforward answer. I'll ask again—Where are you going?"
"Hoity, toity! friend Göbel," cried the old man, in great surprise. "What! so impatient with your old friend Gustav! Don't you remember how often I have taken[125] you upon my knee and danced you? We used to be great friends then. Don't you recollect? But I suppose you have forgotten all that now, eh?—since you have become a man. Let me see, how long ago must that be? Full thirty years ago, if it's a day, I'll warrant."
"Wow, buddy Göbel," the old man exclaimed in shock. "What! So impatient with your old friend Gustav! Don’t you remember how many times I’ve lifted you onto my knee and danced with you? We used to be great friends back then. Don’t you remember? But I guess you’ve forgotten all about that now, right?—ever since you became a man. Let me think, how long has it been? A full thirty years ago, if I'm not mistaken."
"Will you, or will you not, give me a plain answer to a plain question. Tell me where you are going?" cried Göbel, now quite furious, and shaking the old man violently by both shoulders.
"Will you, or will you not, give me a straightforward answer to a simple question? Where are you going?" Göbel shouted, now really angry and shaking the old man violently by both shoulders.
"Softly, softly! friend Göbel," cried the veteran, much alarmed. "Save my life. Prithee, save my life, and I will tell you where I am going, if you will have patience."
"Easy, easy there! friend Göbel," shouted the veteran, quite scared. "Please save my life. I swear, save my life, and I'll tell you where I'm headed, if you can be patient."
"Well, tell me at once, and let us have no more chattering," said Göbel, leaving go his hold.
"Well, just tell me now, and let's stop the chitchat," said Göbel, letting go of his grip.
"Well, in the first place, then," began old Gustav, recovering himself—"in the first place——but stay, upon second thoughts, I'll just leave you to guess where I am going. Now, where do you think?"
"Well, first of all," started old Gustav, getting his thoughts together—"first of all—but wait, on second thought, I'll let you guess where I'm headed. So, where do you think?"
"Dotard, have a care!" cried Göbel, threateningly, "and trifle with me no longer. Tell me where you are going, or——"
"Old fool, be careful!" shouted Göbel, menacingly, "and don't mess with me any longer. Tell me where you're going, or——"
"Well, well, friend Göbel, I'll tell you; don't be afraid, don't let two such old friends as we are quarrel for a trifle—I'll tell you where I am going, although I must say that I think you seem to take an uncommon interest in the doings of an old man like me, who, though he be an old friend——"
"Well, well, my friend Göbel, let me tell you; don’t worry, let’s not let two old friends like us argue over something small—I'll share where I'm headed, although I have to say, it seems like you’re unusually interested in the affairs of an old man like me, who, even though he’s an old friend——"
"Well, well, my friend, wait one moment; I'll tell you. I told you before that I would tell you, and I will be as good as my word, if you will have one moment's patience—for patience, friend Göbel, patience, I say, is a virtue that we ought all to cultivate, and which we all of us more or less are sadly wanting in. But to proceed; though, after all, my friend, what hurry can you possibly have to learn so simple a fact? It appears to me that the world has grown wondrously impatient since my time; that is, if everybody is like you, but as I said before——"
"Well, well, my friend, hold on for a second; I'll tell you. I mentioned before that I would share this with you, and I’ll keep my word, if you can just be a little patient—for patience, my friend Göbel, is a virtue we should all develop, and it seems we all struggle with it to some extent. But to continue; honestly, my friend, what’s the rush to learn such a simple fact? It seems like the world has become incredibly impatient since my time; that is, if everyone is like you, but as I said before——"
"Tell me! tell me!" screamed Göbel, seizing his venerable friend a second time by the shoulders.
"Tell me! Tell me!" shouted Göbel, grabbing his elderly friend by the shoulders again.
"Well, then, my friend," said Gustav, drawing out his words at a most provoking length, "if I must tell you, and you are quite sure that you have sufficient patience to listen to me, learn that I am going to pay a visit at the house of the Scharfrichter, to have a quiet little gossip. You know I am fond of a nice little gossip. Well, I am just going to have a little chat with that poor young man Leo Wenzel. What do you think? He doesn't know yet that his father is the real murderer, for he lives so far off and no one ever goes near the house to tell him the news, and he is still under the delusion that his father has been murdered and that the assassin has not yet been caught. Poor young man, I shall have to break the news very gently to him, for he will feel it deeply. He must know the truth sooner or later, so I have taken upon myself to be the first to communicate the unwelcome news.[127]
"Well, my friend," said Gustav, drawing out his words in an annoyingly long way, "if I have to tell you, and you’re really sure you have the patience to listen to me, just know that I’m going to visit the Scharfrichter’s house to have a little chat. You know I enjoy a good gossip. Anyway, I’m just going to have a talk with that poor guy Leo Wenzel. What do you think? He still doesn't realize that his father is the actual murderer, since he lives so far away and no one bothers to tell him the news. He’s still under the impression that his father was killed and that the killer hasn’t been caught yet. Poor guy, I’ll have to break the news to him gently, because it’s going to hit him hard. He needs to know the truth sooner or later, so I've decided I’ll be the one to give him the bad news.[127]
"According to the law he will be obliged to take the life of his own father. It will be a dreadful blow to him, poor boy, and I am sure I don't know how he will be induced to act executioner in the present instance. I know not if the law in this case will make an exception and choose someone else in his place; it will be very hard upon him if the law really should insist on being carried out to the very letter. Let us hope that mercy will be shown to the son, but in any case it is a very dreadful affair, so I thought I would just go to comfort him a little, to see how he takes the matter, and give him courage, in case——"
"According to the law, he will be forced to take his own father's life. It will be a terrible shock for him, poor kid, and I honestly don’t know how he’ll be persuaded to act as executioner in this situation. I’m not sure if the law will make an exception here and appoint someone else; it would be really tough on him if the law insists on being followed to the letter. Let's hope that mercy is shown to the son, but regardless, this is a really awful situation, so I thought I’d go comfort him a bit, see how he’s handling everything, and give him some courage, in case——"
"I thought as much!" muttered Göbel to himself; then aloud to his friend, "So that is where you are going is it? Ah, then I will save you the trouble. Being a matter of no importance, you need not be in a hurry. Listen to me; my master has lost certain valuables, and has given orders for the gates of the town to be closed until he has discovered the thief, and has strictly commanded me to arrest any person I might find leaving the town, until his valuables shall have been recovered. I should be sorry to suspect you, but as the law respects the person of no man, it is my painful duty to take you back to the town. Let us have no more cackling or resistance, but come at once."
"I thought so!" Göbel muttered to himself; then said aloud to his friend, "So that's where you're going, huh? Well, I’ll save you the trouble. It’s not that important, so no need to rush. Listen, my boss has lost some valuable items, and he’s ordered the town gates to be closed until we find the thief. I’ve been told to arrest anyone trying to leave town until his valuables are recovered. I’d hate to suspect you, but since the law doesn’t favor anyone, it’s my unfortunate job to take you back to the town. Let's not drag this out or argue; just come with me."
"But, my dear friend Göbel!" pleaded the veteran, "you surely can't suspect—you will not for one moment imagine—nay, if you have any doubt of my honesty search me. I can assure it will be useless, I am innocent."[128]
"But, my dear friend Göbel!" begged the veteran, "you can’t possibly suspect me—you wouldn't even think for a second—no, if you have any doubts about my honesty, search me. I can promise it will be pointless, I am innocent."[128]
"If you are innocent, you will be proved so in due time, meanwhile I have orders——"
"If you're innocent, you'll be proven so in due time; meanwhile, I have orders——"
"But, friend Göbel, I assure you again and again upon my oath that I have taken nothing. There—look—search me all over, if you will, and let me go in peace. Is not my character enough? Am I not well known in ——dorf? Have I ever been known to touch my neighbour's goods? Pray satisfy yourself that I have taken nothing, and let me go. Why trouble yourself to bring back a man to the town to be searched whom you know to be innocent. Besides, it will upset my plan. I wouldn't miss my little gossip with young Leo for all the world just at this moment. Just consider, my friend——"
"But, my friend Göbel, I promise you over and over again that I haven't taken anything. Look—search me if you want, and let me go in peace. Isn't my reputation enough? Am I not well-known in ——dorf? Have I ever been known to touch my neighbor's stuff? Please, convince yourself that I've taken nothing and let me leave. Why bother bringing back someone to the town for a search when you know they're innocent? Plus, it will mess up my plans. I wouldn't miss my little chat with young Leo for anything right now. Just think about it, my friend—"
"Cease your cackling and come along with me!" shouted Göbel, seizing him by the collar and dragging him forcibly back towards the town.
"Stop your laughing and come with me!" shouted Göbel, grabbing him by the collar and pulling him forcefully back toward the town.
"But—but——" stammered the astonished and terrified old man.
"But—but——" stammered the shocked and frightened old man.
"But me no buts, but do my bidding instantly, Sir Driveller, or it will be the worse for you."
"But no excuses, just do what I say right now, Sir Driveller, or you'll regret it."
So saying, he dragged his old friend home again at a hurried pace, regardless of his tottering limbs and of his prayers and entreaties.
So saying, he pulled his old friend home again at a fast pace, ignoring his unsteady legs and his pleas and requests.
It was just mid day, and the sun shone hot, when Göbel returned to the township, perspiring at every pore, and deposited his charge, more dead than alive, within the walls of ——dorf. He then retraced his steps under the broiling sun, cursing and swearing as he went[129] at his plan having been so nearly frustrated by the cackling gossip of an old dotard.
It was just midday, and the sun was blazing when Göbel returned to the town, sweating from every pore, and dropped off his burden, barely conscious, within the walls of ——dorf. He then walked back under the scorching sun, grumbling and swearing as he went[129] about his plan almost being ruined by the constant chatter of an old fool.
"Potz—Himmel, Donnerwetter, Schock, Schwerer, Noth, noch mal!" he muttered to himself. "A pretty obstacle in my path! Tausend Teufel! I had a mind to dash his brains out on the spot, the old idiot, for his drivelling."
"Goddamn it, what a shock!" he muttered to himself. "What a stupid obstacle in my way! A thousand devils! I almost wanted to smash his brains out right then and there, the old fool, for his nonsense."
With these and such like elaborately strung together oaths the servant of the burgomaster beguiled the time, until at length he arrived at the door of the Scharfrichter's house, where he discovered young Leo at work in his garden. The young executioner looked up at the sound of stranger footsteps, and though he would rather the visitor had been anyone else than his rival, yet upon the whole he was not displeased to see a human face after so long. His manner even warmed towards his visitor when he saw him advance with a smile on his face and an extended hand.
With these and similar carefully crafted oaths, the burgomaster's servant passed the time until he finally reached the door of the executioner's house, where he saw young Leo working in his garden. The young executioner looked up at the sound of unfamiliar footsteps, and although he would have preferred anyone else as a visitor rather than his rival, he didn't mind seeing a human face after such a long time. His demeanor even softened toward his visitor when he noticed him approaching with a smile and an outstretched hand.
"Leo," began Heinrich Göbel with feigned friendship, "we have long been enemies, but everything has an end. I have now come to offer you my hand in friendship, for henceforth we are no longer rivals, but friends. Lieschen, think of her no more. Her father positively refuses to give her to either of us, so she has at length plighted her troth to another man."
"Leo," started Heinrich Göbel with a false sense of camaraderie, "we've been enemies for a long time, but everything must come to an end. I'm here to extend my hand in friendship, because from now on we are no longer rivals, but friends. Lieschen, don’t think about her anymore. Her father flat-out refuses to give her to either of us, so she has finally pledged her commitment to another man."
"What! Lieschen? Impossible!" cried Leo, mopping his forehead.
"What! Lieschen? No way!" cried Leo, wiping his forehead.
"Ay, my friend, it is too true; nay, pray calm yourself. I, too, loved her as you did, but since the matter[130] has turned out thus, I have made up my mind to console myself by paying my addresses to another as soon as possible."
"Yes, my friend, it's true; please calm down. I loved her just like you did, but since things turned out this way, I've decided to move on and try to get to know someone else as soon as I can."
"You never could have loved her as I loved her," gasped out Leo, as he staggered for support against the garden wall.
"You never could have loved her like I loved her," Leo gasped, struggling for support against the garden wall.
"Well, well, my friend, I knew you would feel the blow, but calm yourself and dismiss these gloomy thoughts. I have better news than that in store for you."
"Well, well, my friend, I knew you would feel the impact, but take a deep breath and let go of these negative thoughts. I have some better news for you."
"What care I for news now that she has deserted me?" groaned Leo distractedly.
"What do I care about news now that she has left me?" Leo moaned, feeling lost.
"Come, come now, let me comfort you a little," said Göbel. "What do you think? The murderer of your father has been discovered!"
"Come on, let me comfort you a bit," said Göbel. "What do you think? They've found your father's murderer!"
"What do I hear? Caught? Safe?"
"What do I hear? Caught? Safe?"
"Ay, the murder has been proved, and the murderer condemned to die by the sword. The execution has been fixed for the day after to-morrow. It will take place at daybreak as usual, and you will have the satisfaction of taking vengeance on your father's murderer with your own hands. You will wield your father's sword for the first time in your life before an admiring crowd. Think of that."
"Yes, the murder has been proven, and the killer is sentenced to die by the sword. The execution is scheduled for the day after tomorrow. It will happen at dawn as always, and you will have the satisfaction of getting revenge on your father's murderer with your own hands. You will wield your father's sword for the first time in your life in front of an admiring crowd. Just think about that."
"Vengeance at last!" cried the young headsman, with flushed face and distorted features. "Vengeance at last! Thank God! thank God!"
"Finally, revenge!" shouted the young executioner, with a flushed face and twisted expression. "Finally, revenge! Thank God! Thank God!"
"Bravo, old friend!" cried Göbel, slapping his heartily detested rival on the shoulder in the friendliest[131] manner possible. "I knew you would take heart at this piece of news. Come, let us sit down together and console ourselves."
"Awesome, my old friend!" shouted Göbel, giving his most disliked rival a friendly slap on the shoulder. "I knew this news would lift your spirits. Come on, let’s sit down together and comfort each other."
Leo, then entering the house, took from a cupboard a large bottle of schnaps and two glasses. The two companions, seating themselves, began to drink deeply and to chat incessantly, the subject of the discourse being the particulars of the murder according to the version of Göbel. We need hardly say that the whole was a fabrication of Heinrich's own brain. At length the servant of the burgomaster rose to take his departure, and having enjoined his rival to be of good cheer, bent his steps again towards the township, chuckling by the way at his own devices. Arrived at the gates of the town, he showed his pass, and was permitted to enter without let or hindrance. Hurrying through the streets until he reached the burgomaster's house, he presented himself before that worthy, whom he found seated at a table before a plate of sausage, and in the act of draining to the dregs an enormous tankard of beer.
Leo, as he entered the house, took a large bottle of schnapps and two glasses from a cupboard. The two friends sat down, started drinking heavily, and chatted non-stop about the details of the murder according to Göbel's story. It's important to note that the whole thing was just a figment of Heinrich's imagination. Eventually, the burgomaster's servant got up to leave, encouraging his rival to stay cheerful, and made his way back to the township, chuckling to himself about his own schemes. When he reached the town gates, he showed his pass and was allowed to enter without any issues. He rushed through the streets until he got to the burgomaster's house, where he found the burgomaster sitting at a table with a plate of sausage, finishing off a huge tankard of beer.
"Well, what news?" asked his master.
"Well, what's the news?" asked his boss.
"Oh! the very best; he took the bait greedily. It was quite a pleasure to see how he enjoyed the news. No one had been before me, so I had him all to myself. The matter will now go off as smoothly as could be desired; but, by the saints! I had a narrow escape of failure."
"Oh! The best part; he took the bait eagerly. It was such a pleasure to see how much he enjoyed the news. No one had come before me, so I had him all to myself. Everything will now go as smoothly as possible; but, by the saints! I nearly failed."
"When I was nearly half way to the Scharfrichter's house, who should I see just ahead of me but that cursed old gossip, Gustav Meyer. I stopped him and asked him where he was going. Potztausend! what a chatterbox! I thought I should not get an answer out of him before nightfall, and when I did, where do you think he was going? Why, straight to the house of the Henker to have a quiet chat with young Leo upon the subject of the murder, and reveal to him all that I had taken such pains to keep secret. He seemed delighted at the idea of being the first to deliver the news."
"When I was almost halfway to the executioner’s house, who do you think I saw right in front of me? That annoying old gossip, Gustav Meyer. I stopped him and asked where he was headed. Wow! What a talker! I thought I'd never get a straight answer from him before night fell, and when I finally did, guess where he was going? Straight to the executioner’s house for a casual chat with young Leo about the murder, ready to spill everything I had worked so hard to keep private. He seemed thrilled at the thought of being the first to share the news."
The burgomaster laughed heartily.
The mayor laughed heartily.
"Well, what did you do?" said he, at length.
"Well, what did you do?" he finally asked.
"What did I do! I told him his presence was particularly wanted at the township, and seizing him by the collar, dragged him all the way back again, regardless of his cackling. I informed him that you had lost some valuables, and had given me orders to arrest anyone leaving the town on suspicion. He was indignant at the charge. Protested, declared his innocence, and spoke of the high character he had always borne in the town, etc., etc. He seemed in despair at being deprived of his little gossip with the Henker's son, and begged and entreated me to let him have it out quietly; but, deaf to all his chattering, I dragged him home again in spite of himself, and lodged him safely within the gates of the town. Donner und Blitzen! but it was enough to raise the bile of a saint to listen to the wanderings of that[133] antique driveller, to say nothing of having one's plan so nearly frustrated; by such a worm as that too!"
"What did I do? I told him we really needed him back in town, and grabbing him by the collar, I dragged him all the way there, ignoring his protests. I let him know that you had lost some valuables and had instructed me to detain anyone leaving town on suspicion. He was outraged by the accusation. He protested, claimed he was innocent, and talked about the good reputation he had always had in town, and so on. He seemed really upset about missing his little chat with the Henker's son, begging me to let him have a quiet conversation. But, ignoring all his rambling, I dragged him home against his will and made sure he was safely inside the town gates. Donner und Blitzen! It was enough to make even a saint lose their cool to listen to the nonsense from that old fool, not to mention having my plans nearly ruined by such a worm!"
Here and again the burgomaster burst into a loud laugh, in which Göbel, in spite of himself, joined.
Here and there the mayor suddenly burst into loud laughter, and Göbel, despite himself, joined in.
"Ah," said he, at length recovering himself, "there is one thing yet to be done. I must go to the jailor of the prison with private orders from you to prevent the prisoner having an interview with his son, should he ask for one. This accomplished, there will be no more difficulty."
"Ah," he said, finally collecting himself, "there's one more thing to take care of. I need to go to the jailer with instructions from you to stop the prisoner from having a meeting with his son, if he asks for it. Once that's done, there won't be any more problems."
"Ah, yes," said the burgomaster, "it would be as well. But what an interest you seem to take in this case, Heinrich! One would imagine that you had a private grudge against the prisoner."
"Ah, yes," said the mayor, "that would be for the best. But you seem really interested in this case, Heinrich! It almost seems like you have a personal vendetta against the prisoner."
"I like to see things well done," was the reply, and the servant shortly after left the presence of his master.
"I like to see things done right," was the reply, and the servant soon after left his master's presence.
A great sensation was caused in ——dorf when it was given out that the execution had been hurried on a week, and much speculation arose as to what could have been the burgomaster's motive. Half the town already knew by the tongue of old Gustav of his having been arrested by the servant of the burgomaster on suspicion of having robbed his master of certain valuables just at the very time when he (Gustav) was contemplating the pleasure he would have in being the first to communicate the melancholy tidings of the murder to the young headsman. They therefore concluded that Leo must still be in ignorance of the real state of the case. The other half of ——dorf, however, never gave a thought[134] as to whether he knew it or not; enough for them that someone was going to be beheaded and that they should have a spectacle to vary the monotony of their humdrum lives.
A huge stir was caused in ——dorf when it was announced that the execution had been moved up by a week, leading to a lot of speculation about what might have motivated the burgomaster. Half the town already knew from old Gustav that he had been arrested by the burgomaster's servant on suspicion of stealing some valuables at the very moment Gustav was enjoying the thought of being the first to share the sad news of the murder with the young headsman. They figured that Leo must still be unaware of the real situation. The other half of ——dorf, however, didn’t think at all about whether he knew or not; it was enough for them that someone was going to be beheaded and that they would have a spectacle to break the monotony of their dull lives.
At length the fatal day arrived. The gates of the town were thrown open (for the servant of the burgomaster gave out that the thief had been discovered and the valuables regained), and now all ——dorf was in an uproar, while crowds of peasants from all the surrounding villages flocked to witness the bloody spectacle.
At last, the fateful day arrived. The town gates were swung wide open (since the burgomaster's servant announced that the thief had been caught and the valuables recovered), and now all of ——dorf was in chaos as crowds of peasants from nearby villages gathered to see the gruesome spectacle.
The scaffold, or the mound of earth which was to serve as such, had been erected half way between the township and the house of the executioner, and was already surrounded by a file of soldiers, around which thronged the mob so closely that they were every now and then repulsed by the military. From the sea of human heads that inundated the place of execution resounded a hum of voices, in which salutations, sallies, bad language, coarse jokes, and coarser laughter, together with murmurs and imprecations, and an occasional scream from the women when the crowd pressed too closely, were confusedly mingled, and resembled at a little distance the bleating of an immense flock of sheep. Classes of all sorts were jostled together, from the lowest grade of handwerksbursch to the university student. There were pretty peasant girls in their holiday costumes, and sturdy peasants from all parts of the country. There were Jew hawkers, sharpers, pickpockets, ruffianly bullies, cripples, and mendicants. There were mothers with[135] young children in their arms, which latter contributed their feeble cries to the general buzz.
The scaffold, or the mound of dirt that was meant to serve as one, was set up halfway between the town and the executioner’s house and was already surrounded by a line of soldiers, with a crowd pressing so closely that they were occasionally pushed back by the military. From the sea of human heads filling the execution site came a mix of voices, including greetings, banter, foul language, crude jokes and laughter, murmurs, curses, and the occasional scream from women when the crowd got too close, all blending together and, from a distance, sounding like the bleating of a huge flock of sheep. People from all walks of life were jostling together, from the lowest apprentice to university students. There were pretty peasant girls in their festive outfits and sturdy farmers from various regions. There were Jewish vendors, con artists, pickpockets, rough bullies, disabled people, and beggars. Mothers held young children in their arms, whose weak cries added to the overall noise.
All had turned out to feast their eyes upon the death of a fellow mortal. Nor was this an ordinary execution like that described in an earlier part of this story. No; this was an exceptional case—something out of the common way, a sublimer spectacle.
All had come to witness the death of another human being. This wasn’t just any execution like the one mentioned earlier in this story. No; this was a unique situation—something extraordinary, a more elevated spectacle.
In this case the condemned was no obscure handwerksbursch, of whose career the multitude knew nothing, and cared as little about. The criminal was no less a man than Franz Wenzel, the far-famed Scharfrichter, who had amputated the heads of "poor sinners" for the last thirty or forty years, and was now doomed to lose his own.
In this situation, the person being executed was not some unknown apprentice whose life the public had no knowledge of and cared even less about. The criminal was none other than Franz Wenzel, the famous executioner, who had been cutting off the heads of "poor sinners" for the last thirty or forty years and was now destined to lose his own.
The interest in the case was considerably heightened when it was known that the veteran executioner was to be operated upon by the hands of his own son. Then the facts of the murder were so strange, so unnatural. Fancy the cunning of that hardened old sinner, the ex-headsman, who, according to his own confession, made in prison the day before the execution, had waylaid, robbed, and murdered the innocent Count of Waffenburg, a scion of one of the most wealthy and respected noble families for miles round, disguised as a Capuchin friar, and in order to conceal the identity of the murdered man, had dissevered the head of the corpse, which he had endeavoured to hide for ever from the eye of man by throwing it into the trunk of a hollow chestnut tree. Then having stripped the corpse of its clothes,[136] and afterwards having stripped himself of his outer garments, he dressed up the corpse of his victim in his own well known crimson-coloured doublet and hose, thereby conveying the idea to the public mind that the corpse found was his own, after which, returning to his house close by, having again donned the friar's habit, he deposited the sword usually set apart for the beheading of criminals, and in this case used for amputating the head of the murdered count, and wiping it well, he lighted a fire on his hearth where he burned one by one the habiliments of his victim. He then left his house a second time, still disguised as a friar and laden with his ill-gotten treasure, passed once more the scene of the murder and wandered all night in the direction of ——. How strange the evidence, too, that convicted him, the theft of the bottle of hair dye, the remarkable patch on his amice. Every particular of the murder had an indescribable interest in the minds of the populace of ——dorf and its surrounding villages. No wonder the adjacent townships vomited forth their scum of the curious, idle, and depraved! This was a sight not to be missed on any account, and would furnish them with gossip for the next six months at least. At length, when the long streaky rose-tipped clouds announced the approach of the fatal hour, the crowd burst out simultaneously into a cry of "He comes! he comes! the Henker comes!"
The interest in the case skyrocketed when it became known that the veteran executioner would be operated on by his own son. The details of the murder were so bizarre and unnatural. Imagine the cunning of that hardened old criminal, the former headsman, who, according to his own confession made in prison the day before the execution, had ambushed, robbed, and murdered the innocent Count of Waffenburg, a member of one of the wealthiest and most respected noble families around, disguised as a Capuchin friar. To hide the identity of the deceased, he had cut off the head from the body and tried to conceal it forever by tossing it into the trunk of a hollow chestnut tree. After stripping the body of its clothes, and then removing his own outer garments, he dressed the corpse of his victim in his own recognizable crimson doublet and hose, leading the public to believe that the body found was his own. He then returned to his nearby house, put the friar's habit back on, stored the sword typically used for beheadings, which in this case was used to sever the head of the murdered count, and after cleaning it, lit a fire in his hearth where he burned one by one the clothing of his victim. He left his house a second time, still disguised as a friar and carrying his stolen treasure, passed by the murder scene again, and wandered all night toward ——. How strange the evidence was that convicted him, the stolen bottle of hair dye and the distinctive patch on his amice. Every detail of the murder fascinated the people of ——dorf and the nearby villages. No wonder the surrounding townships spewed out a crowd of the curious, idle, and morally questionable! This was a spectacle not to be missed, guaranteed to provide gossip for at least the next six months. Finally, when the long streaky clouds tipped with pink signaled the approach of the fateful hour, the crowd erupted in unison with a cry of "He comes! He comes! The Henker comes!"
The crowd made room for a young man in a cart, who, having thrown the reins on the horse's neck, passed[137] through the file of soldiers and mounted the hillock of earth, armed with the two-handed weapon that he was about to use for the first time in his life.
The crowd parted for a young man in a cart, who, having tossed the reins over the horse's neck, went through the line of soldiers and climbed the small hill of dirt, equipped with the two-handed weapon he was about to use for the very first time in his life.
"Look!" said one of the crowd; "it is young Leo, after all. I thought they had found a substitute."
"Look!" said one person in the crowd; "it is young Leo, after all. I thought they had found a stand-in."
"What a hard-hearted young ruffian to consent to take the life of his father with his own hands!" said another.
"What a cold-hearted young thug to agree to take his father's life with his own hands!" said another.
"And he doesn't seem to feel it a bit," said a third; "why, he is actually smiling."
"And he doesn't seem to feel it at all," said a third; "actually, he's smiling."
"Some folks say that he does not know who it is that he is going to behead," said a fourth.
"Some people say that he doesn't know who he's going to behead," said a fourth.
"Not know that the criminal is his father?" exclaimed the former speaker. "Nonsense, I don't believe it."
"Not know that the criminal is his father?" the former speaker exclaimed. "That's ridiculous, I don't believe it."
The young headsman was attired in a buff leather jerkin slashed with red and hose of a dark green. He appeared about two-and-twenty, and was as yet beardless. He was considerably taller than his father, but his frame, though powerfully built, was devoid of that excessive and almost preternatural muscular development that characterised that of the old executioner. His hair was of a reddish brown, his complexion florid, his eyes light blue, and his features, though somewhat coarse, had something in them not altogether disagreeable. He leaned firmly on his sword and gazed around calmly on the crowd, when suddenly the human sea became violently agitated and began to groan and hiss in its fury.
The young executioner wore a tan leather jacket with red slashes and dark green trousers. He looked about twenty-two and was still without a beard. He was significantly taller than his father, but while he was strongly built, he lacked the excessive and almost unnatural muscle definition that the old executioner had. His hair was a reddish-brown, his complexion was rosy, his eyes were light blue, and his features, though a bit rough, had something somewhat attractive about them. He stood confidently with his sword and looked calmly at the crowd when suddenly the mass of people became wildly agitated and started to groan and hiss in anger.
The cause of this tumult became speedily known.[138] It was the arrival of the "poor sinner," who was drawn in a cart between two priests and habited according to the custom of the condemned on such occasions. Loud hooting and execrations burst forth on all sides from the crowd as it made way for the condemned cart.
The reason for this uproar quickly became clear.[138] It was the arrival of the "poor sinner," who was brought in a cart between two priests and dressed in the typical attire for those being punished. The crowd erupted in loud jeers and curses as it parted to let the condemned cart through.
"But that is not Franz Wenzel," said one to his neighbour. "The old Henker had red hair; this man's hair is black."
"But that's not Franz Wenzel," said one to his neighbor. "The old Henker had red hair; this guy's hair is black."
"Fool, don't you know how that is?" said his neighbour. "Haven't you heard yet how he dyed his hair black in order not to be recognised?"
"Fool, don’t you get it?" said his neighbor. "Haven’t you heard how he dyed his hair black to avoid being recognized?"
"No, did he though?" said the former. "But look! why is his head tied up so with two handkerchiefs? I can't see anything of his face."
"No, did he really?" said the former. "But look! Why is his head wrapped up with two handkerchiefs? I can't see any part of his face."
"H'm, I don't know; some innovation I suppose. The handkerchief always used to be tied on when on the scaffold in my time," answered his friend. The criminal had now alighted from the cart, and, followed by the two priests, ascended the place of execution, where he took his seat on the chair placed for him. The assistant executioner, whose face was most successfully disguised with a black mask, pushed his way through the crowd and mounted the platform.
"Hmm, I don't know; probably some new thing, I guess. The handkerchief was always tied on when on the scaffold back in my day," replied his friend. The criminal had now gotten down from the cart and, followed by the two priests, headed to the execution site, where he sat on the chair provided for him. The assistant executioner, whose face was cleverly hidden by a black mask, made his way through the crowd and climbed up onto the platform.
"Who is he?" was a question asked by everyone of everybody; "and why is he masked while Leo, who bears the sword, is unmasked?"
"Who is he?" was a question everyone asked about him; "and why is he wearing a mask while Leo, who carries the sword, is not masked?"
"Who knows? Perhaps he is the new headsman that they all talked about, and young Leo will not really behead his own father; but we shall see."[139]
"Who knows? Maybe he is the new executioner they’ve been talking about, and young Leo won’t actually execute his own father; but we’ll find out."[139]
The crowd had grown more curious than ever. Every one stood on the tip-toe of expectation with his eyes and mouth wide open. An intense silence reigned around, during which the man in the mask bound the criminal firmly to his seat with a strong cord, then seizing the handkerchief that was tied round the head of the condemned, he gave the signal for the blow. The two priests who had hitherto been whispering consolation in the ear of the criminal now retreated a few paces to the rear, while young Leo advanced, flushed and triumphant, his whole countenance distorted with an expression of malice and revenge. Before brandishing his sword to give the final blow he lowered his head close to the ear of the victim and hissed out in accents sufficiently audible to be overheard by that part of the crowd that had assembled nearest to the scaffold: "Wretch! thine hour has come at last. Learn now the vengeance of a wronged son. Thou shalt see if I am the son of my father or no, and whether it is for nothing that I have been bred a Scharfrichter. Prepare now, for thou art soon to learn how I have profited by my lessons—whether I am an apt pupil. My sword is sharpened well on purpose for thee, and when thou feelest the cold steel close to thy neck, then, then, to h——l with thee, and bear throughout eternity the curses of a ruined son!"
The crowd was more curious than ever. Everyone stood on tiptoe, eyes and mouths wide open in anticipation. A tense silence blanketed the area as the man in the mask tightly bound the criminal to his seat with a strong rope. Then, grabbing the handkerchief tied around the condemned man's head, he signaled for the execution. The two priests who had been quietly offering comfort to the criminal stepped back a few paces while young Leo moved forward, flushed and triumphant, his face twisted in a look of malice and revenge. Before raising his sword for the final strike, he leaned in close to the victim's ear and hissed loudly enough for those closest to the scaffold to hear: "You wretch! Your time has finally come. Now you’ll see the vengeance of a wronged son. You'll find out if I am truly my father's son and if I have been trained as a Scharfrichter for nothing. Get ready, as you're about to discover how well I've learned my lessons—if I’m a quick learner. My sword is sharpened just for you, and when you feel the cold steel against your neck, then, then, to hell with you, and carry the curses of a ruined son for all eternity!"
During this speech of the young headsman the criminal was observed to tremble convulsively, as if struggling to speak, but the assistant executioner[140] grasped the handkerchief still tighter round his head and repeated the signals impatiently.
During the young executioner's speech, the criminal was seen trembling uncontrollably, as if trying to speak, but the assistant executioner[140] tightened the handkerchief around his head even more and impatiently signaled again.
"Did you hear?" said one of the foremost in the crowd. "Did you hear how he cursed his father? He actually reproached him in his last moments for having brought him up a Scharfrichter! Oh! the unfeeling young villain! What a heart he must have."
"Did you hear?" said one of the leaders in the crowd. "Did you hear how he cursed his father? He literally blamed him in his final moments for raising him to be an executioner! Oh! The cold-hearted young villain! What a heart he must have."
"Ah! neighbour," answered another, "these executioners are not like other mortals; they do not know what it is to feel. They are brought up to kill their fellow creatures as butchers are to kill cattle, and they think nothing of it. Bless you, there is nothing these men would not do for money."
"Ah! neighbor," replied another, "these executioners aren't like other people; they don't understand what it means to feel. They're trained to kill others just like butchers are trained to slaughter livestock, and it means nothing to them. Honestly, there's nothing these guys wouldn't do for money."
"'Tis strange, too," said another close by. "I always thought young Leo loved his father. I never thought so bad of him as to think that he would curse him in his dying moments, wretch though he may have been."
"That's strange, too," said another nearby. "I always thought young Leo loved his father. I never thought he was bad enough to curse him in his dying moments, no matter how awful he might have been."
"Take my word for it, neighbour," said a sturdy inhabitant of ——dorf, "that young Leo does not know yet that it is his father."
"Trust me on this, neighbor," said a strong resident of ——dorf, "that young Leo still doesn’t realize it’s his dad."
At this moment everyone suddenly broke short his discourse, and the crowd again was silent for a moment. The two-handed weapon was raised high in the air, glittered for a moment in the rays of the rising sun, then descended with the rapidity of lightning, while the head of the murderer having slipped out of the handkerchief with the force of the blow, fell with a crash on the platform.[141]
At that moment, everyone suddenly stopped talking and the crowd went silent for a moment. The two-handed weapon was lifted high into the air, gleaming for a moment in the rays of the rising sun, then came down as fast as lightning. The murderer’s head, having slipped out of the handkerchief with the force of the blow, crashed to the platform.[141]
A loud cheer is raised by the crowd, and young Leo having thrown away his sword and pushed aside the assistant executioner, has seized the head of the criminal and torn off the bandage from his eyes. He holds it high in the air by its purple locks and gloats with fiendish satisfaction on its writhing features. The muscles of the face are fearfully convulsed, as if the spirit had not as yet quite departed, but still lingered about the corpse, being loth to leave its tenement. The eyes roll hideously and appear to gaze reproachfully upon the face of the young executioner. Suddenly a change comes over the features of the young man. His countenance, the moment before so flushed with triumph and revenge, now assumes a ghastly pallor; a cold sweat breaks out on his forehead, his matted locks stand on end. His eyes start from his head, his jaw drops low. Then, with a preternatural shriek, he drops the head, which rolls down the hillock of earth among the crowd, staggers and falls heavily upon the platform, gasping out "Oh, Gott! mein Vater!"
A loud cheer erupts from the crowd as young Leo throws away his sword and pushes aside the executioner. He grabs the criminal's head and tears off the bandage covering its eyes. Holding it high by its purple hair, he revels in the twisted satisfaction of its contorted features. The muscles of the face convulse in terror, as if the spirit hasn't fully left but still lingers, reluctant to abandon its body. The eyes roll grotesquely, seemingly staring reproachfully at the young executioner. Suddenly, a change washes over the young man's face. His expression, previously flushed with victory and vengeance, now turns pale as death; a cold sweat breaks out on his forehead, and his tangled hair stands on end. His eyes bulge, and his jaw drops. Then, with an unnatural shriek, he drops the head, which tumbles down the mound of earth among the crowd. He staggers and collapses heavily on the platform, gasping out, "Oh, Gott! mein Vater!"
No words can describe the sensation created among the crowd at this horrible scene. Questions and explanations ensued, and a rush was made towards the scaffold. Assistance was at length procured, and the son of the late executioner was lifted from the ground and driven toward his own house in the cart that he had set out in that morning to execute his fearful mission. A doctor was sent for, who declared that he was in an apoplectic fit. In time, however, he recovered, and the[142] doctor left someone with him to attend to him and keep him quiet. Nevertheless, when he came to reflect upon what had happened that morning, in spite of all restraint, he rushed wildly into the chamber where his poor paralytic mother lay on her death-bed, and losing all caution and reflection in his emotion, he related in a wild and excited manner the dreadful events of the day. The result may be anticipated. The poor woman, long given up by the doctors, sank under the startling news, and expired almost instantaneously.
No words can describe the feeling among the crowd at this terrible scene. Questions and explanations followed, and everyone rushed toward the scaffold. Eventually, help was obtained, and the son of the late executioner was lifted off the ground and taken back to his house in the cart he had used that morning to carry out his grim task. A doctor was called, who said he was having an apoplectic fit. However, he eventually recovered, and the[142] doctor left someone with him to watch over him and keep him calm. Still, when he began to think about what happened that morning, despite all efforts to hold back, he rushed into the room where his poor paralyzed mother lay on her deathbed, and in a fit of emotion, he described the horrifying events of the day in a frenzied and agitated way. The outcome was predictable. The poor woman, already given up by the doctors, succumbed to the shocking news and died almost instantly.
Young Leo, who, with the exception of his drunkenness had really nothing very bad in him, now gave way to the most excessive grief, for he loved his mother tenderly. He felt himself now guilty of the murder of both his parents, and refused all consolation. What had he now to live for, thought he. His father he had murdered with his own hands and sent with curses to the tomb; his mother, so dear to him he had hurried to the grave through his insane want of self-restraint. His lady-love, false (as he thought), for secretly they had plighted their troth together. What was life to him now but a burden? He loathed it. These gloomy thoughts clouded his mind with a profound melancholy, a deep incurable despair. On the following morning Leo Wenzel, the young executioner, fell upon his own sword, yet moist with the blood of his father, by him so unconsciously shed on the day before.
Young Leo, who, aside from his drinking problem, wasn’t really a bad person, was now consumed by overwhelming grief because he loved his mother deeply. He felt guilty for the deaths of both of his parents and rejected any comfort. What did he have to live for now, he wondered. He believed he had killed his father with his own hands and sent him to the grave cursed; his beloved mother, so precious to him, he had rushed to her grave through his reckless actions. His love, who he thought was unfaithful, had secretly promised herself to him. What was life to him now but a burden? He hated it. These dark thoughts weighed heavily on his mind, filling him with deep sadness and hopeless despair. The next morning, Leo Wenzel, the young executioner, took his own life with the very sword that had just been stained with his father’s blood the day before.
With the death of Leo Wenzel the family became extinct, and the profession of the Scharfrichter went begging.[143] But who was the assistant executioner? Nobody could find out. He had disappeared as mysteriously as he had made his appearance. Some said it was one, and some another, while the most settled belief was that it could be none other than the arch-fiend himself who had come to carry off the Henker's soul. In the confusion that followed the swoon of young Leo he had vanished, and no one had seen whither. No human being could have passed through a crowd without being seen by someone, therefore it must have been the arch-enemy of mankind. Thus reasoned the people of ——dorf.
With Leo Wenzel's death, the family line ended, and the role of the executioner became vacant.[143] But who was the assistant executioner? No one could figure it out. He had vanished as mysteriously as he had appeared. Some believed it was one person, while others thought it was someone else, but most people firmly believed it could only be the devil himself come to take the executioner's soul. In the chaos following young Leo's fainting spell, he had disappeared, and no one knew where he went. No human could slip through a crowd without being noticed, so it must have been the ultimate enemy of mankind. That’s how the people of ——dorf reasoned.
And Lieschen, what became of her? Poor girl! the news of her lover's suicide, for she had truly loved the youthful headsman, had completely overwhelmed her. She fell into a decline and outlived her lover but one year.
And Lieschen, what happened to her? Poor girl! The news of her lover's suicide, since she had really loved the young headsman, completely devastated her. She fell into a decline and survived her lover by just one year.
The servant of the burgomaster was mistaken in believing that after Leo's death the course would be now clear for him. His heartless scheme had come to light (for it was difficult to keep anything long a secret in ——dorf), and he found the door of Lieschen's house closed upon him for ever.
The burgomaster's servant was wrong to think that after Leo's death, things would be easy for him. His ruthless plan had been exposed (it was hard to keep anything a secret in ——dorf), and he discovered that Lieschen's door was permanently closed to him.
He soon knew himself hated by all the town, and tradition goes on to relate that some years afterwards, when he was in the service of another master, his employer having missed certain articles of plate and called in the police to search his coffers, they found not only the missing articles, but also a black mask and a[144] suit of sad coloured clothes, recognised as having been worn by the assistant on the day of Wenzel's execution.
He quickly realized that everyone in town hated him, and tradition claims that some years later, while working for a different master, his employer noticed some missing silver and called the police to search his belongings. They not only found the missing items but also a black mask and a[144] suit of dark clothing, recognized as having been worn by the assistant on the day of Wenzel's execution.
Finding his reputation lost in ——dorf, he deemed it advisable to retire to another village, where he afterwards married. The last we hear of him is that he ultimately accepted the office of Scharfrichter, and took up his abode in the house of Franz Wenzel, where he reared up a long line of executioners, which was only broken many years later by the profession of the Henker ceasing to be obligatory.
Finding his reputation damaged in ——dorf, he thought it best to move to another village, where he later got married. The last we hear of him is that he eventually took on the role of executioner and settled in the house of Franz Wenzel, where he raised a long line of executioners, which was only disrupted many years later when the profession of executioner was no longer mandatory.
But what of our two friends Fritz and Ludwig? We had nigh forgotten them. That they were both of them present at the execution is undoubted from certain passages in their correspondence after my ancestor had left Germany for ever. The day after Wenzel's execution was the last time they met on earth. They each of them passed the remainder of their days in their own respective countries though they corresponded frequently. The most recently dated letter from Ludwig Engstein bears with it the news of his marriage, and in a postscript he mentions having been just informed that since the execution of Franz Wenzel the tricks of the Poltergeist had ceased for ever.
But what about our two friends Fritz and Ludwig? We almost forgot about them. It's clear from certain parts of their letters that they both attended the execution after my ancestor left Germany for good. The day after Wenzel's execution was the last time they met in person. They each spent the rest of their lives in their own countries, although they kept in touch regularly. The most recent letter from Ludwig Engstein includes the news of his marriage, and in a postscript, he mentions that he just learned that ever since Franz Wenzel's execution, the Poltergeist's pranks have stopped completely.
Murmurs of applause were upon every lip as our artist finished his narrative, when Mr. Oldstone, rising,[145] thus addressed the club. "Gentlemen; I think you will all agree with me that my friend Mr. McGuilp has fully earned his sitting from the fair Helen?"
Murmurs of applause were on everyone's lips as our artist finished his story, when Mr. Oldstone, standing up,[145] addressed the club. "Gentlemen, I believe you all agree with me that my friend Mr. McGuilp has truly earned his seat from the lovely Helen?"
"Yes, yes," cried several voices; "he has paid us beforehand. Let him have his rights."
"Yes, yes," several voices shouted; "he's already paid us in advance. Give him his rights."
At this moment the door opened ajar and the head of Dame Hearty appeared at the aperture to inform the club that her daughter was now at their disposal.
At that moment, the door opened slightly, and Dame Hearty's head poked through the gap to let the club know that her daughter was now available to them.
"Let her be brought in!" shouted a chorus of voices. "It is but fair that we should have one more look at Helen before Mr. McGuilp walks off with her."
"Bring her in!" shouted a chorus of voices. "It's only fair that we get one more look at Helen before Mr. McGuilp takes her away."
Helen then appeared in the doorway and was greeted enthusiastically by the whole club, in the midst of which the painter, after looking at his watch and ascertaining that it was yet early enough for a good sitting, left the room and made for his studio, where, having set his palette, he was joined shortly afterwards by his fair model. Having arranged his colours and placed his canvas on the easel, he sat contemplating the portrait he had commenced so recently. Alas! how flat and insipid his poor work looked after having gazed on the bright original! It was but the first painting, it is true, and we know that nothing really good can be done at once; but, then, what drawing he found to correct now that he looked at his work with a fresh eye! The awfulness of the difficulties in art now rose up in his mind to appal him, and he uttered a sigh.[146]
Helen then showed up in the doorway and was warmly welcomed by the entire club. In the middle of this, the painter checked his watch, realized there was still enough time for a good session, and left the room to head to his studio. Once there, he prepared his palette and was soon joined by his lovely model. After arranging his colors and putting his canvas on the easel, he sat back to contemplate the portrait he had started not long ago. Unfortunately, his work looked so dull and lifeless after seeing the vibrant original! It was only the first painting, of course, and we know that nothing truly great can be created immediately; but now, looking at his work with fresh eyes, he saw all the flaws that needed fixing. The overwhelming challenges of art now flooded his mind, filling him with dread, and he let out a sigh.[146]
"Can all the glazing and scumbling in the world," muttered he to himself, "ever advance this portrait one step towards the divine original?"
"Can all the glazing and scumbling in the world," he muttered to himself, "ever move this portrait one step closer to the divine original?"
Thus musing, the painter seized the canvas in both hands and breathed over its surface. Immediately afterwards, mixing up some colour sparingly, he scumbled over the entire surface of the portrait. Helen, whose eye dwelt upon the artist's every movement, whether from curiosity, or from some mysterious sympathy she felt for the young painter, demanded of him why he breathed on the face of her picture.
Thus lost in thought, the painter grabbed the canvas with both hands and breathed on its surface. Right after that, he carefully mixed some colors and lightly brushed them over the entire portrait. Helen, who watched the artist's every move, either out of curiosity or a mysterious connection she felt with the young painter, asked him why he was breathing on the face of her picture.
"To breathe into it the breath of life, Helen," replied McGuilp, smilingly.
"To give it life, Helen," replied McGuilp, smiling.
Helen opened her large blue eyes with an expression of half wonderment, half doubt, not knowing whether the painter spoke in jest, or whether an artist really had some occult power in his very breath that could vivify the canvas. How was she to know, poor innocent child! Village bred and born in an age, as our readers will recollect, before photography had rendered too familiar the representation of the human face even for the veriest peasant any longer to wonder at the art by which it is produced?
Helen opened her big blue eyes with a mix of wonder and doubt, unsure if the painter was joking or if an artist truly had some mysterious power in their breath that could bring the canvas to life. How was she to know, poor innocent child! Raised in a village and born in an era, as our readers will remember, before photography had made the depiction of the human face so common that even the simplest peasant no longer marveled at the art behind it?
In the days we speak of the painter's art was the only mode of transfixing the lineaments of a dear friend or parent and rendering them immortal. Painters, too, were much less common then than now-a-days, for art was still in its infancy in plain matter-of-fact old England. The painter, or limner as he was then called, was[147] a being of far greater interest than at the present day. He was patronised by royalty and nobility, and though the prices that he received for his works were considerably less than in our times, and he was nearly always a poor and needy individual, yet he met with a certain amount of respect from his patrons, as they knew that by his hand alone could they hope to become immortal. Everyone liked to see his own features represented upon canvas, or those of his wife and family. Oft times his favourite horse or dog. In order to secure the services of the limner therefore, it was necessary to court him, nor was this respect or appearance of such ever denied him, save perhaps by the pampered menial of some nobleman or wealthy squire, who looked superciliously down upon the itinerant painter as a being far inferior to himself. We will hope, however, for the honour of humanity that the number was comparatively small that measured the painter's respectability by the length of his purse.
In the times we're talking about, a painter's art was the only way to capture the likeness of a dear friend or parent and make them everlasting. Painters were also much less common back then than they are today, as art was still in its early stages in straightforward old England. The painter, or limner as he was called, was[147] a person of much greater interest than today. He was supported by royalty and nobility, and even though the fees he earned for his work were much lower than today and he was almost always poor and struggling, he received a certain level of respect from his patrons, as they knew that only he could help them achieve immortality. Everyone loved to see their own likeness on canvas, or those of their wives and families, and often their favorite horse or dog. To secure the services of the limner, it was important to win him over, and this respect was rarely denied him, except perhaps by the spoiled servant of some nobleman or wealthy landowner, who looked down on the traveling painter as someone far beneath him. However, we hope for the sake of humanity that the number of those who judged a painter's worth by the size of his wallet was relatively small.
Indeed, the titled and the wealthy seem to have prided themselves in doing everything in their power to set the example of respect towards a disciple of the fine arts. Among this class the painter had seldom anything to complain of; in fact, provided he were affable in manner, decent in appearance, could paint the ladies' hands and ears small enough to please them, their eyes sufficiently large and languishing, and, lastly—but which was of no small importance—could represent faithfully the texture of their silks and satins,[148] their lace, velvet, fur, or swansdown, oh, then he was caressed, petted, and acknowledged by all as a most agreeable member of society and sure of making his fortune. But woe to him if he were above his business and attempted high art—we mean subject pictures that were not portraits. However much he might be gifted in that line, his friends would instantly desert him, and he might starve in a garret. His patrons knew nothing of high art and cared as little. All they wanted was to see their own effigies adorning the walls of their mansions, and as long as the limner was content to be of service to them they were willing to support him, but no longer. It was set down as an axiom that the human face divine—by which they meant their own faces—was the highest aim that a painter could aspire to. This was the sort of high art they wanted, and no other.
Indeed, the aristocrats and the wealthy seemed to take pride in doing everything they could to show respect towards someone practicing the fine arts. In this circle, painters rarely had complaints; in fact, as long as he was friendly, presentable, could paint the ladies' hands and ears small enough to please them, their eyes large and wistful, and, importantly, could accurately capture the texture of their silks and satins, [148] lace, velvet, fur, or swansdown, then he was warmly welcomed, pampered, and recognized by everyone as a delightful part of society, with a good chance of making a fortune. But woe to him if he thought he was above that and tried to pursue high art—we're talking about subject paintings that weren't portraits. No matter how talented he might be in that field, his friends would quickly abandon him, and he could end up starving in an attic. His patrons knew nothing about high art and cared even less. All they wanted was to see their own likenesses hanging on the walls of their homes, and as long as the painter was happy to cater to them, they were willing to support him, but not beyond that. It was considered an undeniable truth that the divine human face—which meant their own faces—was the ultimate goal a painter could strive for. This was the kind of high art they desired, and nothing else.
A painter must be content with the work his patrons set him to do and not indulge his own caprices. Well, well, admitting the range of the painter's art to have been cramped and limited, has any age or country the power to cramp the genius of an artist? Is high art only to be found in imaginative pictures? Does not a portrait become high art under a master hand? Can that be called a mechanical art that gives intellect or sentiment to the eye, firmness or softness to the lip, the natural bloom to the cheek, truth and beauty to the whole? Few, let us hope, even in this matter of fact age, but would rank the real artist before the photographic[149] artisan who usurps his name. If, in the present age, now that we are accustomed to a much more rapid process of reproducing the human face, there are to be found those who honour the true artist, imagine how his art must have been held in honour when it was the only way of immortalising men! It need not be wondered at that among those classes where the appearance of a painter was less common, that the respect he inspired almost amounted to awe in certain instances. This was the case with our Helen, who never having set eyes before on a real artist, looked with awe and wonder on our painter as a species of magician who possessed an art not merely unknown in her humble sphere, but which she was sure that the worthy members of the club were alike ignorant of, however learned they might be in other respects. The painter's youth and good looks, together with his possessing this mysterious art at such an early age, elevated him at once into a hero in her eyes. Then there was the strange fact of his having seen and spoken to a ghost in the same house where she herself had been born and bred, the very ghost she had been frightened so often with in her childhood, but which was, nevertheless, so chary of its appearance that it had found no one for upwards of half a century worthy of revealing itself to until now, and had chosen for that purpose the young artist before her, and that, too, the very first night that he arrived at the Inn. What was there peculiar in the organisation of our painter, that he should have been selected before[150] all others to gaze on the august presence of one risen from the dead? The haunted chamber had been repeatedly slept in by all the members of the club in turn, and by many strangers beside, for years back, and yet never before within the experience of our host had the headless lady vouchsafed a parley with any one of them. The preference, therefore, shewn towards our friend McGuilp by the tenant of the haunted chamber had raised him at once in the esteem of the whole club, and the marked respect with which he was treated by the other guests, all of them older men than himself, did not fail to escape the quick eye of Helen, who felt inwardly flattered that the man for whom she had conceived so warm a sympathy, should be so honoured among his better fellows.
A painter needs to be satisfied with the work his patrons give him and not indulge his own whims. Well, well, even if we accept that a painter's art can be confined and restricted, can any era or place truly stifle an artist's genius? Is high art found only in imaginative paintings? Doesn't a portrait become high art in the hands of a master? Can we call it a mechanical art when it conveys intellect or emotion to the eye, firmness or softness to the lip, natural color to the cheek, and truth and beauty to the whole? Hopefully, even in this pragmatic age, most people would rank a true artist above the photographic artisan who claims his title. If, in today's world, where we are used to much quicker ways of reproducing the human face, there are still those who value the true artist, just imagine how revered his art must have been when it was the only means of immortalizing people! It’s no surprise that in those circles where painters were rarely seen, the respect they inspired sometimes bordered on awe. This was true for our Helen, who had never seen a real artist before and looked at our painter in wonder, thinking of him as a kind of magician with an art entirely unknown in her simple life, something she was sure the respected club members were equally ignorant of, no matter how learned they might be in other areas. The painter's youth and good looks, along with his mastery of this mysterious art at such a young age, instantly made him a hero in her eyes. Then there was the strange fact that he had seen and spoken to a ghost in the same house where she grew up—the very ghost that had frightened her so often as a child, yet had been so elusive that it hadn't revealed itself to anyone in over fifty years, choosing instead to appear to the young artist the very first night he arrived at the Inn. What was it about our painter that made him the chosen one to witness the presence of someone risen from the dead? The haunted room had been slept in by all the members of the club in turns and many strangers besides for years, yet never before had the headless lady conversed with any of them, according to our host's experience. Therefore, the preference shown to our friend McGuilp by the inhabitant of the haunted chamber instantly raised his status among the entire club, and the obvious respect other guests, all older than him, showed him didn't go unnoticed by Helen, who felt flattered that the man she sympathized with so deeply was so honored by his peers.
Our artist and his model had been left together for upwards of three-quarters of an hour, during which time McGuilp had not opened his mouth to exchange a single word with his sitter, a habit of his when unusually engrossed in his work. He had glazed and scumbled, chopped and changed about his drawing, laid on impasto, worked upon the background, and so absorbed was he with his picture, the time had passed as if it had been five minutes. A considerable change, however, had taken place in the portrait. There was more life and vigour, the tints were more natural and the head now stood more out in relief. Helen never once attempted to break the silence, but remained modest and immovable in her position as a statue. Had she been[151] a vain and foolish girl or a coquette, she might have been irritated by the painter's silence, misconstruing it into a sign of insensibility to her charms, but no such thought for a moment entered the head of our Helen. On the contrary, she looked with the deepest awe and reverence on the painter whose art required so much silence and concentration, and instead of calling away his attention from his work by some frivolous remark, she mentally resolved to aid him to the utmost by posing as patiently as it lay in her power.
Our artist and his model had been left together for over three-quarters of an hour, during which McGuilp hadn’t said a single word to his sitter, a habit of his when he was deeply focused on his work. He had glazed and scumbled, chopped and changed his drawing, applied thick paint, worked on the background, and so absorbed was he in his painting that the time felt like it had only lasted five minutes. A significant change, however, had occurred in the portrait. It was more lively and vibrant, the colors were more natural, and the head now stood out more in relief. Helen never once tried to break the silence but remained modest and still in her pose like a statue. If she had been a vain and silly girl or a flirt, she might have been annoyed by the painter's silence, interpreting it as a sign that he was indifferent to her beauty, but no such thought crossed Helen's mind. Instead, she looked at the artist with deep admiration and respect, recognizing that his craft required so much silence and concentration, and rather than distracting him with some trivial comment, she mentally resolved to support him as much as she could by posing as patiently as possible.
Nevertheless, after a long sitting, a change is apt to come over the face of the sitter. The muscles become flaccid, the colour vanishes, the eye grows vacant, and an expression of languor and weariness takes the place of the bright healthy look that the sitter bore at the commencement. This is especially the case with young people, and so it was with Helen, who, spite of her laudable endeavours to do justice to her portrait painter, had unconsciously grown several shades paler, and had so altered in expression that our artist, finding it impossible to continue his work, deemed it advisable to give his model a little repose.
Nevertheless, after sitting for a long time, the sitter's face tends to change. The muscles relax, the color fades, the eyes become vacant, and an expression of tiredness and weariness replaces the bright, healthy look that the sitter had at the beginning. This is particularly true for young people, and it was the case with Helen, who, despite her admirable efforts to showcase her portrait, had unknowingly become several shades paler and had altered her expression so much that our artist found it impossible to keep working and decided it was best to let his model take a little break.
"That will do, Helen, for the present," said he; "take a little rest, until you can call back the roses to your cheek and the life to your eye. There, then, you may look if you like, but there is much to be done yet, I can tell you."
"That's enough for now, Helen," he said; "take a little break until you can bring the color back to your cheeks and the light back to your eyes. There, you can look if you want, but there's still a lot to do, I can tell you."
"Oh, I think you have done wonders this sitting," said Helen, as she stood contemplating her own portrait[152] from behind the artist's chair, with her head resting on her hand.
"Oh, I think you've done an amazing job this session," said Helen, as she stood looking at her own portrait[152] from behind the artist's chair, with her head resting on her hand.
"It appears to me as like as it can possibly be already. I do not see what more there is to do to it."
"It looks exactly how it should already. I don't see what else can be done to it."
"Do you not, Helen?" said McGuilp. "Then you are very easily satisfied, but it is not so with us. We artists are the most discontented people under the sun. We know that however well a portrait may be painted, it can never come up to the original, and yet we are never contented, even with our utmost endeavours to approach it."
"Don't you, Helen?" said McGuilp. "Then you're really easy to please, but that's not the case for us. We artists are the most dissatisfied people out there. We know that no matter how well a portrait is painted, it can never match the original, and still, we're never satisfied, even with our best attempts to get close."
"Then, we who know nothing about your art are happier in our ignorance than the artists themselves who have studied art all their lives," remarked Helen.
"Then, we who know nothing about your art are happier in our ignorance than the artists themselves who have studied art their whole lives," said Helen.
"Very often," replied McGuilp with a sigh; "nevertheless, there is a pleasure in the mere pursuit of art, however far removed the work of the artist may be from his ideal, that he would not exchange for the calm satisfaction of the uninitiated who perceive no fault."
"Very often," replied McGuilp with a sigh; "still, there's a joy in simply pursuing art, no matter how far off the artist's work might be from their ideal, that he wouldn't trade for the peaceful contentment of those who see no flaws."
At this moment a sound of cheering and clapping of hands proceeding from the club-room interrupted the dialogue between the painter and his model.
At that moment, the sound of cheering and clapping coming from the club room interrupted the conversation between the painter and his model.
"What can all that noise mean?" ejaculated Helen. "Ah, I can guess. Mother has just finished telling her story to the gentlemen of the club, and they are applauding her."
"What could all that noise be about?" Helen exclaimed. "Ah, I can guess. Mom just wrapped up her story for the guys at the club, and they’re applauding her."
"Is it so, Helen?" said McGuilp.
"Is that true, Helen?" said McGuilp.
"Well, as they have been enjoying a story from which we have been excluded, I see no reason why we[153] should not have a story all to ourselves. What do you say?"
"Well, since they've been enjoying a story that we're not part of, I don't see why we[153] shouldn't have a story all to ourselves. What do you think?"
"Oh, by all means," said Helen; "but I am a poor storyteller. Pray do not ask me for one, but if you know of a story, why of course I am all attention."
"Oh, definitely," said Helen; "but I'm not a great storyteller. Please don’t ask me to tell one, but if you have a story, then I'm all ears."
"Let me see, then," said McGuilp. "What sort of story would you like to hear?"
"Let me think for a moment," said McGuilp. "What kind of story do you want to hear?"
"Oh, tell me something about Italy. I should like to hear so," answered Helen.
"Oh, tell me something about Italy. I would like to hear that," replied Helen.
"Would you? Then I think I can remember a little circumstance that occurred in Italy within my experience, which I will relate to you if you will resume your seat, for I have but little time to lose. We can work and talk at the same time. Your colour has now returned, and my story may possibly help to preserve it until the end of the sitting."
"Would you? Then I think I can remember a little incident that happened in Italy during my time there, which I’ll share with you if you sit back down, because I don’t have much time to waste. We can work and talk at the same time. Your color is back now, and my story might help keep it that way until the end of the session."
Helen then resumed her seat, and McGuilp having seized once more his palette and brushes and placed himself in front of his easel, continued his portrait whilst he related the following story.
Helen then sat back down, and McGuilp, having picked up his palette and brushes again and positioned himself at his easel, kept working on his portrait while he told the following story.
FOOTNOTES:
[4] Philister or Philistine.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Philistine.
[6] Löwen—also money.
Lions—also cash.

CHAPTER III.
The Three Pauls.[7]—The Artist's Third Story.
During my travels in Italy I happened once to be sojourning for some time in an obscure and sequestered Italian village high up in the Apennines, that chain of mountains which runs through the entire peninsular like the backbone of some antediluvian monster.
During my travels in Italy, I once spent some time in a remote and quiet Italian village high up in the Apennines, the mountain range that runs through the entire peninsula like the backbone of a giant prehistoric creature.
They are curious places, those Italian villages, with their tall, narrow houses and small windows, built up the slant of a mountain like steps of stairs. Their quaint roofs, balconies, arches, and buttresses, with at every step some rustic shrine containing a rude painting or representation of the Virgin Mary (the Madonna as they call her) or other saint. The narrow, dirty, ill-paved streets, the tumbling-down houses, from the windows of which the picturesque but dirty inhabitants may almost shake hands with one another across the road.
They are interesting places, those Italian villages, with their tall, narrow houses and small windows, built up the slope of a mountain like a staircase. Their charming roofs, balconies, arches, and support beams, each featuring some rustic shrine with a rough painting or image of the Virgin Mary (the Madonna, as they call her) or another saint. The narrow, dirty, poorly paved streets, the rundown houses, from the windows of which the picturesque but unkempt residents could almost shake hands with each other across the road.
Then the odd nooks and angles in the by-streets that meet the stranger's eye on either hand as he ascends[155] the uneven and slippery path-way leading to the highest point of view, which is generally crowned by some ruined feudal castle or fort built upon a rock and overgrown with ivy. They have a distinct character of their own, these mountain villages, and are as unlike as possible to anything seen in England. A mere verbal description is inadequate to give the faintest idea of their extreme picturesqueness. They require to be seen, and when this is impossible, a picture or sketch must give the next best idea of them to the mind of the stranger. I have several studies in oil-colour of these places within my portfolio, which you may look at for a moment if you like.
Then the quirky corners and angles in the side streets that catch a traveler’s eye on either side as they climb[155] the uneven and slippery path leading to the highest viewpoint, usually topped by some crumbling feudal castle or fort sitting on a rock and covered in ivy. These mountain villages have a distinct character all their own, and are as different as can be from anything seen in England. A simple description isn’t enough to convey their stunning beauty. They need to be seen, and when that’s not possible, a picture or sketch has to give the next best impression to the mind of the traveler. I have several oil paintings of these places in my portfolio that you can take a look at for a moment if you’d like.
There, you see that it is quite unlike anything you ever saw before. Look at those figures in the foreground, how picturesque and yet how simple their costume is! Well, but to proceed: the village where I was staying, when the fact that I am about to relate occurred, was one of the sort you see here. Ah! here is a sketch of the very place, and there is the name of it written underneath. I remember that it had a certain celebrity in the country round about it, as the cathedral (!) in the chief piazza or square boasted of a miraculous picture of the Madonna, that had the reputation of turning up its eyes, and in this manner contrived to heal great numbers among the faithful who were blind, deaf and dumb, maimed, halt, or lame.
There, you can see that it looks completely different from anything you've ever seen. Just look at those figures in the foreground; their outfits are both charming and so simple! Anyway, to continue: the village where I was staying when this story takes place was just like the one you see here. Ah! Here’s a sketch of the exact place, and the name is written underneath. I remember it had a bit of fame in the surrounding area because the cathedral in the main square featured a miraculous picture of the Madonna. This image was said to be able to roll its eyes and, in doing so, managed to heal many of the faithful who were blind, deaf, mute, crippled, or lame.
I cannot say that I ever witnessed one of these miracles, but that may have been from my want of[156] faith; yet the tales that I heard of miraculous cures from persons of some repute, the arch-priest of the parish amongst the number, were most startling.
I can’t say I’ve ever seen one of these miracles, but that might be due to my lack of[156] faith. Still, the stories I heard about miraculous cures from respected individuals, including the arch-priest of the parish, were pretty shocking.
I had taken up my quarters in a comfortable rustic inn, not in the town itself, but on a separate hill in an isolated spot, being built in its own grounds, fertile with olive trees, which grew up the sides of the hill nearly to the door of the house.
I had settled into a cozy country inn, located not in the town center but on its own hill in a secluded area. The inn was set in its own grounds, lush with olive trees that climbed the hillside right up to the door of the house.
The inn was frequented almost entirely by artists. Sometimes we were a large company, composed of all nations, when we would dine together "al fresco" under the shade of the vine which formed a verandah on one side of the house. At other times I would be left alone in the inn. The hill on which I lived commanded an extensive view of the surrounding mountains, including the township with its old ivy-grown tower overlooking all, and which appeared as if it were sliding down the mountain side.
The inn was mostly visited by artists. Sometimes we were a big group, made up of people from all over the world, dining together outdoors under the shade of the vine that created a patio on one side of the house. Other times, I would be alone at the inn. The hill where I lived had a wide view of the surrounding mountains, including the town with its old ivy-covered tower that seemed to be sliding down the hillside.
I experienced an indescribable feeling of delight in rambling alone through this romantic scenery on a hot summer's day, beneath a perfectly cloudless sky, without a breath of wind to rustle the leaves of the shady trees, amidst a solitude like that of the desert, and a silence unbroken save by the chirping of the birds and the chattering of the cicala, or at intervals, perchance, the distant shepherd's pipe, or the wild barbaric chant of the mountaineer. With what rapture, I remember, would I step from crag to crag, trampling the bush and bramble under my feet, and startling away the green[157] lizards in my path! Quaffing the beauties of nature at every step, the dreamy influence of the balmy atmosphere intensifying my feelings for the beautiful to an abnormal degree.
I felt an indescribable joy wandering alone through this beautiful landscape on a hot summer day, under a perfectly clear sky, with not a breath of wind to rustle the leaves of the shady trees, surrounded by solitude like the desert, and silence broken only by the chirping of birds and the buzzing of cicadas, or occasionally, the distant sound of a shepherd's pipe, or the wild, primitive song of a mountaineer. I remember how ecstatically I would leap from rock to rock, trampling the bushes and thorns beneath my feet, and startling the green lizards in my way! Soaking in the beauty of nature with every step, the dreamy effect of the warm air heightened my appreciation for the beauty around me to an extraordinary level.
It was on one of these sultry days during my rambles that I was taking shelter from the burning sun under the shade of a wide-spreading oak, reclining lazily on the soft moss, and listening to the chirping of the grass-hoppers, when my ear was attracted by the sound of the bleating of goats, and shortly afterwards I heard the voices of two peasants which seemed familiar to me. They were discoursing together in the dialect of their own village, a very different lingo from the pure Tuscan, and perfectly unintelligible to one lately coming from Rome, yet a prolonged stay in these parts rendered it familiar to me. I recognised the voices as belonging, one of them to a goatherd who supplied me with milk in the morning, the other to a peasant who possessed a vineyard, a small barrel of whose wine I had bought the day before.
On one of those hot days during my walks, I was taking cover from the blazing sun under the shade of a large oak tree, lying lazily on the soft moss, and listening to the grasshoppers chirping, when I heard the sound of goats bleating. Shortly after, I recognized the voices of two peasants that sounded familiar to me. They were chatting in their village dialect, which was quite different from standard Tuscan and totally unintelligible to someone just coming from Rome, but after spending some time here, it became familiar. I recognized one voice as belonging to a goatherd who brought me milk in the morning and the other to a peasant who owned a vineyard; I had bought a small barrel of his wine the day before.
"Ohè! Antonio," cried Guiseppe, the goatherd, to his friend, "so I hear you have sold a quarteruolo of wine to the Signor Inglese (the English gentleman) who lives on the hill."
"Oh hey! Antonio," shouted Guiseppe, the goatherd, to his friend, "I hear you sold a quarteruolo of wine to the English gentleman who lives on the hill."
"Well, Compar,"[8] said his friend, "and what of that?"
"Well, Compar,"[8] said his friend, "so what?"
"I suppose you made him pay well for it, eh?" demanded the goatherd.
"I guess you made him pay a lot for it, huh?" the goatherd asked.
"Well," answered Antonio, "I make my friends pay sixteen pauls the quarteruolo, but he, being an Englishman, I charged double."
"Well," replied Antonio, "I charge my friends sixteen pauls for the quarteruolo, but since he's English, I charged him double."
"What!" exclaimed the goatherd, "thirty-two pauls for a quarteruolo!"
"What!" exclaimed the goatherd, "thirty-two pauls for a quarteruolo!"
"Ay, and he paid me money down without haggling about the price, like one of our 'paini.'[9] These Englishmen are real gentlemen—they let themselves be cheated without wincing. Those are the sort of men I like to deal with. I was quite angry with myself afterwards at not having asked four times the sum; he would be sure to have paid me."
"Ay, and he paid me cash right away without arguing about the price, like one of our 'paini.'[9] These Englishmen are true gentlemen—they allow themselves to be cheated without blinking. Those are the kinds of people I enjoy dealing with. I was really frustrated with myself afterward for not asking for four times the amount; he definitely would have paid me."
"Accidente! what a swindler!" exclaimed Guiseppe. "Well, they tell me these English roll in wealth; that gold is as common in their country as beans here. They say the streets are paved with it. How I should like to go to those parts, and come back with my pockets filled with the gold that these idiots throw away like dross. I wouldn't fatigue myself all day long in the mountains for a piece of 'maritozza'[10] or a dish of 'polenta.'"[11]
"Accidente! What a con artist!" Guiseppe exclaimed. "Well, I've heard that these English are rolling in wealth; that gold is as common in their country as beans are here. They say the streets are paved with it. I would love to visit those places and come back with my pockets filled with the gold that these fools toss away like trash. I wouldn't tire myself out all day in the mountains for a piece of 'maritozza'[10] or a dish of 'polenta.'"[11]
"Ha! ha!" laughed Antonio, "I've no doubt of it. I should like to see you with money, friend Peppe. You'd make a rare use of it."[159]
"Ha! ha!" laughed Antonio, "I have no doubt about that. I'd love to see you with some money, buddy Peppe. You'd really know how to spend it." [159]
"Per Bacco! wouldn't I?" answered the goatherd; "you wouldn't catch me sober again until the day of my death. If I could sell my milk to the Englishman at the rate you sell your wine, I'd soon make my fortune."
"For Bacchus! Wouldn't I?" replied the goatherd; "you won't find me sober again until the day I die. If I could sell my milk to the Englishman for the same price you sell your wine, I'd be rich in no time."
"Well," said Antonio, "I would try it on if I were you. Perhaps milk isn't to be had in his country."
"Well," Antonio said, "I would give it a shot if I were you. Maybe milk isn’t available in his country."
"Perhaps not," said the goatherd, musingly. "It must be a curious country from all accounts. They tell me they never see the sun from one year's end to the other, and, indeed, how can they, when the sun is here all day? I hear, too, that the fog is so thick that you are obliged to cut it through with a knife as you go along the streets, and that the inhabitants are obliged to burn lamps all day long."
"Maybe not," the goatherd said thoughtfully. "It sounds like a strange place from everything I've heard. They say they never see the sun from one year to the next, and honestly, how could they when the sun is here all day? I've also heard that the fog is so thick you have to cut through it with a knife when walking down the streets, and that the people have to keep their lamps lit all day long."
"Yes, I have heard so, too," answered Antonio, "and that they have no wine in their country. Well, upon the whole, I'd sooner live where I am."
"Yeah, I’ve heard that too," replied Antonio, "and that they don’t have any wine in their country. Honestly, I’d rather stay where I am."
"Ah, but the gold that is to be found about the streets," said Guiseppe, "you forget that."
"Ah, but the gold that can be found on the streets," Guiseppe said, "you’re forgetting that."
"What would be the good of all the gold, if there is no wine to buy with it?" replied Antonio. "I am very well content to live by the sale of my wine——"
"What good is all the gold if there’s no wine to buy with it?" replied Antonio. "I'm perfectly happy to live off the sale of my wine—"
"At the rate you sell it to Englishmen, I've no doubt," broke in Peppe, with a laugh.
"At the pace you’re selling it to English guys, I have no doubt," Peppe interrupted, laughing.
"Well, my friend, of course we all try to get what we can, where we can, and how we can," pleaded Antonio. "That's only business. I'd be a fool if I didn't."[160]
"Well, my friend, of course, we all try to get what we can, where we can, and how we can," Antonio argued. "That's just business. I'd be an idiot if I didn't."[160]
"Well, Compar, I suppose we are all much alike in that; but don't you think that after having cheated the Englishman out of all that money, you could lend me three pauls?"[12]
"Well, Compar, I guess we’re all pretty similar in that way; but don’t you think that after taking all that money from the Englishman, you could lend me three pauls?"[12]
"Ah, Peppe, you rascal, I thought that was coming," laughed Antonio. "What! lend you three pauls! Why, when do you think you would be able to pay me?"
"Ah, Peppe, you little troublemaker, I knew that was coming," laughed Antonio. "What! Lend you three pauls! When do you think you'd be able to pay me back?"
"Well, I make two pauls a day by the sale of my milk and go halves with my padrone.[13] That is a paul a day for us apiece. In three days, therefore, I shall be able to pay you the entire sum. If I can manage to gull the Englishman, I may pay you sooner," responded the goatherd.
"Well, I earn two pauls a day selling my milk and split it with my padrone.[13] That means a paul a day for each of us. So, in three days, I should be able to pay you the whole amount. If I can trick the Englishman, I might be able to pay you sooner," replied the goatherd.
"Ah! Peppe," said Antonio, "I know you to be a slippery customer. How am I to be sure you will pay me within that time?"
"Ah! Peppe," Antonio said, "I know you're a slippery character. How can I be sure you'll pay me by then?"
"I give you my word of honour," cried Peppe.
"I swear," yelled Peppe.
"Ho! ho! what is that worth?" laughed his friend.
"Hey! Hey! What’s that worth?" laughed his friend.
"May I die of an accident, if I don't! May the earth open and swallow me up! May the Madonna cause my mouth to fall off if I fail in my word. May——"
"May I die in some crazy way if I don't! May the ground open up and swallow me whole! May the Virgin Mary make my mouth fall off if I don't keep my promise. May——"
"There; that is enough," interrupted his friend. "Here are the three pauls. Take them, and if you fail to pay me back in three days' time—not one hour later, may all the curses that you have invoked upon yourself be fulfilled."[161]
"There, that’s enough," interrupted his friend. "Here are the three pauls. Take them, and if you don’t pay me back in three days—no later than that—may all the curses you’ve brought upon yourself come true." [161]
This was all I overheard of the dialogue. Shortly after this they must have separated, as I heard soon the voice of the goatherd in the distance, chanting in that wild strain, with a prolonged dwelling on the last note peculiar to the peasantry in the Italian mountains.
This was all I caught from the conversation. Shortly after this, they must have parted ways because I soon heard the goatherd’s voice in the distance, singing in that wild style, lingering on the last note in a way that's unique to the locals in the Italian mountains.
It was past midday when I rose from my mossy couch and sauntered leisurely home, where, having partaken of a light lunch, I continued working upon my picture—a large landscape—until sundown. I was at that time the only guest at the inn, and I have no doubt that mine host and his family made as much out of me as they could in one way or another, yet they were as honest as the people in those parts mostly are, and when not occupied with writing home I was in the habit of joining the family circle after supper, when they entertained me with the gossip of the village and stories of brigands, by whom the country was much infested, while I, in return for their information, related to them many things about my own country, my travels, etc. The conversation that I had overheard that morning, however, between the goatherd and his friend I deemed not of sufficient importance to relate to the family; in fact, I had forgotten all about it before I reached the inn.
It was past noon when I got up from my mossy couch and strolled home, where, after having a light lunch, I worked on my painting—a large landscape—until sunset. At that time, I was the only guest at the inn, and I’m sure the innkeeper and his family made the most of my presence in every way they could, but they were as honest as most people are in that area. When I wasn’t busy writing home, I would usually join the family after dinner, where they entertained me with village gossip and stories about the bandits who were a common problem in the region, while I shared stories about my own country, my travels, and so on. However, the conversation I had overheard that morning between the goatherd and his friend didn’t seem important enough to share with the family; in fact, I had completely forgotten about it by the time I got back to the inn.
The unscrupulous manner in which people cheated among these simple seeming peasantry rather amused than annoyed me. And as for the simple incident of one peasant borrowing three pauls from another, it was a fact so uninteresting to me, that I never gave the matter a second thought.[162]
The shady way people cheated among these seemingly simple farmers actually amused me rather than annoyed me. As for the straightforward incident of one farmer borrowing three pauls from another, it was so uninteresting to me that I never thought about it again.[162]
Little did I imagine that the transaction of the three pauls that I by chance overheard that morning was to be the commencement of one of the drollest waggeries that ever came within my experience.
Little did I know that the conversation about the three coins I happened to overhear that morning would kick off one of the funniest tricks I’ve ever experienced.
It was more than a week after the incident that I have related occurred that I left my inn one morning to paint out of doors at the distance of a mile or so. As I journeyed along the road, laden with my painting materials, I came in sight of the goatherd's hut, built upon a hill, and though it was yet distant, I descried a figure in the act of leaving the hut, but which I could distinctly see was not the goatherd.
It was more than a week after the incident I mentioned that I left my inn one morning to paint outside about a mile away. As I walked down the road, carrying my painting supplies, I spotted the goatherd's hut up on a hill. Though it was still far away, I saw a figure coming out of the hut, but I could clearly tell it wasn't the goatherd.
The figure had descended the hill, reached the road, and was then making towards me. I had now no difficulty in recognising my friend of whom I had bought the wine. He appeared to be anything but in good spirits, for he advanced scratching his head and with his eyes fixed on the ground.
The figure had come down the hill, reached the road, and was now approaching me. I had no trouble recognizing my friend from whom I had bought the wine. He seemed anything but cheerful, as he walked up scratching his head and with his eyes focused on the ground.
This was our first meeting since our transaction of the barrel of wine, and had I been in a less good humour I might have taxed him with swindling me in good round terms, but with the fresh morning air in my face and the enchanting landscape around me, I felt in no humour to quarrel with anyone. I thought, however, I would make him aware that I knew how he had served me without losing my temper.
This was our first meeting since our deal over the barrel of wine, and if I had been in a worse mood, I might have called him out for swindling me, but with the fresh morning air on my face and the beautiful scenery around me, I wasn’t in the mood to argue with anyone. Still, I thought I would let him know that I was aware of how he had treated me without getting angry.
"Buon giorno, Antonio,"—(Good-day, Anthony)—I said, cheerfully.
"Buon giorno, Antonio,"—(Good morning, Anthony)—I said, cheerfully.
"Ah! Eccellenza; buon giorno," replied he, with a sickly attempt at a smile.[163]
"Ah! Your Excellency; good morning," he replied, with a weak attempt at a smile.[163]
"You seem a little out of spirits, eh?" said I. "Now, what would you say if I could read your thoughts?"
"You seem a bit down, huh?" I said. "So, what would you think if I could read your mind?"
"You read my thoughts, Eccellenza! You joke with me."
"You can read my mind, Your Excellency! You're kidding with me."
"No," replied I; "without joking I will tell you what is passing in your mind. You have just come from the house of Guiseppe the goatherd, and you are disappointed because he has not paid you the three pauls that he promised to pay you after three days. Am I right?"
"No," I replied; "I'm serious when I say I know what's on your mind. You just came from Guiseppe the goatherd's place, and you're upset because he hasn't paid you the three pauls he promised after three days. Am I right?"
"Per Bacco!" exclaimed Antonio. "Surely your Excellency is a saint, and it has been revealed to you. How else could you have known that?"
"By Bacchus!" exclaimed Antonio. "Surely your Excellency is a saint, and it's been revealed to you. How else could you have known that?"
"Does that surprise you," said I. "What would you say if I could tell you more? If I could tell you the day and the hour that you lent the three pauls to your friend? What would you say if I told you it was last Tuesday week in the forenoon, and how you first hesitated to lend the money, having some doubt as to your friend's integrity, but how, after having invoked certain curses on his own head in default of his not being able to pay, you at length yielded, and lent him the three pauls?"
"Does that surprise you?" I asked. "What would you say if I told you more? If I could tell you the exact day and time you lent the three pauls to your friend? What would you think if I said it was last Tuesday morning, and how you initially hesitated to lend the money because you had some doubts about your friend's honesty, but after putting some serious curses on his head if he couldn't pay you back, you finally gave in and lent him the three pauls?"
"Diavolo! Eccellenza must be a saint indeed to know all that," cried the peasant, dumbfounded.
"Diavolo! Your Excellency must truly be a saint to know all that," exclaimed the peasant, astonished.
"Would you like to know more?" I asked. "At the expiration of the three days you have been regularly every morning to the house of the goatherd, expecting[164] to receive the three pauls, and each time he has sent you away with a different excuse."
"Do you want to know more?" I asked. "After the three days, you have been going to the goatherd's house every morning, expecting[164] to get the three pauls, and each time he has sent you away with a different excuse."
"O anime sante mie del Purgatorio!"[14] exclaimed the peasant, crossing himself devoutly. "Either your Excellency is a saint, or you have the demon within you."
"Oh, the holy souls of Purgatory!"[14] exclaimed the peasant, making the sign of the cross with reverence. "Either you’re a saint, or you’ve got a demon inside you."
"Ha! say you so?" said I. "I will even venture to prophecy that you will never get the three pauls."
"Ha! Is that what you're saying?" I replied. "I’ll even go out on a limb and predict that you’ll never get the three pauls."
"Oh, pray don't say that, Signor. Pray don't say that I shall never be paid. Why should your Excellency think so?" asked the peasant, dismally.
"Oh, please don't say that, Sir. Please don't say that I will never get paid. Why would you think that?" asked the peasant, sadly.
"Why! do you ask? Because the saints love you not," said I.
"Why are you asking? It's because the saints don’t love you," I said.
"How, Signor? Was that also revealed to you? Why should they not love me? How have I merited their wrath?" he asked, whiningly.
"How, Signor? Did you find that out too? Why wouldn't they love me? What have I done to deserve their anger?" he asked, complaining.
"By charging me twice the sum you charge other people for that quarteruolo of wine, and for repenting afterwards that you had not asked me four times the sum, as, being an Englishman, you thought to get it out of me."
"By charging me double what you charge everyone else for that quarteruolo of wine, and then regretting afterwards that you didn't charge me four times that amount, thinking that, since I'm English, you could really get it out of me."
"Corpo di San Antonio di Padova!"[15] cried the peasant, casting up his eyes. "Is nothing to be hid from you? Well, Eccellenza, what serves it to deny the truth, since you know everything? I am a poor man, and when an opportunity occurs for bettering myself, I am apt to do what most men do who know what want is."
"Body of Saint Anthony of Padua!"[15] exclaimed the peasant, looking up. "Is there anything you don’t know? Well, Your Excellency, what’s the point in denying the truth if you know it all? I’m just a poor man, and when I get a chance to improve my situation, I tend to act like most people do when they understand what it means to be in need."
"Well, my friend," said I "you will find through life that 'honesty is the best policy,' and that 'cheats never prosper,' at least, for long. For when the cheat is discovered, his reputation is lost for ever, while the honest man who sticks steadily to his labour, and puts aside his scanty earnings, not wasting them in drinking or gambling, in the end is blessed by the saints who give him fortune."
"Well, my friend," I said, "you'll discover throughout life that 'honesty is the best policy' and that 'cheats never prosper,' at least not for long. When a cheat is found out, their reputation is gone forever, while the honest person who consistently works hard and saves their meager earnings, not squandering them on drinking or gambling, will ultimately be rewarded by the blessings of those who bring good fortune."
"That is most true," replied the peasant. "Eccellenza has spoken like the preacher," and seizing my hand, he kissed it, and was about to proceed on his journey.
"That's absolutely right," replied the peasant. "Your Excellency spoke like a preacher," and grabbing my hand, he kissed it and was about to continue on his journey.
"Stay," said I. "Would you like to earn two pauls?"
"Wait," I said. "Do you want to earn two pauls?"
"Willingly, Eccellenza; but how?" he asked.
"Willingly, Your Excellency; but how?" he asked.
"Help me to carry these traps to my camping place, and carry them back again when I return this evening," said I.
"Can you help me carry these traps to my campsite, and bring them back when I come back this evening?" I said.
Without further parley he relieved me of my burden, and we both trudged on together.
Without saying another word, he took my load, and we both walked on together.
At first we walked on in silence, but after the first half-mile, to relieve the monotony of the walk, I began to question my companion as to the reception his friend Guiseppe had given him and the excuses he had made for not being able to pay his debt.
At first, we walked in silence, but after the first half-mile, to break the monotony, I started asking my companion about the reception his friend Guiseppe gave him and the excuses he made for not being able to pay his debt.
"Well, Eccellenza," he began, "you, who know everything, are well aware that I called at Peppe's house at the time appointed for the payment of the debt, and that not being able to pay me, he excused himself by[166] saying that the goats had given so little milk, that he could not fulfil his promise as he expected, but he promised faithfully to repay me on the morrow. I called the next day, when he begged me to be patient with him, as he had lost the money through a hole in his pocket. I was annoyed at this, but called again on the morrow, hoping at least to get a portion of the money back; but no such luck. This time he pleaded that his wife had been suddenly seized with the fever, and begged me not to be too hard upon him.
"Well, Eccellenza," he started, "you, who know everything, are well aware that I went to Peppe's house at the scheduled time to get paid back the debt. He couldn't pay me and made up an excuse by saying that the goats had given so little milk that he couldn't fulfill his promise as he had hoped. But he promised to pay me back by the next day. I went back the next day, and he asked me to be patient with him because he lost the money through a hole in his pocket. I was frustrated by this, but I stopped by again the following day, hoping to at least get a portion of the money back; but no luck. This time, he said his wife had suddenly come down with a fever and pleaded with me not to be too harsh on him."
"'Then take care that she is better to-morrow,' said I, 'for I want my money.'
"'Then make sure she gets better by tomorrow,' I said, 'because I want my money.'"
"The next day (that was yesterday) I called again, and his wife informed me that her husband had caught the fever, and was dangerously ill. She hoped, however, that it would soon pass over, and he would be able to pay me as he had promised. I went again this morning to Peppe's house as usual for the money, when his wife came out to me with tears in her eyes, to inform me that her husband died last night. I began to lose patience, and said that, dead or alive, I meant to have my three pauls back; and off I went, cursing and swearing. It was then that your Excellency met me."
"The next day (which was yesterday), I called again, and his wife told me that her husband had caught a fever and was seriously ill. She hoped, though, that it would soon pass and he would be able to pay me as promised. I went back to Peppe's house this morning as usual for the money, when his wife came out to me with tears in her eyes to let me know that her husband had died last night. I started to lose my patience and said that whether he was dead or alive, I wanted my three pauls back; and off I went, cursing and swearing. That’s when your Excellency met me."
As Antonio finished speaking we had already arrived at our camping place, and I commenced arranging my painting materials. The latter part of Antonio's narrative immensely amused me, as I had both seen and spoken to Peppe that morning early when he brought the milk as usual to the door of the[167] inn, and he never looked in better health in his life. I remember upbraiding him for putting water in the milk, and telling him not to try on his tricks with me, as Englishmen knew what good milk was, adding that if I caught him at it again, I should change my goatherd. I suppose something like a smile must have passed over my countenance at the idea of Peppe pretending to be dead, in order to get off paying three pauls, for Antonio, eyeing me narrowly, said,
As Antonio finished speaking, we had already arrived at our campsite, and I started setting up my painting materials. The latter part of Antonio's story really amused me since I had seen and talked to Peppe that morning when he brought the milk as usual to the inn's doorstep, and he had never looked healthier. I remember scolding him for watering down the milk and telling him not to pull that stuff with me, since English people knew what good milk was, and that if I caught him doing it again, I would change my goatherd. I guess a smile must have crossed my face at the thought of Peppe pretending to be dead to avoid paying three pauls because Antonio, watching me closely, said,
"What say you, Eccellenza? You know everything. Tell me if Peppe is really dead, or whether this is also a pretence."
"What do you think, Your Excellency? You know everything. Tell me if Peppe is really dead, or if this is just an act."
I put on a wise look, and said, looking him full in the face, "I know him to be alive."
I put on a serious expression and said, looking him straight in the eye, "I know he's alive."
"Ha! say you so, Eccellenza?" cried Antonio, starting up from his seat on the ground. "Then per Crispo![16] I'll murder him when I catch him."
"Ha! Is that what you say, Your Excellency?" shouted Antonio, jumping up from his spot on the ground. "Then by Crispo! I'll kill him when I get my hands on him."
"There is no occasion to do that, my friend," said I. "You will not get your three pauls back the sooner if he hasn't the money."
"There’s no need to do that, my friend," I said. "You won’t get your three pauls back any faster if he doesn’t have the money."
"I'll go to his house again, though, if your Excellency can dispense with my services for the present," said Antonio, "in the hopes of catching him; though, if he is alive, he will be away in the mountains, feeding his goats; but no matter, I'll enter the house and see for myself if the bed is empty or no."
"I'll go to his house again, though, if your Excellency can do without my help for now," Antonio said, "hoping to catch him. But if he’s alive, he’ll probably be up in the mountains, taking care of his goats. But it doesn’t matter; I’ll go inside and check for myself if the bed is empty or not."
"Go then," said I, "and return in an hour to let me know the result of your visit."[168]
"Go ahead," I said, "and come back in an hour to tell me how it went."[168]
Off started Antonio, as fleetly as the wind, and before I could have thought it possible, returned without appearing out of breath.
Off went Antonio, as quickly as the wind, and before I could have imagined it possible, he came back without looking out of breath.
"Well?" said I, working steadily on my picture without looking up.
"Well?" I said, focusing intently on my drawing without glancing up.
"Well, Eccellenza," he began, "I went straight to the house, and tried the door, but it was locked, and there was no one within. I peeped through the window, but could not catch a glimpse of the bed. I descended the hill in a rage, when at some little distance, I saw Peppe's wife. I ran to her and told her that I wanted to speak to her husband, as I had found out that he was living. She persisted in saying that it was false, and that her husband lay dead in his bed."
"Well, Your Excellency," he began, "I went straight to the house and tried the door, but it was locked, and no one was inside. I peered through the window but couldn't see the bed. I stormed down the hill, feeling furious, when I spotted Peppe's wife a little way off. I rushed over to her and said I wanted to talk to her husband because I had discovered that he was alive. She kept insisting that it wasn't true, and that her husband was dead in his bed."
"'Then let me see the corpse,' said I.
"'Then let me see the body,' I said."
"She replied that she was not going to fatigue herself to mount the hill again to show me the corpse. That if I didn't choose to believe her, I needn't.
"She said she wasn't going to tire herself out climbing the hill again to show me the body. If I didn't want to believe her, that was fine."
"'Give me the key of the house, then,' said I, 'that I may go in and satisfy myself.'
"'Give me the key to the house, then,' I said, 'so I can go in and see for myself.'"
"She replied that she never trusted anyone with the key of her house, and turned away.
"She said that she never trusted anyone with the key to her house and then turned away."
"I then lost my temper, and told her that both she and her husband were a couple of swindlers, who had schemed to defraud me of my money. Then she burst into tears again, and said that if I really wished to be convinced that her husband was dead, I might go to the church myself this evening, where the corpse of her[169] husband would be lying in state,[17] and that I might hide myself in one of the confessionals, and watch all night to see if he moved at all, and that if he stirred ever so little, never to believe her again.
"I then lost my cool and told her that both she and her husband were a pair of con artists who had planned to cheat me out of my money. She then broke down in tears again and said that if I truly wanted to be convinced her husband was dead, I could go to the church myself that evening, where her husband’s body would be lying in state, and I could hide in one of the confessionals and watch all night to see if he moved at all. She said that if he stirred even a little, I should never believe her again."
"Now, you see, Eccellenza, how artful women are. She hopes in that way to intimidate me and to make me believe that her husband is dead in real earnest. She fancies that I would be frightened to spend a whole night inside the church with a corpse, and that I won't go. If, then, I should call at her house to-morrow she would be sure to tell me that her husband was already buried. I do not for a moment believe that her husband will be exposed in the church all night, feigning to be dead; but, just to give her the lie, I am determined to do just as she says, and hide myself in one of the confessionals, that I may be able to tell her that I passed the night in the church, and there was no corpse to be seen."
"Now, you see, Your Excellency, how clever women can be. She hopes to scare me and make me think that her husband is really dead. She thinks I'd be too afraid to spend an entire night in the church with a dead body and that I won't go. If I visit her house tomorrow, she'll definitely claim that her husband has already been buried. I don't believe for a second that her husband will be lying in the church all night pretending to be dead; but just to prove her wrong, I'm determined to do exactly what she says and hide in one of the confessionals, so I can tell her that I spent the night in the church and there was no corpse to be found."
"Do so, my friend," said I. "I am most curious to hear how this affair ends."
"Go ahead, my friend," I said. "I'm really curious to hear how this turns out."
As we were discoursing together Antonio suddenly broke short his discourse.
As we were talking, Antonio suddenly interrupted himself.
"Hark, Signor!" he cried. "Do you hear? Those are death-bells that are tolling in the village. Can someone really have died, or has Peppe's wife set them tolling to impose upon me all the more? What say[170] you, Signor? Would she carry out the joke as far as all that?"
"Hurry, sir!" he shouted. "Do you hear that? Those are death bells ringing in the village. Could someone really have died, or has Peppe's wife started them ringing to mess with me even more? What do you think, sir? Would she take the joke that far?"
"There is nothing like doing a thing well," I answered, evasively.
"There’s nothing quite like doing something well," I replied, avoiding the question.
"I shall be able to find out from the sacristan for whom he has been tolling the bell this morning," said Antonio, "and if that knave of a Peppe is not dead yet, may I die of an accident if I don't worry him to the death. You must know, Eccellenza, that three pauls to us poor devils is a consideration, unimportant though the sum may be alla vostra Signoria.[18] What a conscience the man must have to try and swindle me out of what I lent him in friendship, after swearing to me on his word of honour and invoking all sorts of curses on his own head if he failed to pay me on the day he promised! Had not your Excellency positively assured me that he still lives, I should be inclined to think that he had died in real earnest, as a punishment for his broken faith."
"I'll find out from the sacristan who he's been ringing the bell for this morning," said Antonio. "And if that scoundrel Peppe isn't dead yet, I swear I’ll give him such a hard time that he might wish he were. You must understand, Eccellenza, that three pauls means a lot to us poor folks, no matter how trivial it may seem to you. What kind of conscience does that man have to try to cheat me out of the money I lent him as a friend, after swearing on his honor and calling down curses on himself if he didn't pay me back on the day he promised? If you hadn't assured me that he’s still alive, I would almost believe he died for real as punishment for breaking his promise."
I was amused at the word "conscience" from the lips of a man like Antonio, and the old fable of "the pot calling the kettle black" flashed across my mind. We are wonderfully alive to the weak points of others' consciences where our own interests are concerned, but are too often wanting in equal rigour over ourselves. How true is that parable in Scripture of the mote and the beam!
I found it amusing to hear "conscience" come from someone like Antonio, and the old saying about "the pot calling the kettle black" popped into my head. We are very aware of the flaws in other people's consciences when our own interests are at stake, but we often lack the same scrutiny for ourselves. How accurate is that biblical story about the speck and the log!
In order to proceed with my narrative, I must pass[171] on to the following day. Feeling slightly indisposed from a fever on waking that morning—nothing serious, but just enough to prevent me from painting out-of-doors, as I had intended—I kept my bed later than usual, and called to my landlady to bring me a basin of broth.
In order to continue my story, I need to move on to the next day. Waking up that morning feeling a bit off from a mild fever—nothing major, but enough to stop me from painting outside, as I had planned—I stayed in bed longer than usual and asked my landlady to bring me a bowl of broth.
As she entered my bedchamber with the steaming fluid, I noticed by the animated expression of her face that she had news of unusual importance to communicate to me.
As she walked into my bedroom with the steaming drink, I could tell by the excited look on her face that she had some important news to share with me.
"Oh, Signor!" she exclaimed, as she hastened to place the broth on a table beside me, "what do you think has happened in the village? A miracle! a miracle! nothing short of a miracle, blessed be the Madonna. Si Signor," she added, in answer to a smile that she observed on my countenance, "one of the most wonderful miracles that ever our blessed Virgin has deigned to vouchsafe to us, her unworthy servants. Blessed be her holy name for all eternity!"
"Oh, Sir!" she said, rushing to put the broth on a table next to me. "You won't believe what happened in the village! A miracle! A miracle! Nothing less than a miracle, thank goodness for the Madonna. Yes, Sir," she added, noticing the smile on my face, "one of the most amazing miracles that our blessed Virgin has chosen to grant us, her unworthy servants. Blessed be her holy name forever!"
"Well," said I, calmly sipping my broth, "another miracle! let's hear it."
"Well," I said, calmly sipping my broth, "another miracle! Let's hear it."
"Ah! Signor, you do not believe in miracles," said the hostess; "but how will you deny this? Just hear. You may not have heard, perhaps, that poor Peppe the goatherd died suddenly of a fever, and was laid out in the church, where he remained all last night. Some robber, towards the morning, broke into the church, and would have robbed the alms-box. He had succeeded in unscrewing it from the wall and bursting it[172] open—at least, I presume so, for how else could he have got to the money?—and was seated on the ground, counting his gains—a most incredible amount, chiefly consisting of gold. I am sure I don't know where it all came from, for only yesterday when I put in a baiocco[19] myself, the sound it made showed me that it was all but empty. Well, as I was saying, he was counting his gains by the light of the candle, placed at the head of the corpse, when our blessed lady caused life to return to the defunct, who, leaping up suddenly from his bier, seized the robber by the throat, and called aloud for help. Our honest Peppe held the sacrilegious miscreant as in a vice until the sacristan entered the church to light the candles. You may imagine, Signor, the dismay of the sacristan at seeing the corpse that had been laid out in the church all the previous evening, now resuscitated, and holding in his grasp the wretch who had attempted to defraud the church of the alms that pious souls had given to support her.
"Ah! Sir, you don't believe in miracles," said the hostess; "but how can you deny this? Just listen. You might not have heard that poor Peppe the goatherd died suddenly from a fever and was laid out in the church, where he stayed all night. Some robber broke into the church in the morning and tried to steal from the alms-box. He had managed to unscrew it from the wall and break it open—at least, I assume so, because how else could he have accessed the money?—and was sitting on the ground, counting his haul—a truly unbelievable amount, mostly in gold. I genuinely don't know where it all came from, since just yesterday when I put in a baiocco, the noise it made told me the box was nearly empty. Anyway, as I was saying, he was counting his money by the light of the candle placed at the head of the corpse when our blessed lady brought the dead back to life. He suddenly leaped up from his bier, grabbed the robber by the throat, and shouted for help. Our honest Peppe held the sacrilegious scoundrel tight until the sacristan came into the church to light the candles. You can imagine, Sir, the shock of the sacristan when he saw the corpse that had been laid out in the church all evening now alive and holding the scoundrel who tried to rob the church of the donations given by devout souls to support it."
"The worthy sacristan had not recovered from his surprise when the people began to pour in by twos and threes to hear mass, all of them starting and falling back in horror at the spectacle before them.
"The respectable sacristan had not gotten over his shock when people started coming in pairs and small groups to attend mass, all of them jumping back in fear at the scene in front of them."
"'A miracle! a miracle!' cried the sacristan, at length. 'Behold the Virgin has been merciful to us. Blessed be the name of the Madonna!'
"'A miracle! A miracle!' shouted the sacristan, finally. 'Look, the Virgin has shown us mercy. Blessed be the name of the Madonna!'"
"At that instant the arch-priest himself entered, attired in his robes.[173]
"At that moment, the arch-priest himself walked in, dressed in his robes.[173]
"'What is this?' he cried, in astonishment, retreating several steps. 'Holy saints! was not this the corpse laid out in the church last evening?'
"'What is this?' he exclaimed, astonished, stepping back several paces. 'Holy saints! Wasn't this the body that was laid out in the church last night?'"
"Here the sacristan broke in.
"Here the sacristan interrupted."
"'A miracle, Signor Arciprete, a miracle! a most undeniable miracle. I caught this robber this morning attempting to rob the alms-box, when lo! it pleased the Madonna to give back life to the dead in order to save her holy church from being violated by sacrilegious hands.'
"'A miracle, Signor Arciprete, a miracle! A truly undeniable miracle. I caught this thief this morning trying to steal from the donation box, when suddenly! It was the Madonna's will to bring the dead back to life to protect her holy church from being violated by sacrilegious hands.'"
"The good Peppe, still holding fast the robber, informed the arch-priest and the congregation that every word the sacristan had spoken was true; that he had been dead, but had been miraculously called back to life again by the grace of our blessed Lady in order to secure the thief.
"The good Peppe, still holding onto the robber, informed the arch-priest and the congregation that every word the sacristan had said was true; that he had been dead but had miraculously come back to life thanks to the grace of our blessed Lady in order to catch the thief."
"'You lie! you lie! You know you lie!' gasped out the burglar, as he tried to free himself from the iron grasp of the resuscitated corpse. 'Impostor! knave! swindler,' he called out, nearly suffocated by the firm grip of Peppe.
"'You’re lying! You’re lying! You know you’re lying!' gasped the burglar as he struggled to escape the iron grip of the revived corpse. 'Fraud! Trickster! Swindler,' he shouted, nearly suffocated by Peppe’s tight hold."
"But his words were lost in the sensation caused by the crowd, who permitted no explanation on the part of the criminal. The guard having now arrived, he was walked off to prison amid the execrations of the crowd. The arch-priest, who, through all this scene had remained stupefied for a time, as well he might, at length broke silence.
"But his words were drowned out by the noise of the crowd, who allowed no explanation from the criminal. When the guard arrived, he was taken off to prison amidst the curses of the crowd. The arch-priest, who had remained in shock throughout this whole scene, finally spoke up."
"'There is some mystery that I am as yet unable to[174] comprehend. I am informed by the sacristan that he discovered the burglar in the act of robbing the alms-box of the church, and the money on the ground that you all see, he avers to have been taken out of the alms-box. Now, in order to extract the money from the alms-box the thief must previously have broken it open, yet I see no marks of violence on the box of any kind.
"There’s a mystery that I still can’t understand.[174] The sacristan told me he caught the burglar in the act of stealing from the church’s donation box, and the money on the ground that you all see, he claims was taken from that box. However, to get the money out, the thief would have had to break it open first, but I don’t see any signs of forced entry on the box at all."
"'Then there is another thing worthy of notice. The alms-box was emptied only last week, in order to distribute its contents amongst the poor. How comes it now, then, there appears such a large quantity of money, which, you see, consists chiefly of gold and silver, besides paper money; and that diamond ring I see, whence is that? I think it will be found that the heap of money on the ground will be too large a sum to enter into the box. If it cannot enter, how could it have come out of it?'
"'Then there’s another thing worth noting. The donation box was emptied just last week to share its contents with the poor. So how is it that there’s now such a large amount of money, mostly made up of gold and silver, along with paper money? And that diamond ring I see, where did that come from? I think it’ll turn out that the pile of money on the ground is too big to have fit into the box. If it couldn't fit, how could it have come out of it?'"
"'All the greater miracle,' cried the sacristan, devoutly.
"'What an even greater miracle,' exclaimed the sacristan, with devotion."
"'True, true,' cried the people. 'A double miracle! Great is the power of the Madonna.'
"'Yeah, yeah,' shouted the crowd. 'A double miracle! The power of the Madonna is amazing.'"
"'Well, well, my people,' said the arch-priest, 'I own that I am puzzled beyond measure; nevertheless, as it has pleased our gracious Lady to let us find this goodly sum here in the middle of the church, it is clear that she has but one intention—namely, that the sum should be distributed for the glory of her name. Therefore, let the treasure be replaced in the alms-box for the enlargement and decoration of the church.'[175]
"'Well, well, everyone,' said the arch-priest, 'I admit I'm completely baffled; however, since our gracious Lady has allowed us to discover this generous amount right here in the middle of the church, it's clear she has a single purpose—namely, that this money should be used for the glory of her name. So, let's put the treasure back in the donation box for the expansion and decoration of the church.'[175]
"This decision of their pastor was approved of by the pious flock, and the sacristan hastened to fill the box with as much of the treasure as it was capable of containing, while still a large portion remained over. This, together with the diamond ring, the arch-priest took possession of, declaring that the whole sum should be used for the enlarging and fitting up of his church."
"This decision by their pastor was approved by the faithful congregation, and the sacristan quickly filled the box with as much treasure as it could hold, even though a large amount was left over. This, along with the diamond ring, was taken by the arch-priest, who stated that the entire amount would be used for expanding and improving his church."
Having concluded her narrative, my worthy hostess perceived something like a smile of incredulity on my countenance, which seemed rather to irritate her. However, I comforted her by saying that I would investigate the matter myself, and if, after a careful and strict inquiry, I could not account for the whole matter by natural causes, I would then become as much a believer in the miracle as she was herself.
Having finished her story, my gracious hostess noticed a look of disbelief on my face, which seemed to annoy her. However, I reassured her by saying that I would look into the matter myself, and if, after a thorough and careful investigation, I couldn’t explain everything through natural causes, I would be just as much a believer in the miracle as she was.
This seemed to pacify her, and she encouraged me in seeking every possible means to disprove it. Accordingly, in an hour's time I was up and dressed, and bending my steps towards the township. Part of this curious tale I had already accounted for in my own mind. That Peppe had not been dead, but had feigned to be so, that I knew. The supposed robber I concluded must be Antonio. I supposed that the latter, having discovered at length the imposition practised upon him by his companion, a quarrel had ensued, in the midst of which they had been surprised by the sacristan; but I could guess no more than this.
This seemed to calm her down, and she encouraged me to find every possible way to prove it wrong. So, within an hour, I was up and dressed, making my way to the town. I had already figured out part of this strange story in my mind. I knew that Peppe hadn’t really died but was pretending to be. I guessed the supposed robber was Antonio. I figured that after finally realizing the trick that had been played on him by his partner, a fight broke out, and during that, they were caught by the sacristan; but I couldn’t guess any more than that.
The affair of the treasure being found in the church completely puzzled me, and my curiosity being aroused,[176] I set straight off to the house of the arch-priest, whom I knew intimately, to hear either the confirmation or confutation of my hostess's statement.
The discovery of the treasure in the church completely confused me, and my curiosity piqued,[176] I immediately went to the arch-priest's house, someone I knew well, to find out if my hostess's claim was true or false.
On passing the church in the chief piazza or square of this little town, I met the sacristan, whom, having been an eye-witness to the whole, I stopped and inquired as to the truth of the rumour that had spread so quickly throughout the village. He put on a sanctified look, crossed his hands upon his breast, and rolled up the white of his eyes, solemnly declaring that every word I had heard was true, that he himself had been an eye-witness to the whole affair from first to last.
Upon passing the church in the main square of this small town, I ran into the sacristan, who had seen everything. I stopped and asked him about the truth of the rumor that had spread so quickly through the village. He put on a serious expression, crossed his hands over his chest, and rolled his eyes dramatically, solemnly stating that every word I had heard was true and that he himself had witnessed the entire event from start to finish.
Then, after recounting to me the whole proceedings in a long rigmarole, he wound up by calling on all the saints to open the ground under his feet to swallow him up, if what he spoke was not the truth. He then took his leave.
Then, after explaining everything to me in a long-winded way, he ended by calling on all the saints to open the ground beneath his feet and swallow him up if what he said wasn’t true. He then took his leave.
Now, I never did like the appearance of this sacristan. He was a young man, sallow and emaciated, with an extremely repulsive countenance and an expression of low cunning and avarice, which he sought to hide under an affectation of sanctity and cringing humility. He seemed unable to look you full in the face, though I often caught him observing me out of the corners of his half-closed eyes.
Now, I never liked how this sacristan looked. He was a young guy, pale and skinny, with a really unpleasant face and an expression of sneaky greed that he tried to mask with a fake air of holiness and excessive humility. He seemed unable to look you straight in the eye, though I often caught him watching me from the corners of his half-closed eyes.
He would have been the last man in the world whose word I should have taken for gospel, and there was something in the manner in which he told his story that impressed me with the idea, that whatever mystery there[177] might be connected with the discovered treasure, that he, in some way or another, was interested in the affair being regarded as a miracle. I therefore attached very slight importance to his testimony. In fact, I merely addressed him in the hopes of discovering some discrepancy in my hostess's narrative, being aware how much a story gains in telling; but, to my surprise, I found the two accounts remarkably consistent. A step or two further took me to the house of the arch-priest, which, being open, I entered, and was welcomed on the landing by that worthy.
He would have been the last person I’d trust as a source of truth, and there was something about the way he shared his story that made me feel that whatever mystery there[177] might be about the found treasure, that he, somehow, was hoping for it to be seen as a miracle. So, I didn’t take his word too seriously. Honestly, I was just asking him to see if I could find any inconsistency in my hostess's story, knowing how much a tale can change in the telling; but to my surprise, I found both accounts to be very consistent. A few steps more brought me to the arch-priest’s house, which was open, so I went in and was greeted on the landing by that kind man.
"Ah! Signor Vandyke," he said—you are always called by your Christian name in Italy—"it is long since I've had the pleasure of seeing you. You do not often honour our humble township with your presence. You have been hard at work as usual, I suppose, eh?"
"Ah! Mr. Vandyke," he said—you’re always addressed by your first name in Italy—"it’s been a while since I’ve had the pleasure of seeing you. You don’t often grace our little town with your presence. I assume you’ve been busy at work as usual, right?"
I replied that I had given myself a holiday for once in a way, not feeling in a humour for work, and had called upon him for the purpose of inquiring into the truth of a reported miracle in the village. Hereupon he beckoned me upstairs, made me sit down at a table, and pouring out for me a tumbler of his own wine from a huge jug, he proceeded to fill another for himself; then tapping his snuff-box, a priest's inseparable companion, and taking from it a copious pinch wherewith to clear his brain, this dignitary recited to me the whole story of the miracle, differing in little or nothing from the other accounts that I had heard of it. Knowing him to be a[178] thoroughly trustworthy and conscientious man, I felt sure that he would not willingly deceive me; but fancying he might in some way or other have been deceived himself, I proceeded to cross-question him, though I could not find that he contradicted himself in anything.
I said that I was taking a break for once, not really in the mood to work, and had come to him to ask about the truth behind a miracle reported in the village. He then signaled me to come upstairs, had me sit at a table, and poured me a glass of his wine from a large jug, then filled another for himself. After that, he tapped his snuff-box, a priest's constant companion, and took a generous pinch to clear his head. This man of the cloth then shared the entire story of the miracle, which was pretty much the same as the other versions I had heard. I knew him to be a[178] reliable and principled person, so I was confident he wouldn’t intend to mislead me; however, thinking he might have been tricked in some way, I decided to question him further, though I found that he didn't contradict himself at all.
When I asked if he could vouch for the occurrence being a miracle, he replied:
When I asked if he could confirm that the event was a miracle, he replied:
"I can only vouch for what I saw. The resuscitated corpse was holding the accused in his grasp, while I had the sacristan's word that the corpse had suddenly become re-animated under his very eyes, and had seized the burglar after he had succeeded in extracting the money from the alms-box. I must confess I am puzzled at the whole of that sum having been extracted from the coffer, when, with the greatest pains the sacristan could not replace more than half of it. I have the rest here, as you see, and with it a handsome diamond ring. That is the wonderful part, for who wears diamonds in these mountains?"
"I can only speak to what I witnessed. The revived corpse was holding the accused in his grip, and I have the sacristan's assurance that the corpse suddenly came back to life right before his eyes and grabbed the burglar after he managed to take the money from the donation box. I have to admit I'm baffled by the entire amount being taken from the coffers when the sacristan could barely replace half of it, even with great effort. I have the rest right here, as you can see, along with a beautiful diamond ring. That's the amazing part, because who wears diamonds in these mountains?"
I was now perfectly sure of one thing namely, that the treasure had never been extracted from the alms-box at all, but had been found in some other manner. The testimony of the sacristan, as I have said before, weighed little or nothing with me. So far from it, indeed, that I began to see more clearly than ever that there had been some trick or imposture, at the bottom of which was the sacristan himself.
I was now completely certain of one thing: the treasure had never been taken from the donation box at all, but had been discovered some other way. The sacristan's testimony, as I mentioned before, meant very little to me. On the contrary, I started to realize more clearly than ever that there had been some kind of trick or deception, and the sacristan himself was at the center of it.
I did not give the arch-priest the result of my reflections, but restrained myself until I should obtain[179] further evidence. We had discoursed for full a couple of hours on the subject, and when I rose to depart I told him that I was as complete a sceptic as before, as far as the miraculous character of the event was concerned, though I placed every reliance in his statement. I said I was perfectly sure of unveiling the mystery before long, and when I had done so I should at once let him know.
I didn’t share my thoughts with the arch-priest but held off until I could gather[179] more evidence. We had talked for a full couple of hours on the topic, and when I got up to leave, I told him that I was still just as much a skeptic as before regarding the miraculous nature of the event, even though I totally trusted his account. I mentioned that I was confident I would uncover the mystery soon, and once I did, I would let him know right away.
"And the delinquent," asked I, with my hand on the doorhandle, "where is he?"
"And the troublemaker," I asked, with my hand on the door handle, "where is he?"
"Locked up, to be sure; ready to be taken to-morrow to Gennazzano, there to await his trial."
"Locked up, that's for sure; ready to be taken tomorrow to Gennazzano, where he'll wait for his trial."
"Could I exchange a word with him?"
"Can I have a word with him?"
"If you wish. I shall have to give you a line to the guard, in order to admit you. Just one moment,—here—with this pass they will let you enter."
"If you want. I need to give you a note to the guard so they can let you in. Just a moment,—here—with this pass they’ll let you in."
"Thank you very much. Till we meet again—Addio."
"Thank you so much. Until we meet again—Goodbye."
It was now growing towards evening as I hastened my steps towards the lock-up house, where I delivered the arch-priest's note to the guard, who immediately gave orders to the turnkey to admit me. On entering the cell I found Antonio, as I had expected, pacing up and down dejectedly.
It was getting towards evening as I quickened my pace to the lock-up house, where I handed the arch-priest's note to the guard, who immediately instructed the turnkey to let me in. Upon entering the cell, I found Antonio, just as I had expected, walking back and forth in a state of despair.
"Well, Antonio," said I, "I have come to have a chat with you and to hear all about the miracle that happened this morning."
"Well, Antonio," I said, "I wanted to talk with you and hear all about the miracle that happened this morning."
"Ah! Signor, is it you?" cried he. "Now, was there ever an unluckier mortal on earth than I?"[180]
"Ah! Sir, is that you?" he exclaimed. "Is there ever a more unfortunate person on this earth than I?"[180]
"Nonsense," said I, "about being unlucky. I have come to comfort you in your trouble and to hear all about the miracle."
"Nonsense," I said, "about being unlucky. I'm here to support you in your trouble and to hear all about the miracle."
"Miracle! The devil a miracle," exclaimed Antonio. "They've miracled me within four walls, who am innocent as the babe unborn, whilst they have let go two of the greatest rascals in the village. It will be a miracle if I escape incarceration for life when I take my trial at Gennazzano."
"Miracle! Not a chance," Antonio exclaimed. "They've trapped me within these four walls, while I'm as innocent as a newborn, and they’ve let two of the biggest crooks in the village go free. It'll be a miracle if I avoid being locked up for life when I go to trial in Gennazzano."
"Come," said I, consolingly, "you must not look so gloomily at things. I will do what I can to get you off, but you must tell me exactly how the whole affair happened."
"Come on," I said, trying to comfort him, "you can't view everything so negatively. I'll do my best to help you, but you need to tell me exactly how it all happened."
"Ah! that I will, Signor, and with pleasure," said he.
"Of course, I will, Sir, and happily," he said.
Walking me up and down his narrow cell, the turnkey waiting at the door with his bunch of keys the while, he began his story thus:—
Walking me back and forth in his small cell, the guard stood at the door with his bunch of keys, and he started his story like this:—
"You will remember, Eccellenza, that before parting from you last, I informed you of my intention of concealing myself within the confessional of the church and to remain there all night, for the purpose of observing attentively if the would-be corpse of Peppe there laid out should make any movement or betray the slightest signs of life.
"You will remember, Your Excellency, that before our last farewell, I mentioned my plan to hide in the church confessional and stay there all night, to carefully watch if Peppe's body laid out there would move or show any signs of life."
"At a late hour, therefore, when all was dark—that is to say, about three hours after Ave Maria—I entered the church, and there was my late friend attired as a corpse with a candle left burning at his head, as is the[181] custom, you know, Signor, in these parts. I approached him, though not without a certain tremor, for to me there has always been something solemn and awful in being left alone with the dead, especially at midnight when the corpse is laid out in state in the middle of the church, with nothing but the feeble light of one candle to illumine its ghastly features.
"At a late hour, therefore, when everything was dark—that is to say, about three hours after Ave Maria—I entered the church, and there was my late friend dressed as a corpse with a candle burning at his head, as is the[181] custom, you know, Signor, in these parts. I approached him, though not without some nervousness, because I have always found something solemn and eerie about being left alone with the dead, especially at midnight when the corpse is laid out in the middle of the church, with nothing but the dim glow of one candle to light up its ghastly features."
"Nor did this feeling at all abate when I reflected, that in all probability the supposed corpse was not really dead, but only feigning to be so. If anything, I felt more terrified. However, I advanced steadily, and gazed full in the face of it. It was very pale, and perfectly motionless, and I began to think that this must be death, and that your Excellency had been mistaken in being so positive that my friend was yet alive.
"Nor did this feeling at all lessen when I thought about it, knowing that the supposed corpse was probably not truly dead but just pretending to be. If anything, I felt even more terrified. Still, I moved forward steadily and looked directly at its face. It was very pale and completely still, and I started to believe that this must be death, and that you, Your Excellency, were mistaken to be so sure that my friend was still alive."
"I fancied that perhaps you had seen his spirit and had mistaken it for himself in the flesh. I forebore to touch the corpse from that same feeling of awe that I have just described, and though at the time I was perfectly satisfied that he was really dead, yet I still resolved to sit up all night, concealed within the confessional, so as to be able to tell your Excellency on the morrow that I had fulfilled my promise.
"I thought that maybe you had seen his spirit and confused it with his physical form. I hesitated to touch the body due to the same feeling of awe I just mentioned, and although I was completely convinced he was truly dead, I still decided to stay up all night, hidden in the confessional, so I could tell you the next day that I kept my promise."
"I accordingly shut myself in, and gazed steadfastly at the features of the corpse, never taking my eyes off all the time, in order to assure myself beyond a doubt whether this were really death or merely its counterfeit. I gazed long and intently, but in vain did I endeavour to discover the slightest breathing or other signs of life.[182] Whether the dim light of one candle prevented me from seeing sufficiently well, I know not.
"I shut myself in and stared intently at the features of the corpse, never taking my eyes off it the whole time, trying to convince myself beyond doubt whether this was truly death or just a fake. I looked for a long time, but no matter how hard I tried, I couldn't find the slightest sign of breathing or any other signs of life.[182] I'm not sure if the faint light from one candle was making it hard for me to see properly."
"All was silent as the tomb, and as I gazed in breathless suspense, hour after hour flew by, till at length I heard the old church clock toll forth the dread hour of midnight. The last stroke had hardly died away—How shall I describe to you my terror, oh, Signor?—when suddenly I heard the church doors violently shaken. You know how nervous one becomes in the dead of the night at hearing any sort of noise unexpectedly that one cannot account for. Imagine, then, my sensations, Eccellenza, if you can, when, hidden within the confessional at this witching hour of night, with every nerve on the stretch, and looking out into the solemn gloom of the church, illumined only by the solitary candle placed at the head of the corpse—when all honest peasants, with their families, were in bed and fast asleep, and the greatest silence reigned everywhere, suddenly to hear a bang and a crash at the old church doors, which soon gave way—you know how rotten they are, Signor—and there entered, cursing and swearing, a troop of—well, upon my soul, Signor, I took them to be emissaries of the arch-fiend, sent to secure the soul of the defunct.
"Everything was silent like a tomb, and as I waited, breathless, hour after hour passed until I finally heard the old church clock strike the dreaded hour of midnight. The last chime had barely faded away—How can I explain my terror to you, oh, Signor?—when suddenly I heard the church doors being violently rattled. You know how anxious one gets in the dead of night when an unexpected noise disrupts the silence. Just imagine my feelings, Eccellenza, if you can, when, hidden in the confessional at this witching hour, with every nerve on edge, peering into the solemn darkness of the church, lit only by the solitary candle at the head of the corpse—while all the honest villagers and their families were tucked in bed, fast asleep, and an eerie quiet filled the air—when I suddenly heard a bang and a crash at the old church doors, which soon gave way—you know how weak they are, Signor—and a group of, well, I swear, Signor, I believed them to be messengers of the arch-fiend, come to claim the soul of the deceased."
"However, after having attentively examined their forms, which were hardly less wild than those of the foul fiends themselves, if all accounts of them be true, I satisfied myself that they were, after all, human—men of flesh and blood like ourselves. Signor, they were the brigands.[183]
"However, after carefully looking at their forms, which were almost as wild as those of the ugly monsters themselves, if all reports about them are true, I convinced myself that they were, in fact, human—men made of flesh and blood like us. Sir, they were the brigands.[183]
"I should say there were about a dozen of them, for I did not think of counting them, so great was my fright. They rushed helter-skelter into the church, and without as much as glancing at the corpse, seized the candle that stood burning near its head, and, striding towards the altar placed the candle thereon and proceeded to count their ungodly gains. I trembled in every limb; a cold sweat broke out on my forehead, and I felt my hair stand up, while my teeth chattered in my head.
"I’d say there were about a dozen of them, since I didn’t think to count them because I was so scared. They rushed chaotically into the church, and without even looking at the corpse, grabbed the candle that was burning near its head, then walked over to the altar and placed the candle there before starting to count their ill-gotten gains. I trembled all over; a cold sweat broke out on my forehead, and I felt my hair stand on end as my teeth chattered in my head."
"What would happen next? Would the Madonna send a thunderbolt to destroy these sacrilegious wretches, and perhaps myself at the same time? I quite expected something of the sort. I am sure it is quite a wonder that my hair hasn't turned white from the terrors I underwent last evening.
"What would happen next? Would the Madonna send a lightning bolt to wipe out these blasphemous wretches, and maybe me too? I was definitely expecting something like that. It’s a miracle my hair hasn't gone gray from the fears I faced last night."
"Well, Eccellenza, I presume these ruffians, after having laid wait for the mail on the high road and robbed a number of poor gentlemen of all they had about them, had made off with their ill-gotten treasure in the dead of the night, and, passing through the village on their way, descried the glimmer of the candle through the chinks of the church door, and thought they would take this opportunity of dividing their spoil.
"Well, Your Excellency, I assume these criminals, after lying in wait for the mail on the highway and robbing several unfortunate gentlemen of everything they had, escaped with their stolen loot in the dead of night. As they passed through the village, they spotted the flicker of a candle through the cracks in the church door and decided to take this chance to split their spoils."
"The treasure was a goodly heap, consisting of gold, silver, and paper money, besides a few gold watches, which they all drew lots for, and a magnificent diamond ring, which the brigand chief claimed for himself.
"The treasure was a generous pile, made up of gold, silver, and cash, along with a few gold watches that they all drew lots for, and a stunning diamond ring that the bandit leader took for himself."
"'Now, my men,' said he after an equal portion had[184] been allotted to each, 'I think every man in my band has had a fair share of the booty. This ring alone I claim the right of disposing of as head of the band, seeing that it cannot be divided; yet, to show you all in what high estimation I hold fair play, and how loath I am to possess even a baiocco more than my valiant companions without deserving it, I will award this ring to the man who shall first succeed in hitting yon corpse on the nose with it, I myself taking share in the pastime, and as captain of the band claiming for myself the first shot.'
"'Now, guys,' he said after everyone got an equal share[184] of the loot, 'I think every guy in my crew has had a fair piece of the treasure. This ring, though, I'm claiming the right to decide what happens with it as the leader of the team, since it can't be split up; however, to show you how much I value fair play and how I really don't want to have even a single baiocco more than my brave companions without earning it, I'm going to give this ring to the guy who first manages to hit that corpse on the nose with it. I'll join in on the fun too, and as the captain of the crew, I’ll take the first shot myself.'
"Enthusiastic cheers greeted this decision of their chief, and the game began. The captain had the first throw, but missed. Then a second picked up the ring and also threw, but missed likewise. Then a third, with the same result, and so on, till the seventh, who, more dextrous than the rest, hit the corpse such a stinging whack on the nose that it suddenly jumped up, shook its head, extended its arms, and leaped down from the bier.
"Excited cheers welcomed their leader's decision, and the game started. The captain threw first but missed. Then a second player picked up the ring and threw, but missed as well. A third player followed with the same outcome, and so on, until the seventh player, more skilled than the rest, struck the corpse with such a sharp hit on the nose that it suddenly jumped up, shook its head, extended its arms, and jumped down from the bier."
"You see, the rascal had been shamming, after all, sir, and, wearied out with feigning death, had actually gone to sleep. Now, although I was half prepared for such a resuscitation, the effect upon me was electrical; but I recovered from my surprise soon enough to enjoy the confusion of the brigands, who in their terror and dismay at what they took to be a miracle wrought by the saints on purpose to punish their impious conduct, took to their heels, stumbling over one another in[185] their flight, and letting drop all their treasure on the ground unheeded, scampered out of the church as fast as their legs could carry them.
"You see, the scoundrel had been pretending all along, and after getting tired of faking death, he actually fell asleep. Now, even though I was somewhat prepared for such a revival, the impact on me was shocking; but I quickly got over my surprise enough to enjoy the confusion of the bandits, who, in their fear and panic at what they thought was a miracle caused by the saints to punish their wicked behavior, ran away, tripping over each other in[185] their escape, and dropped all their treasure on the ground without a second thought as they hurried out of the church as fast as they could."
"I was infinitely amused at the fright and discomfiture of these lawless ruffians, and at another time should have laughed heartily at their sudden dispersion, but my rage at having been imposed upon, and the thoughts of vengeance I harboured against my false friend somewhat damped my mirth. No sooner were the brigands safely out of the church than Peppe, who was now sufficiently wide awake to comprehend the situation, after closing the church doors carefully, proceeded to spread a large handkerchief on the ground and to collect together all the gold and silver that had rolled about into every corner of the church, and which I've no doubt he thought he alone was entitled to.
"I found it incredibly funny to see the fear and discomfort of those lawless thugs, and normally I would have laughed out loud at how quickly they scattered, but my anger at being deceived and the thoughts of revenge I had against my fake friend put a damper on my amusement. As soon as the criminals were safely out of the church, Peppe, now awake enough to understand what was going on, carefully closed the church doors and spread a large handkerchief on the ground to gather up all the gold and silver that had rolled into every corner of the church, which I’m sure he thought he alone deserved."
"It was at this moment that I made a sudden burst from the confessional, and rushing towards him, seized him by the throat.
"It was at this moment that I suddenly burst out of the confessional and rushed toward him, grabbing him by the throat."
"'Villain!' I cried, 'your imposture is found out. Was it thus you hoped to swindle me out of my three pauls?'
"'Villain!' I shouted, 'your deception has been uncovered. Is this how you intended to trick me out of my three pauls?'"
"'Ah, friend Antonio,' exclaimed he, quite unmoved, 'is it you? Now I am glad that with your own eyes you have witnessed the miracle that the saints have wrought upon me in order to enable me to pay back the debt I owe to my best friend.'
"'Oh, friend Antonio,' he exclaimed, completely unfazed, 'is that you? I'm so glad you got to see the miracle that the saints worked in me so I can repay the debt I owe to my best friend.'"
"'Liar!' cried I; 'blaspheme not. Think not to impose on me again. Give me my three pauls at once.'[186]
"'Liar!' I shouted; 'don't blaspheme. Don't think you can fool me again. Give me my three pauls right now.'[186]
"'Three pauls!' he exclaimed. 'How on earth should I possess so contemptible a sum? Come, sit down here, and we will divide this goodly treasure between us.'
"'Three pauls!' he exclaimed. 'How on earth could I have such a measly amount? Come, sit down here, and we'll split this generous treasure between us.'"
"Now, I knew that I had just as much right to the treasure as my friend, since it remained unclaimed, and therefore to divide it between us was nothing more than fair, nor did I thank Peppe for inviting me to take my share of it. Chance had thrown it in our way, and therefore I was entitled to the half of it.
"Now, I knew that I had just as much right to the treasure as my friend since it was unclaimed, so dividing it between us was only fair, and I didn't thank Peppe for inviting me to take my share. It was just chance that had brought it to us, and that meant I was entitled to half of it."
"Nevertheless, I did not consider myself obliged to cancel my friend's debt because of the good fortune that had befallen us, but was determined that he should still pay me the three pauls out of his share when the whole should be divided, for the principle of the thing, for I am very punctilious as to principle, especially when my interests are affected.
"Still, I didn't feel obligated to forgive my friend's debt just because of the good luck we had, but I was set on making sure he paid me the three pauls from his share when everything was divided, because it's a matter of principle for me. I'm very particular about principles, especially when my interests are involved."
"However, I said nothing until after we had divided the treasure equally. This being done, some debate arose as to what we should do with the diamond ring. Peppe thought he had a right to it, as he said it was all through him that the brigands had been put to flight and had left us in possession of the treasure. He even called me ungrateful and unreasonable when I disputed it with him, after having allowed me a share of the booty. I was not to be put off in this way. I told him that I had a right to an equal share of the treasure, and owed no thanks to him for the accident of good fortune that had befallen us both. As to the ring, I said that if[187] either of us had a right to it more than the other it was myself, as he was my debtor.
"However, I didn’t say anything until we had divided the treasure equally. Once that was done, a discussion started about what we should do with the diamond ring. Peppe claimed he had the right to it, arguing that it was thanks to him that the brigands had been scared off and left us with the treasure. He even called me ungrateful and unreasonable when I challenged him, after he agreed to let me have a share of the loot. I wasn’t going to let that slide. I told him that I deserved an equal share of the treasure and didn’t owe him any thanks for the random good luck that had come to both of us. As for the ring, I said that if either of us had a stronger claim to it, it was me, since he owed me."
"'Avaricious man!' exclaimed he, 'do you still think of exacting your miserable three pauls after my generosity in making you a sharer of the treasure that belonged properly to me? Have I not already paid you over and over again the paltry debt I owed you? If the Madonna had not brought me miraculously back to life you would have had nothing.'
"'Greedy man!' he exclaimed, 'do you still think about demanding your pathetic three pauls after I generously made you a part of the treasure that rightfully belonged to me? Haven't I already repaid you many times over for the trivial debt I owed you? If the Madonna hadn't miraculously brought me back to life, you would have had nothing.'"
"'Peace, blasphemer!' cried I. 'Do you think to befool me again with your imposture?'
"'Calm down, you fraud!' I shouted. 'Do you really think you can trick me again with your lies?'"
"'Imposture!' he exclaimed, with an air of injured innocence. 'Why, did you not see me rise from the dead with your own eyes?'
"Imposture!" he exclaimed, pretending to be innocent. "Come on, didn’t you see me come back to life with your own eyes?"
"'Come, now,' said I, losing all patience, 'do you think that I was not sharp enough to suspect your plot from the very beginning, knowing what sort of character I had to deal with? Do you imagine I couldn't see through all your shamming—that I didn't see your breast heaving?'
"'Come on,' I said, losing all patience, 'do you really think I wasn't suspicious of your scheme from the start, knowing what kind of person you are? Do you think I couldn't see through all your lying—that I didn't notice your chest rising and falling?'"
"'My breast heaving! The breast of a corpse heaving!' he ejaculated. 'Strange hallucination! Trust me, my dear friend, you must have been slightly in liquor, and saw double.'
"'My chest is heaving! The chest of a corpse is heaving!' he exclaimed. 'What a strange hallucination! Trust me, my dear friend, you must have had a bit to drink and are seeing double.'"
"'And do you think that I did not observe that worn out with feigning death so long, you really fell asleep,' said I, heedless of his insult, 'and that I did not hear you snore like a hog?'
"'And do you think I didn't notice that, worn out from pretending to be dead for so long, you actually fell asleep?' I said, ignoring his insult, 'and that I didn't hear you snore like a pig?'"
"'I snore like a hog!' he exclaimed. 'My dear friend,[188] believe me, you must have been very strongly in liquor.'
"'I snore like a pig!' he said. 'My dear friend,[188] trust me, you must have been really drunk.'"
"'No more in liquor than you,' I cried, with some vehemence. 'That you were sound asleep I can swear, nor would you have awoke till morning, had not one of the brigands hit you on the nose with that ring. Then, naturally forgetting your caution, you jumped up, stretched yourself, which act of yours being sufficient under the circumstances to strike terror among the brigands, who, imagining no doubt, what you would like me also to believe—viz., that a miracle had been wrought to bring you back to life again, took to their heels and left their treasure behind them.
"'You're no more drunk than I am,' I shouted, a bit heated. 'I swear you were sound asleep, and you wouldn't have woken up until morning if one of the bandits hadn't hit you on the nose with that ring. Then, forgetting your caution, you jumped up and stretched, which scared the bandits enough. They probably thought—just like you want me to believe—that a miracle had brought you back to life, so they took off and left their loot behind.'"
"'Now, you can't well expect me to believe in what you affect to consider a miracle, seeing that I have been an eye-witness to your antics from the very beginning, and as for trusting you with the ring until it shall be converted into money, that would be too much for you to expect from me, after the insight you have given me into your character.'
"'Now, you can’t seriously expect me to believe in what you claim is a miracle, considering I've seen your tricks from the very start. And trusting you with the ring until it can be turned into money? That’s asking way too much from me, especially after what you've shown me about your character.'"
"'Come now, old fellow,' said he, gaily, and with most provoking good humour, 'let us have no more words about it. We'll toss up for it. Nothing can be fairer than that.'
"'Come on, buddy,' he said cheerfully and with the most irritating good humor, 'let's not talk about it anymore. We'll flip a coin for it. Nothing could be fairer than that.'"
"'I do not agree either to toss up for it or to draw lots for it, as I am usually unlucky,' I replied, firmly.
"I don’t agree to flipping a coin or drawing straws for it, since I'm usually unlucky," I said firmly.
"'Then we'll settle it between ourselves as the brigands did. If I hit you on the nose with it, it is mine. If you can hit me with it, it shall be yours. Come—here goes.'[189]
"'Then we'll sort it out ourselves like the bandits did. If I hit you on the nose with it, it's mine. If you can hit me with it, then it will be yours. Come on—here we go.'[189]
"'I object to these proceedings,' I replied.
"I object to these proceedings," I said.
"'What will you do, then? Will you cut it in half with a knife?'
'What will you do, then? Are you going to cut it in half with a knife?'
"'Nor that either,' said I.
"'Neither that,' I said."
"'Well, now,' said he, 'you are one of the never-contented. I see you are determined by hook or by crook to keep the ring all to yourself.'
"'Well, now,' he said, 'you're one of those who are never satisfied. I can see you're set on keeping the ring all to yourself, no matter what it takes.'"
"'No,' I replied, 'I do not wish for anything that is not strictly fair. What I propose is this—viz., that I should keep the ring in my possession until you have disbursed the three pauls out of your share. Then, after the ring has been estimated by a trustworthy party and turned into money, then we will share the produce equally.'
"'No,' I replied, 'I don't want anything that's not completely fair. What I suggest is this: I'll keep the ring until you've paid the three pauls from your share. Then, once the ring has been valued by a reliable source and converted into cash, we'll split the proceeds evenly.'"
"'Ho! ho!' laughed he, 'so that's what you are after, is it? Ha! ha! I see it all. You fancy that under the excuse of waiting for your three pauls (which I know as well as you do yourself you do not care a straw for, since you have become enriched with the half of my treasure) that I am going to allow you quietly to abscond with the ring, which may be worth as much as all the treasure put together, for what I know, never to be heard of afterwards. Well, that is a cool idea! Ha! ha! ha!'
"'Ho! ho!' he laughed, 'so that's what you're after, huh? Ha! ha! I get it now. You think that by pretending to wait for your three pauls (which, let’s be honest, you don't care about at all, since you've already gotten half of my treasure) I'm going to let you sneak off with the ring, which could be worth more than all the treasure combined, for all I know, and then disappear without a trace. Well, that's bold! Ha! ha! ha!'"
"'I protest,' said I, 'that such a thought never entered my head.'
"I protest," I said, "that such a thought never crossed my mind."
"'Oh, of course not,' said he, incredulously. 'Friend Antonio, it is clear that our respective mothers hatched neither of us two yesterday. I am only a poor[190] goatherd, yet I have learnt as much of the world from watching the antics of my goats as you have in trailing and pruning your vines. We are both of us men, and we know what men are. We all have our wants, and our brains were given us to supply them.'
"'Oh, of course not,' he said, in disbelief. 'My friend Antonio, it’s obvious that neither of our mothers gave birth to us yesterday. I’m just a poor [190] goatherd, but I've learned as much about the world from watching my goats as you have from tending to your vines. We're both men, and we understand what men are like. We all have our needs, and our minds were given to us to fulfill them.'"
"'Yes,' replied I, 'in a conscientious and legitimate manner, and not to over-reach our fellow-men in the shortest and most unscrupulous way that our petty interests may dictate, to the scandal of all good saints and the blessed Madonna at their head.'
"'Yes,' I replied, 'in a responsible and honest way, and not to take advantage of others in the most selfish and ruthless manner that our small interests might suggest, to the dismay of all good people and the blessed Madonna leading them.'"
"And here I launched out into a moral strain for at least an hour, hoping to bring him round by dint of argument and persuasion to my view of the case, but finding him at the end of that time still obdurate, and in the same state of hardness of heart as before—for who can moralise with such a heathen as Peppe?—I attempted to seize the ring by force, intending to keep it until he should pay me the debt he owed me, but he was before me, and a scuffle ensued, he declaring that he would not suffer me to keep the ring in my possession, and I being equally firm in refusing to let him keep it in his without first paying me my three pauls.
"And here I went into a long moral argument for at least an hour, hoping to convince him with reason and persuasion to see things my way. But, after all that time, he was still stubborn and just as hard-hearted as before—because who can reason with someone as uncivilized as Peppe?—I decided to grab the ring by force, planning to hold onto it until he paid back the debt he owed me. But he was quicker and a struggle broke out, with him insisting that I couldn’t keep the ring, while I was just as determined to not let him have it unless he first paid me my three pauls."
"He promised faithfully to pay me the debt when he should have changed one of the pieces of money that fell to his lot; until then, however, I remained firm in my resolution. Words had by this time led to blows, and the conflict was getting desperate, when, it being now fairly morning, we were interrupted by the sacristan entering the church to light the candles on the altar.[191]
"He promised to pay me back the debt once he exchanged some of the money he received; until then, I stuck to my decision. By this point, our words had turned into a fight, and things were becoming intense when, as morning arrived, we were interrupted by the sacristan entering the church to light the candles on the altar.[191]
"Starting back in wonderment and terror at what he naturally believed to be a miraculous resuscitation, it it was some time before he was sufficiently calm to hear from me the true account of the case.
"Starting back in awe and fear at what he thought was a miraculous revival, it took him a while to calm down enough to hear the real story from me."
"At length, recovering from his stupor, his eyes sparkled with an avaricious light at the divided treasure on the ground, and his skinny fingers opened and shut convulsively. Then gazing furtively over each shoulder, he put his finger to his lip, winked, and whispered hoarsely, 'My friends, the secret of your newly-acquired wealth is as yet only known to us three. I think you will find it to your interest that it should not be known to more, as in that case it might come to the ears of the arch-priest, who would be sure to deprive you of every penny of it, in consideration of its being found in his church. Reflect well, my friends; there is but one way to swear me to secrecy.'
"Finally coming to his senses, his eyes glimmered with a greedy light at the treasure scattered on the ground, and his thin fingers twitched excitedly. Then, glancing around cautiously, he put his finger to his lips, winked, and whispered hoarsely, 'Friends, the secret of your newfound wealth is only known to the three of us for now. I think it would be in your best interest not to let anyone else know, as it could reach the arch-priest, who would surely take every penny from you since it was found in his church. Think carefully, my friends; there’s only one way to ensure my silence.'”
"'And that is?' asked I.
"'And that is?' I asked."
"'To let me have an equal share of the treasure,' said he, impudently. 'What other way would you buy my silence?'
"'To give me an equal share of the treasure,' said he, boldly. 'What other way would you pay for my silence?'"
"We both violently opposed this proposition, considering it no less than an act of brigandage, and however Peppe and I might differ in opinion on many subjects, we both agreed that this was a piece of extortion to which we were not bound to submit. I said that I would sooner await the decision of the arch-priest, which would perhaps, after all, not be such as he—the sacristan—represented it, and Peppe swore that he[192] would knock his dastardly brains out in the middle of the church before he would let him touch a baiocco.
"We both strongly opposed this idea, seeing it as nothing less than an act of robbery, and even though Peppe and I often disagreed on many topics, we both agreed that this was a form of extortion we wouldn't accept. I mentioned that I would rather wait for the arch-priest's decision, which might not turn out to be as he—the sacristan—claimed it would be, and Peppe vowed that he[192] would smash his cowardly brains out in the middle of the church before he let him take a baiocco.
"'Think again, my friends,' said the sacristan, exchanging his customary look of sanctity for one of deep cunning and malignity. 'Think again, and decide quickly. In another minute the arch-priest will enter the church to perform mass. All the inhabitants of the village will be pouring in. There is no time to be lost. Either let me have a third of the treasure, or I shall swear by all the saints to the arch-priest that I caught you, Signor Antonio, in the act of robbing the alms-box, and that the Madonna wrought a miracle before my very eyes by raising you, Signor Guiseppe, from the dead in order to chastise the burglar for his sacrilege.'
"'Think again, my friends,' said the sacristan, swapping his usual holy look for one of deep cunning and malice. 'Think again and make a choice quickly. In a minute, the arch-priest will come into the church to perform mass. All the villagers will be coming in. There's no time to waste. Either give me a third of the treasure, or I will swear by all the saints to the arch-priest that I caught you, Signor Antonio, in the act of stealing from the alms-box, and that the Madonna performed a miracle right in front of me by bringing you, Signor Guiseppe, back from the dead to punish the thief for his sacrilege.'"
"'He will not believe thee, thou imp of Satan!' roared Peppe.
"'He won't believe you, you little devil!' roared Peppe."
"'We shall see,' rejoined the sacristan, with a malicious chuckle, and rubbing his hands.
"'We'll see,' replied the sacristan, with a wicked chuckle, rubbing his hands together."
"At this moment the arch-priest entered, attired in his robes, and all the congregation at his heels.
"At that moment, the arch-priest walked in, dressed in his robes, with the entire congregation following behind him."
"'Oh, Signor Arch-priest!' began the sacristan, in a loud voice, before the assembled multitude, rolling up his eyes and crossing himself with mock devotion, 'I have witnessed this morning a miracle with these very eyes.'
"'Oh, Father!' started the sacristan, in a loud voice, before the gathered crowd, rolling up his eyes and making the sign of the cross with feigned piety, 'I have seen a miracle with my own eyes this morning.'"
"'A miracle!' exclaimed the arch-priest and all the congregation in chorus.
"'A miracle!' shouted the arch-priest, and the whole congregation echoed in unison.
"'Ay,' persisted the sacristan; 'a genuine, undeniable miracle. As I entered the church this morning to[193] light the candles on the altar, I discovered this burglar (pointing to me) in the act of robbing the alms-box. He had just succeeded in extracting all that treasure that you see on the ground before you, and which was doubtless all of it placed in the box by our blessed Lady's own hands for the use of her holy church. For who else in our little village could have amassed such a sum, or, having amassed it, would have been willing to put it all of a heap within the alms-box?
"'Yeah,' the sacristan insisted, 'a real, undeniable miracle. When I walked into the church this morning to[193] light the candles on the altar, I found this thief (pointing to me) in the act of stealing from the donation box. He had just pulled out all that treasure you see lying on the ground before you, which was surely placed in the box by our blessed Lady's own hands for the benefit of her holy church. Who else in our little village could have collected such a sum, or, having collected it, would be willing to put it all together in the donation box?'
"'Well, Signor Arciprete, just as the sacrilegious knave was about to count his unhallowed gains, lo! a miracle, such as these eyes never before beheld, and may never see again before they close for ever in peace.'
"'Well, Father, just as the disrespectful thief was about to count his ill-gotten gains, suddenly! a miracle, such as I've never seen before and may never see again before my eyes close forever in peace.'"
"'Well, well,' said the arch-priest, impatiently.
"'Well, well,' said the arch-priest, impatiently.
"'Well, Signor Arciprete mio, will you believe it? Yon image of our blessed Lady suddenly raised its arm in a commanding attitude, and with a voice of ineffable sweetness blended with severity cried out to yon corpse, or, rather, that man, who was a corpse only last night, as all good people may recollect, "Corpse! arise and seize yon sacrilegious ruffian by the scruff of the neck!" The words were no sooner out of the blessed image's mouth, when up leapt the corpse from his bier, and seizing the burglar with an iron grasp, continued to hold him until vostra Reverenza entered the church!'
"'Well, Father, can you believe this? That statue of our Blessed Lady suddenly raised its arm in a commanding way and, with a voice that was sweet yet strict, shouted to that body, or rather, that man, who was a corpse just last night, as everyone can remember, 'Corpse! Get up and grab that sacrilegious thug by the neck!' As soon as those words left the statue's mouth, the corpse jumped up from its coffin and grabbed the burglar with a strong grip, holding him until you entered the church!'"
"The arch-priest remained dumbfounded for a time, not knowing what to say; but just as I was about to break silence and try to exculpate myself, my voice was[194] immediately drowned by the multitude crying out, 'Down with him! down with him! Down with the thief, the burglar, the heathen! Let him not seek to exculpate himself with lies. Hear him not; he is guilty of sacrilege! Down with the Protestant! Blessed be the holy man who was raised from the dead and the good sacristan to whose eyes the miracle was vouchsafed! Down with the Jew, the Protestant, the heretic! Away with the miscreant! away with him.'
"The arch-priest stood there shocked for a moment, not knowing what to say; but just as I was about to break the silence and try to defend myself, my voice was[194]immediately overridden by the crowd shouting, 'Get him out of here! Get him out of here! Get the thief, the burglar, the heathen! Don’t let him make excuses with lies. Don’t listen to him; he’s guilty of sacrilege! Get rid of the Protestant! Blessed be the holy man who was brought back to life and the good sacristan who witnessed the miracle! Get the Jew, the Protestant, the heretic! Out with the villain! Out with him.'
"I saw and heard no more. Hurried away, midst the hootings and execrations of the crowd, I was flung into prison, where I have remained ever since the morning."
"I saw and heard nothing more. In the chaos of the crowd's jeers and curses, I was rushed away and thrown into prison, where I've been ever since this morning."
There was much in Antonio's story that moved me to laughter, though not a smile appeared upon the face of the narrator himself throughout the whole recital. There was an air of truth, too, about his manner that left no doubt in my mind that he had retailed the facts of the case as they had occurred without adding to or taking from them in the minutest particular.
There was a lot in Antonio's story that made me laugh, even though the narrator didn't crack a smile during the entire telling. There was also a sense of truth in his demeanor that made me sure he shared the facts exactly as they happened, without exaggerating or omitting any detail.
I was then able to tell him the sequel of the story; how the arch-priest had put the greater part of the treasure into the alms-box, and, for the rest, the sum being too large to enter all of it into the box, he had taken charge of it, together with the diamond ring, and had designed the whole sum to be expended for the benefit of the church.
I was then able to share the rest of the story; how the arch-priest had put most of the treasure into the donation box, and since the amount was too large to fit all of it into the box, he took responsibility for it along with the diamond ring, planning to use the entire amount for the benefit of the church.
On hearing this he replied that he had rather that the money should be disposed of in that way than that[195] blackleg of a sacristan should get a penny of it. He said that he was perfectly sure that the arch-priest had only so disposed of the money from a sincere belief that it had been miraculously placed in the alms-box, he himself being the dupe of his own rascally sacristan to whom he trusted implicitly.
On hearing this, he replied that he would prefer the money to be used that way rather than let that shady sacristan get a cent of it. He was completely sure that the arch-priest had only decided to use the money like that because he truly believed it had been miraculously placed in the donation box, and that he himself had been fooled by his own dishonest sacristan, whom he trusted completely.
He was of opinion that had he been allowed to explain himself to the arch-priest, his reverence would have granted him, if not his proper share of the sum, at least some portion of it. I promised him that I would lay his case before the arch-priest, and do what I could to get him liberated from prison. He thanked me, and slipping a small coin into the turnkey's hand, I quitted the cell.
He believed that if he had been able to explain himself to the arch-priest, the priest would have given him, if not his full share of the money, at least some of it. I promised him that I would present his situation to the arch-priest and do my best to get him released from prison. He thanked me, and after slipping a small coin to the guard, I left the cell.
It was now quite dark, so I thought I would make the best of my way home, where my supper awaited me. The following morning was rainy, and not being able to work out of doors, I resolved to call again upon the arch-priest, and finding him at home, I related to him my interview with the prisoner and the statement he gave of the case.
It was pretty dark now, so I figured I should head home where my dinner was waiting for me. The next morning was rainy, and since I couldn't work outside, I decided to visit the arch-priest again. When I found him at home, I told him about my conversation with the prisoner and what he said about the case.
My reverend friend looked thoughtful for a time, shook his head, and hinted that the prisoner's veracity might not be depended on.
My reverend friend seemed deep in thought for a moment, shook his head, and suggested that the prisoner might not be trustworthy.
"However," he added, "the tale seems feasible, and I desire nothing more than that the prisoner should have justice. I will probe the matter to the bottom, and if he has spoken the truth I will get him liberated as soon as possible, and will moreover give out publicly in the[196] church that what we had erroneously taken for a miracle was nothing more than a curious combination of circumstances perfectly natural, though strange, and that I had been imposed upon by the villainous and profane lies of my sacristan. It will require time to prove all this; meanwhile, Antonio must take his trial at Gennazzano. He left here at five o'clock this morning."
"However," he added, "the story seems plausible, and I want nothing more than for the prisoner to receive justice. I will investigate the matter thoroughly, and if he has told the truth, I will have him released as soon as possible. I will also announce publicly in the[196] church that what we mistakenly thought was a miracle was just a strange but totally natural combination of events, and that I had been deceived by the wicked and blasphemous lies of my sacristan. It will take time to prove all this; in the meantime, Antonio has to stand trial in Gennazzano. He left here at five o'clock this morning."
"So early!" I exclaimed. "I wanted, if possible, to prevent his going."
"So early!" I said. "I wanted to try to stop him from leaving, if I could."
"You take great interest in his case," said my friend.
"You’re really interested in his case," said my friend.
"I like to see mysteries cleared up as soon as possible," I replied. "I know that the love of the marvellous is so great among the ignorant in these parts, that they prefer persisting to believe in a miracle, even in the face of facts which explain it away in the most natural manner possible. This proneness to attribute to supernatural causes everything that we are unable to account for on the first glance, and to yield ourselves up implicitly to the belief of what is irrational, absurd, improbable, without first weighing thoroughly the pros and cons of the case, is one of the unmistakable signs of a barbarous and uncultivated intellect, and ought to be discouraged as a trait unworthy the dignity of human nature by everyone who has the improvement and well-being of his fellow creatures at heart."
"I like to see mysteries solved as quickly as possible," I replied. "I know that the fascination with the extraordinary is really strong among the uninformed around here, and they prefer to cling to the idea of a miracle, even when faced with evidence that explains it in the most natural way. This tendency to attribute everything we can't immediately understand to supernatural causes, and to fully embrace beliefs that are irrational, absurd, or unlikely, without first carefully considering the pros and cons, is a clear sign of an unrefined and uncultured mind. It should be discouraged as a trait that undermines the dignity of human nature by anyone who cares about the improvement and well-being of their fellow humans."
The arch-priest smiled drily, as if he had taken my last speech to himself; then, after a pause, he began:[197]
The arch-priest smiled dryly, as if he had taken my last speech personally; then, after a pause, he began:[197]
"No Christian man will deny that miracles have been wrought, or will dare to call in question those of our blessed Lord or of His saints. If, then, he acknowledges these, why should he try to combat the existence of modern miracles, seeing that everything is possible to the Almighty? What! Shall we limit the power of the Omnipotent, or dare to measure things infinite by our finite faculties? It would be the height of presumption for anyone to maintain that these things cannot be, or that our Heavenly Father cares less for His creatures now than he did in the days of yore."
"No Christian person will deny that miracles have happened, nor will they dare to question those performed by our blessed Lord or His saints. If they accept these, why would they oppose the existence of modern miracles, knowing that everything is possible for the Almighty? What! Should we limit the power of the Omnipotent, or try to measure the infinite with our finite understanding? It would be the height of arrogance for anyone to claim that these things cannot happen, or that our Heavenly Father cares any less for His creations now than He did in the past."
"No wise man, Christian or otherwise," I replied, "would deny that any wonder were possible to the Divine author of the universe, the Great Source of all things wonderful. Yet science, the gift of God Himself, mind you, since He in the first place created us with intellect to see into, in some measure, however darkly, His wonderful workings, in order that we might be taught to admire them and thereby come to a more perfect knowledge of His unspeakable greatness—science, I say, reveals to us that our universal Father rules all nature by means of certain fixed laws, from which we have no reason to believe that He would turn aside for a trifle—to excite mere wonderment among an ignorant multitude by performing such a conjuring trick as a bleeding crucifix or weeping Madonna. Our Lord Himself was chary of His miracles, and when asked for a sign would often refuse; yet when He did[198] perform miracles, they were invariably to do good, and not to excite wonderment. If many intelligent people disbelieve in modern miracles, it is because they have not come within their experience, or that many seeming miracles they have been able to explain by natural causes.
"No wise person, Christian or otherwise," I replied, "would deny that any wonder is possible for the Divine Creator of the universe, the Great Source of all extraordinary things. Yet science, which is a gift from God Himself, since He created us with the intellect to understand, at least somewhat, His amazing workings, is meant to teach us to admire them and reach a deeper understanding of His indescribable greatness—science, I say, shows us that our universal Father governs all nature through certain fixed laws, and there’s no reason to think He would stray from them for trivial reasons—to simply impress an ignorant crowd with a spectacle like a bleeding crucifix or a weeping Madonna. Our Lord Himself was selective with His miracles, and when asked for a sign, He often declined; yet when He did perform miracles, they were always for the purpose of doing good, not just to amaze people. If many educated individuals don’t believe in modern miracles, it's because they haven't witnessed them themselves, or because they can explain many apparent miracles through natural causes."
"They have been made, moreover, doubly cautious in receiving hearsay miracles for gospel from the numerous cases of imposture that have been discovered among the priesthood in all countries where the Roman Catholic religion has prevailed. Then, why should miracles only be wrought in little sequestered villages, among the ignorant and superstitious, and not in large towns, in the presence of an intelligent and investigating population? Why, moreover, should they be more prevalent in mountainous districts than in any others? Why? Save that from the topographical configuration of the country, the inhabitants of mountain villages are necessarily more shut out from intercommunication with their kind than the dwellers in more accessible regions, and consequently cut off from that interchange of ideas so necessary to the development of the human intellect.
"They have become even more cautious about accepting hearsay miracles as truth due to the many cases of fraud uncovered among the clergy in all countries where Roman Catholicism has been dominant. So, why are miracles only happening in small, isolated villages, among the ignorant and superstitious, and not in larger towns, in front of an informed and curious population? Furthermore, why are they more common in mountainous areas than in other places? The only explanation seems to be that because of the physical geography of the region, the people in mountain villages are more isolated from one another compared to those living in more accessible areas, and as a result, are deprived of the exchange of ideas that is essential for the growth of human understanding."
"Because their minds thus necessarily forced into one narrow channel till the intelligence borders on that of the brute, and is kept down to that pitch by a coarse and monotonous diet, which hard labour enables them to earn but scantily, and, finally, because by intermarrying closely among their own narrow population[199] they reproduce offspring, if anything, more stunted in intelligence than themselves—to say nothing of other natural influences which help to produce cretinism, goitre, and deformity—and thus shutting out from their poor benighted intellects their last chance of fair play.
"Because their minds are forced into one narrow path until their intelligence is close to that of the brute, and is kept at that level by a coarse and monotonous diet, which hard work allows them to earn barely enough, and finally, because by closely intermarrying within their own limited population[199] they produce offspring that are, if anything, even less intelligent than themselves—not to mention other natural factors that contribute to conditions like cretinism, goitre, and deformities—this effectively denies their poor, misled minds any chance of fair play."
"Ignorant by force of circumstances, superstitious because they are ignorant, naturally discontented, with a life of hard labour that barely supplies that life's necessaries, what wonder that the human mind thus stunted and oppressed by all its surroundings, should seek an outlet? That that outlet should be one that held out promises of a better time to come than they are ever likely to see in their plodding every-day life?
"Ignorant due to their circumstances, superstitious because of this ignorance, naturally dissatisfied, living a life of hard work that barely meets their basic needs, is it any surprise that the human mind, stunted and weighed down by its environment, seeks a way out? And that this escape should offer hopes of a better future than what they are likely to experience in their daily grind?"
"What wonder that such a one should throw himself more entirely upon the comforts of the religion that his village priest holds out to him than one more contented with his earthly lot, or that, superstitious as he is ignorant, he should daily hope for some miracle to be wrought for his own special benefit? Is it too much to infer that a mind in which faith reigns supreme and reason is hushed to sleep may be deluded by its senses—that it may imagine it sees or hears anything that it desires to see or hear?
"What a surprise that someone like him would rely completely on the comforts of the religion offered by his village priest, rather than someone who is more satisfied with their life, or that, as superstitious as he is uneducated, he would hope every day for some miracle to happen just for him? Is it unreasonable to think that a mind where faith is dominant and reason is put to rest might be misled by its senses—that it could mistakenly believe it sees or hears whatever it wants to see or hear?"
"Is this an irrational solution of the stories so common of pictures of the Virgin or other saints moving their eyes or speaking? Then just consider when the average intelligence of a scanty population is at this ebb, what temptation this holds out to the priest of the parish whose office it is to rule his little flock by[200] maintaining order and restraining crime, to strike awe into his congregation and keep alive their fanatical faith by some pious fraud in the shape of a crucifix that bleeds by an easy mechanical contrivance, an image of the Madonna that sheds tears, or a picture that rolls its eyes!
"Is this an irrational explanation for the common stories of images of the Virgin or other saints moving their eyes or speaking? Just think about how low the average intelligence of a small population can be; it creates a strong temptation for the parish priest, whose job is to lead his little flock by[200] maintaining order and preventing crime, to instill fear in his congregation and sustain their fanatical faith through some sort of religious trick, like a crucifix that bleeds due to a simple mechanical device, a statue of the Madonna that cries, or a painting that rolls its eyes!
"These tricks were known to the heathen priests of antiquity long before the introduction of Christianity, and have been repeatedly carried out since by the priests of Rome. It is to the successful delusion of these poor benighted wretches that the Church of Rome owes her vaunted laurels. These are your miracle seers! To these alone do the saints vouchsafe to perform their wonders! As for the intelligent and wise, if they go to a church on purpose to see a miracle, and come away without seeing it, they are told by the priest that it is because they lack faith, that they do not go in the proper spirit, that their natures are too material, that such sights are reserved only for the faithful, and that few are sufficiently spiritualised to behold them.
"These tricks were known to the pagan priests of ancient times long before Christianity came along, and they have been repeatedly used since by the priests of Rome. It is because of the successful deception of these poor, lost souls that the Church of Rome boasts its glory. These are your miracle workers! Only to them do the saints allow their wonders to be shown! As for the intelligent and wise, if they go to church specifically to see a miracle and leave without seeing one, the priest tells them it’s because they lack faith, that they didn’t come with the right mindset, that they are too materialistic, that such sights are meant only for the faithful, and that few are spiritual enough to witness them."
"So you see there is no way of catching a priest napping. He will always find some hole to creep out of. Like an eel, he will slip through your fingers at the very moment that you may think you have got him. Should any individual be bold enough to force his way through the wonder-gazing crowd, and publicly demolish the miracle-working image or picture and reveal to the devout bystanders the paltry mechanism by which they[201] have been deluded, people's eyes would at length be opened, all miracles be liable to suspicion, and reason at length admitted into some share of man's being.
"So you see there’s no catching a priest off guard. He will always find a way to escape. Like an eel, he will slip through your fingers at the very moment you think you have him. If anyone is bold enough to push through the awestruck crowd, publicly tear down the miracle-working image or painting, and show the faithful bystanders the simple trickery that has deceived them, people's eyes would finally be opened, all miracles would come under suspicion, and reason would eventually earn a place in human existence.[201]
"But there are difficulties that beset so bold an expedient. In the first place, a man must be possessed of more than an ordinary amount of courage to face the fury of a fanatical mob whom he knows to be ready to tear him in pieces should he attempt to rob them of their darling prejudices, or dare to break one chip off their sacred wood or stone.
"But there are challenges that come with such a bold plan. First of all, a person needs to have more than just average courage to confront the rage of a fanatical crowd that he knows is ready to tear him apart if he tries to take away their cherished beliefs or dares to chip away at their sacred idols."
"Secondly, the wonder-working image or picture is generally in an inaccessible place, high up on the wall or surrounded by railings, to prevent a too close scrutiny. Thirdly, the miracle often exists merely in the imaginations of devout believers, without any aid of mechanism on the part of the priest. In this case, if any man were daring enough to step forward and openly to break in pieces the supposed miraculous image or picture, and, having done so, was unable to detect in the fragments any trace of machinery or means of imposture whatever, the fame of the miracle would then gain ground, and the daring unbeliever be guilty of sacrilege."
"Secondly, the miraculous image or picture is usually placed out of reach, high on the wall or behind barriers, to avoid close inspection. Thirdly, the miracle often exists only in the minds of devout believers, without any involvement from the priest. In this case, if someone were bold enough to step up and openly break the so-called miraculous image or picture, and afterwards found no signs of machinery or deception in the pieces, the reputation of the miracle would grow, and the bold skeptic would be considered guilty of sacrilege."
When I had got thus far, my friend the arch-priest drew himself up and was about to reply in a lengthy rejoinder, when he was suddenly interrupted by the servant girl of his household bursting hurriedly into the room and crying out at the top of her voice, "Oh, Signor Arciprete, have you heard the news? The[202] vetturino of the mail has just arrived. He says that the night before last the mail was stopped on its way to Rome by a band of brigands, who robbed the passengers, consisting of six English gentlemen and others, of everything they had about them. Gold, silver, and paper money—quite a heap—besides some gold and silver watches, and, among other things, a diamond ring of great value, belonging to one of the English gentlemen. The soldiers are on the track of the brigands already, and a heavy reward is offered to whosoever shall give such information as shall lead to their discovery.
When I got this far, my friend the archpriest straightened up and was about to give a long response when he was suddenly interrupted by the servant girl of his household rushing into the room and shouting, "Oh, Signor Arciprete, have you heard the news? The [202] vetturino of the mail just arrived. He says that the night before last, the mail was stopped on its way to Rome by a group of bandits, who robbed the passengers, including six English gentlemen and others, of everything they had. They took gold, silver, and cash—quite a lot—along with some gold and silver watches, and among other things, a valuable diamond ring that belonged to one of the English gentlemen. The soldiers are already on the trail of the bandits, and a large reward is offered to anyone who can provide information that leads to their capture.
"Poor Luigi! He says that he himself was robbed of his silver watch and paper money, amounting to forty pauls, all he possessed in the world. I do hope they'll catch the nasty wretches. I myself would see them executed. Gesu Maria! What hungry wolves! But I must be off now to tell all the people in the village, or else that horrid gossip Maria Giovanna will be before me, and I always like to be first."
"Poor Luigi! He says that he was robbed of his silver watch and cash, totaling forty pauls, which was all he had. I really hope they catch those nasty criminals. I would want to see them punished myself. Gesu Maria! What hungry wolves! But I have to go now to tell everyone in the village, or that awful gossip Maria Giovanna will beat me to it, and I always like to be the first to share news."
So saying, she bounced out of the room, slamming the door after her, and we were left once more alone.
So saying, she bounced out of the room, slamming the door behind her, and we were left alone again.
There was a pause, and my friend was the first to break silence. The thread of his ideas had been broken by the girl's sudden entry into the room with the startling news, so he did not resume his discourse, but after a while observed:—
There was a pause, and my friend was the first to break the silence. The flow of his thoughts had been interrupted by the girl's sudden entry into the room with the shocking news, so he didn't continue his conversation, but after a while remarked:—
"I suppose you see in the wild tale of this girl a corroboration of the prisoner's statement, and a link in the chain of evidence."[203]
"I guess you see in this wild story about the girl a confirmation of what the prisoner said, and a connection in the chain of evidence."[203]
"Well," said I, "it looks like it, does it not? The heaps of gold and silver, the paper money, the gold and silver watches, and, moreover, the diamond ring. It certainly looks as if the mystery were beginning to clear up."
"Well," I said, "it definitely seems like it, right? The piles of gold and silver, the cash, the gold and silver watches, and, on top of that, the diamond ring. It really looks like the mystery is starting to unravel."
"Softly, my friend, softly," rejoined the priest, who still grudged the event to natural causes. "Do not be rash in jumping at conclusions, for the evidence is not yet complete. Let us first satisfy ourselves that the girl's tale is true, for reports get wind about our village—one hardly knows how—without the least vestige of truth in them. I will speak to the vetturino myself, and if the tale prove true, or partly true—for, depend upon it, the story will have lost nothing in the telling—need it do away entirely with the miracle?
"Easy, my friend, easy," replied the priest, who still attributed the event to natural causes. "Don't be quick to jump to conclusions, as the evidence isn't complete yet. Let's first make sure that the girl's story is true because rumors spread around our village—one can hardly tell how—often without an ounce of truth in them. I will talk to the vetturino myself, and if the story turns out to be true, or partly true—because, trust me, the story will have changed in the telling—does that mean it completely cancels out the miracle?
"For instance, suppose instead of being a band of a dozen brigands, it should have been only one brigand, and that brigand your friend Antonio himself. That he alone, laden with his treasure, and being attracted by the light of a candle that he descried through the chinks of the church door, forced his way into the church to count over his booty. Supposing this to have been the case, the miracle may, nevertheless, have occurred precisely as related to me by the sacristan."
"For example, imagine if instead of being a group of a dozen bandits, there was just one bandit, and that bandit was your friend Antonio. That he alone, carrying his treasure and drawn in by the light of a candle he saw through the cracks of the church door, made his way into the church to count his loot. Even if this had been the case, the miracle might still have happened exactly as the sacristan described to me."
"You are very ingenious," said I, "in suggesting an improbability in order to support your miracle, but, if you recollect, the sacristan declared that he caught Antonio in the act of breaking open the alms-box."
"You’re quite clever," I said, "in proposing an unlikely story to back up your miracle, but, if you remember, the sacristan said he caught Antonio trying to break open the donation box."
"That may have been a mistake caused by the[204] excited state of his mind on the occasion. However, I will see Luigi at once, and learn from his own lips the true state of the case, for I am as anxious to get at the truth as you are."
"That might have been a mistake due to the[204] excited state of his mind at the time. However, I will talk to Luigi right away and hear from him directly what really happened, because I want to know the truth just as much as you do."
"Then let us lose no time in speaking to him at once," said I. "The weather is clearing up now, and as I have nothing better to do, I will accompany you in your stroll down to his house."
"Then let's not waste any time and talk to him right away," I said. "The weather is clearing up now, and since I have nothing better to do, I'll join you on your walk to his house."
This was agreed on; so, putting on our hats, we found ourselves once more among the dirty streets, until we reached the house of the vetturino. Here we found him in front of his own door, surrounded by a crowd of eager peasants, who were listening with avidity to the recital of his adventures.
This was agreed upon; so, putting on our hats, we found ourselves once again in the dirty streets, until we reached the house of the vetturino. There, we found him in front of his own door, surrounded by a crowd of eager peasants, who were listening intently to his tales of adventure.
"Buon giorno, Signor Arciprete," said Luigi, raising his hat as we approached.
"Good morning, Mr. Priest," said Luigi, tipping his hat as we got closer.
"Buon giorno, Luigi," responded the arch-priest. "There is a strange tale current in the village about you and your passengers having been robbed on the high road. Can it be true."
"Good morning, Luigi," replied the arch-priest. "There's a strange story going around the village about you and your passengers being robbed on the highway. Is it true?"
"Perfectly true, Reverenza," was the reply. "Only the night before last we were assaulted by at least a dozen banditti armed to the teeth, and my passengers, six of whom were English gentlemen, along with myself."
"Absolutely right, Reverenza," was the response. "Just the night before last, we were attacked by at least a dozen armed bandits, and my passengers, six of whom were English gentlemen, along with me."
"Stay," said the arch-priest. "You are perfectly sure there were a dozen of them?"
"Wait," said the arch-priest. "Are you absolutely sure there were a dozen of them?"
"A dozen at the very least, your Reverence, I could swear."[205]
"A minimum of twelve, I swear to you, Your Reverence."[205]
"Tell me," said the arch-priest, "did you see Antonio the prisoner amongst them."
"Tell me," said the arch-priest, "did you see Antonio the prisoner among them?"
"Antonio?" inquired the vetturino, in extreme surprise.
"Antonio?" the driver asked in shock.
"Ay," replied the arch-priest. "He that hath been accused of robbing the church and is now at Gennazzano awaiting his trial. You will have heard the tale by this time."
"Ay," replied the archpriest. "He who has been accused of robbing the church and is now in Gennazzano waiting for his trial. You must have heard the story by now."
"I certainly did hear a wonderful story, Reverenza, but did not know how far to credit it," replied the vetturino. "The night was very dark and I could recognise no faces.
"I definitely heard an amazing story, Reverenza, but I wasn't sure how much to believe it," replied the vetturino. "The night was really dark, and I couldn’t make out any faces."
"But, Corpi di Bacco! Antonio! Why I always considered Antonio as an honest man, a simple vignauolo who earned his bread by the sweat of his brow, and whom, for his steady plodding, the saints had awarded by granting him a better share of this world's goods than most of his fellows."
"But, Corpi di Bacco! Antonio! I always thought of Antonio as an honest man, a simple vignauolo who made a living through hard work, and for his consistent effort, the saints rewarded him with a better share of this world's blessings than most of his peers."
"Ay, ay," said several bystanders at once, "we all thought so, too, Signor Arciprete. Still, what we all saw with our own eyes, only yesterday morning, made us change our opinion."
"Ay, ay," several bystanders said at once, "we all thought that too, Signor Arciprete. Still, what we saw with our own eyes just yesterday morning made us change our minds."
The arch-priest looked thoughtful, and then enquired of Luigi if he knew anything of Peppe, the man who had been raised from the dead.
The arch-priest appeared deep in thought, then asked Luigi if he knew anything about Peppe, the man who had come back to life.
"Peppe!" exclaimed the vetturino, laughing, "ay, do I, and a greater rascal never walked God's earth. That is why I was so cautious in believing a story in which Peppe the goatherd was mixed up. I never yet[206] heard any tale in which he figured but had some devilry at the bottom of it."
"Peppe!" shouted the driver, laughing, "Oh, I do, and no greater troublemaker has ever walked this earth. That's why I was so careful not to believe a story that involved Peppe the goatherd. I've never heard a tale that he was in that didn't have some trickery behind it."
"You do not believe, then, in the miracle?"
"You don't believe in the miracle, then?"
"Not upon such testimony," replied Luigi. "I should believe you, Signor Arciprete, if you had seen it with your own eyes," he added, respectfully.
"Not based on that testimony," Luigi replied. "I would believe you, Signor Arciprete, if you had witnessed it yourself," he added, respectfully.
"All I can declare is," replied the priest, "that I saw the man Peppe, apparently dead, and decked out as a corpse, placed within the church upon his bier, and the morning after, as I entered the church to say mass, I saw him as alive as ever again, still in his shroud, and appearing to dispute the treasure with Antonio. As for the rest, it was communicated to me by Ricardo, my sacristan. Do you know Ricardo?"
"All I can say is," replied the priest, "that I saw the man Peppe, seemingly dead, laid out as a corpse on his bier in the church, and the next morning, as I entered the church to say mass, I saw him as alive as ever, still in his shroud, and looking like he was arguing over the treasure with Antonio. As for the rest, I heard it from Ricardo, my sacristan. Do you know Ricardo?"
"I do," replied Luigi, in a tone of deep meaning.
"I do," replied Luigi, with a tone full of significance.
"Well," said the arch-priest, "what do you think of him?"
"Well," said the arch-priest, "what do you think of him?"
"Well, Signor Arciprete," said the vetturino, hesitatingly, "as he is your sacristan, perhaps you would not like to hear what I think of him."
"Well, Father," said the vetturino, hesitantly, "since he's your sacristan, maybe you wouldn't want to hear what I think of him."
"Speak out, man," said the arch-priest. "If I find him unworthy of his post, I shall discharge him. Come, now, what do you know about him?"
"Speak up, man," said the arch-priest. "If I find him unfit for his position, I will let him go. Now, what do you know about him?"
"Since your Reverence presses me," replied the vetturino, "I must confess that I have found him to be just such another scamp as Peppe the goatherd, if not worse, and, in spite of all his mock piety, I have found him to be as cunning a knave as I know for miles round. Grasping as an eagle, wily as a serpent, and[207] withal as poor spirited as a hare, seeking to cover his knavery with the cloak of religion; imagining that no one can see through his hypocrisy."
"Since you insist," the vetturino replied, "I have to admit that he’s just as much of a troublemaker as Peppe the goatherd, if not worse. Despite all his fake piety, he’s the sneakiest crook I know for miles around. Greedy like an eagle, sly like a serpent, and as cowardly as a hare, trying to hide his trickery under a veil of religion, thinking nobody can see through his hypocrisy."
"You surprise me," exclaimed the arch-priest; "but what proof have you of his knavery?"
"You surprise me," said the arch-priest; "but what evidence do you have of his wrongdoing?"
"Well, in the first place," replied the vetturino, "he is in debt with almost every man in the village, myself among the number, and not in one instance has he been known to repay what he has borrowed. I have pressed him over and over again, but he always sneaks out of it by some lame excuse, even when I know he has been able to pay me. He wanted to marry my sister once, because he thought there was a little money to be had, but when he spoke to my mother about her dowry, and received for reply that she did not intend to give her daughter to one who sought her for her dowry, and that he who would marry her must support her himself, he very soon slunk off. Not that I'd have given my consent to such a scarecrow marrying my sister, even if he had been less grasping. Then, would you believe it, your Reverence, he actually had the impudence to insult my sister when he encountered her alone, as he thought, in the campagna. He little knew that I was only a short distance behind. I came upon him unawares in time to overhear part of his impertinent conversation, and I gave him such a thrashing as will make him remember Luigi the vetturino as long as he lives.
"Well, first of all," replied the vetturino, "he owes money to almost every man in the village, including me, and not once has he been known to pay back what he borrowed. I've asked him over and over again, but he always avoids it with some weak excuse, even when I know he could pay me. He wanted to marry my sister once because he thought there was money to be gained, but when he talked to my mother about her dowry and heard her say she wouldn’t marry off her daughter to someone looking for a payday, and that whoever wanted to marry her had to support her themselves, he quickly backed off. Not that I would have ever agreed to let such a scrawny guy marry my sister, even if he hadn’t been so greedy. Then, can you believe it, your Reverence, he actually had the nerve to insult my sister when he thought he was alone with her in the countryside. Little did he know I was just a short distance behind. I caught him off guard and overheard part of his rude conversation, and I gave him such a beating that he’ll remember Luigi the vetturino for the rest of his life."
"Then, there is no doubt that it was he who picked[208] the pocket of poor old Matteo when he happened to be drunk; everybody believes that, besides several other dirty tricks that I will not weary your patience by relating, though I could if I would. As for cheating at cards, he is quite an adept, and yet, with all this, he walks with his eyes hypocritically fixed on the ground, counting his beads and crossing himself, as if he were a very saint. But he doesn't take me in, your Reverence, however he may impose on our simple peasantry, for when a man is a vetturino, he sees other towns besides his own, and gets to know people of all sorts. I have been in Rome, and have picked up a thing or two."
"There's no doubt he was the one who picked the pocket of poor old Matteo when he was drunk; everyone believes that, along with several other shady tricks that I won’t bore you with, though I could if I wanted to. As for card games, he’s quite skilled at cheating, yet, despite all this, he walks around with his eyes hypocritically glued to the ground, counting his beads and crossing himself, as if he were a saint. But he doesn’t fool me, your Reverence, no matter how much he tricks our simple farmers, because when a man is a vetturino, he sees other towns besides his own and meets all kinds of people. I’ve been to Rome and picked up a thing or two."
"Well, enough for the present, Luigi," said the arch-priest. "I will enquire into this matter; meanwhile I intend to take a stroll with this gentleman. Till we meet again," and he waved his hand to the vetturino.
"Alright, that's enough for now, Luigi," said the arch-priest. "I'll look into this issue; for now, I plan to take a walk with this gentleman. Until we meet again," and he waved his hand to the vetturino.
"A rivederla, Signor Arciprete," responded Luigi, raising his hat respectfully.
"A revoir, Mr. Archpriest," Luigi replied, tipping his hat respectfully.
"You see now," said I to my friend, as we strolled together from the narrow streets into one of the main roads, "that there is some evidence to support my view of the case. I never did think much of your sacristan; his face was enough for me, but after the evidence you have just heard, methinks you would do well to rid yourself of such an ornament to your church."
"You see now," I said to my friend as we walked from the narrow streets to one of the main roads, "that there’s some evidence to back up my point. I never thought much of your sacristan; just looking at his face was enough for me. But after the evidence you've just heard, I think it would be wise to get rid of someone like that in your church."
"It is odd," replied my friend, "that I never suspected him of being that sort of character. On the contrary, I thought him a most exemplary young man.[209] It is not long ago since he informed me of his ardent desire to enter holy orders."
"It’s strange," my friend replied, "that I never suspected him of being that kind of person. On the contrary, I thought he was a really good young man.[209] It wasn't long ago that he told me about his strong desire to become a member of the clergy."
"A fine priest he'd make!" said I, laughing. "The church has no need of him, for there are too many of his sort among your priesthood already. Not that he wouldn't be popular," I added, soothingly. "On the contrary, he would be able to manufacture miracles by the cart-load, I warrant, in order to satisfy his flock's thirst for the marvellous. He would probably die in the odour of sanctity and be canonised after his death."
"A great priest he’d be!" I said, laughing. "The church doesn’t need him because there are already too many like him among your priests. Not that he wouldn’t be popular," I added gently. "On the flip side, he could probably create miracles by the boatload, I bet, just to satisfy his congregation’s craving for the extraordinary. He’d likely die with a great reputation and get canonized after he passes."
"My friend, my friend," said the arch-priest, gravely, "our church is not, as you think, rash in canonising a man a saint. Our lawsuits are extremely rigid, and long—so much so, that many a holy man has been rejected as a saint on account of the insufficient evidence of his miracles."
"My friend, my friend," the arch-priest said seriously, "our church is not, as you believe, hasty in declaring someone a saint. Our procedures are very strict and lengthy—so much so that many holy individuals have been turned down for sainthood due to a lack of sufficient proof of their miracles."
Then he proceeded to enlarge upon the miracles of the saints of old and all the legendary lore of his religion, and thus he entertained me until we found ourselves once more at the door of his house.
Then he went on to talk about the miracles of the saints from long ago and all the legendary stories of his faith, keeping me entertained until we reached the door of his house again.
"Signor Arciprete," said the aforementioned servant girl, whom we discovered on the threshold, conversing with an elderly peasant, "here is a man who wishes to speak to you in private. He says he has something to communicate."
"Mr. Archpriest," said the servant girl we found at the door, talking to an old farmer, "there's a man who wants to talk to you in private. He says he has something to share."
"Show him into my study," said the arch-priest. "I suppose you do not mind my friend being present?" said he, addressing the man and glancing at me.[210]
"Show him into my office," said the arch-priest. "I take it you don't mind my friend being here?" he said, looking at the man and glancing at me.[210]
"No, Reverenza," said the peasant, shutting the door of the priest's study behind him, "it was only to bring you some information concerning the brigands."
"No, Reverenza," said the peasant, closing the door of the priest's study behind him, "I just wanted to give you some information about the bandits."
"Ha!" exclaimed the arch-priest, pricking up his ears. "Proceed."
"Ha!" the arch-priest exclaimed, perking up his ears. "Go ahead."
"Well, your Reverence," began the peasant, "hearing that a reward had been offered to anyone able to give such information as should lead to the discovery of the brigands, I thought I would make known what happened to me on the very night of the robbery, which I hope may prove of some use to the brigand-catchers.
"Well, your Honor," started the peasant, "I heard there was a reward for anyone who could provide information that would help catch the bandits, so I wanted to share what happened to me on the night of the robbery, which I hope will be helpful to those trying to catch the criminals."
"It was long past midnight when I was returning from Civitella, having purchased a hog there, which I was leading along by a string attached to its hind leg, when in the darkness I heard the sound of many voices, and upon listening attentively I recognised them as belonging to the brigands, into whose hands I had fallen twice before, and I began to be alarmed for my hog, which I made sure would be seized as a prize, and accordingly hid myself behind a tree until the whole band should have passed by. I was near enough to hear every word they said, but their voices seemed neither to grow louder nor to grow less.
"It was well after midnight when I was coming back from Civitella, having bought a pig there, which I was leading with a string tied to its back leg. In the darkness, I heard a lot of voices, and when I listened closely, I realized they belonged to the brigands I had run into twice before. I started to worry about my pig, certain they would take it as a prize, so I quickly hid behind a tree until the whole group passed by. I was close enough to hear everything they said, but their voices didn’t seem to get any louder or quieter."
"At length the moon breaking from behind a cloud, revealed to me the features of the brigand chief. He was standing erect whilst the rest of his band were squatting or lounging around him in a circle. He then proceeded to harangue them.[211]
"Finally, the moon came out from behind a cloud and showed me the face of the bandit leader. He was standing tall while the rest of his crew were sitting or slouching around him in a circle. He then began to address them.[211]
"I trembled from head to foot, and felt that my only chance of escaping observation was to continue rooted to the spot without disturbing the dead leaves that lay strewn at my feet, but the wretched animal, my companion, commenced grunting and squealing, as if purposely to mark my whereabouts, and I made sure every moment that the brigands would be down upon us both.
"I shook from head to toe, realizing that my only chance to avoid being spotted was to stay completely still and not disturb the dead leaves scattered at my feet. But the unfortunate animal, my companion, started grunting and squealing, as if intentionally giving away my location, and I became increasingly certain that the outlaws would be upon us any moment."
"'Hush!' I cried, coaxingly.
"'Hush!' I said, gently."
"'Grunt,' went the brute, louder than ever.
"'Grunt,' the beast growled, louder than ever."
"'Madonna mia Santissima!' I muttered, crossing myself, 'preserve a poor man and his pig from the depredations of these marauders!'
"'My holy Madonna!' I whispered, crossing myself, 'protect a poor man and his pig from the attacks of these marauders!'"
"I know not if our good lady vouchsafed to hear my prayer, but certain it was that the brigands paid no attention whatever to either of us, so engrossed did they all seem with the oration of their chief, every word of which fell distinctly on my ear in the stillness of the night, and I must own that the tenor of it surprised me, for instead of the profane oaths, fiendish laughter, or the planning of some new daring exploit, as I should have expected from such men, I now listened to a pious discourse, filled with godly phrases such as you, Signor Arciprete, might have used yourself from the pulpit. I think I can give you almost word for word the discourse as it ran.
"I don’t know if our kind lady heard my prayer, but it was clear that the thieves ignored both of us, so focused were they on their leader’s speech, every word of which I could hear clearly in the stillness of the night. I must admit, the content surprised me because instead of the profane curses, wicked laughter, or plans for some daring new act, as I would have expected from such men, I was now listening to a devout sermon, filled with holy phrases that you, Signor Arciprete, might have used yourself from the pulpit. I think I can almost recite the speech word for word as it was delivered."
"'My comrades,' he commenced, 'we have for many years toiled together in an arduous and perilous profession; at war with society, wresting from the innocent and good their hard-earned substance to supply our[212] own wants, instead of getting our own livelihood honestly and by the sweat of our brow, as God hath decreed. Oppressed in our turn by the avengers of our victims, we are hunted like wolves, and have to take refuge from our pursuers in the most inaccessible parts of the mountains, in caves, in forests and such-like secret places.
"'My friends,' he began, 'we have worked together for many years in a tough and dangerous profession; at odds with society, taking from the innocent and good their hard-earned resources to meet our own needs, instead of earning our livelihood honestly through hard work, as God intended. Oppressed in our turn by those seeking justice for our victims, we are hunted like wolves and must hide from our pursuers in the most remote areas of the mountains, in caves, forests, and other hidden spots.
"'Rest has departed from our slumbers—for what man can rest in the fear that the vigilant myrmidons of the law with which he has lived at enmity are ever on his track?
"'Rest has left our sleep—for what man can truly rest when he fears that the watchful agents of the law, with whom he has been in conflict, are always after him?
"'Like Ishmael, our hand is against every man, and every man's hand is against us. This is the lot of the brigand, as we all know. Born and bred in danger, nurtured from the breast, not with the milk of human kindness, but by the blood of his fellow men; his childish joys, the groans and sufferings of his mutilated victims; feasting on horrors from his earliest youth, unbridled and brutal in his appetites, his highest ambition through life to be a hardier ruffian than his father before him.
"'Like Ishmael, we’re against everyone, and everyone’s against us. This is the fate of the outlaw, as we all know. Born and raised in danger, fed not on the milk of human kindness, but on the blood of his fellow man; his childhood joys, the groans and sufferings of his damaged victims; consuming horrors from a young age, uncontrolled and savage in his desires, his greatest ambition throughout life to be a tougher criminal than his father was before him.
"'Have we not, my friends, committed every sort of atrocity of which degraded humanity is capable? Nay, revelled in it, impiously defying that very God whom we ought humbly and reverently to thank as the Author of our beings? Let each of us look back upon our past lives and ask ourselves how we have thanked Almighty God for his innumerable blessings.
"'Haven't we, my friends, committed every kind of atrocity that twisted humanity is capable of? In fact, we've indulged in it, disrespectfully challenging the very God we should humbly and respectfully thank as the Creator of our existence? Let's each reflect on our past lives and question how we've expressed our gratitude to Almighty God for His countless blessings.'
"'How have we repaid His ineffable love and care[213] over us? Has it not been by subverting His wise laws, despising His holy ordinances, brutalising our natures, even to a degree lower than the very brutes themselves? My brethren, we may be powerful against the weak and against the law, yet there is One above us more powerful than ourselves, to Whom we shall all one day have to give an account. Let us fight no longer against God; for what is man when matched against Omnipotence. Deem it not cowardice, my friends, to relinquish a life of evil now that your souls have received the light of truth, but rather thank God for His infinite mercy in vouchsafing so great a miracle through His Holy Mother to save our souls from the bottomless pit.
"'How have we repaid His indescribable love and care[213] for us? Haven't we done it by undermining His wise laws, rejecting His holy commandments, and degrading our own nature, even to a point lower than that of the animals? My friends, we may have power over the weak and against the law, but there is One above us who is more powerful than we are, to Whom we will all have to answer one day. Let’s stop fighting against God; what is humanity when faced with Omnipotence? Don't see it as weakness, my friends, to turn away from a life of wrongdoing now that your souls have received the light of truth. Instead, thank God for His infinite mercy in granting such a great miracle through His Holy Mother to save our souls from the abyss.'
"'I confess that almost from my earliest youth I never have looked upon religion as aught but priest-craft, and scoffed at all miracles as tricks of the priesthood to impose upon the ignorant and simple; but what shall we say, my brethren, to the miracle we have all so lately witnessed, or how shall we attempt to explain it away? Was it not the intervention of the blessed Virgin herself to scare us—the impious desecraters of her holy Church—from our evil ways? Could anything short of Divine power have raised the dead at the lonely hour of midnight within the very church itself, and have struck such terror into us, the hardy sons of the mountains, who never yet quailed before mortal man?
"I admit that almost from a young age, I've seen religion as nothing more than a tool for priests, and I've mocked all miracles as tricks used by the priesthood to fool the ignorant and simple-minded. But what can we say, my friends, about the miracle we recently witnessed, or how can we possibly explain it away? Wasn’t it the blessed Virgin herself intervening to frighten us—the disrespectful violators of her holy Church—away from our sinful paths? Could anything less than Divine power have brought the dead back to life at the lonely hour of midnight right inside the church, and struck such fear into us, the strong sons of the mountains, who have never backed down before any mortal man?"
"'Tell me, my friends, if in all my wild life, in all our joint villainies and wicked enterprises, in the very face of death, if you have ever known me to lack courage before to-night?'[214]
"'Tell me, my friends, have I ever shown a lack of courage in all my crazy adventures, in all our shared misdeeds and bad decisions, even in the face of death, until tonight?'[214]
"'Never, Capitano, never,' cried several voices at once. 'We know your courage to be undaunted, and that there is no mortal man that you stand in awe of; but when it comes to running counter to spirits raised from the dead, or devils from hell, that is quite another sort of thing, and a man need be the arch-fiend himself to be without fear.'
"'Never, Captain, never,' shouted several voices at once. 'We know your courage is fearless, and that there's no mortal man you fear; but when it comes to going against spirits raised from the dead, or devils from hell, that's a whole different story, and a man would have to be the ultimate fiend to be without fear.'"
"'Just so,' replied the brigand chief; 'then, since none of you are able to accuse me with a lack of human courage, you may know that my exhortation to you to repent and alter the course of your unholy lives is not the mere words of a craven soul who fears the law and seeks to shun the just penalty of his misdeeds, but those of a repentant sinner miraculously brought to conversion through the intervention of the blessed Madonna, whom, in her boundless mercy, she had deigned to bring to a sense of his wickedness, even in the very midst of his crimes.
"'Exactly,' replied the bandit leader; 'so, since none of you can accuse me of lacking bravery, you should know that my call for you to change your ways and turn away from your sinful lives isn't just the words of a coward trying to escape the consequences of his actions. It's the message of a remorseful sinner who has been miraculously changed through the blessing of the Virgin Mary, who, in her endless mercy, chose to make me aware of my wrongdoings, even while I was in the middle of my crimes."
"'Let us turn from our evil ways, oh, my comrades! Take the advice of a brother sinner, more deeply dyed in iniquity than any of yourselves, and repent ere it be too late! What can atone for all our past wickedness save the utter renouncement of our evil ways, a life of rigid penance and the entire devotion of ourselves to God? Marvel not, then, my comrades in wickedness, that you hear the man once your chief and foremost in wrong, exhort you to throw down your arms, divest yourselves of your trappings, and don the holy convent garb, in order that by a life of fasting and prayer you[215] may endeavour to open up a communication with Heaven, and wrest your souls from the hands of the Devil. I myself will set you the example.
"'Let's turn away from our bad ways, my friends! Take the advice of a fellow sinner, someone who has sinned more deeply than any of you, and repent before it’s too late! What can make up for all our past wrongdoing except completely rejecting our evil ways, living a strict life of penance, and fully dedicating ourselves to God? Don’t be surprised, then, my fellow wrongdoers, that you hear the man who was once your leader in wrongdoing urging you to lay down your weapons, take off your ornaments, and wear the holy convent robes, so that through a life of fasting and prayer you[215] can try to connect with Heaven and save your souls from the Devil. I will set the example for you myself.'
"'As I have been the first to incite you to evil, so will I be the first to exhort you to repentance. Follow me, all ye that have a mind to save your souls. Yet I no longer command, but entreat you for your own good, for I aspire no longer to be your chief, but to live humbly as your fellow labourer in Christ, to whom be all honour and glory, now and for evermore. Amen.'
"'Just as I was the first to lead you into wrongdoing, I will be the first to encourage you to seek forgiveness. Come with me, all of you who want to save your souls. But I’m no longer commanding you; I’m asking for your own benefit, because I no longer wish to be your leader, but to live humbly as your fellow worker in Christ, to whom be all honor and glory, now and forever. Amen.'"
"As the chief brigand terminated his harangue the pale grey of the morning sky lighted up the faces of the whole band, so that I could now distinguish the features of each individual and the various expressions of their countenances. Several appeared deeply affected, with tears of repentance standing in their eyes, others sullen and obdurate. Some with a look of vacant astonishment, others scowling and suspicious, or with a suppressed grin.
"As the main outlaw finished his speech, the pale grey of the morning sky illuminated the faces of the entire group, allowing me to clearly see the features of each person and the different expressions on their faces. Some looked deeply moved, with tears of regret in their eyes, while others appeared gloomy and stubborn. A few had expressions of blank astonishment, others were frowning and suspicious, or wearing a suppressed grin."
"Their chief's harangue seemed to call for a reply, and there was a silence of some minutes, during which period the members of the band appeared debating among themselves by means of winking and nudging as to what their reply should be, and who should take it upon himself to speak for the rest. I observed that they looked towards a sturdy brigand, whom next to their chief they honoured with the deepest veneration. To him they turned as the mouthpiece of the gang, and seemed to intimate that they would abide by his decision.[216]
"The chief's speech seemed to demand a response, and there was a silence for several minutes during which the members of the group debated among themselves using winks and nudges about what their reply should be and who would speak for everyone. I noticed they looked towards a strong brigand, who, next to their chief, they respected the most. They turned to him as the spokesperson for the group and seemed to indicate that they would go along with his decision.[216]
"This man, who appeared wrapt in thought, finding himself thus appealed to, and feeling that he represented the sentiments of the whole band, at length addressed his chief in these words:—
"This man, who seemed lost in thought, realizing he was being spoken to and sensing that he spoke for the entire group, finally addressed his leader with these words:—"
"'Signor Capitano, we are ready as ever to follow you to the very jaws of death, according to our oath. We have served you long and faithfully in all your deeds of daring and crime, and we will not abandon you now in your change of sentiment, knowing, as we do, that you are still the same brave and generous man as ever, and as such will always remain, in whatever capacity, whether as the lawless brigand of the mountains, or as a holy monk in the retirement of the convent cell; therefore, in the presence of the whole band I repeat my former vows of fidelity and friendship, and reiterate my protestations of following you through life, to the utmost ends of the earth, if need be. The discipline of our monastic life will be merely the exchanging one life of hardships for another no less hard, therefore we cannot be charged with cowardice or idleness, since there are duties before us that will call forth all the courage and endurance of our natures.
"'Captain, we're as ready as ever to follow you to the very jaws of death, just like we promised. We've served you faithfully in all your daring and criminal acts, and we won’t abandon you now that you've changed your mind, knowing that you're still the same brave and generous man you've always been, and you always will be, no matter what role you take—whether as the lawless outlaw in the mountains or as a devoted monk in the quiet of a convent cell. So, in front of the entire group, I renew my vows of loyalty and friendship, and I affirm my promise to stand by you through life, to the ends of the earth if necessary. The discipline of our monastic life will just be swapping one tough life for another just as tough, so we can't be accused of cowardice or laziness, since there are duties ahead that will require all the courage and perseverance we can muster."
"'As for learning and psalm-singing, it has never been exactly my speciality; nevertheless, I quite agree with you, Captain, that the life we have been in the habit of leading for years past is not the best to suit us for Heaven, and I am not ashamed to say that I have long had qualms of conscience for my past misdeeds, and had resolved upon repentance at some future period,[217] but never did I look back upon the past with such horror and remorse as at the present moment, having now been brought to a thorough knowledge of my crimes and of the bountiful mercy of our blessed Lady to us miserable sinners, as shown in the undoubted miracle that we all so clearly witnessed.
"'When it comes to learning and singing psalms, it's never really been my thing; still, I completely agree with you, Captain, that the life we've been living for years isn’t the best preparation for Heaven. I'm not ashamed to admit that I've had guilty feelings about my past wrongdoings for a long time, and I had planned to repent at some point in the future,[217] but I've never felt such horror and regret about my past as I do right now. I've truly come to understand my sins and the incredible mercy of our blessed Lady towards us miserable sinners, as demonstrated by the undeniable miracle we all witnessed.'
"'After having received so great a proof of the blessed Virgin's love and care for us, would it not be the blackest ingratitude to continue in mortal sin? Would it not be the most egregious folly as well, after having had Divine warning to alter our lives, still to persist in preferring death and hell to the sublime promises held out to the good?
"'After receiving such clear proof of the Blessed Virgin's love and care for us, wouldn’t it be the worst kind of ingratitude to keep living in sin? Wouldn’t it also be incredibly foolish, after receiving Divine warnings to change our lives, to continue choosing death and hell over the amazing promises offered to the good?
"'Why longer delay, then, my friends? Think of your precious souls, and repent while there is still breath left in your bodies. It may not be long ere we shall be captured and executed. How shall we pass our last moments on earth, or how brook the vengeance of a just God with all our crimes upon our heads?
"'Why wait any longer, my friends? Consider your precious souls and repent while you still have breath in your bodies. It might not be long before we are captured and executed. How will we spend our last moments on earth, or how can we endure the wrath of a just God with all our crimes weighing on us?'
"'Enough, then, of pusillanimous disbelief and impotent struggling against Divine will. Let us hasten to the nearest convent, confess our sins, then, with a clean breast and humble spirit, endeavour to atone for the past by a life of penitence and prayer, that we may fearlessly meet our end as men and Christians.'
"'Enough, then, of cowardly disbelief and powerless fighting against God's will. Let's hurry to the nearest convent, confess our sins, and then, with a clear conscience and humble heart, strive to make up for the past through a life of repentance and prayer, so we can face our end bravely as human beings and Christians.'"
"This exhortation was universally applauded, and as every man is governed by the public opinion of the little circle wherein he lives and moves, so even those who had shown themselves obdurate and suspicious felt[218] themselves forced to yield to the overwhelming tide of changed opinion, feeling ashamed of being left in the minority.
"This encouragement was widely praised, and since everyone is influenced by the public opinion of their immediate social circle, even those who had been stubborn and wary felt[218] compelled to give in to the strong wave of changing opinions, feeling embarrassed about being in the minority."
"The chief, doffing his hat, fell upon his knees and thanked the Most High for his conversion and that of his whole band, in which prayer all the rest reverently joined. Then rising from their knees, but with heads still uncovered, they walked on towards the convent, singing an 'Ave Maria,' by the way.
"The chief, taking off his hat, knelt down and thanked the Most High for his own conversion and that of his entire group, with everyone else respectfully joining in the prayer. After getting back on their feet, but still with their heads bare, they walked toward the convent, singing an 'Ave Maria' along the way."
"I did not know what to make of all this, for as yet I had heard nothing of the miracle, but I had hardly reached home safely with my pig, when I heard from almost every mouth in the village of the great miracle wrought on the night of the robbery."
"I didn't know what to think of all this since I hadn't heard anything about the miracle yet, but I had barely gotten home safely with my pig when I heard from almost everyone in the village about the amazing event that happened on the night of the robbery."
The peasant having concluded his narrative, was dismissed with an assurance from the arch-priest that should his revelation lead to the capture of the brigands he would be duly rewarded. Nevertheless, he informed him that he was not the person to apply to, and that he should mention the affair to the authorities.
The peasant completed his story and was sent off with a promise from the arch-priest that if his information led to the capture of the bandits, he would be rewarded. However, the arch-priest told him that he wasn’t the right person to approach and that he should report the matter to the authorities.
Being left once more alone with my friend, I asked him what he thought of the man's tale, and whether or no it corroborated the statements made by Luigi and Antonio. All three witnesses bore testimony to a plurality of brigands, which seemed to me completely to overthrow my worthy friend's hypothesis as to there being only one brigand.
Being alone again with my friend, I asked him what he thought of the man's story and whether it matched what Luigi and Antonio had said. All three witnesses testified about a group of brigands, which totally contradicted my friend's theory that there was only one brigand.
I confess, though, I was still puzzled by the peasant's wonderful story. I could hardly bring myself to believe[219] in the utter and simultaneous conversion of a whole band of brigands, even though they had been terrified and thwarted for a moment in their crimes by an apparent miracle, and yet what object could the man have had in inventing such a lie, knowing, as he must have done, that he was not entitled to the reward until after the capture of the brigands.
I admit, though, I was still confused by the peasant's amazing story. I could barely convince myself to believe[219] in the complete and immediate change of heart of an entire group of bandits, even though they had been scared and stopped for a moment in their crimes by what seemed like a miracle. Yet, what reason would the man have had to make up such a lie, knowing, as he must have, that he wouldn't get the reward until after the bandits were caught?
My friend the priest suggested that possibly he might have been fool enough to expect payment beforehand, and that he had concocted this fable on the strength of it. The man was simple enough, it is true, but there was an air of truth about the manner in which he told his tale that induced me to give credit to it, strange though it appeared.
My friend the priest suggested that he might have been naive enough to expect payment upfront, and that he made up this story based on that. The guy was definitely simple, but there was something honest in the way he told his tale that made me believe it, even though it seemed strange.
In any case, I knew that the truth or falsity of the man's statement would soon be made manifest, for the brigand-catchers, once sent off in the direction indicated by the peasant, would not fail to call at the convent and inquire if the brigands were taking shelter there, in which case the monks would be forced to deliver up their charge into the hands of justice. As it happened, the brigand-catchers had already started in search of their prey, though in quite an opposite direction.
In any case, I knew that the truth or falsehood of the man's statement would soon become clear, because the bounty hunters, once sent off in the direction indicated by the peasant, would definitely stop by the convent and ask if the brigands were hiding there. If that were the case, the monks would have to turn over their charge to the authorities. As it turned out, the bounty hunters had already begun their search for their prey, but they were going in a completely opposite direction.
But let us return to our landlady, who had been impatiently awaiting me, having now prepared my noon-day meal some time.
But let's go back to our landlady, who had been waiting for me impatiently, as she had already prepared my lunch some time ago.
"The signor is late to-day," she said, as I entered. "I fear he will find the macaroni cold."
"The guy is late today," she said as I walked in. "I’m afraid he’s going to find the macaroni cold."
"No matter," I replied. "I have a good appetite, from having been very busy all the morning."[220]
"No worries," I replied. "I’m pretty hungry since I've been really busy all morning."[220]
"The signor has been busy—yes? And yet I notice that he left all his painting tools at home," observed the landlady.
"The landlord has been busy—right? And yet I see that he left all his painting tools at home," noted the landlady.
"True, my good woman," I replied. "The morning being rainy, I was prevented from painting out-of-doors, but I have been very busy, nevertheless."
"You're right, my good woman," I replied. "Since it’s a rainy morning, I couldn’t paint outside, but I've still been quite busy."
"Indeed, Signor," she exclaimed, "what could have occupied you so much as to forget your dinner, if I may be permitted to ask?"
"Honestly, Signor," she exclaimed, "what could have kept you so busy that you forgot your dinner, if I may ask?"
I expected this question, knowing that my hostess inherited the vice of curiosity, in common with the rest of her sex, in a marked degree.
I anticipated this question, knowing that my hostess inherited a strong sense of curiosity, just like many women do.
"How was I occupied?" I repeated. "Why, how else than by searching to the bottom that confounded miracle you were so full of all yesterday and the day before."
"How was I occupied?" I repeated. "Well, how else could I be but by trying to get to the bottom of that confusing miracle you were so obsessed with yesterday and the day before?"
"Oh, Signor, how you talk!" exclaimed my hostess, horrified. "What! do you mean to say that the Blessed Virgin has not wrought among us the greatest miracle ever heard of in these parts?"
"Oh, Sir, how can you say that!" my hostess exclaimed, horrified. "What! Are you really saying that the Blessed Virgin hasn't performed the greatest miracle ever known around here?"
"Well, if this is one of the greatest," I replied, "I should advise her to give up miracles for the future, for she is no hand at them."
"Well, if this is one of the greatest," I replied, "I should suggest she stop trying to perform miracles in the future, because she's not good at them."
"How say you, Signor?" cried the landlady, shocked at my levity, and crossing herself again and again. "Oh, you Protestants believe in nothing! What! Is it not a great miracle to raise the dead?"
"How can you say that, Sir?" exclaimed the landlady, horrified by my lightheartedness and crossing herself repeatedly. "Oh, you Protestants don’t believe in anything! What! Isn’t it a huge miracle to bring the dead back to life?"
"It would be, if it were true," I interrupted.
"It would be if it were true," I interrupted.
"If it were true!" she repeated. "How should it[221] not be true? Have you not heard that the arch-priest himself believes it, that all the village believes it, that the good Ricardo the sacristan was an eye-witness of the miracle?"
"If it were true!" she repeated. "How could it not be true? Haven't you heard that the arch-priest himself believes it, that everyone in the village believes it, and that the good Ricardo the sacristan saw the miracle with his own eyes?"
"I must have better testimony than his in order to believe in the miraculous character of the story you related to me. However, I have since looked into the case myself and find it to be a gross piece of imposture."
"I need stronger evidence than his to believe in the miraculous nature of the story you told me. However, I've since investigated the matter myself and found it to be a blatant deception."
"Imposture!" cried the hostess. "Impossible! Who has been imposing—his reverence, perhaps?"
"Imposture!" exclaimed the hostess. "No way! Who has been pretending—maybe the priest?"
"No," I said; "the arch-priest was only one of the dupes. His rascal of a sacristan was at the bottom of all the mischief. That scoundrel Peppe, too, was another prominent actor in the farce."
"No," I said; "the arch-priest was just one of the dupes. His shady sacristan was the real mastermind behind all the trouble. That scoundrel Peppe was also a key player in the farce."
"What do I hear?" exclaimed my landlady; "the pious Ricardo and the holy Peppe called 'rascal' and 'scoundrel.' You surely mistake their characters."
"What do I hear?" my landlady exclaimed. "The pious Ricardo and the holy Peppe called 'rascal' and 'scoundrel.' You must be confusing their characters."
"We are all liable to make mistakes sometimes," said I; "but I will hope, for their own sakes, that they are not as black as they appear."
"We all make mistakes sometimes," I said; "but I hope, for their own sake, that they’re not as bad as they seem."
"You mystify me, Signor," she replied; "but I am sure you must be labouring under a gross mistake, for as a proof of Peppe's being a holy man, he has been doing nothing but miracles since he was raised from the dead."
"You confuse me, Signor," she said; "but I’m sure you must be making a huge mistake, because to prove that Peppe is a holy man, he has been performing nothing but miracles since he came back to life."
"What is that you say?" cried I, pricking up my ears.
"What did you say?" I exclaimed, perking up my ears.
"Why, Signor, you must know that as soon as Peppe left the church on the morning of the miracle he was followed by a great crowd of the faithful."[222]
"Well, sir, you should know that right after Peppe left the church on the morning of the miracle, he was followed by a large crowd of believers."[222]
"Of the curious and the idle, you mean," I observed, interrupting her. "Well, proceed."
"Of the curious and the lazy, you mean," I said, cutting her off. "Alright, go on."
"Who followed him to the door of his house," she continued; "and as divers of them were labouring under sore diseases, they besought him to touch them that they might be healed. Well, very many of them went away cured; others, he said, he was unable to cure on account of their want of faith."
"Who followed him to his front door," she continued; "and since many of them were suffering from serious illnesses, they begged him to touch them so they could be healed. Well, a lot of them went away healed; others, he said, he couldn’t heal because they didn’t have enough faith."
"The artful dog!" said I, smiling. "Now, I'll be bound to say he made all those who imagined themselves cured pay him well."
"The clever dog!" I said, smiling. "Now, I have to admit he made everyone who thought they were cured pay him handsomely."
"Oh, they all gave him something, of course, from a baiocco upwards, according to their means. They tell me the worthy man has made a heap of money by his miraculous touch."
"Oh, they all gave him something, of course, from a baiocco on up, depending on what they could afford. I've heard that the decent man has made a lot of money from his miraculous touch."
"Miraculous humbug!" I exclaimed, half-amused and half-angry at the success of such a vagabond.
"Unbelievable nonsense!" I said, feeling both amused and annoyed by the success of such a con artist.
"Humbug! say you still?" cried my hostess. "How can it be humbug, if he really has cured the sick?"
"Humbug! you still say?" exclaimed my hostess. "How can it be humbug if he really has cured the sick?"
"Come now," said I; "perhaps you will oblige me with a list of the diseases that this new saint professes to have cured."
"Come on," I said; "maybe you could share a list of the diseases that this new saint claims to have cured."
"Willingly," she replied.
"Sure," she replied.
"In the first case, there is old Margherita, who lives at the bottom of the dell, and has been suffering much from nervous headaches; he but touched her forehead, and she walked away declaring herself cured. Then there was poor old Carluccio, who goes about begging from[223] one place to another. He suffered much from rheumatism; but having been touched by Peppe on the parts affected, he immediately pronounced himself much better, if not quite cured. Then the girl Lucia, who lives half-way down the hill, and who used to suffer from the jumps, she likewise has not complained since. Then, again, Pietro, the vignauolo, who was suffering from stomach-ache, felt himself considerably better some few hours after he had been touched by Peppe. Brigida, the daughter of old Angeluccio, has for some time been the victim of a deep melancholy. Since she received the magic touch she has done nothing but laugh and sing, Giacomuccio, the idiot boy, complained of loss of appetite, but after Peppe had touched him he went home and ate up all the maritozza in the house. Then the number of children he has cured is something fabulous; at least, so their parents say."
"In the first case, there’s old Margherita, who lives at the bottom of the dell and has been suffering a lot from nervous headaches; he just touched her forehead, and she walked away saying she was cured. Then there was poor Carluccio, who goes around begging from one place to another. He was really struggling with rheumatism, but after Peppe touched the affected areas, he said he felt much better, if not completely cured. Then there’s Lucia, the girl who lives halfway down the hill and used to have fits; she hasn’t complained since. Also, Pietro, the vineyard worker, who had stomach aches, felt significantly better a few hours after being touched by Peppe. Brigida, the daughter of old Angeluccio, has been dealing with deep sadness for some time. Since she received the magical touch, she hasn’t stopped laughing and singing. Giacomuccio, the simple-minded boy, lost his appetite, but after Peppe touched him, he went home and ate all the maritozza in the house. The number of children he has healed is incredible; at least, that’s what their parents say."
"Well, well, my good woman," said I; "but these are all trifles. Can you give me no great cure that he has effected, such as giving sight to the blind, causing the lame to walk, the dumb to speak, the deaf to hear, and the like?"
"Well, well, my good woman," I said; "but these are all minor things. Can you tell me about any major miracles he's done, like giving sight to the blind, making the lame walk, helping the mute speak, or restoring hearing to the deaf, and so on?"
"One blind man came to be cured," replied my hostess; "but he, so Peppe said, had not sufficient faith, so of course no cure could be effected. It was the same with a cripple who had a withered arm, a man who had the small-pox, as well as several others. He said he could do nothing with them, as they were wanting in faith."[224]
"One blind man came to be healed," my hostess replied; "but he, according to Peppe, didn't have enough faith, so no healing could happen. It was the same with a cripple who had a withered arm, a man with smallpox, and several others. He said he could do nothing for them because they lacked faith."[224]
"I thought as much," said I. "All those whom he could not induce to believe were cured, he sent away as not having sufficient faith—the wily rascal! Now, my good woman, I really do wonder at your placing faith in such trash. If you knew as much about Peppe's character as I do, you would very soon cease to look upon him as a saint. Besides, what are the diseases you tell me he has cured? Headaches, jumps, nervousness, low spirits, want of appetite, etc.—trifles all of them.
"I figured as much," I said. "All those he couldn't convince to believe were sent away as if they just didn't have enough faith—the clever trickster! Now, my dear, I really do wonder why you put your trust in such nonsense. If you knew as much about Peppe's character as I do, you would quickly stop seeing him as a saint. Besides, what are the illnesses you say he has cured? Headaches, nervous twitching, anxiety, low moods, lack of appetite, and so on—just minor issues."
"He was supposed by all to have been miraculously raised from the dead, and they therefore concluded that he must have been a holy man, for such a miracle ever to have been wrought upon him, and being so esteemed, they at once jumped at the conclusion that he was gifted with power to work miracles. Accordingly, all the scum of the village turns out and follows him, placing implicit faith in his power to cure them of their half imaginary complaints. They receive his touch, pay their money, and their imagination worked upon, they fancy themselves healed. This is the secret of all his boasted success, for you say yourself that in all those cases that were worth healing he signally failed."
"He was thought by everyone to have been miraculously raised from the dead, so they concluded that he must have been a holy man, since such a miracle could only happen to someone like that. Being held in such high regard, they quickly assumed he had the power to perform miracles. As a result, all the people in the village showed up and followed him, fully believing in his ability to cure their mostly imagined problems. They accepted his touch, paid him money, and with their imaginations stirred, they believed they were healed. This is the secret behind all his claimed success, because you yourself said that in all the cases that actually needed healing, he dramatically failed."
"Be that as it may, Signor," replied the woman, "you will hardly pretend to account for the miracle wrought upon Peppe himself in that manner. How could a man be raised from the dead by imagination? I don't see how."
"Anyway, Signor," the woman replied, "you can't seriously explain the miracle that happened to Peppe like that. How could a man be brought back to life just by imagination? I don’t get it."
I here proceeded to retail the account of Peppe's feigned decease in order to escape paying his debt of three pauls; the entrance of the brigands into the church with the spoil, since proved to have been robbed from six English travellers and others who were making their way towards Rome on that very night; the dividing of the spoil upon the altar, and the diamond ring that remained over, with which one of the brigands dexterously succeeded in startling Peppe out of the sleep into which he had fallen, by hitting him on the nose, and finally, the confusion of the brigands at the sight of what they supposed to be a resuscitated corpse.
I proceeded to share the story of Peppe's fake death to avoid paying his debt of three pauls; the entrance of the brigands into the church with the loot, which turned out to have been stolen from six English travelers and others who were heading to Rome that very night; the division of the loot on the altar, and the diamond ring that was left over, which one of the brigands skillfully used to wake Peppe from his sleep by hitting him on the nose, and finally, the chaos among the brigands when they saw what they thought was a revived corpse.
I also related how they had abandoned the treasure in their flight, and how Peppe, taking advantage of his position, proceeded to gather together the said treasure, intending to keep it all for himself. How Antonio at this moment burst from his hiding place in the confessional, whither he had resorted in order to satisfy himself whether his friend's death were genuine or spurious. How both of them disputed the treasure, how they agreed to divide it equally, and how the diamond ring became a bone of contention. How they were surprised by the sacristan early the next morning. The sacristan's avarice, revenge, and hypocrisy. I dilated on the story, not omitting the minutest particular, and winding up with the subsequent conversion of the brigands, and letting her know upon what authority I had come to the knowledge of these facts.[226]
I also shared how they had left the treasure behind in their escape, and how Peppe, seizing the opportunity, went ahead to collect the treasure, planning to keep it all for himself. I talked about how Antonio suddenly came out of his hiding spot in the confessional, where he had gone to figure out if his friend's death was real or fake. I explained how they both argued over the treasure, how they agreed to split it evenly, and how the diamond ring became a point of conflict. I mentioned how they were caught by the sacristan early the next morning, highlighting the sacristan's greed, desire for revenge, and deceit. I went into detail about the story, covering every little aspect, and concluded with the eventual change of heart of the brigands, letting her know how I became aware of these events.[226]
The discomfiture of my hostess at hearing her darling miracle explained away by natural causes, and those, too, of so ridiculous a nature, was truly pitiable. I believe, in her heart, she wished that I had never put up at her inn, so that I might not have dispelled the sweet illusion.
The discomfort of my hostess at hearing her beloved miracle explained through natural causes, especially ones that seemed so absurd, was genuinely heartbreaking. I think, deep down, she wished I had never stayed at her inn, so I wouldn't have shattered that lovely illusion.
Not many days after my hostess had become convinced of the spuriousness of her once cherished miracle, the brigand-catchers returned after their fruitless search, but being put upon the right scent immediately on their return, they set off at once to the convent, where they commanded the monks, in the name of the law, to deliver up the prisoners. It was, however, too late. The brigands in the meantime had written a full confession of their crime to the Pope, with an account of the miracle and of their sudden determination, in consequence, of leading holy lives for the future, and had received from His Holiness pardon and absolution, on condition that they should follow out their virtuous intentions.
Not long after my hostess realized that her once-beloved miracle was fake, the bounty hunters came back from their useless search. But once they got good information upon their return, they immediately headed to the convent, where they demanded that the monks, in the name of the law, hand over the prisoners. However, it was too late. In the meantime, the brigands had written a complete confession of their crime to the Pope, detailing the miracle and their sudden decision to lead holy lives from then on, and they had received forgiveness and absolution from His Holiness, on the condition that they would follow through on their virtuous plans.
The document, with the pontifical seal affixed to it, was placed into the hands of these emissaries of the law, who had now nothing to do but to retire. The brigands had been transformed into monks; so far no one had anything to say but the six English travellers, the victims in the late robbery, and who had lost no time on their arrival in Rome in informing the government of their loss, and urging the immediate capture of the brigands; having heard of the extraordinary turn the affair had taken, now impatiently demanded their money back.[227]
The document, with the papal seal attached, was handed over to these law enforcement officers, who had nothing left to do but leave. The outlaws had been turned into monks; so far, only the six English travelers, the victims of the recent robbery, were speaking up. They wasted no time upon arriving in Rome to inform the government of their loss and insist on the quick capture of the brigands. Now, having heard about the surprising turn of events, they were eagerly demanding their money back.[227]
Believers in the late miracle now grew scarcer and scarcer every day, the eyes of the most obstinate being now open to conviction by overwhelming evidence. Peppe had lost his prestige as a saint, and the headaches, jumps, fits of melancholy, loss of appetite, and other small evils of which his patients had thought themselves miraculously cured, came back again as before to the indignant faithful, who, armed, in a body laid siege to the house of the "soi-disant" saint, vowing to burn his dwelling over his head, if he refused to give back to each the money that under false pretences he had extorted.
Believers in the late miracle were becoming fewer every day, even the most stubborn ones were starting to see the truth thanks to overwhelming evidence. Peppe had lost his status as a saint, and the headaches, mood swings, bouts of depression, loss of appetite, and other minor ailments that his patients thought they had been miraculously cured of returned just like before. The angry faithful, in a group, surrounded the house of the so-called saint, threatening to burn down his home if he didn't return the money he had taken from them under false pretenses.
There is no knowing what an infuriated Italian mob may not be guilty of perpetrating in the height of its fury; but let its rage be once drawn aside by some novel excitement or emotion, its fury will evaporate, expending its force through another channel. It might have gone hard with Peppe, if a trifling incident had not served to avert the fury of the mob when at its climax. This was the arrival of the diligence with the six Englishmen, whose pecuniary losses we have before alluded to, and who have arrived to claim their money from the arch-priest.
There’s no telling what an angry Italian mob might do in the heat of their fury; however, once their rage is distracted by something new or exciting, that anger will fade, directing its energy elsewhere. Peppe might have been in serious trouble if a small event hadn’t managed to divert the mob’s fury at its peak. This event was the arrival of the stagecoach with the six Englishmen, whose financial losses we’ve mentioned before, and who came to claim their money from the arch-priest.
Trifling as this incident was, it proved sufficient to induce the inhabitants of this sequestered village to abandon their purpose, and their curiosity now being raised to its height, they relinquished their victim for a time, in order to have a good stare at the six illustrious strangers who had fallen a prey to the brigands, while[228] Peppe, taking advantage of the general confusion, made his escape from the back door of his hut, and was soon lost to view in the thick grove of olive trees that flanked the slopes of the hill.
Trivial as this incident was, it was enough to convince the people of this isolated village to give up their plan. Now fully curious, they put their intended victim aside for a moment to take a good look at the six notable strangers who had fallen victim to the bandits, while[228] Peppe, seizing the moment of chaos, slipped out the back door of his house and quickly vanished into the dense grove of olive trees that lined the hill's slopes.
My story now draws towards a close. The money was returned to the owners, who were received with courtesy by the arch-priest, from whose very lips they heard a detailed account of the late miracle, and so delighted were they with the simplicity and urbanity of their new acquaintance, that they each made him a handsome present out of the money restored to them, for the benefit of his church, and perhaps as a slight compensation for the dissatisfaction he must have felt at the miracle not proving genuine.
My story is now coming to an end. The money was returned to the owners, who were welcomed politely by the arch-priest. From him, they heard a detailed account of the recent miracle, and they were so pleased with the friendliness and charm of their new acquaintance that they each gave him a generous gift from the money they got back, for the benefit of his church, and maybe as a small way to make up for the disappointment he must have felt about the miracle not being real.
The diamond ring likewise fell to the lot of the arch-priest, with the full permission from the donor to dispose of it as he might think fit, and after an exchange of compliments and civilities, the Englishmen took their departure.
The diamond ring also went to the arch-priest, who had full permission from the donor to do whatever he wanted with it, and after exchanging compliments and pleasantries, the Englishmen left.
The duplicity and avarice of the sacristan having now fairly come to light, he was dismissed, and another chosen to supply his place. Meanwhile the trial of Antonio was going on in the township of Gennazzano. Being summoned to appear as a witness, I was forced to go, and had the satisfaction of being mainly instrumental in the acquittal of my friend, who returned to his native village, where on his arrival he was carried in triumph over the heads of the cheering populace.
The deceit and greed of the sacristan had now been fully exposed, so he was let go, and someone else was chosen to take his position. Meanwhile, Antonio's trial was happening in the township of Gennazzano. I was called to testify, and I took part in helping my friend get acquitted. When he returned to his hometown, he was celebrated and carried in triumph by the cheering crowd.
The sum presented to the arch-priest, together with[229] the diamond ring, which had been taken to Rome to be estimated and converted into money, was expended by our pastor in alleviating the sufferings of the poor amongst his flock, after which there remained a surplus sufficient to purchase two silver candlesticks for the altar of San Rocco, the protecting saint of the village.
The amount given to the arch-priest, along with[229] the diamond ring that had been taken to Rome for appraisal and sold, was used by our pastor to help ease the hardships of the poor in his community. After that, there was enough left over to buy two silver candlesticks for the altar of San Rocco, the village's patron saint.
Peppe had judiciously hidden himself in the mountains until the fury of his patients had considerably abated, but Antonio discovering him one day, renewed his claim to the three pauls. I forget the excuse he made on this occasion, but I know for a certainty that the debt was never repaid during the whole of my stay in that part of the country.
Peppe had wisely hidden himself in the mountains until his patients' anger had calmed down, but one day Antonio found him and brought up his demand for the three pauls. I can't recall the excuse he gave this time, but I know for sure that the debt was never paid back during my entire time in that area.
Some months passed over without anything worthy of record, but the sequel of this narrative is to come. A friar, unknown to the inhabitants of our village, appeared one Sunday morning to perform mass in the Church of San Rocco. His shaven crown, bronzed skin, and high aquiline features made him an object of intense veneration among the devout congregation, as being unmistakable signs of a pure and austere life. He was a man of middle age, tall, and well knit, his beard on the verge of turning grey. The features were worn, but energetic, yet a physiognomist might have observed that the eyes were somewhat small in comparison with the rest of the face and moved rather too rapidly and furtively from left to right than was strictly necessary to complete the physiognomy of one whose life had been completely devoted to religious contemplation. His[230] arrival had created a sensation in the village, and many who had never confessed from one year's end to the other, impelled by curiosity, flocked to the church that day to confess to the stranger monk, imagining, no doubt, that the absolution of one from afar and unknown in the villages was more valid than that of the arch-priest or any more familiar prelate.
Some months went by without anything noteworthy to report, but the story continues. One Sunday morning, a friar, a stranger to the people in our village, showed up to lead mass at the Church of San Rocco. His shaved head, tanned skin, and sharp features made him an object of great respect among the devout congregation, seen as clear signs of a disciplined and ascetic life. He was a middle-aged man, tall and well-built, with a beard that was starting to turn gray. His features looked worn yet energetic, though a keen observer might have noticed that his eyes were somewhat small compared to the rest of his face and darted around a bit too quickly and furtively from side to side, which wasn’t exactly what you'd expect from someone whose life had been fully devoted to religious meditation. His[230] arrival stirred up a buzz in the village, and many people who hadn't confessed in a year, driven by curiosity, flocked to the church that day to confess to the unfamiliar monk, probably thinking that the absolution from someone unknown and from afar was more valid than that of the arch-priest or any more familiar cleric.
Familiarity breeds contempt, as we all know, therefore we so often find that Roman Catholics prefer confessing to some priest or friar that they meet for the first time, and are not likely to meet again, rather than to their parish priest, to whom the most secret thought of their inner lives is already known.
Familiarity breeds contempt, as we all know, so it’s common for Roman Catholics to choose to confess to a priest or friar they meet for the first time and probably won’t see again, rather than to their parish priest, who already knows the most personal thoughts of their inner lives.
Among those who flocked to confess to the stranger monk, whose majestic bearing had impressed everyone with his sanctity, were our two friends Antonio and Peppe, who, having neither of them confessed for a very long time, sought this opportunity of disburdening their souls of those sins they were ashamed of confessing to a priest of their own native village.
Among those who came to confess to the mysterious monk, whose impressive presence had made a strong impression on everyone with his holiness, were our two friends Antonio and Peppe. Having not confessed in a long time, they saw this chance as a way to relieve themselves of the sins they felt embarrassed to share with a priest from their own village.
Antonio, to whom I am indebted for the sequel of this tale, declared to me that he experienced a thrill he was unable to account for as the friar entered the confessional; but setting this down to nervousness at not having confessed for so long, he endeavoured to concentrate his thoughts, and began what is called a "general confession," commencing with the sins of his earliest childhood down to those of recent date.
Antonio, who I owe for the continuation of this story, told me that he felt an unexplainable thrill as the friar walked into the confessional. But attributing it to nerves from not having confessed in such a long time, he tried to focus and began what’s known as a "general confession," starting with the sins of his earliest childhood and going up to the more recent ones.
Fancying that he might have been guilty of avarice[231] in pressing too hardly on his friend for the debt of the three pauls and of sacrilege in having hidden all night in the confessional, and afterwards quarrelling with his friend over the treasure within the very church itself, it occurred to him to relate the whole circumstance to the father confessor, not omitting the entry of the brigands and their subsequent fright at what they supposed to be the sudden resurrection of one from the dead.
Thinking he might have been greedy[231] for pushing too hard on his friend about the debt of three pauls and feeling guilty about hiding all night in the confessional, and then arguing with his friend over the treasure right in the church, he decided to tell the whole story to the father confessor, including the part about the brigands coming in and their fright at what they thought was someone suddenly coming back to life.
Now, Antonio during the whole of this confession had his eyes fixed upon the countenance of his confessor, which he could see distinctly through the grating. It struck him from the first that the features of the monk were familiar to him, yet he could not call to mind where or under what circumstances he had seen them before. He had been racking his brain for some time past in order to recollect where he had ever met him, but to no purpose.
Now, throughout this confession, Antonio kept his eyes on the face of his confessor, which he could clearly see through the grating. From the very start, he felt like the monk's features looked familiar, but he couldn't remember where or under what circumstances he had seen him before. He had been trying for a while to recall where he had ever encountered him, but it was no use.
He observed that when he began enumerating all the peccadilloes of his early years the confessor evinced the utmost indifference, yawning every now and then, and not deigning a reply; but as soon as he began to talk about the miracle and the treasure abandoned by the brigands in their fright, he immediately pricked up his ears and changed colour.
He noticed that when he started listing all the little mistakes from his younger years, the confessor showed complete indifference, yawning every once in a while and not bothering to respond; but as soon as he began discussing the miracle and the treasure left behind by the bandits in their panic, the confessor perked up and changed color.
"Eh, what?" he cried, suddenly waking out of a doze. "Just oblige me by beginning that again, will you?"
"Wait, what?" he exclaimed, suddenly waking from a nap. "Can you start that over for me, please?"
Antonio, though somewhat surprised at the monk's abrupt change of manner, nevertheless set it down to[232] the natural interest that so extraordinary a tale inspired, and recommenced his story, detailing nicely every circumstance, especially the feigned death of Peppe; with an exact description of his own feelings at the time.
Antonio, although a bit taken aback by the monk's sudden shift in attitude, attributed it to the natural curiosity that such an extraordinary story would spark. He continued with his narrative, carefully recounting every detail, particularly the pretend death of Peppe and expressing exactly how he felt during that moment.
Now it happened that Peppe, being in church, and seeing his friend on his knees at the confessional, thought he could do no less than confess likewise, so, falling on his knees on the opposite side to his friend, he prepared to pour out his soul through the opposite grating, into the left ear of the father confessor, as soon as his friend should have risen from his knees.
Now it happened that Peppe, being in church, and seeing his friend on his knees at the confessional, thought he should do the same. So, he knelt down on the opposite side of his friend, getting ready to pour out his soul through the opposite grating into the left ear of the priest as soon as his friend got up.
Antonio at length having finished, and received absolution, remained a moment or two in prayer, whilst Peppe took his turn. Whatever the subject of Peppe's confession might have been, it had an extraordinary effect upon the monk. He became visibly agitated, and the muscles of his face twitched nervously.
Antonio finally finished and received absolution, staying for a moment or two in prayer while Peppe took his turn. Whatever Peppe confessed had an incredible impact on the monk. He became visibly shaken, and the muscles in his face twitched nervously.
"Then it wasn't a miracle, after all," he gasped, throwing himself back, while something strongly resembling an oath rose to his lips, but was instantly stifled. His bronzed features had become livid, and hastily giving his absolution, he hurried from the confessional.
"Then it wasn't a miracle, after all," he gasped, throwing himself back, while something that sounded a lot like an oath rose to his lips but was quickly stifled. His tanned face had turned pale, and after quickly granting his absolution, he rushed out of the confessional.
Our two friends had remained behind the rest of the congregation, and on rising from their knees and finding themselves alone in the church, each advanced towards the other in a spirit of Christian forgiveness, and shook his friend warmly by the hand, the subject of the three pauls being dropped on this occasion.[233]
Our two friends stayed behind from the rest of the group, and when they got up from their knees and realized they were alone in the church, each moved toward the other in a spirit of Christian forgiveness and shook hands warmly, leaving the topic of the three pauls behind for now.[233]
"By the way, Peppe," said Antonio, after a short interchange of genial conversation, "did you ever set eyes on that confessor before, think you?"
"By the way, Peppe," Antonio said after a brief friendly chat, "have you ever seen that confessor before, do you think?"
"Well, now you mention it, friend Antonio, his features do seem familiar to me, yet I can't call to mind where I have seen him," answered Peppe.
"Well, since you bring it up, friend Antonio, his features do look familiar to me, but I can’t remember where I’ve seen him," replied Peppe.
"Ah!" suddenly ejaculated Antonio, "I have it. If that monk is not the head brigand whom you so miraculously scared away by rising from the dead, may I be—shot."
"Ah!" Antonio suddenly exclaimed, "I’ve got it. If that monk isn’t the main bandit you so miraculously scared off by coming back to life, then I should be—shot."
"Per Baccounaccio! friend Antonio, you're right," exclaimed his friend; "it is the very same. I thought I knew him all the while. Well this is strange; and we have been confessing to a brigand chief!"
"Per Baccounaccio! Friend Antonio, you’re right," his friend exclaimed; "it is the same person. I thought I recognized him all along. This is odd; we've been confessing to a bandit leader!"
"True," said Antonio; "but of course you have heard that in consequence of the supposed miracle, he and the rest of his band became converted and took holy vows, having received a full pardon from the Pope for their past misdeeds. He now performs mass, and therefore his absolution is worth just as much as that of any other ecclesiastic."
"True," said Antonio; "but of course you've heard that because of the supposed miracle, he and his crew converted and took holy vows, receiving full forgiveness from the Pope for their past wrongs. He now performs mass, so his absolution is just as valid as that of any other clergyman."
"Yes, yes; I've no doubt," replied Peppe; "but, I say, Anthony, if you had but noticed how uncommonly interested he became in the middle of my confession! That was because I confessed to him the trick I played upon you, old friend, that night. You remember, eh? Ha! ha! Well, as soon as I began to talk about jumping up from the dead, and how the brigands scampered away helter-skelter, leaving their treasure[234] behind them in their flight, I noticed him change colour, and he grew impatient to know more. I thought it strange that he should appear to take such interest in the matter. Now I can account for his look of remorse that puzzled me so before. He is angry with himself at being frightened into turning monk by a sham miracle."
"Yes, yes; I’m sure," replied Peppe; "but, Anthony, did you notice how unusually interested he became while I was confessing? That’s because I told him about the trick I pulled on you, old friend, that night. You remember, right? Ha! ha! As soon as I started talking about coming back from the dead and how the brigands ran off in a panic, leaving their treasure[234] behind, I saw him change color, and he got really eager to hear more. I found it odd that he seemed so invested in the story. Now I understand why he looked so remorseful before. He’s upset with himself for getting scared and becoming a monk because of a fake miracle."
"I, too, noticed the very same thing, friend Peppe," said Antonio, "when I likewise confessed the same story. I'll lay my life that he now repents him of having turned monk. Perhaps he suspected that we recognised him, and that was the reason he hastened away so after confession. I wonder where he is now?"
"I noticed the same thing too, my friend Peppe," said Antonio. "I bet he regrets becoming a monk. Maybe he realized we recognized him, and that’s why he rushed off after confession. I wonder where he is now?"
The mysterious monk had disappeared; so had the two silver candlesticks on the altar. Extraordinary coincidence! Had they also vanished by a miracle?
The mysterious monk was gone, and so were the two silver candlesticks on the altar. What an extraordinary coincidence! Had they also disappeared by some sort of miracle?
They were on the altar when our two friends went to confess, as both of them declared. Perhaps the new sacristan had taken them away to clean after the departure of the congregation.
They were at the altar when our two friends went to confess, as both of them said. Maybe the new sacristan had taken them away to clean up after the congregation left.
No; the sacristan was questioned, he knew naught but that they were still on the altar. The affair caused much gossip and surmise, and much time was lost in loud talking and angry gesticulations. The arch-priest at length appeared on the spot, and our two friends Antonio and Peppe communicated to him their suspicions—viz., that the unknown friar, whom both of them recognised to be no other than the brigand chief himself, had purloined the silver candlesticks immediately after confession, and made his escape into the[235] mountains. Search was now made for the thief, but the day was already far spent and the monk had had ample time to reach the convent before his pursuers thought of going in search of him.
No; the sacristan was questioned, but he knew nothing except that they were still at the altar. The situation sparked a lot of gossip and speculation, causing a significant amount of time to be wasted on loud conversations and angry gestures. Eventually, the arch-priest arrived on the scene, and our two friends, Antonio and Peppe, shared their suspicions with him—that the unknown friar, whom they both recognized as the brigand chief himself, had stolen the silver candlesticks right after confession and escaped into the[235] mountains. They started searching for the thief, but it was already late in the day, and the monk had plenty of time to get to the convent before they even began looking for him.
On the following day the arch-priest called at the convent in person, acquainted the monks there with his loss, and stated his suspicions. He was informed by them that the band of brigands who had only lately become converted and had entered their order, and who, up to the present time, had shown themselves most exemplary in conduct, to the great surprise of their brother monks, had suddenly decamped in the dead of night, no one knew how. They had evidently resumed their former profession, as they had left their cassocks behind them, and their arms, which had been hung up in the chapel as trophies of their conversion, had been removed.
The next day, the arch-priest visited the convent in person, informed the monks about his loss, and shared his suspicions. They told him that the group of bandits who had recently converted and joined their order—who had, until now, behaved exceptionally well—had surprisingly disappeared in the middle of the night, and no one knew how they managed it. Clearly, they had returned to their old ways, as they left their cassocks behind, and the weapons that had been displayed in the chapel as trophies of their conversion were gone.
The affair of the silver candlesticks was unknown to the rest of the order, but shortly afterwards a silversmith in Rome, to whose shop a handsome pair of silver candlesticks was brought for sale, having some scruples at receiving stolen goods, and distrusting much the appearance of the person who brought them, sent secretly to the police, who took in charge the suspected party. Now it happened about that time in the vicinity of Rome, that a certain band of brigands had been guilty of the most fearful outrages. The police were already on their track, and the capture of the suspected vendor of stolen goods subsequently led to the discovery of the[236] whole band, which was soon identified as the same which had once received the Pope's pardon and had entered into holy orders. They were accordingly tried, condemned, and executed on the summit of the fort of St. Angelo, which is built on the ruins of the ancient tomb of Hadrian, on the banks of the Tiber.
The situation with the silver candlesticks was unknown to the rest of the group, but soon after, a silversmith in Rome received a nice pair of silver candlesticks that someone tried to sell him. He felt uneasy about accepting stolen items and was suspicious of the person who brought them, so he secretly contacted the police, who apprehended the suspect. Around that same time in the area near Rome, a group of bandits had committed some horrific crimes. The police were already pursuing them, and the arrest of the suspected seller of stolen goods eventually led to the capture of the[236]whole gang, which was soon identified as the same group that had once been pardoned by the Pope and had taken holy orders. They were then tried, found guilty, and executed at the top of the fort of St. Angelo, which sits on the ruins of the ancient tomb of Hadrian, along the banks of the Tiber.
By the time our artist had finished his story, and received Helen's warm eulogium on the same, the sitting had already come to an end. Dame Hearty now knocked at the door to ask if her daughter could be spared, as she found that she really could not go through her household duties without her.
By the time our artist finished his story and received Helen's heartfelt praise for it, the sitting had already come to an end. Dame Hearty knocked at the door to ask if her daughter could be released, as she realized she really couldn't manage her household duties without her.
"Just one moment," said McGuilp; "there, Helen, just place yourself once more as you were, and I shall have finished with you for the day. Just one more touch."
"Just a moment," said McGuilp; "there, Helen, just position yourself like you were before, and I’ll be done with you for the day. Just one more adjustment."
The artist then began working rapidly for some ten minutes, as if his life were at stake, when suddenly throwing himself back in his chair, as if exhausted after some stupendous effort, he exclaimed: "There now!"
The artist quickly started working for about ten minutes, as if his life depended on it, and then suddenly fell back in his chair, as if worn out from some incredible effort, and exclaimed: "There we go!"
These magical words were the signal for Helen's liberation, and now both mother and daughter placed themselves behind the artist's chair and proceeded to criticise his work.
These magic words marked the beginning of Helen's freedom, and now both mother and daughter positioned themselves behind the artist's chair and started to critique his work.
"Oh my! what a love of a pictur'!" exclaimed Dame Hearty; "and how exactly like our Helen. Oh, if ever! Well I never! I do declare," etc.
"Oh my! What a beautiful picture!" exclaimed Dame Hearty; "and how exactly it looks like our Helen. Oh, no way! Well, I can’t believe it! I declare," etc.
"And how you have improved it this sitting! Why,[237] last time I thought there was no more to do to it, but now it is life itself."
"And how much you've enhanced it this time! Why,[237] last time I thought there was nothing left to fix, but now it feels like real life."
"You flatter me, Helen," said McGuilp; "for I assure you that the portrait is still in a most crude and unfinished state."
"You flatter me, Helen," McGuilp said, "because I assure you that the portrait is still very rough and not finished at all."
"How say you?—still unfinished?" cried Helen. "Well, if you go on at that rate, by next sitting I shall expect to hear it speak."
"What's that?—still not done?" exclaimed Helen. "Honestly, if you keep this up, by our next meeting I expect to hear it talk."
"Come, Helen," said her mother, "we must be off, for we have no time to lose. Another time, when we have less to do, I shall be most happy to let you assist the gentleman to finish his pictur'," and curtseying to McGuilp, she led her daughter out of the room, while the painter was left to the uninspired operations of cleaning his palette and brushes, and putting his studio in order previous to joining the other members of the club.
"Come on, Helen," her mother said, "we need to go. We don’t have time to waste. Another time, when we're not so busy, I’d be more than happy to let you help the gentleman finish his painting." Curtsying to McGuilp, she led her daughter out of the room, leaving the painter to the dull tasks of cleaning his palette and brushes and tidying up his studio before joining the other members of the club.
FOOTNOTES:
[8] A corruption of the word compare (godfather) which is used as a familiar appellation among the peasantry, even when no such relations exists between them.
[8] A twist on the word compare (godfather) that’s used as a casual nickname among the peasants, even when there’s no actual family connection.
[13] Padrone, master.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Boss, master.
[16] A corruption of per Cristo.
A distortion of per Cristo.
[17] It is the custom in Roman Catholic countries for the dead to be exposed in the centre of the church for twenty-four hours upon a bier, with a candle burning.
[17] In Roman Catholic countries, it's customary for the deceased to be displayed in the center of the church for twenty-four hours on a bier, with a candle lit.
[18] To your Lordship.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ To you, my Lord.
[19] A halfpenny.
A half-penny.

CHAPTER IV.
The Waxen Image.—The Hostess's Story.
We have alluded before the commencement of our late story to a clapping of hands proceeding from the club-room, announcing the termination of some tale from our hostess.
We mentioned earlier, before starting our recent story, that there was some clapping coming from the club room, signaling the end of a story told by our hostess.
It will be remembered that the tale of our landlady had come to an end previous to the commencement of our artist's narrative. Let us entreat our reader, then, to take a retrospect glance, and imagine himself seated in the club-room, in the company of its worthy members and our buxom hostess, whilst the painter was deeply absorbed in his portrait of the fair Helen.
It’s important to note that our landlady's story had finished before our artist's narrative started. So, we invite our reader to take a moment to look back and picture themselves sitting in the club room, surrounded by its respectable members and our charming hostess, while the painter was completely focused on his portrait of the beautiful Helen.
Dame Hearty, after continued pressing, and some diffidence on her part, seemed finally to be collecting her ideas, which process was performed by casting down her eyes and toying with the corners of her apron; then as if suddenly inspired, she abruptly smoothed down her apron on her lap, and dovetailing the fingers of each ruddy hand within those of the other, she hemmed once or twice and proceeded in the following strain.[239]
Dame Hearty, after some persistent encouragement and a bit of hesitation on her part, finally appeared to be organizing her thoughts. She did this by looking down and fiddling with the edges of her apron. Then, as if struck by an idea, she quickly smoothed her apron over her lap, intertwined the fingers of her rosy hands, cleared her throat a couple of times, and began to speak in the following way.[239]
When I was a girl, gentlemen, about the age of my Helen, I was just such another as she, though I dare say you would hardly believe it, to look at me now; but ask my good man and he'll tell you the same. Look at my Helen, and you will see what your humble servant was at her age. I had the same rosy cheeks, like two ripe apples, the same laughing blue eyes and sunny hair, and as for spirits, why, Lord bless you, the dear child ain't nothing to what her mother was at her age.
When I was a girl, gentlemen, around the same age as my Helen, I was just like her, though I bet you wouldn't believe it if you saw me now; but ask my good man, and he'll tell you the same. Look at my Helen, and you'll see what I was like at her age. I had the same rosy cheeks, like two ripe apples, the same laughing blue eyes, and sunny hair, and as for my energy, well, I swear, the dear child isn't anything like what her mother was at her age.
Well, gentlemen, I was always for gaming and romping, and folks would say that there wasn't a lass like Molly Sykes for miles round. In fact, I used to be called the pride of the village, though I say it, that shouldn't. At the time I speak of, I was at the village school, and there was hardly a young man in the village that did not come a courtin' after me, but I paid no attention to none of them, as I had been attached from childhood to my Jack, then a spruce lad of some eighteen summers, but I laughed and joked with all, so I was always popular.
Well, guys, I was always into fun and games, and people would say there wasn't a girl like Molly Sykes for miles around. In fact, I used to be called the pride of the village, though I shouldn't boast about it. At that time, I was at the village school, and there was hardly a young man in the village who didn't come to flirt with me, but I didn’t pay any attention to them, since I had been devoted to my Jack since childhood, who was then a sharp fellow of about eighteen. Still, I laughed and joked with everyone, so I was always popular.
The only school friend I ever had was a young girl about my own age—an orphan, one Claribel Falkland, of an extremely delicate and sensitive nature, the sweetest temper in the world, and of a beauty which in my heart I felt surpassed my own, for it was more the beauty of a high-born lady. I see before me now her pale oval face with her large lustrous hazel eyes, her smooth dark nut-brown hair, and her slim graceful[240] figure which seemed to glide rather than walk about. I recollect, too, her low soft voice that had music in the very tone of it, and her sweet look radiant with the innocence of her heart. I know not how two beings of such opposite temperaments should ever have become such fast friends, for Claribel was pensive and melancholy, and of a studious turn, poring over every book she could get hold of, whilst I, on the contrary, was a perfect hoyden, always laughing and playing the fool when I ought to have been at work.
The only school friend I ever had was a girl about my age—an orphan named Claribel Falkland, who had an incredibly delicate and sensitive nature, the sweetest temperament you could imagine, and a beauty that I believed surpassed my own, as it was more akin to that of a high-born lady. I can still picture her pale oval face with her large, shiny hazel eyes, her smooth dark nut-brown hair, and her slender, graceful figure that seemed to glide rather than walk. I also remember her soft, low voice, which had a musical quality, and her sweet expression radiating the innocence of her heart. I don’t know how two people with such different personalities became such close friends, because Claribel was pensive and melancholic, always lost in the books she could find, while I, on the other hand, was a total tomboy, always laughing and goofing around when I should have been working.
However strange it may appear, it is certain that a sympathy stronger than that generally found between two sisters grew up between us. But let me pass on to describe certain peculiarities in the constitution of my young school friend. In the first place, she had been from childhood a sleep walker, a phenomenon that I soon discovered, for poor Claribel being an orphan and having no home of her own, used to live with us, and we two always slept together.
However strange it may seem, it’s clear that a connection stronger than what’s usually found between two sisters developed between us. But let me move on to describe some unique traits of my young school friend. First of all, she had been a sleepwalker since childhood, something I quickly noted, since poor Claribel, being an orphan and having no home of her own, lived with us, and we always shared a bed.
At first this peculiarity gave me no little alarm, as she would often rise in the middle of the night, light a candle and wander all over the house, and I was afraid that some night she would set the house on fire.
At first, this odd behavior really worried me, as she would often get up in the middle of the night, light a candle, and roam around the house, and I was afraid that one night she would accidentally start a fire.
However, no accident ever occurred, and to my surprise I found that she seemed just as cautious in her sleep as if she had been in her waking state, always shading the flame with her hand and using such extreme caution when passing near the curtains or anything[241] else at all likely to catch fire, that I used to doubt sometimes if she really could be asleep.
However, no accidents ever happened, and to my surprise, I found that she looked just as careful in her sleep as if she were awake, always shielding the flame with her hand and being extremely cautious when passing near the curtains or anything else that could catch fire, that I sometimes doubted whether she was really asleep at all.
Being warned by the doctor never to address her or touch her whilst in this state, lest the shock should be too great for her, I, at first, used to follow her with my eyes about the room, and if she left the chamber, I generally used to rise and follow softly after, at some distance, lest an accident should befall her. But finding soon that she was just as certain of her footing in her sleep as in her waking moments, I began to abandon my fears, and thought no more of this peculiarity.
Being told by the doctor never to speak to her or touch her while she was in this state, in case it shocked her too much, I initially followed her with my eyes around the room. If she left the room, I usually got up and quietly followed her from a distance, worried that something might happen to her. However, I soon realized that she was just as sure of her footing in her sleep as she was when awake, so I started to let go of my fears and no longer considered this oddity.
Indeed, as she was in the habit of rising every other night, I soon felt far too sleepy to trouble myself about her. But soon this strange power in her began to develop itself, and to take a stranger and more interesting form.
Indeed, since she usually got up every other night, I quickly became too drowsy to worry about her. But soon this unusual ability of hers started to grow and took on a stranger and more fascinating form.
She would now get up at night, sit herself down at a table, take pen, ink, and paper, and fill sheet after sheet with close writing and elegant composition. This was particularly the case if she had left a task uncompleted during the day. In the morning it was sure to be found finished, and generally better done than if it had been accomplished during her hours of waking; nor was she herself conscious of it until she examined her exercise the next morning.
She would now get up at night, sit down at a table, grab a pen, ink, and paper, and fill sheet after sheet with meticulous writing and elegant composition. This happened especially if she had left a task undone during the day. In the morning, it would be found finished, and usually better done than if she had completed it during her waking hours; nor was she aware of it until she looked over her work the next morning.
If I perchance should have an uncompleted task on hand, she would invariably finish mine before her own. But this phenomenon in my young friend, however strange and unaccountable it may seem, sinks into utter[242] insignificance before a far more terrible one which I am now about to describe.
If I happened to have an unfinished task, she would always complete mine before her own. But this behavior in my young friend, no matter how strange and inexplicable it may seem, pales in comparison to a much more serious issue that I’m about to describe.
You may think I exaggerate, gentlemen, or that it was the effect of my own over-wrought fancy, produced by sleepless nights of watching over my young friend, but there are witnesses living yet who saw what I saw, and who are ready to give their testimony. The doctor of this village, together with his assistant, the rector, and two women living close by, are among these I speak of, besides others. Let them speak for themselves if you will not believe my word.
You might think I’m exaggerating, gentlemen, or that it’s just my overly tired imagination, fueled by sleepless nights spent looking after my young friend. But there are still witnesses around who saw what I saw and are ready to share their stories. The village doctor, along with his assistant, the rector, and two nearby women, are among those I’m talking about, along with others. Let them tell their own stories if you won’t take my word for it.
The phenomenon to which I have above alluded was the power, if I may so call it, of dividing herself in two, or becoming two separate beings; that is to say, of making a duplicate of herself. This extraordinary and fearful gift had evidently been noticed by others before it fell under my own observation, since for a long time previous to seeing it myself it was reported throughout the village that Claribel Falkland had appeared in two places at the same time.
The phenomenon I just mentioned was the ability, if I can describe it that way, to split herself in two, or to exist as two separate beings; in other words, to create a duplicate of herself. This extraordinary and unsettling gift had clearly been noticed by others before I witnessed it myself, as for quite a while before I saw it, people in the village were saying that Claribel Falkland had been seen in two places at once.
To this, however, as to all other village gossip, I paid no attention, knowing well how trifles get exaggerated after passing through many mouths, and how sometimes reports are circulated without an atom of truth for their foundation. I can only tell you, however, gentlemen, what I saw with my own eyes, believe it, or not, as you will. One morning, then, after returning home from school, Claribel having been unable to attend from some slight indisposition, I[243] entered the room suddenly where my friend was seated. I remember, too, that I had never felt in better health in all my life, when there, to my utter consternation, was not only my friend, seated as was her wont, in an easy chair, with her head resting on her hand, but another figure, the exact counterpart of herself, a duplicate Claribel, leaning over the back of her arm-chair, exactly in the same position as my friend happened to be at the time.
To this, though, like all other village gossip, I didn't pay any attention, knowing well how little things can be blown out of proportion after going through so many people, and how sometimes stories are spread without a bit of truth behind them. I can only tell you, gentlemen, what I saw with my own eyes; believe it or not, that's up to you. One morning, after coming home from school and finding that Claribel couldn't join us due to a minor illness, I[243] suddenly walked into the room where my friend was sitting. I also remember that I had never felt healthier in my life when, to my complete shock, there was not only my friend in her usual easy chair with her head resting on her hand, but another figure, an exact copy of her, a duplicate Claribel, leaning over the back of her armchair, positioned exactly like my friend was at that moment.
I remained at the door, my eyes and mouth wide open, in mute horror, unable to advance a step or utter an exclamation, until my friend, looking up and inquiring the reason of my surprise, the figure behind the chair instantly vanished. I then proceeded to relate to her the vision, which she, however, smiled at and affected to treat as a temporary delusion on my part, the result of indigestion or disordered state of my nerves. I persisted that I was in the most perfect health, and that I had seen what I chose to style her "double."
I stood at the door, my eyes and mouth wide open in shock, unable to move or say anything, until my friend looked up and asked why I was so surprised; at that moment, the figure behind the chair vanished. I then told her about the vision, but she just smiled and brushed it off as a temporary delusion, claiming it was due to indigestion or my nerves being out of whack. I insisted that I was in perfect health and that I had seen what I decided to call her "double."
She declared to me that she herself had not been conscious of it, and that, therefore, whatever I might say to the contrary, it was a delusion. She answered even with some irritability—very unusual to her—which made me think that she had long been aware of this phenomenon in herself, but wished to keep it secret from others.
She told me that she hadn’t been aware of it herself, and that, no matter what I said to the contrary, it was a delusion. She responded with a bit of irritation—something very unusual for her—which made me feel like she had known about this happening within herself for a while, but wanted to keep it hidden from others.
Seeing she was displeased, I said no more, and half persuaded myself that I had been deluded by my senses. She had been living with us for some time[244] previous to the first appearance of the spectre, but after this first visit the apparition repeatedly presented itself, often as many as five or six times in the same day, though sometimes disappearing for a week or a month, and then returning. I observed that the figure always appeared clearer and more defined the more my friend appeared absorbed in some favourite occupation, or when in a deep reverie. In whatsoever way she happened to be occupied, whether in reading, writing, reckoning, or in earnest conversation, the spectre would instantly appear behind her, imitating her every movement with the precision of a looking-glass.
Seeing she was upset, I said nothing more, and somewhat convinced myself that I had been tricked by my senses. She had been living with us for a while[244] before the first sighting of the ghost, but after that initial visit, the apparition showed up repeatedly, sometimes five or six times in one day, although it would occasionally vanish for a week or a month before coming back. I noticed that the figure always appeared clearer and more defined when my friend was really focused on something she loved, or when she was deep in thought. Whatever she was doing—whether reading, writing, calculating, or engaged in a serious conversation—the ghost would immediately materialize behind her, mimicking her every action with the precision of a mirror.
Of course, this peculiarity in her constitution caused no slight terror to myself, as well as to my father, who was then alive, and some intimate friends; yet after a time, finding that the visits of the apparition boded no harm, and getting accustomed to the same, we hailed our spiritual visitant as a welcome guest, cracking jokes in its presence, and even addressing it with so little appearance of reverence, that had it not been a very good-tempered spectre, it must have resented our rudeness. But the double never showed any resentment, unless treating us all with silent contempt may be considered as resentment. Indeed, it had never been once known to utter a sound; neither did it appear to be conscious of our presence.
Of course, this unusual trait in her made me and my father, who was still alive at the time, as well as some close friends, pretty scared. But after a while, realizing that the visits from the ghost didn’t bring any harm and getting used to it, we started to see our spiritual visitor as a welcome presence. We joked around with it and even spoke to it so casually that if it hadn't been a very good-natured spirit, it probably would have taken offense at our lack of respect. However, the double never showed any anger, unless you count treating us all with silent disdain as a form of resentment. In fact, it had never been known to make a sound; nor did it seem aware of our presence.
I remember on one occasion, for a frolic, throwing a heavy book at its head, but this had no further effect than to disturb for a moment the luminous ether of[245] which the spectre appeared composed, and which speedily re-settled itself, while the phantom seemed unconscious of having received injury or insult of any kind. The book passed through its head as if it had been air or smoke, and fell to the ground. I was bold enough once to walk up to it and take it by the arm, and found to my surprise, that there was a slight resistance, like that of muslin or crape, but it melted within my grasp, and I noticed that wherever I placed my hand, that that part of the figure was instantly wanting, and did not right itself until I withdrew my touch.
I remember one time, for fun, I threw a heavy book at its head, but it only disturbed the glowing aura of[245] that the ghost seemed to be made of, which quickly settled back. The phantom appeared completely unaware that it had been harmed or insulted in any way. The book went right through its head as if it were air or smoke and dropped to the ground. I was bold enough to walk up to it and grab its arm, and to my surprise, there was a slight resistance, like muslin or crape, but it faded away in my grip, and I noticed that wherever I touched it, that part of the figure was instantly missing and didn’t return until I took my hand away.
Sometimes the whole figure would disappear if I came within two paces of it, and it was not always of the same consistency, being sometimes less palpable than at others. This I observed to be dependent upon the greater or less absorption of my friend in her occupation or reverie. It is also remarkable that the more clearly defined and life-like the phantom appeared, the more exhausted and haggard grew my friend, and vice versa.
Sometimes the entire figure would vanish if I got within two steps of it, and it wasn’t always the same consistency; sometimes it felt more elusive than at other times. I noticed this seemed dependent on how absorbed my friend was in her work or daydreaming. It’s also interesting that the more clearly defined and lifelike the phantom looked, the more worn out and haggard my friend became, and vice versa.
But I must now return to the second visit of our spiritual companion.
But I need to go back to the second visit of our spiritual companion.
You may well imagine my terror and consternation at its first appearance, yet when the first shock had passed over, I should probably never have related the vision to a single soul, and set down everything to hallucination, had I not shortly after caught a second glimpse of the spectre. This time my friend and I happened to be[246] playing chess together, when, whilst waiting for her to move, I distinctly saw the double leaning over her chair, as if in the act of assisting her in the game.
You can imagine how terrified and shocked I was when I first saw it, but once the initial jolt wore off, I probably would have kept the vision to myself and blamed it on a hallucination if I hadn't caught a second glimpse of the ghost soon after. This time, my friend and I were[246] playing chess together, and while we were waiting for her to make a move, I clearly saw the double leaning over her chair, as if trying to help her with the game.
"Look, Claribel," I cried; "there it is again, you can't deny it this time," whereupon the figure instantly disappeared.
"Look, Claribel," I shouted; "there it is again, you can't deny it this time," and just like that, the figure vanished.
Now, as my friend still persisted that it was nothing more than my delusion, I began to be alarmed for my own health, and acquainted my father with what I had seen. He, too, laughed at me, and called it a silly girlish fancy, but said no more until I had seen it again three or four times, going immediately to my father each time after the vision had presented itself, and describing to him exactly the attitude and the gestures of the apparition on each successive visit.
Now, since my friend kept insisting it was just my imagination, I started to worry about my own well-being and told my dad what I had seen. He also laughed at me and called it a silly girl’s fantasy, but he didn’t say much more until I had experienced it again three or four times. Each time it happened, I went straight to my dad afterward and described exactly how the figure looked and what it did during each visit.
Then my father became alarmed for the state of my health, and a doctor was sent for, that I might be bled. But on the doctor's arrival, he could detect nothing wrong with me; but just to satisfy my father, ordered me a little harmless physic, and took his departure. Believing that whether the doctor perceived it or not, that I must really be in a very bad state, I took all his medicine in regular doses, and at the times prescribed, carrying out his injunctions to the letter.
Then my dad got worried about my health, so he called for a doctor to have me bled. But when the doctor arrived, he couldn’t find anything wrong with me. Just to put my dad’s mind at ease, he prescribed me some harmless medicine and left. Believing that I must really be in bad shape, whether the doctor noticed it or not, I took all the medicine as directed, sticking to the dosage and timing exactly as instructed.
Nevertheless, the vision continued, appearing several times a day, and remaining sometimes almost half the day at a visit. Upon hearing all this, my father called for the doctor again, and positively insisted on my being bled this time. I remember that I was averse to the[247] operation, never having undergone it before, and imagining that the pain would be much greater than I found it in reality. I therefore begged—finding my father so determined—that my friend might be present during the operation to give me courage.
Nevertheless, the vision kept showing up, sometimes several times a day, and staying almost half the day during each visit. After hearing all of this, my father called for the doctor again and insisted that I get bled this time. I remember I was against the[247] procedure, having never experienced it before and thinking the pain would be way worse than what it actually was. So, I begged—seeing how set my father was—that my friend could be there during the procedure to give me some courage.
This was assented to, and my friend was called into the parlour, looking pale and trembling, as if she fancied herself guilty of the pain about to be inflicted on me. She remained stationary in front of me, with a look of sweet commiseration in her face, but without uttering a word.
This was agreed upon, and my friend was brought into the living room, looking pale and nervous, as if she believed she was responsible for the pain that was about to be inflicted on me. She stood still in front of me, with a look of kind sympathy on her face, but she didn’t say a word.
Once or twice I thought she was going to speak, but she checked herself, and then I noticed a struggle going on within her, as if she would have said, "Ought I not to prevent this operation, and openly confess that what my friend has seen, is not an hallucination, but a reality; a phenomenon belonging to my constitution? But, no; I dare not."
Once or twice, I thought she was about to say something, but she held back, and I could see the internal conflict she was having, as if she wanted to say, "Shouldn't I stop this from happening and admit that what my friend saw isn’t just a hallucination but real—something that's part of who I am? But, no; I can't."
This was how I read the expression of her face. However, the operation passed over with far less pain than I had expected, when, oh, wonderful! on looking up again at the face of my friend, who was standing motionless as a statue, I perceived once more her double, not this time as usual, standing behind her and imitating her attitude, but pacing up and down the room with rapid steps and wringing her hands, as if in despair.
This is how I interpreted the look on her face. However, the procedure went by with much less pain than I anticipated when, oh, amazing! I looked up again at my friend's face, who stood still like a statue, and I saw her double again, but this time not in her usual position behind her and mimicking her stance. Instead, she was pacing back and forth in the room quickly and wringing her hands, as if in despair.
Feeling somewhat weak from loss of blood, I forbore to cry out, but my wild looks attracted the attention of[248] my father and the doctor to the spot my eyes were fixed upon, when, following the direction of my eyes, both suddenly started in extreme terror, such as I have never seen expressed before or since upon the faces of any two of the stronger sex.
Feeling a bit weak from blood loss, I tried not to cry out, but my frantic expression caught the attention of[248] my father and the doctor, drawing them to where my eyes were focused. When they followed my gaze, both of them suddenly recoiled in sheer terror, like nothing I’d ever seen on the faces of any two strong men before or since.
The doctor halted in tying on the bandage, and trembled like an aspen, while my father staggered and fell against the wall. For some minutes not a word was spoken, when my friend probably guessing the cause of our alarm, suddenly turned her head in the direction of their gaze, when the apparition instantly vanished. Each looked at the other, and the doctor declared that such a case had never before occurred in all his experience, nor would he have believed it had he had other testimony than that of his own eyes.
The doctor paused while tying on the bandage, trembling like a leaf, as my father staggered and leaned against the wall. For a few minutes, no one said a word, until my friend, probably sensing the reason for our shock, suddenly turned her head in the direction they were looking, and the figure instantly disappeared. Each of us stared at the others, and the doctor declared that he had never encountered anything like this in all his experience, and he wouldn’t have believed it if he hadn’t seen it with his own eyes.
My friend then, her eyes filled with tears, begged of us all present to keep the matter a secret, and not to publish it throughout the village. Upon being questioned concerning the phenomenon, it appeared that what we had all seen was a reality, having as she alleged been seen by others before. She said that she was not conscious of its presence, save by the looks of consternation she saw depicted on the faces of others; that she had no control over the apparition, as it would appear and disappear without her knowledge, and that she had never seen it herself but once—in the looking-glass—when it caused her such a preternatural horror that she never afterwards used a looking-glass without a shudder.[249]
My friend, tears in her eyes, pleaded with all of us to keep it a secret and not to spread it around the village. When we asked about the phenomenon, it turned out that what we had all witnessed was real, having supposedly been seen by others before. She said she was only aware of its presence by the looks of fear on other people's faces; she had no control over the apparition since it would show up and vanish without her knowing. She only saw it herself once—in the mirror—and it terrified her so much that she couldn't look into a mirror again without feeling a shiver.[249]
This phenomenon in her nature, moreover, made her very unhappy, as on this account people used to shun her, considering the apparition as the work of the Evil One, and deeming her guilty of some fearful crime, for such a judgment ever to be permitted to persecute her.
This trait in her nature made her very unhappy because, for this reason, people avoided her, viewing the appearance as a sign of the Evil One’s work and believing she was guilty of some terrible crime, for such a judgment constantly tortured her.
The doctor and my father, their first surprise once over, attempted to console her, assuring her that they neither of them conceived her capable of anything like a crime, recommending her to keep quiet and not to worry herself on that account.
The doctor and my father, once their initial shock wore off, tried to comfort her, assuring her that neither of them believed she was capable of anything like a crime, and suggested that she stay quiet and not stress about it.
The doctor, to console her, further promised to keep her secret; but, in spite of his earnest assurances that he would not breathe a word of it to mortal man, a pamphlet appeared shortly afterwards in the doctor's own name, announcing a new form of contagious nervous disease, in which the visual organs of a healthy individual might become so affected by contact with a person suffering from hallucinations as to cause him to see or fancy he sees the object reflected on the retina of the patient by his diseased imagination. An instance of this was given as having occurred in the village, and though the names of the parties concerned were not given in full, the neighbours had no doubt as to whom was meant by C—— F——.
The doctor, trying to comfort her, promised to keep her secret. However, despite his sincere assurances that he wouldn’t share a word of it with anyone, a pamphlet soon appeared under the doctor’s name. It announced a new type of contagious nervous disease in which a healthy person's eyes could be so affected by contact with someone experiencing hallucinations that they might see or think they see the objects reflected on the retina of the ill person's distorted imagination. An example of this was reported to have happened in the village, and although the names of those involved were not fully disclosed, the neighbors had no doubt about who was referred to as C—— F——.
The pamphlet made some stir at the time, and poor Claribel, my bashful and retiring friend, found herself made the lion of the season, and pestered past all endurance by anxious inquiries and impertinent visits[250] from strangers, who came from far, hoping to have their curiosity gratified by a re-appearance of the spectre. If such was their object in calling, and it undoubtedly was, they one and all of them went away terribly disappointed, for not in one single case did the apparition vouchsafe to manifest itself.
The pamphlet caused quite a buzz at the time, and poor Claribel, my shy and reserved friend, suddenly became the center of attention for the season. She was overwhelmed by endless questions and unwanted visits[250] from strangers who came from far away, hoping to see the ghost again. If that was their reason for coming, and it certainly was, they all left feeling extremely let down, as the apparition never showed itself even once.
Nevertheless, these continued visits from strangers to one so shy and retired as my friend, made her excessively nervous, and were beginning to undermine her health, which, the doctor perceiving, he gave instant orders that she should receive no visits but those of her most intimate friends.
Nevertheless, these ongoing visits from strangers to someone as shy and reserved as my friend made her extremely anxious and were starting to affect her health. Noticing this, the doctor immediately instructed that she should only receive visits from her closest friends.
Visitors still continued to call for some little time afterwards, but were refused admittance on the plea of my friend's delicate health, and their visits grew fewer and farther between, till at length they ceased altogether, and Claribel's health began to improve.
Visitors continued to drop by for a little while after that, but they were turned away because of my friend's fragile health. Eventually, their visits became less frequent and eventually stopped altogether, and Claribel's health started to get better.
As everything has an end, even the gossip of a little village, so in time people grew tired, both of hearing or retailing what they had heard and retailed so often before, till at length nobody believed a word about the apparition; and because they could not explain the cause of the phenomenon, hushed their minds to sleep by calling it imposture, delusion, ignorant credulity, and the like.
As everything comes to an end, even the gossip in a small village, eventually people got tired of hearing and sharing the same stories over and over again. In the end, no one believed a word about the ghost, and because they couldn't explain the cause of the phenomenon, they quieted their minds by dismissing it as a hoax, a delusion, or ignorant gullibility, and so on.
The ghost had never appeared to them or to those who had taken so much trouble as to come from afar on purpose to see it, and the deduction was that as the spirit had refused to manifest itself to such respectable[251] people as these, it was not likely that it had ever vouchsafed to make its appearance to anyone, so the affair was settled.
The ghost had never shown itself to them or to those who had gone out of their way to come from far away just to see it, and the conclusion was that since the spirit had refused to appear to such respectable[251] people, it probably had never revealed itself to anyone else, so the matter was closed.
Time rolled on, and both my friend and I were promoted from pupils to teachers in our school. The gossip of the village had long ceased; in fact, Claribel's spiritual tormentor had discontinued its visits now for so long that she began to hope that they had ceased for ever.
Time passed, and both my friend and I were promoted from students to teachers at our school. The village gossip had long stopped; in fact, Claribel's spiritual tormentor hadn't shown up for so long that she began to hope they were gone for good.
Claribel was now fast ripening into womanhood, and found herself no longer shunned and whispered about as a person guilty of some horrible crime which had called down the just vengeance of Heaven upon her, but passed by like any other, without allusion to the past; nay, more, she began to be courted by people in general, being known as a young woman of most excellent character. Being of an extremely prepossessing appearance, it was natural that she should be made a mark for all the young men of the village to discharge their amorous glances at, and she soon found herself surrounded by a crowd of swains who talked soft nonsense to her, and who would fain make her believe that they were dying with love for her.
Claribel was now quickly maturing into womanhood, and she realized that she was no longer avoided or talked about as if she had committed some terrible crime that had brought the rightful wrath of Heaven upon her. Instead, she was treated like anyone else, with no mention of the past; in fact, she started to be sought after by others, recognized as a young woman of excellent character. With her very attractive appearance, it was only natural that she became the target of all the young men in the village who shot her flirtatious looks, and she soon found herself surrounded by a group of suitors who whispered sweet nonsense to her, all eager to make her believe they were deeply in love with her.
Claribel, however, turned a deaf ear to them all. She was not a girl to be wooed by soft nonsense; indeed, you would have said she was a girl not likely to marry at all, she was so retired and showed such indifference to the conversation of young men, and took no pains whatever to set herself off to advantage in their[252] eyes. Nevertheless this did not deter admirers from flocking around her. In fact, I rather think her coldness and apparent negligence of dress and general personal appearance rather incited them the more. I have called her indifferent to personal appearance; not that she was not scrupulously clean and neat; no one could be more so. But there she was content to remain.
Claribel, however, ignored them all. She wasn't the type to be won over by sweet talk; in fact, you might say she seemed unlikely to marry at all because she was so reserved and showed little interest in the conversations of young men. She didn't make any effort to impress them in the slightest. Still, this didn't stop admirers from flocking around her. In fact, I think her coldness and apparent disregard for her outfit and general looks only encouraged them more. I've mentioned her indifference to her appearance, but it's not that she wasn't meticulously clean and tidy; no one was more so. But she was fine just staying as she was.
She cared not to deck herself out with bows and ribbons, by the wearing of trumpery jewellery, or by any exaggerated fashion of wearing her hair. It is just this simplicity in woman which attracts most men, and it is natural enough that it should do so, as it argues a certain forgetfulness of self, a modest and unselfish nature, which is the basis of every womanly virtue, and therefore to be sought after in a wife. Foolish women imagine that men are to be caught by being run after. They therefore spare no expense in their toilet, study arts and graces, and omit nothing which they think ought to captivate the opposite sex; but as they too often over-step the bounds of modesty, their flimsy designs are seen through, and they find themselves laughed at by those they had hoped to make their prey.
She didn't care about dressing up with bows and ribbons, wearing flashy jewelry, or following any over-the-top hairstyle trends. It's this simplicity in women that attracts most men, and it's understandable, as it reflects a certain selflessness and modesty, which are the foundation of every womanly virtue and something to look for in a wife. Silly women think that men can be caught by chasing them. As a result, they spend a lot on their appearance, practice different techniques to impress, and don’t skip anything they believe will attract the opposite sex; but when they often go too far and lose their modesty, their shallow tactics are easily seen through, and they end up being laughed at by those they hoped to impress.
Claribel had known such women in her time, and pitied rather than despised them, for there was nothing harsh in her nature. She was often quizzed in her turn by many a jimp-waisted hoyden for being a dowdy, but she would pass by their remarks with a good-humoured smile, and say little, for she was of few words.[253]
Claribel had known women like that before, and she felt pity rather than scorn for them, since there was nothing unkind in her nature. Many a slender young girl teased her for being unfashionable, but she would brush off their comments with a cheerful smile and say little, as she was a woman of few words.[253]
Our school was now well filled with pupils, who, one and all, grew most attached to my young friend—to both of us in fact—but I rather think that she was the favourite.
Our school was now full of students, who all became very attached to my young friend—to both of us, actually—but I think she was the favorite.
There was not a person in or out of the school that could say a word against Claribel Falkland; there was something so inoffensive, so modest, and, at the same time, winning about her; such consideration for others, such a looking out of herself, if I may so term it. Then she had the knack of teaching—a rare gift—and was as mild and patient as a lamb, thus endearing all hearts towards her.
There wasn't anyone, inside or outside the school, who could say a bad word about Claribel Falkland; she had a way of being so harmless, so humble, and yet so charming. She showed genuine consideration for others and seemed to have a focus beyond herself, if I can put it that way. Plus, she had a talent for teaching—a rare skill—and was as gentle and patient as a lamb, which won everyone’s hearts.
One day when giving a lesson in geography to her class (this was about a year after the last apparition of the spectre) I, who was giving a lesson in arithmetic to some younger children in the opposite corner of the schoolroom, was suddenly startled by a scream of surprise from the girls of my friend's class.
One day, while teaching a geography lesson to her class (about a year after the last sighting of the ghost), I was giving an arithmetic lesson to some younger kids in the opposite corner of the classroom when I was suddenly jolted by a scream of surprise from the girls in my friend's class.
"Look! look! oh, just look, Miss Sykes," they cried in terror, "look, there are two Miss Falklands!"
"Look! Look! Oh, just look, Miss Sykes," they shouted in fear, "look, there are two Miss Falklands!"
I raised my eyes at the cry, and saw to my dismay, my friend's old tormentor—the double—behind her, as usual, and imitating her action, my friend being at that moment in the act of pointing to a map. I walked across the room to my friend, hoping to drive away the spectre in so doing, but it remained some minutes longer before it entirely disappeared.
I looked up at the shout and, to my shock, saw my friend’s old tormentor—the double—behind her, as always, mimicking her movements while my friend was pointing at a map. I walked across the room to my friend, hoping to chase away the ghost by doing so, but it lingered for a few more minutes before it finally vanished completely.
I caught the eye of my friend, who looked mournfully at me, and added in a low tone of voice, as I[254] passed her, "Is it not provoking? Could anything be more annoying?"
I caught the attention of my friend, who looked sadly at me, and added in a quiet voice, as I[254] walked by, "Isn't it frustrating? Could anything be more irritating?"
I did not tell the schoolgirls that I myself saw the figure, and tried to laugh them out of a "silly fancy," as I called it, fearing that I might be called upon as a witness, should this report reach the ears of the school-mistress, and it might prejudice folks against my friend as a teacher, so I affected harshness, and said I begged I should hear no more of such stuff, and the affair dropped for the time; but now that the double had recommenced its visits, it came frequently, and always in class time, to my friend's great discomfiture.
I didn’t tell the schoolgirls that I actually saw the figure, and I tried to laugh them out of what I called a “silly fancy,” worried that I might be called as a witness if this report reached the schoolmistress, which could turn people against my friend as a teacher. So, I pretended to be harsh and insisted that I didn't want to hear any more of that nonsense, and the matter faded for the moment. But now that the double had started showing up again, it came frequently and always during class time, much to my friend's discomfort.
Of course, there was no getting out of it now. The school-mistress was called, and saw the same thing; and I myself was obliged to see it with the rest. The school-mistress was very much bewildered, as well she might be. She declared she did not know what to make of it. She could hardly bring herself to think that it was a messenger of good, and Miss Falkland's character was so unimpeachable that she could still less believe that anything bad should be permitted to torment her. In fact, she did not know what to think, so she called for the rector of the parish, that he might speak with the apparition; and if it should prove an evil one, to exorcise it.
Of course, there was no way to back out of it now. The schoolmistress was called in and saw the same thing; and I had to witness it along with everyone else. The schoolmistress was extremely confused, which was understandable. She said she didn’t know what to make of it. She could barely convince herself that it was a good message, and Miss Falkland's character was so beyond reproach that she found it even harder to believe that anything bad could be allowed to torment her. In fact, she didn’t know what to think, so she called for the rector of the parish to speak with the apparition; and if it turned out to be evil, to drive it away.
The rector came, but being disappointed in seeing the spectre, came a second, third, and fourth time, with the like success, till at length he went away in a huff, and begged they would trouble him no more.[255]
The rector came, but after not seeing the ghost, he returned a second, third, and fourth time, with the same result, until finally he left in a huff and requested they not involve him again.[255]
One Sunday, however, as the rector was in the middle of his sermon, his eyes being fixed on our school, we noticed him suddenly turn pale and tremble. He was unable to go on with his sermon. I followed his eyes, and found, as I half expected, my friend and her double seated close together. The girls shrieked and started, and a commotion was being made in the church; so much so, that Claribel was obliged to get up and walk out, her double following close at her heels.
One Sunday, though, while the rector was in the middle of his sermon, he suddenly turned pale and started trembling as his eyes were fixed on our school. He couldn't continue with his sermon. I followed his gaze and, as I somewhat expected, found my friend and her lookalike sitting close together. The girls screamed and jumped, causing quite a stir in the church; so much so that Claribel had to get up and leave, with her lookalike right behind her.
Fancy poor Claribel, who was like a nun in her love of solitude and retirement, having to walk out of church through a crowd of people all the way home again with a duplicate of herself following in her footsteps!
Fancy poor Claribel, who was like a nun in her love of solitude and quiet, having to walk out of church through a crowd of people all the way home with a copy of herself following in her footsteps!
You must not suppose that the matter stopped here. The remarks of the rustics who met her on the way, the village gossip that now broke out afresh—worse than ever before—the suspicious looks she received on all sides, all contributed to mortify her; but what appeared to completely break her spirit was the sudden falling off of one half of her pupils. Of course, she could make no doubt as to the cause of this. Even the rest of the pupils, she thought, grew colder to her, and they, too, dropped off one by one, until the poor girl had not a single pupil left.
You shouldn't think that this was the end of it. The comments from the locals she encountered on her way, the renewed village gossip—worse than ever before—and the suspicious looks she got from everyone around her, all of it made her feel humiliated. But what really crushed her spirit was the sudden drop in the number of her students. There was no doubt in her mind about why this happened. Even the remaining students seemed to turn away from her, one by one, until the poor girl had no students left at all.
When matters arrived at this point it was hinted to her by the school-mistress that on account of the great damage this unfortunate peculiarity of hers had done the school, that it was better for her on the whole, to leave. The school-mistress added that she was aware[256] that it was no fault of my young friend's, and it was with much regret that she was obliged to part with her; yet what could she do? She could not afford to lose all her pupils; and thus it was my poor friend lost a situation upon which she depended to begin her little savings. Much and bitterly did she weep over her cursed existence, and earnestly prayed that she might be liberated from her tormentor.
When things reached this point, the school principal hinted to her that because of the significant trouble this unfortunate trait of hers had caused the school, it would be better for her to leave. The principal added that she knew it wasn't my young friend's fault, and it was with great sadness that she had to let her go; but what could she do? She couldn't afford to lose all her students. So, my poor friend lost a job she relied on to start saving a little money. She cried a lot and bitterly over her miserable life and earnestly prayed to be freed from her tormentor.
Since she had left her position as a school teacher she had led a life of such rigid retirement that it was with the greatest difficulty she could be persuaded to leave the house, even in my company, to take the air and exercise that her health required. She refused to see anyone unless it was the rector, who would occasionally call in the evening to take a dish of tea with us.
Since she had quit her job as a teacher, she had lived such a secluded life that it was really hard to convince her to leave the house, even when I was with her, to get some fresh air and the exercise her health needed. She only agreed to see people if it was the rector, who would sometimes stop by in the evening for a cup of tea with us.
It was on one of these visits, when we were seated round the fire, conversing agreeably—the rector was relating some amusing anecdote, to which we were all listening attentively, the rector himself laughing at his own story—when suddenly we noticed that he stopped short in the middle of his laughing, turned pale, and rose from his chair.
It was during one of these visits, while we were gathered around the fire, having a good conversation—the rector was sharing a funny story that we were all listening to closely, laughing along with him—when suddenly we saw him stop mid-laugh, go pale, and get up from his chair.
The cause of this sudden change immediately became apparent to us all. There, immediately behind the chair of Claribel, who had been listening attentively to the rector, with her chin resting on her hand, was her double in exactly the same position, with its eyes fixed intently on the rector's face. The rector having[257] started to his feet, assumed a tone and manner which he in vain strove to render firm, and conjured the figure in the name of the Holy Trinity, if it were a thing of evil, to come out of her and trouble her no more; but his exorcism fell as upon the wind, the spectre apparently not hearing his words, and departing at its leisure some two or three minutes afterwards, appearing again once or twice in the same evening during the rector's visit.
The reason for this sudden change quickly became clear to all of us. Right behind Claribel's chair, she had been listening closely to the rector, resting her chin on her hand, was her exact double in the same position, with its eyes fixed intently on the rector's face. The rector jumped to his feet, trying to adopt a firm tone and demeanor, and commanded the figure, in the name of the Holy Trinity, to leave her alone if it was evil, but his exorcism was like speaking into the wind; the specter didn’t seem to hear him and left at its own pace a couple of minutes later, reappearing once or twice again that same evening during the rector's visit.
The following Sunday prayers were read publicly in the church, with the view of dispelling the evil spirit, as it was called, and mention of the phenomenon was made in the rector's sermon, but all to no purpose. The spectre would appear and disappear whenever it chose, its coming being never heralded by any particular signs, and its vanishing just as uncertain.
The following Sunday, prayers were read out loud in the church to try to get rid of the so-called evil spirit, and the rector even mentioned the phenomenon in his sermon, but it didn’t help at all. The ghost would show up and leave whenever it wanted, with no specific signs to indicate its arrival or departure.
If anyone particularly wished it to appear, it was as if the spectre took a malicious delight in disappointing them; if, on the other hand, its presence was exceedingly undesirable, it would be almost certain to appear.
If anyone really wanted it to show up, it was like the ghost took a cruel pleasure in letting them down; but if its presence was really unwanted, it was almost guaranteed to appear.
Of the numerous admirers of Claribel it will be necessary for me only to mention two. The first was one John Archer, an ardent and virtuous youth, aged twenty-one, whose honest English face revealed the sincerity of his heart. He held the post of gamekeeper on the estate of Lord Edgedown. He was bold and generous, but of a nature so bashful and timid in matters regarding our sex, that he would have allowed himself to be cut out in a love affair by a man not possessing one half his merit or his good looks.[258]
Of the many admirers of Claribel, I only need to mention two. The first was John Archer, a passionate and good-hearted young man, twenty-one years old, with an honest English face that showed the sincerity of his feelings. He worked as a gamekeeper on Lord Edgedown's estate. He was brave and generous, but he also had a bashful and timid nature when it came to romantic matters, to the point where he would let someone with half his charm or good looks win over the woman he loved.[258]
As my father was on good terms with the father of John Archer, John was always a welcome visitor at our house, and thus began his acquaintance with Claribel. I really think if he had persisted in his suit, as a more courageous lover would have done, that he must at last have won the love of Claribel. I know that Claribel had the highest esteem for him, and had learnt to sympathise with him as one noble nature sympathises with another.
As my dad got along well with John Archer's dad, John was always a welcome guest at our house, and that's how he met Claribel. I truly believe that if he had been more determined in his pursuit, like a braver romantic would have been, he would have eventually won Claribel's heart. I know that Claribel held him in high regard and had come to empathize with him like one noble person does with another.
They grew to treat each other as brother and sister, but this was all. The other lover was a totally different sort of man. Richard de Chevron was a scion of a noble house, had received the education of a gentleman, and could mix in the highest society; but he was debauched, profligate, a gamester, and a drunkard, of a mean and spiteful disposition, with nothing noble whatever in his character and not even good looking, but he had that persistency in wooing which John lacked, added to a very smooth tongue and plentiful flow of language. Neither was he quite without accomplishments; he could both play and sing well, and dance to perfection; qualities which might have won the heart of a less austere maiden than my friend Claribel. But Claribel retired, as she was, in disposition and a perfect dunce in that education which mixing in the world gives, had yet by nature, by way of compensation, such a marvellously acute perception of human character, that it bordered on the prophetic in many instances. In a word, she was a physiognomist.[259]
They eventually started to see each other as siblings, but that was about it. The other lover was a completely different kind of man. Richard de Chevron came from a noble family, had the education of a gentleman, and could mingle in high society; however, he was immoral, reckless, a gambler, and a drunk, with a petty and spiteful nature. There was nothing noble about him, and he wasn't even good-looking, but he had a determination in his courting that John lacked, along with a smooth way with words and a rich vocabulary. He wasn't completely without talent; he could play music and sing well, and dance perfectly—qualities that might have charmed a less serious woman than my friend Claribel. But Claribel, being shy by nature and completely clueless about the social skills that come from being out in the world, had an incredibly sharp intuition about human character that was almost prophetic in many cases. In short, she was an expert at reading faces.[259]
On seeing Richard de Chevron for the first time, she had taken an instant aversion to him, without ever having heard anything against his character, and though De Chevron tried hard to dispel the sinister impression with which he could not fail to observe he had inspired her—and I must own that he did his best—yet that impression never left her, but, on the contrary, deepened after every visit.
Upon seeing Richard de Chevron for the first time, she immediately disliked him, despite never having heard anything bad about his character. Although De Chevron worked hard to shake off the unsettling feeling he noticed he had caused her—and I have to admit he really tried—this feeling never went away. In fact, it grew stronger with each visit.
Now, Richard de Chevron was nephew to Lord Edgedown, and heir-apparent to that earl's fortune and estates; at least, he often used to hint as much, but this was evidently more brag, as he was a younger son, and was known to be no particular favourite with his uncle on account of his dissipated habits. He had also the hopes of coming in for another fortune, so he said; that of Squire Broadacre, a relative on his mother's side, whose estate joined that of Lord Edgedown's; but whether all this were true or not, it made not the slightest difference to Claribel in her estimation of the man. She still saw in him a low, debauched, false, and perjured villain, seeking to hide under a mask of studied courtesy the evil promptings of his reptile heart.
Now, Richard de Chevron was the nephew of Lord Edgedown and the heir to that earl's wealth and estates; at least, he often hinted at that, but it was clearly more bragging, since he was a younger son and not exactly the favorite of his uncle due to his reckless lifestyle. He also claimed to have hopes of inheriting another fortune from Squire Broadacre, a relative on his mother's side, whose estate bordered Lord Edgedown's; but whether any of this was true or not made no difference to Claribel in how she viewed him. She still saw him as a low, debauched, dishonest, and perjured villain, trying to conceal the wicked intentions of his deceitful heart behind a mask of practiced politeness.
Even had De Chevron succeeded in making Claribel marry him, such a match could have brought nothing but misery to her, even from a pecuniary point of view, for at the time we knew him he had not a penny of his own, and was, besides, head over ears in debt.
Even if De Chevron had managed to get Claribel to marry him, that relationship would have only brought her unhappiness, even financially, because at that time he didn't have a dime to his name and was, on top of that, deeply in debt.
Men of the De Chevron class do not often mean[260] marriage when they go a-courting, unless it happens to be particularly to their interest. What they want is a fortune, and not a wife. If the former can be had without the latter, why so much the better; if not, they are content to put up with the latter incumbrance for the sake of being able to pay off their debts.
Men of the De Chevron class don't often think about marriage when they're dating, unless it really benefits them. What they want is money, not a partner. If they can get the money without the partner, even better; if not, they're okay with having a partner just to help settle their debts.
Now, poor Claribel was an orphan, without a penny in the world. What good could his attentions bode the poor child? Claribel, however, was not mercenary, and had she been capable of loving any man, she would have been contented to live on a crust, and to have worked hard for it; but she appeared not to be destined for earthly affection. The nearest approach she ever made towards that passion commonly called love was the deep friendship she had entertained for the youthful gamekeeper.
Now, poor Claribel was an orphan, without a penny to her name. What good could his attention do for the poor girl? Claribel, however, was not greedy, and if she had been capable of loving any man, she would have been satisfied to live on a crust of bread and work hard for it; but she seemed not to be meant for earthly love. The closest she ever got to what people usually call love was the deep friendship she had with the young gamekeeper.
Now, to meet with a rival in the person of his uncle's gamekeeper was gall and wormwood to Richard de Chevron. He knew that John Archer was a young man of trust who received a good salary, and was of a rank nearer to that of Claribel's than his own was, and his attentions would be more readily looked upon as earnest.
Now, encountering a rival in his uncle's gamekeeper was a bitter pill for Richard de Chevron to swallow. He knew that John Archer was a trustworthy young man who earned a decent salary and was of a social rank closer to Claribel's than his own, making his interest seem more genuine.
Besides, John was good looking and noble, and had it not been for his excessive modesty in coming forward, would have been the very man of all men most likely to ensure the love of such a girl as Claribel. The intentions of De Chevron were not honourable, whatever his protestations might have made them out. He could[261] not afford to marry Claribel, nor did he ever for a moment meditate such a thing.
Besides, John was attractive and noble, and if it weren't for his extreme modesty in stepping up, he would have been the perfect guy to win over someone like Claribel. De Chevron's intentions were far from honorable, no matter what he claimed. He couldn't afford to marry Claribel, nor did he ever seriously consider it.
Had an intimate friend asked him in confidence if he really entertained thoughts of marriage towards the girl he so ardently professed to love, he would have burst out laughing in his face, and asked him if he took him for a fool. No; he simply desired to win the heart of Claribel, and succeeding in that, he looked upon his prey as certain. But as yet he had not succeeded; nay, more, he had a favoured rival—a young man of good natural advantages, and in every way qualified to make Claribel happy, even though he were only his uncle's gamekeeper and had not received a gentleman's education. He thought of the difference of Claribel's treatment of this young boor and that of himself—he, the scion of a noble house!
If a close friend had privately asked him whether he really thought about marrying the girl he claimed to love so deeply, he would have laughed outright and questioned whether his friend thought he was an idiot. No, he just wanted to win Claribel's heart, and once he did, he assumed success was guaranteed. But so far, he hadn’t succeeded; on the contrary, he had a favored rival—a young man with good natural qualities, completely capable of making Claribel happy, even if he was just his uncle’s gamekeeper and hadn’t had a gentleman’s education. He couldn’t help but think about how differently Claribel treated this young man compared to him—he, the heir of a noble family!
Then jealously began to gnaw his heart, and he found it to his interest that John Archer should be removed for ever from his path. Being perfectly unscrupulous and selfish, he cared not what means he employed to execute his design, as long as no suspicion should be attached to himself.
Then jealousy started to eat away at his heart, and he realized it would benefit him if John Archer were completely out of his way. Being entirely unprincipled and selfish, he didn’t care what methods he used to carry out his plan, as long as no one suspected him.
He could have waylaid and murdered his rival, if he chose; have introduced poison in his cup, or bribed an assassin to murder him, but none of these modes suited De Chevron. The law was vigilant, inquiries would be made, and the murder probably traced to his own door. His reputation would suffer, to say nothing of his own life being endangered. He would have no[262] accomplices, as he knew that no man was to be depended upon; he would trust to no one but himself and his own resources.
He could have ambushed and killed his rival if he wanted to; he could have slipped poison into his drink or hired a hitman to do the job, but none of these methods fit De Chevron's style. The law was watchful, investigations would be launched, and the murder would likely be traced back to him. His reputation would take a hit, not to mention the risk to his own life. He wouldn’t have any accomplices, knowing he couldn’t rely on anyone; he would only trust himself and his own abilities.
Like a wily Jesuit, he would work in the dark, would be the cause of all the mischief that his own atrocious brain could dictate, but himself remain hid. Now, when Richard de Chevron first met John Archer at my father's house, he treated him with coldness, not to say haughtiness. He now completely changed his tactics. He saw that the least show of contempt or dislike towards the young gamekeeper, who was a general favourite—and especially with Claribel—would be construed into jealously on his part; and though this was really the case, it did not suit him that everyone should know it; therefore he entirely altered his conduct towards his rival, and nothing now could be more kind and courteous, more apparently generous than his treatment of his uncle's gamekeeper.
Like a cunning Jesuit, he would operate behind the scenes, causing all the trouble that his devious mind could dream up, while keeping himself hidden. When Richard de Chevron first met John Archer at my father's house, he treated him with coldness, if not outright arrogance. But he completely changed his approach. He realized that even a hint of contempt or dislike towards the young gamekeeper, who was a favorite with everyone—especially Claribel—would be seen as jealousy on his part; and although that was the truth, he didn’t want everyone to know it. So, he completely changed how he acted towards his rival, and now nothing could be more kind and courteous, more seemingly generous than his treatment of his uncle's gamekeeper.
He apologised if by any former brusqueness of manner he had offended him, pleading that he had not had the opportunity hitherto of studying his estimable character, but that after long observation he had learnt to appreciate his noble qualities, and should henceforth entertain for him the highest esteem and friendship. He would pat him playfully on the shoulder, call him his friend, would make him every now and then some trifling present, and even put in a good word for him to my friend Claribel.
He apologized if his earlier roughness had offended him, saying he hadn't had the chance to really get to know his impressive character before, but that after watching him for a while, he had come to appreciate his great qualities and would from now on have the highest respect and friendship for him. He would playfully pat him on the shoulder, call him his friend, occasionally give him small gifts, and even say nice things about him to my friend Claribel.
All this had the appearance of generosity, as De[263] Chevron designed it should have, and thus avert suspicion from himself. We were all of us at home much surprised and pleased at this extraordinary change, especially as he had ceased for a time to persecute Claribel with his attentions.
All this seemed generous, just as De[263] Chevron intended it to appear, keeping suspicion away from himself. We were all at home quite surprised and happy about this remarkable shift, especially since he had stopped bothering Claribel with his advances for a while.
Richard de Chevron appeared to be turning over a new leaf. When I say we were all deceived in De Chevron's behaviour, I must not omit to state that there was one exception, and that was Claribel herself, who from the first had behaved with a freezing coldness towards De Chevron, and, little as she knew of the world and its wickedness, had such an instinctive distrust of this man, that when he began to speak favourably to her of John Archer, she trembled violently, and looked into his face with such a searching glance that it seemed to peer into the inmost recesses of his soul.
Richard de Chevron seemed to be changing for the better. When I say we were all fooled by De Chevron's behavior, I should mention that there was one exception: Claribel herself. From the very beginning, she had treated De Chevron with a chilling coldness. Despite knowing little about the world and its evils, she had such an instinctive distrust of this man that when he started to speak positively about John Archer, she shook with fear and looked into his face with such an intense gaze that it felt like she was trying to see into the deepest parts of his soul.
De Chevron cowered beneath her gaze; he felt himself distrusted, and was probably little flattered at the opinion of himself he saw written in her eyes. Nevertheless, he would not have shown for the world that he was disconcerted; he was a practised dissembler, and instead of being abashed, grew more witty and talkative than ever, more and more friendly to his rival, only I noticed that he avoided the eyes of Claribel as much as possible.
De Chevron shrank back under her gaze; he felt her distrust and was probably not pleased with how she viewed him. Still, he wouldn't let on that he was thrown off; he was a skilled pretender, and instead of feeling embarrassed, he became even more witty and talkative, acting friendlier towards his rival. The only thing I noticed was that he tried to avoid looking at Claribel as much as he could.
The fact was, he feared her; he, the artful, experienced man of the world, crouched like an abject slave before a simple village maiden. His guilty soul could not brook the chaste glance of innocence. He knew[264] himself to be a false degraded wretch, and quailed before her moral superiority.
The truth was, he was afraid of her; he, the clever, seasoned man of the world, cowered like a miserable servant before a plain village girl. His guilty conscience couldn't handle the pure look of innocence. He recognized[264] himself as a dishonest, degraded coward and shrank back from her moral strength.
However, Richard de Chevron had worked himself into favour with all of us; in fact, we grew delighted with him, still excepting Claribel, who seemed very unreasonably prejudiced against him, as we all thought. She would declare to me in private that from the very first the aspect of De Chevron had been repulsive to her; but of late, so far from having overcome her impression, he had grown perfectly intolerable in her eyes; nay, that she was seized with such horror and loathing when he was in the room as she could not find words to express.
However, Richard de Chevron had won everyone over; in fact, we all really liked him, except for Claribel, who seemed unfairly biased against him, as we all felt. She would tell me privately that from the very start, De Chevron's appearance had been off-putting to her; but lately, instead of getting past her initial impression, he had become completely unbearable in her view; indeed, she was overwhelmed with such disgust and aversion when he was in the room that she couldn't find the right words to describe it.
She had a presentiment of evil, and it seemed to her, moreover, as if he were using some occult power over her that she, however, was determined to resist.
She had a bad feeling something was wrong, and it also seemed to her that he was using some hidden influence over her, which she was determined to fight against.
I tried to laugh her out of these fancies as being quite unfounded, and attributed them to her nerves being over-wrought from want of sufficient air and exercise; but all without avail; she remained as confirmed as ever in her prejudices. It is now some time since I made allusion to Claribel's spiritual visitant. She had long been undisturbed by its visits; indeed, ever since De Chevron and John had commenced calling at the house, and even before. It is uncertain whether either of them had ever heard of the phenomenon. I rather think not, as De Chevron, who mixed almost entirely in the upper circles, would not easily have come in the way of our village cackle, especially as he was often[265] absent from the village for months at a time; and as for John, being constantly engaged on Lord Edgedown's estate, he knew comparatively little of the world without. But whether they did or not, it is certain that the subject was never broached during all that time.
I tried to laugh her out of these ideas, thinking they were totally baseless, and I figured they came from her being stressed out from not getting enough fresh air and exercise. But nothing worked; she stuck to her beliefs just as firmly as ever. It's been a while since I mentioned Claribel's ghostly visitor. She hadn’t been bothered by its appearances for quite some time; actually, ever since De Chevron and John started visiting the house, maybe even before then. It’s unclear if either of them had even heard about it. I doubt it, since De Chevron mostly socialized in high society and probably wouldn’t have come across our village gossip, especially since he often stayed away from the village for months at a time. As for John, he was always busy working on Lord Edgedown's estate and had a limited understanding of the outside world. But whether they knew or not, it’s clear that the topic was never brought up during all that time.
We have mentioned before that Claribel's spiritual visitor was fitful and capricious in its visits. It might appear at any moment; but then we had been free from its company for so long, that we had dared to hope that it had forgotten all about us and would never return, until one morning new fears arose in my mind from a little circumstance which I shall now relate to you.
We’ve previously noted that Claribel's spiritual visitor was unpredictable and erratic in its appearances. It could show up at any time; however, since we had been free from its presence for so long, we had started to hope that it had forgotten about us and wouldn’t come back. Then, one morning, new fears crept into my mind due to a small event that I’m about to share with you.
Observing that my young friend rose from her couch looking poorly, I inquired into the cause of her jaded looks.
Observing that my young friend got up from her couch looking unwell, I asked her what was causing her tired appearance.
"Oh, Molly," she replied, "I've had such a dreadful dream about poor John. I am sure that some danger threatens him."
"Oh, Molly," she said, "I had an awful dream about poor John. I'm certain that he's in some kind of danger."
"What danger do you imagine threatens him, Claribel?" said I. "Tell me your dream."
"What danger do you think is threatening him, Claribel?" I said. "Share your dream with me."
"I really do not know if I can," she replied; "it was so very confused. I thought that John Archer stood in danger of his life at the hands of Richard de Chevron, and yet it was not Richard de Chevron, but another; then, again, it was. I remember something about a murdered man, and fearing it was John Archer, but on examining the corpse it was another. Then I remember seeing John Archer handcuffed, and in great[266] agony of mind, and I thought him guilty of the murder, and then he was not guilty. Then the dream began to change in such a manner as it would be impossible to relate it; but throughout I remember the fiendish face of Richard de Chevron. I was seized with an inexpressible horror, and could bear it no longer; then I awoke."
"I really don’t know if I can," she replied. "It was all so confusing. I thought John Archer was in danger of losing his life because of Richard de Chevron, but it turned out it wasn’t Richard de Chevron, it was someone else; then again, it was. I remember something about a murdered man and fearing it was John Archer, but when I looked at the body, it was someone else. Then I remember seeing John Archer in handcuffs, in great[266] distress, and I thought he must be guilty of the murder, but then he wasn’t guilty. Then the dream started changing in ways that I can’t even describe; but all the while, I remember the evil face of Richard de Chevron. I was hit with an indescribable horror and couldn’t take it anymore; then I woke up."
"My dear Claribel," said I, "pray do not disturb yourself for such a ridiculous dream. You ought to know that all dreams are mad, the offspring of impaired digestion or——"
"My dear Claribel," I said, "please don’t worry about such a silly dream. You should know that all dreams are crazy, the result of poor digestion or——"
But she impatiently cut me short by a wave of the hand, as if she were determined to believe in the warning character of her dream, despite all my sophistry.
But she impatiently interrupted me with a wave of her hand, as if she was set on believing the warning in her dream, no matter how much I tried to argue against it.
However, I attempted a second time to account for the dream by the aversion she had taken to Richard de Chevron at first sight and her constantly brooding over her unfounded impressions. I tried argument, I tried ridicule; but finding her proof against either, I held my tongue and took up a piece of work.
However, I tried again to explain the dream by considering the dislike she felt for Richard de Chevron from the moment she saw him and her ongoing fixation on her baseless impressions. I tried reasoning with her, I tried making fun of it; but since she was immune to both, I kept quiet and picked up some work.
Claribel had thrown herself into an arm-chair, and there sat listlessly, without occupying herself or hardly exchanging a word with me. Once, indeed, she gasped out to herself "Oh, that I could save him!" and then relapsed into her usual silence.
Claribel had thrown herself into an armchair, and there she sat, feeling aimless, not really doing anything or hardly talking to me. At one point, she gasped out to herself, "Oh, if only I could save him!" and then fell back into her usual silence.
About five minutes after, chancing to look up, I observed that my friend appeared to be more languid than ever. She was dreadfully pale, her lips colourless and slightly parted, the eyes half-closed. I thought she[267] was in a swoon, and now somewhat alarmed, I rose and advanced towards her.
About five minutes later, I happened to look up and noticed that my friend seemed even more sluggish than before. She was extremely pale, her lips colorless and slightly parted, with her eyes half-closed. I thought she[267] was about to faint, and feeling a bit worried, I got up and walked over to her.
"Claribel," I cried, "what ails you—are you unwell?"
"Claribel," I shouted, "what's wrong—are you not feeling well?"
She waved me away with her hand, so imagining it was nothing more than a little weakness, I withdrew myself and resumed my work. Soon afterwards she appeared to rally, and sat up in her chair. Her colour had returned somewhat, and her eye seemed brighter, but her voice was still weak as she muttered, "I have seen him. Oh! why did you disturb me?"
She waved me off with her hand, so thinking it was just a small weakness, I stepped back and got back to my work. Shortly after, she seemed to recover and sat up in her chair. Her color had come back a bit, and her eye looked brighter, but her voice was still weak as she murmured, "I've seen him. Oh! Why did you disturb me?"
"Seen him!" I exclaimed. "Seen whom?"
"Have you seen him?" I asked. "Seen who?"
"John Archer," she replied.
"John Archer," she said.
"Nonsense," said I; "you have been dreaming."
"Nonsense," I said; "you've been dreaming."
"I tell you, Molly," she replied, rather pettishly, "I have seen him, and would have warned him had you not disturbed me."
"I swear, Molly," she replied, a bit annoyed, "I've seen him, and I would have warned him if you hadn't interrupted me."
"Silly child," said I; "you have been dreaming; but you looked so very ill that I grew alarmed, for I thought you were in a swoon."
"Silly child," I said; "you've been dreaming; but you looked so sick that I got worried because I thought you were fainting."
Just then my father entered the room and commenced talking on household matters, so our conversation dropped; nor did I give it a further thought until the evening, when John Archer made his appearance, as he frequently did, to take his tea with us.
Just then, my dad walked into the room and started talking about household stuff, so our conversation ended; I didn’t think about it again until the evening when John Archer showed up, as he often did, to have tea with us.
"Good evening, Mistress Claribel," said he. "You were in a mighty hurry to quit my company this morning after paying me such an unexpected visit. Methinks you are chary of your presence. It is a mystery[268] to me how you appeared and disappeared from me without my perceiving either the coming or the going of you."
"Good evening, Mistress Claribel," he said. "You were in quite a rush to leave my company this morning after dropping by unexpectedly. It seems you’re cautious about being around. It’s a mystery to me how you showed up and vanished without me noticing either your arrival or departure."
"How say you, Master John?" said my father, pricking up his ears. "Do you say that our Claribel paid you a visit this morning?"
"What's that, Master John?" my father asked, perking up. "Are you saying our Claribel came to see you this morning?"
"Ay, sir," replied John; "at about nine o'clock this morning, as I was walking along with my gun, on his lordship's estate, I suddenly saw Mistress Claribel coming straight in front of me. She looked as if she were about to speak to me, when all of a sudden—I'm sure I can't tell how—she disappeared. I looked round about me, and called her, but there was no one.
"Ay, sir," replied John; "around nine o'clock this morning, as I was walking with my gun on his lordship's estate, I suddenly saw Mistress Claribel coming right in front of me. She looked like she was about to speak to me, but then—I'm not sure how—it was like she vanished. I looked around and called her name, but there was no one."
"Then I began to be alarmed, thinking something must have happened to Mistress Claribel, and that I had seen her ghost. I could not let the day pass by without dropping in to call to see if she were all right."
"Then I started to get worried, thinking something must have happened to Mistress Claribel, and that I had seen her ghost. I couldn’t let the day go by without stopping by to check if she was okay."
"You must be mistaken, John," said I. "I assure you that Claribel has not left the house all day. She has felt rather unwell."
"You must be mistaken, John," I said. "I assure you that Claribel hasn’t left the house all day. She’s been feeling a bit unwell."
"Not left the house!" exclaimed Archer. "Why I saw her quite plain this morning."
"She hasn't left the house!" Archer exclaimed. "I saw her clearly this morning."
"You must have been dreaming," said my father.
"You must have been dreaming," my father said.
But I noticed that he gave a glance of peculiar meaning at my friend and self. I knew what was passing in his mind. I, too, shared the same apprehensions. John Archer must have re-encountered Claribel's second self, her much dreaded double. I then recalled the words of Claribel that morning.[269]
But I noticed that he gave a look full of meaning at my friend and me. I understood what he was thinking. I shared the same worries. John Archer must have come across Claribel's other self, her frightening double. I then remembered what Claribel had said that morning.[269]
"I have seen him. Oh, why did you disturb me?"
"I have seen him. Oh, why did you interrupt me?"
My poor friend, I observed, was dreadfully confused as my father's eye rested on her. The colour mounted to her cheeks, then vanished again, leaving her deadly pale, and she seemed desirous to escape notice. Her restlessness became extreme when John began persisting that he had not been dreaming, that he could vouch for what he had seen, etc., etc.
My poor friend, I noticed, was really confused as my dad's gaze landed on her. Color flushed her cheeks, then faded away, leaving her looking deathly pale, and she seemed eager to avoid attention. Her unease intensified when John kept insisting that he hadn't been dreaming, that he could back up what he had seen, and so on.
"You should get yourself bled, Master Archer," said my father; "you can't be well."
"You should get some blood taken, Master Archer," my father said; "you can't be feeling well."
"I assure you I am in the very best of health," persisted John.
"I promise you I'm in the best health possible," John insisted.
"And I assure you, Master Archer, that Claribel has not quitted this house to-day, to my certain knowledge," said my father.
"And I promise you, Master Archer, that Claribel hasn't left this house today, to my knowledge," said my father.
"What, not for a moment?" went on Archer, most annoyingly. "How say you, Mistress Claribel, was it not you I saw this morning on Lord Edgedown's estate as I was walking along with my gun over my shoulder?"
"What, not for a moment?" Archer continued, quite annoyingly. "What do you say, Mistress Claribel, wasn't it you I saw this morning on Lord Edgedown's estate while I was walking with my gun slung over my shoulder?"
Claribel grew red and pale by turns, and her lips began to move, as if she felt herself forced to give some answer; but at that moment my father seemed troubled with a violent fit of coughing which drowned her reply. John waited quietly until the coughing was over, and then began again.
Claribel flushed and turned pale in waves, and her lips started to move, as if she felt the pressure to respond; but just then, my father was overtaken by a severe coughing fit that drowned out her answer. John waited patiently until the coughing stopped, and then he started again.
"Do you mean to say it was not you I saw this morning?"
"Are you saying it wasn't you I saw this morning?"
The coughing was resumed, and strange enough, always returned just as John Archer began to open his[270] mouth. John looked in wonderment, first at Claribel, then at my father, then at Claribel again, and finally at me. He had unwittingly touched upon a sore place. This he seemed to be aware of; but how he had been to blame was a mystery to him.
The coughing started up again, and oddly enough, it always happened right when John Archer began to speak. John looked around in confusion, first at Claribel, then at my dad, then back at Claribel, and finally at me. He had unintentionally brought up a sensitive subject. He seemed to realize that, but he couldn't understand how he was at fault.
He suddenly changed the conversation, and began discoursing on indifferent topics. The coughing ceased for that evening. As he rose to go we followed him to the door, and I observed that Claribel, who was the foremost, whispered something secretly into his ear at parting. I myself was immediately behind her, and overheard the hurried words, "John, you have an enemy. Beware!"
He suddenly shifted the conversation and started talking about random topics. The coughing stopped for that evening. As he got up to leave, we followed him to the door, and I noticed that Claribel, who was in front, whispered something quietly into his ear as they said goodbye. I was right behind her and overheard the hurried words, "John, you have an enemy. Be careful!"
Then she put her finger quickly to her lips, to prevent him giving any outward expression to his wonderment, and the door closed upon our guest.
Then she quickly put her finger to her lips to stop him from showing any surprise, and the door closed behind our guest.
"You silly girl," said I to my friend as we were undressing that evening, previous to retiring to rest. "What nonsense of you to try and infect that young man with your own ungrounded fears. Do you think I did not overhear what you said?"
"You silly girl," I said to my friend as we were getting undressed that evening, getting ready for bed. "What nonsense to try and pass your unfounded fears onto that young man. Do you really think I didn’t hear what you said?"
She looked a little downcast at this, but then instantly recovering, by way of consoling herself, she ejaculated, "Nevertheless, I have warned him," and she clasped her hands above her head enthusiastically.
She seemed a bit sad about this, but then quickly bouncing back, she said to cheer herself up, "But I did warn him," and she raised her hands above her head excitedly.
No further word was said about John Archer that night. On the following morning I had occasion to call upon a neighbour who lived some four or five miles off. I rose early, and started off on foot. As I[271] was returning home it came on to rain in such torrents that I was forced to take shelter under a little shed that was annexed to a small hut standing alone upon a hill, far from any other human dwelling.
No more was said about John Archer that night. The next morning, I needed to visit a neighbor who lived about four or five miles away. I got up early and set out on foot. As I[271] was on my way home, it started to rain so heavily that I had to take shelter under a small shed attached to a little hut sitting alone on a hill, far from any other houses.
It was the only place at hand, and had it not been for the excessive inclemency of the weather, I might have thought twice before choosing such a place of refuge, for this was the abode of Madge Mandrake as she was called—a personage feared by all, far and wide, both young and old. She was renowned in the villages round about for her skill in telling fortunes, in concocting drugs of every description, from love philtres to the deadliest poisons, not less than for malice in bringing to pass all sorts of trouble upon those who had had the misfortune to offend her. If a cow died, it was Madge's doing; if the milk turned sour, or the crops were blighted, Madge was accused of it; if a person died suddenly, or an accident happened to anyone, Madge likewise had the credit of it. Her dwelling, therefore, was shunned by all, and when she ventured to walk abroad and to mix in crowded thoroughfares, she had but to lift her crutch to send the whole populace flying helter-skelter, for fear of being enchanted into unclean beasts, reptiles, and other loathsome things.
It was the only place nearby, and if it hadn’t been for the extreme bad weather, I might have thought twice before choosing such a refuge, because this was the home of Madge Mandrake, as she was known—a figure feared by everyone, young and old, far and wide. She was famous in the nearby villages for her ability to tell fortunes and create all kinds of potions, from love spells to deadly poisons, as well as for her malicious reputation for causing all sorts of trouble for those who had the bad luck to upset her. If a cow died, it was Madge’s fault; if the milk went sour or the crops failed, Madge was blamed; if someone died unexpectedly or had an accident, Madge was also held responsible. Her home was avoided by all, and when she dared to walk out and mingle in crowded streets, all she had to do was raise her crutch to send the entire crowd running in panic, fearing they would be turned into filthy creatures, reptiles, and other disgusting things.
You may imagine then, gentlemen, my feelings; though naturally courageous at finding myself obliged to seek shelter near the house of so formidable a personage, I did my utmost to make no stir, so as not to betray my whereabouts.[272]
You can imagine, gentlemen, how I felt; although I’m generally brave about having to find cover near someone as intimidating as that person, I tried my best to stay quiet so I wouldn’t give away my location.[272]
There was a small window that looked from the cottage into the shed, but so begrimed with dirt that I should not have been able to take a peep into the house, had it not been for a pane of glass that was wanting. Through this I was enabled to see the interior of this unhallowed dwelling without being perceived. Before I ventured to peep through it I heard two voices conversing together.
There was a small window in the cottage that looked into the shed, but it was so dirty that I wouldn’t have been able to peek inside the house if it hadn’t had a missing pane of glass. This allowed me to see inside this eerie place without being seen. Before I dared to look through it, I heard two voices talking to each other.
I held my breath, and listened. The former was the harsh, cracked voice of the crone herself; the latter was evidently that of a man, and appeared to belong to a person of culture, for the tones were soft and modulated. I began to fancy I recognised them; nor was I mistaken, as you shall hear soon.
I held my breath and listened. The first voice was the harsh, raspy voice of the old woman; the second was clearly a man's voice and seemed to belong to someone cultured, as the tones were soft and controlled. I started to think I recognized them; and I wasn't wrong, as you'll soon hear.
"Well, Master de Chevron, and how have you been progressing in your work since I saw you last?" said the crone.
"Well, Master de Chevron, how has your work been going since the last time I saw you?" said the old woman.
"Satisfactorily enough for my purpose, my good Madge," replied the other voice. "I have brought it with me for your approval."
"Sufficiently good for my needs, my dear Madge," replied the other voice. "I've brought it with me for you to check out."
Here the speaker, whom I could now recognise as no other than Richard de Chevron, drew from under his cloak something carefully wrapt up in tissue paper. Having unwound the paper, he discovered a small statue of a man, about a foot in height, apparently in wax.
Here, the speaker, whom I now recognized as none other than Richard de Chevron, pulled something carefully wrapped in tissue paper from under his cloak. After unwrapping the paper, he revealed a small statue of a man, about a foot tall, seemingly made of wax.
"Why, you have got it as like as could be!" exclaimed the crone. "Yes, that is John Archer, sure enough; there is no mistaking him."[273]
"Wow, you look just like him!" exclaimed the old woman. "Yeah, that's definitely John Archer; you can't mistake him." [273]
My curiosity began to be roused, and Claribel's apprehensions for John's safety rushed across my mind. Though I was not near to the figure, I could see plainly that it was intended for a likeness of John Archer, and that it carried a gun over one arm. The hag seized the image in one hand with a sort of fiendish glee, and commenced mumbling some inarticulate sounds.
My curiosity was piqued, and Claribel's worries about John's safety flooded my mind. Even though I was far from the figure, I could clearly tell that it was meant to look like John Archer, and it was holding a gun over one arm. The old woman grabbed the image in one hand with a kind of wicked delight and started mumbling some unclear sounds.
I trembled from the crown of my head to the soles of my feet, for I had heard of this way of working mischief on one's enemies from afar, and I feared lest some dreadful harm should happen to poor John, so I offered up a hasty prayer for his safety.
I shook from the top of my head to the tips of my toes because I had heard about this method of causing trouble for enemies from a distance, and I worried that something terrible might happen to poor John, so I quickly said a prayer for his protection.
"The charm is said," croaked the witch. "Now let the work begin."
"The charm is ready," croaked the witch. "Now let’s get started."
Here she set the image upright, and taking a long sharp pin she seemed about to transfix the waxen image with it; but I noticed that her hand trembled violently. I still continued to pray fervently, whereupon the witch was seized with such a fit of sneezing and wheezing that she was unable to proceed in her work.
Here she stood the figure up, and taking a long, sharp pin, she looked like she was about to stab the wax figure with it; but I noticed that her hand was shaking uncontrollably. I kept praying intensely, which caused the witch to be hit with such a bout of sneezing and wheezing that she couldn't continue her work.
"Why, Madge," said De Chevron, "what is the matter? How have you managed to catch such a cold all of a sudden?"
"Why, Madge," said De Chevron, "what's wrong? How did you end up with such a bad cold all of a sudden?"
"Odds blood! I know not," answered the beldam; "it is as if I was in church."
"Good grief! I don't know," replied the old woman; "it's like I’m in church."
At the word "church" the wheezing came on again.
At the mention of "church," the wheezing started up again.
"Ah! I see," said De Chevron; "It is the wind that is howling through that broken pane of glass,"[274] and he pointed to the very pane through which I was peeping.
"Ah! I get it," said De Chevron; "It's the wind that's howling through that broken window,"[274] and he pointed to the exact window I was looking through.
I thought my last hour was come, for I was sure to be discovered. However, I ducked down in a corner, whilst De Chevron stopped up the missing pane with a filthy rag without even catching a sight of me.
I thought my last hour had come because I was sure I would be found out. However, I crouched down in a corner while De Chevron covered the missing pane with a dirty rag without even seeing me.
Rising again to my feet, I managed to open the little window the least bit ajar, but just enough to see and hear all. My fright was so great all this time that I had unwittingly slacked a little in my prayer, and just at that moment Madge made a desperate plunge with the pin, which appeared aimed at the heart of the image; but as I had now recommenced my prayers, alas, somewhat too late, the pin missed its mark, but pierced the barrel of the gun, which, together with the thumb of the figure, fell upon the table.
Getting back on my feet, I managed to crack open the little window just enough to see and hear everything. My fear had been so intense that I had unintentionally let my prayers slip a bit, and just then, Madge made a frantic stab with the pin, aimed right at the heart of the figure. But since I had started praying again—though sadly a bit too late—the pin missed its target and instead pierced the barrel of the gun, which, along with the thumb of the figure, fell onto the table.
"Better next time, Madge," said De Chevron. "Try again."
"Do better next time, Madge," said De Chevron. "Give it another shot."
She made another essay, and then another, but missed the figure altogether.
She wrote another essay, and then another, but completely missed the point.
"I am not as young as I was," she said, by way of apology, "and neither my eyesight nor my hand are to be relied upon as of old."
"I’m not as young as I used to be," she said apologetically, "and neither my eyesight nor my hand are as dependable as they used to be."
However, she aimed again and again at the figure, but with the same result.
However, she kept aiming at the figure over and over, but got the same result.
"Why, you are getting old, Madge!" said De Chevron, surprised at her repeated failures. "Come, let me put the pins in."
"Wow, you are getting old, Madge!" said De Chevron, surprised by her constant mistakes. "Come on, let me help you with the pins."
Seizing the image with one hand and a long pin[275] with the other—(here again my breath failed me through fear, and I omitted to pray)—he first pierced the arm of the figure that supported the gun in one place, and then in another higher up. He then took a third pin and seemed about to pierce the image in the region of the heart, when I, now really alarmed for the victim, again offered up a short and fervent prayer.
Seizing the image with one hand and a long pin[275] with the other—(again my breath failed me out of fear, and I forgot to pray)—he first pierced the arm of the figure that was holding the gun in one spot, and then in another higher up. He then took a third pin and seemed about to stab the image in the heart area, when I, now truly worried for the victim, quickly offered a short and passionate prayer.
De Chevron instantly dropped the pin, as if it had been red hot; but immediately taking up another, he made a furious thrust at the body of the image, but his hand went off widely from the mark, leaving the image unscathed.
De Chevron instantly dropped the pin like it was red hot; but as soon as he picked up another, he made a furious stab at the figure's body, but his hand went far off the target, leaving the figure unharmed.
"Why, how is this?" exclaimed De Chevron, in astonishment.
"Why, how is this?" exclaimed De Chevron, in astonishment.
"Ha! ha! Master de Chevron," laughed the witch, "you are no better than old Madge after all."
"Ha! Ha! Master de Chevron," laughed the witch, "you're no better than old Madge, after all."
"Well, this is strange!" muttered De Chevron to himself, after having tried once or twice more and failed.
"Well, this is strange!" muttered De Chevron to himself after trying a couple more times and failing.
"Are you quite sure you have repeated the charm aright, Madge?"
"Are you really sure you recited the spell correctly, Madge?"
"Quite sure," replied the crone; "but, beshrew me, if I don't think there is some hostile element at hand that counteracts the charm. Just look at the way Grimalkin arches his back and ruffles his fur."
"Absolutely," replied the old woman; "but, honestly, I think there’s some opposing force around that disrupts the spell. Just look at how Grimalkin is arching his back and fluffing up his fur."
I now noticed a huge black tom cat, of a size that I never remember to have seen before or since, whose luminous eyes flashed red and green by turns from an obscure corner of the hovel.[276]
I now saw a massive black tomcat, bigger than I can ever remember seeing before or since, with glowing eyes that switched from red to green in a dark corner of the shack.[276]
"There! there! there!" cried De Chevron, furiously, accompanying each word with a thrust, but missing each time.
"There! there! there!" shouted De Chevron, angrily, punctuating each word with a jab, but missing every time.
Then, in his rage at being foiled thus, he raised the image in order to dash it to the ground; but the wax having melted somewhat in his hand, it stuck to his fingers like pitch, and he was obliged to disengage it gently and place it on the small table just underneath the window through which I was peeping.
Then, in his anger at being thwarted like this, he lifted the statue to smash it on the ground; but the wax had melted a bit in his hand, and it stuck to his fingers like tar. He had to carefully pull it off and set it on the small table right below the window I was looking through.
"I'll tell you what it is, Madge," said he, "there is more witchcraft in this countercharm, whatever it is, than in all your skill. There must be, as you say, some contrary influence at work. How else should it be possible for me to fail every time, as if I were smitten with the palsy? Let us go out and see if anyone is lurking near the hut."
"I'll tell you what it is, Madge," he said, "there's more magic in this counter-charm, whatever it is, than in all your skills. There must be, like you said, some negative influence at play. How else can I explain why I fail every time, as if I've been hit with some kind of paralysis? Let’s go outside and see if anyone is hanging around the hut."
So leaving the image on the table, he strode towards the opposite door, which he opened wide, followed by the beldam.
So leaving the picture on the table, he walked over to the opposite door, which he opened wide, followed by the old woman.
Not a moment was to be lost. The instant their backs were turned I cautiously opened the window, and introducing my arm until it touched the table beneath, I secured the image, re-closed the window noiselessly, and flew as fast as my feet could carry me through the pelting rain with the image under my shawl.
Not a second was to be wasted. As soon as they turned their backs, I carefully opened the window, reached in until my arm touched the table below, grabbed the image, quietly closed the window again, and ran as fast as I could through the pouring rain with the image hidden under my shawl.
I had hardly reached home, quite out of breath, when Claribel came running to me, pale and trembling, and wringing her hands.
I had barely gotten home, completely out of breath, when Claribel ran up to me, pale and shaking, with her hands twisted together.
"Oh! Molly, dear," she cried, sobbing, "what do[277] you think has happened to that poor young man John Archer?"
"Oh! Molly, dear," she cried, crying, "what do[277] you think has happened to that poor young man John Archer?"
"What is it?" I asked, anxiously. "Anything in connection with Richard de Chevron?"
"What is it?" I asked, nervously. "Is it anything to do with Richard de Chevron?"
"I cannot exactly say that," she replied. "It seems to have been purely an accident. This is how it was. His gun suddenly burst in a most unaccountable manner whilst he was carrying it over his arm, and carried off one of his thumbs. No surgeon could be procured at the time, and the wound appears to have gangrened and to have infected the whole arm. The surgeon, who has only just arrived, says that it will be necessary to remove the arm to save his life."
"I can't say for sure," she answered. "It looks like it was just an accident. Here's what happened. His gun suddenly went off in a completely unexpected way while he was carrying it over his arm, and it took off one of his thumbs. No surgeon could be found at the time, and the wound seems to have gotten infected, spreading to the whole arm. The surgeon, who just arrived, says they'll need to amputate the arm to save his life."
"Not for worlds!" cried I, with animation. "I'll be responsible for his life. There," said I, producing the waxen image and hastily withdrawing the two pins still sticking in the arm of the figure, and which in my hurry I had omitted to extract till now. "There, now the mortification in the arm will have stopped. Send directly to the surgeon that the operation will be no longer necessary. Nay, I will go myself."
"Not for anything!" I exclaimed, feeling excited. "I'll take charge of his life. Here," I said, pulling out the wax figure and quickly removing the two pins that were still stuck in its arm, which I had forgotten to take out until now. "There, now the infection in the arm should be gone. Just let the surgeon know that the operation isn't needed anymore. No, I'll go myself."
"What does all this mean?" asked Claribel, astonished beyond measure.
"What does all this mean?" asked Claribel, completely shocked.
"No matter now," I answered. "I am off at once. If you like you may come with me; but first let me lock up this image in a place where it will not be touched."
"No matter now," I replied. "I'm leaving right away. If you want, you can come with me; but first, let me secure this statue in a place where it won't be disturbed."
So saying, I put on my bonnet and shawl again, and dragging Claribel after me, we ran with all our might[278] and main to the cottage where poor John lay stretched on a pallet, the surgeon with his knife ready sharpened for the operation, standing over him, about to commence. Another second would have been too late.
So saying, I put my hat and shawl back on, and dragging Claribel with me, we ran as fast as we could[278] to the cottage where poor John lay stretched out on a mattress, the surgeon standing over him with a sharpened knife, ready to start the operation. Another second would have been too late.
"Hold your hand, doctor!" I cried, suddenly. "The mortification has ceased, and the operation will be no longer necessary. I will be answerable for this young man's life without his losing his arm."
"Hold on, doctor!" I shouted suddenly. "The pain has stopped, and the operation won't be needed anymore. I'll take responsibility for this young man's life without him losing his arm."
I spoke with an authority that completely astonished the doctor, for he looked bewilderingly first at me and then at my friend; but at length said, "I understand nothing of all this. I have been called here by this young man's family to give my professional opinion, and I say that unless he submits to lose his arm, his life will be endangered."
I talked to an expert who completely shocked the doctor. He looked confused, first at me and then at my friend. Finally, he said, "I don't understand any of this. This young man's family asked me to give my professional opinion, and I believe that unless he agrees to have his arm amputated, his life will be at risk."
"But the mortification has ceased. Would you amputate a limb without necessity for so doing?"
"But the embarrassment has stopped. Would you cut off a limb without a good reason to?"
"Certainly not."
"Definitely not."
"Well, then, look for yourself. Where is the mortification?"
"Well, then, see for yourself. Where's the embarrassment?"
Here the surgeon glanced at the arm, and looked wondrous wise.
Here the surgeon glanced at the arm and looked remarkably wise.
"The mortification has ceased beyond a doubt," he said at length. "Well, I never saw such a thing in all my life. What! am I dreaming," he muttered. "I do not understand all this. How came you, Miss Molly, to—to——"
"The embarrassment has definitely stopped," he finally said. "Honestly, I've never seen anything like this in my entire life. What? Am I dreaming?" he murmured. "I don't get all of this. How did you, Miss Molly, to—to——"
"Hush!" said I.
"Be quiet!" I said.
Then lowering my mouth to his ear, I whispered a[279] few words, and put my finger to my lip, to enjoin silence. The doctor arched his eyebrows till they nearly touched the roots of his hair, screwed up his mouth to the size of a buttonhole, and gave vent to a prolonged "wh-e-w!"
Then I leaned in and whispered a[279] few words in his ear, putting my finger to my lips to signal him to be quiet. The doctor raised his eyebrows so high they almost touched his hairline, scrunched his mouth into a tiny circle, and let out a long "wh-e-w!"
He soon after left the house, and we were left alone for a while to comfort the sufferer. During the few moments that we were left alone together I recounted briefly the whole of my adventure.
He soon left the house, and we were alone for a bit to comfort the person in pain. During the brief moments we had together, I quickly told the whole story of my adventure.
Both John and Claribel were completely thunder-struck at my recital, and Claribel muttered half to herself and half to me, "And to think that it should be Richard de Chevron, after all. I knew he was a villain."
Both John and Claribel were totally shocked at my performance, and Claribel whispered, mostly to herself and a bit to me, "And to think it turned out to be Richard de Chevron after all. I knew he was a bad guy."
John speedily recovered. He had received no further injury than the loss of his thumb. He often called at our house afterwards, and upon seeing the waxen image immediately recognised it as a likeness of himself. It being now beyond a doubt that Richard de Chevron, out of jealousy, had conspired against the life of John Archer and being equally certain in my own mind, from a knowledge of De Chevron's character, that he would not let his victim slip so easily through his fingers, but, foiled in his first attempt, would lose no time in employing some other means of removing his rival from his path, I began to rack my brains in search of some scheme to thwart the machinations of this villain.
John quickly bounced back. He only lost his thumb, so there were no serious injuries. He often visited our house afterward, and when he saw the wax figure, he immediately recognized it as a likeness of himself. It was now clear that Richard de Chevron had plotted against John Archer out of jealousy, and I was convinced, based on what I knew of De Chevron's character, that he wouldn't let his target get away so easily. After failing in his first attempt, he would waste no time finding another way to get rid of his rival. So, I started brainstorming ways to stop this villain's plans.
"What if he should make another waxed image, and[280] shutting himself up in his own house, carry out his infernal spells without interruption?" I said to myself. If so, what could I do?
"What if he made another wax figure and, [280] shut himself in his house, performed his dark rituals without any interruptions?" I thought to myself. If that happened, what could I do?
John Archer should have our constant prayers; beyond this there was no impediment to De Chevron's evil designs. The law would give us no redress. I was very sure of that. Witchcraft had ceased to be believed in, and the case would be dismissed. One thought, indeed, crossed my mind for a moment, which I mentioned to Claribel, and this was to pay back De Chevron in his own coin by converting the image of John Archer into a likeness of De Chevron and experimenting upon the villain from afar in the same manner as he had designed to practise against John Archer.
John Archer should always be in our thoughts and prayers; apart from that, there was nothing stopping De Chevron's malicious plans. The law wouldn’t offer us any help. I was certain of that. People had stopped believing in witchcraft, and the case would be thrown out. For a moment, I did entertain one idea, which I shared with Claribel, and that was to get back at De Chevron by transforming John Archer’s image into one of De Chevron and messing with the scoundrel from a distance, just like he intended to do to John Archer.
It was but a momentary thought and a sinful, and the proposal was rejected by Claribel instantly and with horror.
It was just a fleeting thought, and a sinful one at that, so Claribel immediately rejected the proposal with shock.
"Should we," said she, "put ourselves on a level with a murderous villain, using against him the same unhallowed means that he himself had not hesitated to use against his victim?"
"Should we," she said, "lower ourselves to the level of a murderous villain, using the same immoral tactics he didn't hesitate to use against his victim?"
But besides the light in which my friend had put my proposition, there was another argument against the scheme that perhaps had more weight with me. In order to change the image from the likeness of John Archer into a likeness of De Chevron it would be necessary to destroy the image altogether first, and this, for what I knew, might put John Archer's life in peril.[281] This last argument decided me, and I resolved to guard the image as jealously as possible, and to proceed against De Chevron by natural means solely. An idea flashed across me that there might be some countercharm against evil spells if we could only find it out. Indeed, I remembered to have heard that there was, and musing thus within myself, I suddenly recollected to have heard a couplet in my childhood that ran thus:
But aside from the way my friend framed my proposal, there was another reason against the plan that mattered even more to me. To change the image from looking like John Archer to looking like De Chevron, I would have to completely destroy the original image first, and this, as far as I knew, could put John Archer’s life at risk.[281] This last point convinced me, and I decided to protect the image as much as possible and to deal with De Chevron only through natural means. An idea struck me that there might be some counter-charm against evil spells if only we could discover it. In fact, I remembered hearing that there was one, and while thinking this over, I suddenly recalled a couplet from my childhood that went like this:
Keep witches from their desires.
These two herbs, then, were countercharms. I was resolved to try the experiment, so procuring some of each without more delay, I gave them into the possession of John Archer, who promised me to wear them always about him; and whether or no De Chevron ever made any further attempt against the life of his rival by means of magic I know not, but if he did he must signally have failed, as for ever so long afterwards Archer enjoyed the most perfect health and remained free from any further accident.
These two herbs were protective charms. I decided to give it a shot, so I quickly got some of each and handed them over to John Archer, who promised to keep them with him at all times. I’m not sure if De Chevron ever tried to use magic against his rival again, but if he did, he must have completely failed, because for a long time after that, Archer enjoyed perfect health and didn’t have any more accidents.
Whether De Chevron suspected that John Archer possessed some countercharm against which his evil spells were vain, or if he again essayed his magic after his first defeat, we know not, but certain it was that he still cherished hatred against his rival, upon whom he was determined to bring trouble, if not by necromancy, at least by natural means.
Whether De Chevron suspected that John Archer had some counterspell that made his evil magic useless, or if he tried his magic again after his first loss, we don’t know. But it was clear that he still held a grudge against his rival and was set on causing him trouble, if not through dark magic, then by any other means.
For some time past he had not been near us. This was evidently to ward off suspicion from himself and[282] check the village gossip. However, soon after the disappearance of the image—whether or no he suspected it was I who purloined it and wished to brave the matter out—he called and informed us that he was going to London on important business, and had come to take leave of us for a time. There was nothing in his manner that appeared the least constrained or abashed. On the contrary, he seemed more lively and witty than usual, asked kindly after all our family, and even John Archer, whom he said he had not seen for a long time, although he had heard of his misfortune, for which he professed great sympathy, and hoped the poor fellow would not take his loss too much to heart; adding that it was lucky that they had managed to save his life without amputating his arm.
For a while, he hadn't been around us. This was clearly to avoid drawing attention to himself and to stop the village from gossiping. However, shortly after the image went missing—whether or not he suspected it was me who took it and wanted to confront the situation—he came by and told us he was heading to London for important business and was here to say goodbye for a while. There was nothing in his demeanor that seemed the slightest bit uncomfortable or embarrassed. On the contrary, he appeared more lively and witty than usual, inquired about all our family, and even mentioned John Archer, whom he claimed he hadn’t seen in a long time, although he had heard about his bad luck. He expressed great sympathy for John and hoped the poor guy wouldn’t dwell on his loss too much, adding that it was fortunate they managed to save his life without having to amputate his arm.
Throughout all his discourse his manner had so much of frankness and sincerity that I could hardly bring myself to believe that he was the same villain whose infernal plot against the innocent John Archer, I had accidentally unravelled. I began to think that somehow or other I must have been under a delusion, until chancing to glance towards a glazed cupboard in which the wax figure stood upright and was easily discernable from where I stood, the whole of my recent adventure came back to me forcibly. Yet there sat the author of this unhallowed deed, this would-be murderer, smiling and chatting and paying compliments with the easy grace of a courtier, with a countenance frank and open as a spring morning. How could a girl of my age,[283] ignorant of the world and its wickedness, possibly imagine that a heart so black could be concealed underneath so smooth an exterior? Had I not had positive proof of his villainy within reach, I should certainly never have believed him capable of such a deed. Even as it was I was obliged to gaze frequently at the cupboard in order to reassure myself that I was not dreaming and to prevent myself from being won over by his tongue.
Throughout all his talk, he was so open and sincere that I could hardly believe he was the same villain behind the terrible plot against the innocent John Archer that I had accidentally uncovered. I started to think I must be imagining things, until I happened to look over at a glass-fronted cabinet where the wax figure stood upright and clear from my spot. Suddenly, everything from my recent adventure came rushing back. Yet there he sat, the mastermind behind this wicked act, this would-be murderer, smiling and chatting, complimenting me with the effortless charm of a courtier, his face as open and honest as a bright spring morning. How could a girl like me, [283], so naive and unaware of the world's darkness, possibly think that such a dark heart could be hidden beneath such a smooth exterior? If I hadn’t had solid proof of his evil so close at hand, I would definitely never have believed he was capable of such a crime. Even so, I had to keep stealing glances at the cabinet to convince myself I wasn’t dreaming and to stop myself from being swayed by his words.
De Chevron was a quick observer, and noticed our furtive glances towards the cupboard. Then fixing his spy-glass in his eye, he looked in the same direction; but either saw or affected to see nothing. Afterwards he got up and walked about the room, conversing the while, and in so doing passed several times in front of the cupboard, looking in casually as he passed.
De Chevron was a sharp observer and caught our sneaky looks towards the cupboard. He then put his spyglass to his eye and looked in that direction too, but either didn’t see anything or pretended not to. Afterwards, he got up and moved around the room, chatting the whole time, and while doing so, he passed by the cupboard several times, glancing in casually as he walked by.
I felt sure that he must have seen the image, though there was nothing in his manner that I could discover at all confused or unusual. I believe he would have braved the matter out if I had told him to his face that it was I myself who had stolen the image after I had overheard with my own ears this villainous plot against poor John. He was just the sort of man who would have looked me full in the face and denied ever in his life having been in Madge Mandrake's cottage.
I was certain that he must have seen the image, though there was nothing in his demeanor that seemed confused or out of the ordinary. I believe he would have confronted the situation head-on if I had told him directly that I was the one who took the image after overhearing that wicked plan against poor John. He was exactly the kind of guy who would have looked me straight in the eye and denied ever having been in Madge Mandrake's cottage.
He would have tried to make me believe that I had been the victim of some fearful delusion from my over-excited fears or what not, that the image was not of his making; would have denied ever having set eyes on it[284] before. Nor would, in all probability, have seen any likeness whatever to John Archer, and would have treated as nothing more than a coincidence the fact of John's gun and the loss of his thumb occurring at the same time that the gun and thumb of the waxen figure were damaged by old Madge's pin thrust.
He would have tried to convince me that I was just a victim of some scary delusion from my overactive imagination or something like that, claiming the image wasn't his creation; he would have denied ever seeing it[284] before. He probably wouldn’t have recognized any similarity to John Archer and would have dismissed the coincidence of John's gun and the loss of his thumb happening at the same time as the damage to the gun and thumb of the wax figure caused by old Madge's pin.
He would have asked me if I thought him capable of believing in such trumpery, and would have tried to laugh me out of my superstition. All this I should have expected from him, such was his amount of assurance. Once I had it on the tip of my tongue to ask him what he thought of the image, and if he knew anyone it resembled; and would have done it, too, as I was anxious to observe what effect a sudden allusion to the image would have had upon him, but at that moment my father, who knew nothing of the affair of the waxen image, entered the room, and the conversation took another direction.
He would have asked me if I thought he was capable of believing in such nonsense and would have tried to laugh me out of my superstition. I would have expected all of this from him, given his level of confidence. I nearly asked him what he thought of the image and if he knew anyone it looked like. I really wanted to see how he would react to a sudden mention of the image, but just then my father, who had no idea about the wax figure, walked in, and the conversation shifted.
Shortly afterwards he left the house, promising to call again after his return from London. As he had been so particular in telling us of his intended visit to London, of course, I believed him. What reason could I have had for not doing so? Nevertheless, it proved to be all a falsehood. He never had any intention of going to London at all; and never left the village.
Shortly after, he left the house, saying he would call again after he got back from London. Since he was so specific about his planned trip to London, I believed him. Why wouldn’t I? However, it turned out to be a complete lie. He never planned to go to London at all; he never actually left the village.
But why this deceit? you will naturally ask. Listen, and tell me if you could have imagined a scheme so diabolical as the following ever entering into human brain. To carry out his base designs he hired a certain[285] pedlar, one Michael Rag, well known to be a shady character, and envious of John Archer's comparatively easy circumstances, so having talked him over, if not by bribery, at least by instigating him in a manner suggested by his own natural cunning as calculated to excite the covetous disposition of the tool he intended to use for his own purposes, to purloin John Archer's silver watch, a present he had received from his master for his faithful services.
But why this deception? you might be wondering. Listen, and tell me if you could have ever imagined a scheme as wicked as this entering someone's mind. To carry out his vile plans, he hired a certain[285] peddler, one Michael Rag, known to be a shady character, who was envious of John Archer's relatively comfortable life. After chatting him up, if not through bribery, then at least by encouraging him in a way that played on his own natural cunning to trigger the greedy nature of the pawn he intended to manipulate for his own ends, to steal John Archer's silver watch, a gift he had received from his master for his loyal services.
This watch De Chevron represented to the pedlar as being one of superior workmanship, and far too good for a man of John Archer's position to wear. He blamed his uncle for lavishing handsome presents upon undeserving hangers-on. Who, after all, was John Archer? He (De Chevron) could remember him in worse circumstances even than the pedlar himself. Whence his good fortune? From his merit? Pooh! It was easy enough for any man to keep a good place when he had once got it, if he wasn't quite a fool. Then as to his getting it in the first place, mere luck. Why, as if there were not many a better man than John Archer for such a post. Was he more honest than any other? Bah! every man is honest until he is found out to be the contrary.
This watch by De Chevron was presented to the peddler as something of exceptional quality, clearly too nice for someone like John Archer to wear. He criticized his uncle for giving lavish gifts to unworthy hangers-on. After all, who was John Archer? De Chevron recalled that he had been in worse situations than the peddler himself. What was the source of his good fortune? His talent? Nonsense! It’s easy for anyone to keep a good job once they have it, as long as they’re not completely foolish. And as for how he got it in the first place, that was just luck. There were plenty of better candidates than John Archer for such a position. Was he more honest than anyone else? Please! Everyone seems honest until they're caught being otherwise.
Thus, first by raising the pedlar's cupidity by a vivid description of the watch, then by giving an additional stimulant to his envious nature by representing the owner of the watch as unworthy of such a present, he finally wound up by insinuating, rather than broadly[286] stating, that the pedlar himself was a man of merit and deserved being in a better position than John Archer, if all men had their rights.
Thus, first by stirring the pedlar's greed with a vivid description of the watch, then by further feeding his envy by portraying the watch's owner as unworthy of such a gift, he ultimately suggested, rather than outright[286] stating, that the pedlar himself was a worthy man who deserved to be in a better position than John Archer, if everyone were to get what they deserved.
In fact, such was De Chevron's power of persuasion, that he at last, by dint of subtle arguments, made irresistible by the courteous grace by which they were set off, and, moreover, making it appear that he himself could have no object in giving such advice, that he at length succeeded in making the pedlar believe that he was a very ill-used man, and that as fortune had been so niggardly to him, considering his merits, whilst she squandered her favours on the undeserving, that it was quite excusable in him; nay, it was his duty, and nothing more than what he owed to himself to seek his own fortune by appropriating a portion of that superfluous wealth unjustly held back from him by the capricious goddess and given into unworthy hands.
In fact, De Chevron was so persuasive that, with his clever arguments and the polite charm he used to present them, he managed to convince the pedlar that he was a very mistreated man. He made it seem like he had no personal stake in giving such advice. Eventually, the pedlar believed that since luck had been so stingy with him despite his talents, while favoring those who didn't deserve it, it was only reasonable—actually, it was his duty, and nothing less than what he owed himself—to pursue his own fortune by taking a share of the excess wealth unjustly kept from him by the unpredictable goddess and given to those unworthy of it.
It was not difficult for De Chevron to ignite the already too inflammable cupidity of the pedlar. A hint was enough. From that hour the watch was doomed. Seeing that his words had had their effect, he applauded the determination of the pedlar, and added that though he had no interest in mixing himself up in such affairs, yet he liked to encourage enterprising men, and he himself would furnish him with the means of making his booty doubly sure, and without which he represented it would be madness to make the attempt.
It wasn’t hard for De Chevron to spark the already too eager greed of the peddler. Just a hint was all it took. From that moment, the watch was doomed. Noticing that his words had made an impact, he praised the peddler's determination and mentioned that even though he wasn't interested in getting involved in such matters, he liked to support ambitious people. He would provide him with the resources to ensure his success, saying that without them, trying would be crazy.
He showed him that John Archer always carried a gun with him, that he was a hot-tempered young fellow,[287] and would shoot him as soon as look at him if he attempted and failed.
He pointed out that John Archer always had a gun on him, that he was a fiery young guy,[287] and would shoot him just as quickly as he’d look at him if he tried and missed.
"One must use all one's resources, in case of need," he added, and suggested that the securest way to obtain the watch would be to administer to Archer a glass of drugged wine, which he might easily induce the unsuspecting youth to accept. This drug (which De Chevron had in his possession and which was probably concocted by his friend and ally, Madge Mandrake) produced instantaneous sleep for full five hours on the person partaking of it. It was agreed then that the pedlar should carry in his coat pocket a bottle of the said drugged wine, together with a wine glass, that towards evening he should wander about a certain unfrequented road which bordered on Lord Edgedown's estate, and near which Archer was sure to be at a certain hour.
"One should use all available resources in case of an emergency," he added, suggesting that the safest way to get the watch would be to give Archer a glass of drugged wine, which he could easily persuade the unsuspecting young man to accept. This drug (which De Chevron had on him and which was likely made by his friend and ally, Madge Mandrake) caused instant sleep for a full five hours for anyone who took it. They agreed that the peddler would carry a bottle of the drugged wine in his coat pocket, along with a wine glass, and that he would wander along a certain quiet road next to Lord Edgedown's estate in the evening, where Archer would definitely be at a specific time.
Should he catch sight of John Archer, he was to accost him civilly, invite him to converse, then after a time produce the bottle and glass and say that he had some dozens of very choice wine which if he (John Archer) could only induce his lordship to buy that it would be the making of his fortune. He would then pour out a glassful, which he would offer the young gamekeeper to try himself; should he refuse, he was to press him so urgently that he would at length be forced to comply.
Should he see John Archer, he was to approach him politely, invite him to chat, and then after a while, bring out the bottle and glass, mentioning that he had several dozen bottles of really special wine that if he (John Archer) could get his lordship to buy, it would make his fortune. He would then pour out a glass and offer it to the young gamekeeper to try; if he refused, he was to urge him so strongly that he would eventually have to agree.
When Archer should have once tossed off the glass, Mike would wait some moments until he was in a perfectly sound sleep, when he would be enabled to steal[288] not only his watch and what else he might have in his pockets, but also his gun.
When Archer should have downed the drink, Mike would wait a while until he was in a deep sleep, which allowed him to steal[288] not only his watch and anything else he had in his pockets, but also his gun.
The pedlar jumped at the proposition, and armed with his bottle of drugged wine, he set off the selfsame evening for the spot agreed upon, followed at a distance by De Chevron himself, just to give the alarm, as he suggested, by a sharp shrill whistle, should anyone approach to interrupt their design.
The peddler eagerly accepted the offer, and with his bottle of spiked wine in hand, he headed out that very evening to the agreed location, trailed from a distance by De Chevron himself. He was there to signal an alarm, as he suggested, with a sharp whistle if anyone came close to interrupting their plan.
Backed up by the help of De Chevron, the pedlar knew no fear, nor did it ever enter his head, so blinded was he by greed, that De Chevron could possibly have any object in thus lending him his help.
Backed by De Chevron's support, the peddler felt no fear, nor did it ever cross his mind, so blinded was he by greed, that De Chevron could have any motive for helping him like this.
The evening arrived. It was now about a week after De Chevron's supposed departure, and so close had been his confinement to the house all this time, that I do not believe there was a soul in all the village but believed that he was absent on business in London at the time.
The evening came. It was now about a week since De Chevron was supposedly gone, and he had been so confined to the house during this time that I don't think anyone in the village believed he was anything but away on business in London.
As the evening agreed upon drew in, De Chevron, disguising himself as best he might in a large loose cloak that he never had been seen to wear and a hat unlike that he was known by in the village, set out in the dusk towards the lonely road, following the pedlar at a considerable distance. The pedlar advanced towards the spot singing.
As the agreed-upon evening approached, De Chevron, doing his best to disguise himself in a large, loose cloak that he had never worn before and a hat unlike anything people recognized him by in the village, headed out into the dusk on the quiet road, trailing the pedlar at a good distance. The pedlar made his way to the spot, singing.
"Good morrow, Master Archer," he said, as the young gamekeeper made his appearance from behind a hedge, "and how does the world go for you? Easily enough, eh?"[289]
"Good morning, Master Archer," he said, as the young gamekeeper stepped out from behind a hedge, "how's everything going for you? Pretty smoothly, right?"[289]
"Well enough, for the matter of that," replied Archer, carelessly.
"That's good enough for now," replied Archer, casually.
"Ah! you lucky dog, your bread and butter's cut for life. Wouldn't I like to be in your shoes without doing you any harm!" said the pedlar.
"Ah! You lucky guy, your livelihood is set for life. I'd love to be in your position without causing you any trouble!" said the pedlar.
"Would you?" laughed Archer. "Why, I'm sure you have no reason to complain of your lot. A pedlar's is a good business."
"Would you?" laughed Archer. "I'm sure you have no reason to complain about your situation. Being a peddler is a decent job."
"Well, I don't exactly complain," replied the pedlar, with proud humility; "but—but——"
"Well, I don't really complain," replied the vendor, with a sense of proud humility; "but—but——"
"But," interrupted Archer, "we all like to be a little better off than we are. Isn't that it?" asked the gamekeeper, with a laugh.
"But," Archer interrupted, "we all want to be a bit better off than we are. Right?" asked the gamekeeper, laughing.
"Well, I dare say you are not far wrong, Archer my boy," said the pedlar, wheedlingly. "It's natural you know, ain't it? By the way, Johnny old fellow, do you think you could do an old friend a great favour? It won't cost you anything. I'm not going to ask you to lend me any money."
"Well, I have to say you’re not too far off, Archer my friend," said the pedlar in a coaxing tone. "It’s only natural, right? By the way, Johnny my old buddy, do you think you could do an old friend a big favor? It won’t cost you anything. I’m not going to ask you to lend me any money."
"Well," said John, "what is it?"
"Well," John said, "what's going on?"
"Why, the fact is," said Mike, "that I have got some fine stuffs that will do for curtains or to cover chairs with. I've got carpets, mattresses, and I don't know what all. Besides which I have got some excellent wine, superfine quality, which if you could induce your master to buy, my fortune would be made."
"Well, the truth is," said Mike, "that I have some great fabrics that would work well for curtains or to cover chairs. I've got carpets, mattresses, and a bunch of other things. On top of that, I've got some really good wine, top-notch quality, which if you could get your boss to buy, it would make my fortune."
"It would be useless," answered John Archer. "His lordship never buys either stuffs or wine from country hawkers, but has up everything from London."[290]
"It would be pointless," replied John Archer. "His lordship never buys either fabric or wine from local vendors; he gets everything from London." [290]
"Well, I suppose he would, you know, a great man like him. Still, when a good thing comes in your way, something unique, like this wine of mine, why, it would be madness to let it slip through your fingers without even giving it a trial. Look here now." Here he produced the bottle. "This wine I am in the habit of always carrying about with me as a sample. Here, just taste it. It'll do your heart good." Here he poured out a glass.
"Well, I guess he would, you know, a great guy like him. Still, when something good comes your way, something special, like this wine of mine, it would be crazy to let it slip away without even trying it. Look at this." Here he pulled out the bottle. "I always carry this wine with me as a sample. Here, just give it a taste. It'll do you good." Here he poured out a glass.
"Thank you, no," said Archer.
"Thanks, but no," said Archer.
"Nonsense, man," said the pedlar, "what are you afraid of?"
"Nonsense, man," said the peddler, "what are you scared of?"
"Nothing," replied Archer, "only I don't care about it, thank you."
"Nothing," Archer replied, "I just don't care about it, thanks."
"Drink, drink, man. What's the matter with you?"
"Drink, drink, dude. What's wrong with you?"
"Drink it yourself, I won't rob you of it," said John.
"Drink it yourself; I won’t take it from you," said John.
"Oh, as to that, Jack my boy, I'm not niggardly in offering my wine, especially when I meet old friends, you know, besides, I am interested in your tasting this, because, you see, when you have once drunk this little glassful you will be better able to speak well of it to your master, and he might honour me so far as to purchase a dozen. But, interest apart, take a glass for old friendship's sake, or I shall take offence. Come, no excuse; here you are!"
"Oh, as for that, Jack, my friend, I’m not stingy with my wine, especially when I’m with old friends. Plus, I really want you to try this, because once you’ve had this little glass, you’ll be able to talk about it better to your boss, and he might even be nice enough to buy a dozen. But putting that aside, take a glass for the sake of our friendship, or I’ll be offended. Come on, no excuses; here you go!"
John Archer, wearied out by the pedlar's importunities, could resist no longer, and suspecting nothing, tossed off the glass at a gulp.[291]
John Archer, exhausted by the pedlar's persistent requests, couldn’t hold out any longer, and with no suspicions, downed the glass in one go.[291]
"Good, indeed," he had barely time to say, as he gave back the glass. "Gramercy! how is this? My head swims. I—I——"
"Good, indeed," he barely had time to say as he returned the glass. "Wow! What's happening? My head is spinning. I—I——"
He was unable to finish his sentence, but fell like a log to the ground. The pedlar's eyes glistened as he witnessed the speedy effects of the drug. In another moment his fingers were fumbling in the waistcoat pocket of the prostrate John Archer, and he had succeeded in transferring the watch from the gamekeeper's pocket to his own.
He couldn't finish his sentence and just dropped to the ground. The pedlar's eyes sparkled as he saw the quick effects of the drug. In no time, his fingers were digging into the waistcoat pocket of the unconscious John Archer, and he successfully moved the watch from the gamekeeper's pocket to his own.
He then began rifling his other pockets, but there was little else worth taking on poor John's person—a few loose coins, perhaps, nothing more.
He then started searching his other pockets, but there was little else of value on poor John's person—a few coins, maybe, nothing more.
At this moment De Chevron came up, and lifting the gun from the ground, said, "This gun is yours, Mike."
At that moment, De Chevron walked over, picked up the gun from the ground, and said, "This gun is yours, Mike."
Then, retreating a few paces behind the pedlar, he levelled the gun at his head, but not being quite correct in his aim, the bullet lodged in the man's shoulder. Mike gave a yell of agony on finding himself wounded, but he still might have imagined that the gun had gone off accidentally and had thus hit him in the shoulder, had not De Chevron immediately come up and with one tremendous blow on the head from the butt end of the gun, felled him to the ground.
Then, stepping back a few paces from the pedlar, he aimed the gun at his head, but he wasn't quite on target, and the bullet hit the man in the shoulder instead. Mike let out a cry of pain when he realized he was hurt, but he might have thought that the gun fired by accident and hit him in the shoulder if De Chevron hadn't come right up and knocked him down with a massive blow to the head from the butt of the gun.
"Treachery!" feebly gasped out the wretched man.
"Treachery!" the miserable man weakly gasped.
Then followed a second blow, a third and even a fourth, until the unhappy dupe spoke no more. To[292] drag the body to a ditch thickly overgrown with nettles and brambles which completely concealed it from view was the work of the moment, having previously despoiled the corpse of its recently acquired treasure and restored the same to the pocket of its owner, who still lay in the arms of Morpheus. Then replacing the gun by the side of its sleeping master, and bedaubing the gamekeeper's clothes with blood, he first poured out the contents of the pedlar's bottle on the grass, then started homewards.
Then came a second hit, a third, and even a fourth, until the poor victim stopped speaking. To[292]drag the body to a ditch thickly overgrown with nettles and brambles that completely hid it from sight was quick work, having first stripped the corpse of its recently acquired treasure and put it back into the pocket of its owner, who still lay asleep. Then, placing the gun back beside its sleeping master and smearing the gamekeeper's clothes with blood, he first poured out the contents of the pedlar's bottle onto the grass, then headed home.
No one appears to have met him, either before or after the murder. Circumstances seem to have been peculiarly favourable to him that evening, for chancing to be excessively windy at that hour, and the road being of loose white sand, not a single footprint was to be discovered the next morning. It was somewhere about midnight when John Archer woke up from his trance. His first wonderment was how he got there. He imagined that he must in some way or other have become intoxicated. Then he thought of the pedlar. It was strange, he did not remember having drunk more than one glass, but it was not until he reached his cot that he was aware of the plight he was in.
No one seems to have met him, either before or after the murder. The circumstances that night were oddly favorable for him; it was extremely windy, and the road was covered in loose white sand, so not a single footprint was found the next morning. It was around midnight when John Archer woke up from his stupor. His first thought was how he ended up there. He figured he must have somehow gotten drunk. Then he remembered the pedlar. It was strange; he didn’t recall drinking more than one glass, but it wasn’t until he got to his bed that he realized the trouble he was in.
Where did all that blood come from? he asked himself. He must be wounded he thought. However, he examined himself all over and could discover nothing. The barrel of his gun was discharged, too, and the butt end of it stained with blood. He was more bewildered than ever. He then related the whole[293] of the circumstances to his parents, who, however, could not bring themselves to believe otherwise than that their son must have been intoxicated, although his character for sobriety was well known.
Where did all that blood come from? he asked himself. He must be hurt, he thought. However, he checked himself all over and couldn't find anything. The barrel of his gun was fired, too, and the butt end was stained with blood. He was more confused than ever. He then told his parents everything that happened, but they just couldn't believe anything other than that their son must have been drunk, even though everyone knew he had a good reputation for being sober.
The blood stains, however, and the discharged barrel still remained a mystery and became the subject of much conjecture amongst his friends. The blood, as he owned himself, did not proceed from any wound he had received. Whose blood was it then? The butt end of his gun being stained with blood would argue violence used against some person or animal.
The blood stains and the empty barrel, though, still remained a mystery and led to a lot of speculation among his friends. He admitted that the blood didn’t come from any wound he had. So whose blood was it? The fact that the butt of his gun was stained with blood suggested that violence had been used against someone or something.
John was known to be an honest and humane man—the very last man in the world to commit murder; still, under the influence of intoxication he might have committed a rash act. When questioned as to whether he remembered anything, he shook his head, and merely related his interview with the pedlar, from whom he felt confident of not having accepted more than one glass of wine. His manner throughout all this questioning was open and frank, and everyone agreed that, mysterious as the affair appeared, they were quite sure that young Archer was innocent of murder.
John was known to be an honest and kind man—the very last person you'd expect to commit murder; still, under the influence of alcohol, he might have done something rash. When asked if he remembered anything, he shook his head and only talked about his conversation with the pedlar, insisting he was sure he hadn't taken more than one glass of wine. His demeanor during all the questioning was open and sincere, and everyone agreed that, no matter how mysterious the situation seemed, they were certain that young Archer was innocent of murder.
The day after, however, a waggoner's dog passing by the scene of the murder was observed by its master to be sniffing and burrowing in a certain ditch. The waggoner took no notice of the circumstance at first, until the dog set up a howl and refused to leave the spot. It then seemed to be tearing or dragging some heavy substance with its teeth, and finally succeeded in[294] leaving bare the body of the pedlar. The pedlar had already been missed in the village, and the waggoner at once recognised the body. He lost no time in rousing the neighbourhood, for he dreaded being discovered near the corpse, lest he should be implicated in the murder.
The next day, however, a waggoner's dog passed by the murder scene and was seen by its owner sniffing and digging in a particular ditch. At first, the waggoner didn’t pay much attention, but then the dog started howling and wouldn’t leave the spot. It seemed like it was pulling or dragging something heavy with its teeth, and eventually managed to[294] expose the body of the pedlar. The pedlar had already been reported missing in the village, and the waggoner immediately recognized the body. He quickly alerted the neighborhood because he was scared of being found near the corpse and getting accused of the murder.
The body of the pedlar was removed to the nearest cottage, and a surgeon sent for immediately to examine it. Contrary to everybody's expectation, the surgeon pronounced that life was not yet extinct, though he held out no hopes at all of ultimate recovery.
The pedlar's body was taken to the closest cottage, and a surgeon was called right away to examine it. Contrary to everyone's expectations, the surgeon declared that the person was still alive, although he had no hopes of ultimate recovery.
He did all he could do under the circumstances, gave his instructions to the inmates of the cottage, and said that he would call again. Then arose the question, who could be the perpetrator of the deed? Suspicion immediately attached itself to John Archer.
He did everything he could under the circumstances, gave his instructions to the people in the cottage, and said he would come back. Then the question arose: who could be behind the act? Suspicion quickly fell on John Archer.
Witnesses came forward and deposed that they had met John Archer with blood on his clothes and the butt end of his rifle also stained with blood. The wounds on the head of the all-but murdered man appeared to have been inflicted by the butt end of a rifle, therefore this was strong evidence; but there was yet stronger. The bullet having been extracted from the dying man's shoulder, was at once recognised by all as belonging to John Archer, his bullets being marked always in a peculiar manner, added to which it fitted exactly into the bore of Archer's rifle.
Witnesses came forward and testified that they had seen John Archer with blood on his clothes and the butt of his rifle also covered in blood. The wounds on the head of the nearly murdered man seemed to have been caused by the butt of a rifle, making this compelling evidence; but there was even stronger evidence. The bullet extracted from the dying man's shoulder was immediately identified by everyone as belonging to John Archer, as his bullets were always marked in a unique way, plus it fit perfectly into the barrel of Archer's rifle.
This last evidence was considered conclusive, and John Archer was conducted off to prison to await his[295] trial at the next assizes. Imagine the grief and dismay of poor John's aged parents, who had looked forward to his being the prop of their old age, at hearing that their only son had been arrested on a charge of murder. Imagine the shame and confusion of John himself, the surprise and indignation of his intimate friends, including ourselves, who still believed in his innocence.
This last piece of evidence was seen as definitive, and John Archer was taken off to prison to await his[295] trial at the next court session. Think about the sadness and shock of poor John's elderly parents, who had hoped he would support them in their old age, upon hearing that their only son had been arrested for murder. Think about the shame and confusion John himself felt, as well as the surprise and anger of his close friends, including us, who still believed he was innocent.
As for poor Claribel, she was struck completely dumb at the news; she could not believe her ears. It was not for a considerable time that she could realise the fact; but when she did, she neither fainted, burst into tears, nor behaved in any way extravagantly. Her grief was too deeply seated. She moped about the house with her eyes fixed, as if she were walking in her sleep. It was just this calm, in a nature like hers, that I dreaded far more than any violent transport of grief, for I feared that the shock had been too great for her, and had turned her brain. What made the affair doubly painful to her was that the village people had already begun to couple her name with John Archer's.
As for poor Claribel, she was completely speechless at the news; she couldn’t believe what she was hearing. It took her a while to grasp the reality, but when she finally did, she didn’t faint, cry, or act out in any dramatic way. Her sorrow ran too deep for that. She wandered around the house with her eyes vacant, as if she were in a daze. It was this calmness in someone like her that I feared more than any outburst of grief, because I worried that the shock had been too much for her and had affected her mind. What made the situation even more painful for her was that the villagers had already started to link her name with John Archer's.
Folks speaking of the arrest would say that it was Claribel Falkland's young man that had been arrested for murder, although there had never been anything like an engagement between them.
People talking about the arrest would say that it was Claribel Falkland's boyfriend who had been arrested for murder, even though they had never been officially engaged.
When she recovered herself somewhat, she said, "Molly, depend upon it, that De Chevron is at the bottom of this."
When she composed herself a bit, she said, "Molly, you can count on it, that De Chevron is behind all of this."
Now, although I knew De Chevron to be a hardened villain and capable of any atrocity, I did not see myself[296] how he could possibly be connected with the murder, he being absent from the village at the time. Neither did I for a moment believe John Archer capable of the crime. The evidence against him was singularly unfortunate, it is true; but no one who knew the man as intimately as we did could really have believed him guilty. It was clear that someone must have committed the murder. Who, then, was likely to have done so?
Now, even though I knew De Chevron was a ruthless villain and could do anything terrible, I couldn't see how he could possibly be linked to the murder since he wasn't in the village at the time. I also didn’t believe for a second that John Archer was capable of the crime. It’s true that the evidence against him was particularly unfortunate, but anyone who knew him as well as we did couldn’t really think he was guilty. It was obvious that someone had to have committed the murder. So, who could it have been?
De Chevron was a villain, we knew, but that was no proof that he was the murderer. However, I excused this seeming unreasonableness in my friend, considering the state of her mind at the time, and merely suggested:
De Chevron was a villain, we knew, but that didn’t prove he was the murderer. Still, I overlooked this apparent unreasonableness in my friend, given her state of mind at the time, and simply suggested:
"But he is in London, my dear."
"But he's in London, my dear."
"I tell you he is mixed up in the affair," persisted Claribel. "I was warned of this in my dream."
"I’m telling you he’s involved in this situation," Claribel insisted. "I was warned about it in my dream."
"I fear that would have little weight in a court of justice," I replied.
"I don't think that would matter much in a court of law," I replied.
"De Chevron is the murderer, and no one else," she persisted, doggedly.
"De Chevron is the killer, and no one else," she insisted, unwavering.
"But, my dear Claribel," said I, soothingly, "allowing that he is a wicked, heartless villain, just think for a moment how you would support your accusation in a court of law. A pedlar is found murdered in a ditch, and a gentleman of De Chevron's condition now in London, where he has been for the last week, is accused of the murder. Consider the absurdity of the idea."
"But, my dear Claribel," I said gently, "even if we assume he’s a wicked, heartless villain, just think for a moment about how you would prove your accusation in court. A peddler is found murdered in a ditch, and a gentleman of De Chevron's status, who has been in London for the past week, is accused of the murder. Think about how ridiculous that is."
"How do you know he has been in London all the time?" asked my friend.
"How do you know he’s been in London the whole time?" my friend asked.
"Well, I grant you, I did not see him go," said I;[297] "but when a man gives out that he is going away from a place, and has not been seen by anyone since, especially when it is in a little village like this, where everybody knows everybody else's business, the probability is that he has left."
"Well, I admit I didn’t see him leave," I said; [297] "but when someone announces they’re leaving a place and hasn’t been seen since, especially in a small village like this where everyone knows each other's business, it's likely that he’s gone."
"Do not be too sure," said Claribel. "We must examine into the affair."
"Don't be too sure," said Claribel. "We need to look into this."
"Oh, that is easily done," said I; "but even should he not have departed, if he should have changed his mind and remained here, what does that prove? Besides, what motive could a gentleman have in taking the life of a poor, unknown, itinerant pedlar?"
"Oh, that's easy to do," I said. "But even if he hasn't left, and if he changed his mind and decided to stay, what does that show? Besides, what reason would a gentleman have to kill a poor, unknown traveling peddler?"
"To lay the blame on John Archer, his rival, and get him into trouble," was my friend's reply. "Do you not think him capable?"
"To pin the blame on John Archer, his rival, and get him into trouble," was my friend's reply. "Don't you think he's capable?"
"I think him capable of anything that's bad," said I; "but that's not the point. You must, first of all, have reason enough on your side to prove that he did, which you have not. Look, now, at the evidence against young Archer. A young man returns home to his family after midnight, his clothes disordered and bloodstained, his gun discharged, and the butt end of it clotted with blood. When questioned, he is unable to give any satisfactory account of himself. Says he remembers nothing but having accepted one glass of wine from a pedlar. He relates that he woke up towards midnight and discovered that he had been sleeping for hours in the open air, near to the spot where the body of the pedlar is found on the day following.[298]
"I think he's capable of anything bad," I said; "but that's not the main issue. You first need to have enough evidence to prove he did it, which you don't have. Now, look at the evidence against young Archer. A young man comes home to his family after midnight, his clothes messed up and covered in blood, his gun fired, and the end of it stained with blood. When asked about it, he can't give any clear explanation. He says he only remembers accepting a glass of wine from a traveling salesman. He claims he woke up around midnight and realized he'd been sleeping in the open for hours, close to where the pedlar's body is found the next day.[298]
"His friends do not believe him guilty because, forsooth, he has earned a reputation for truthfulness, steadiness, and sobriety; yet might not the opposite party contend that it was not impossible that he might, once in his life, have broken through his custom of rigid abstinence, and in a moment of intoxication, picking a quarrel with the pedlar, first discharged his gun at him—for, remember that the bullet extracted from the pedlar's shoulder has been recognised as Archer's bullet—and afterwards, finding his adversary not mortally wounded, had hastened his death by knocking out his brains with the butt end of his rifle. That he had afterwards himself fallen into a drunken sleep and entirely forgotten the events of the preceding evening is not at all impossible. This would be the more charitable way of looking at the affair; but, alas, there is another circumstance that puts it in a more serious light, and that is the hiding of the body. The body has been discovered in a ditch, carefully concealed from view by weeds and brambles. This argues reason. Is it probable that a man who commits homicide in a drunken brawl, being so drunk at the time as to fall down on the damp ground and sleep there the whole night through, that he should have been sufficiently master of himself to drag off the body of his victim and successfully conceal it from view in an overgrown ditch?"
"His friends don't believe he's guilty because, honestly, he’s built a reputation for honesty, reliability, and sobriety. Still, the other side could argue that it’s not impossible he might have broken his strict habit of abstinence once in his life and, in a drunken moment, picked a fight with the pedlar. He might have first shot at him—remember, the bullet pulled from the pedlar's shoulder has been identified as Archer's bullet—and then, realizing his opponent wasn't mortally wounded, might have finished him off by hitting him with the butt of his rifle. It’s entirely possible that he later fell into a drunken sleep and completely forgot the events of that night. That would be a more forgiving way to view the situation. But, unfortunately, there’s another factor that complicates things, and that’s the hiding of the body. The body was found in a ditch, carefully hidden from sight by weeds and briars. This suggests some planning. Is it likely that a man who kills someone in a drunken brawl, so inebriated that he collapses on the wet ground and sleeps there all night, would have had the presence of mind to drag his victim’s body away and successfully hide it in an overgrown ditch?"
"I cannot and will not believe him so base as to be guilty of wilful murder, neither will I believe that he committed homicide in a fit of intoxication. If he took[299] the pedlar's life at all—I say if he did—why, then I lean towards the belief that he did it whilst under some evil spell of Richard de Chevron's. What do you believe, Molly?"
"I can't and won't believe he’s low enough to commit premeditated murder, nor will I believe he killed someone while drunk. If he took[299] the pedlar’s life at all—I say if he did—then I’m inclined to think he did it while under some kind of dark influence from Richard de Chevron. What do you think, Molly?"
"No matter, dear, what I believe," said I; "I am a woman, like yourself, and too likely to be influenced by my feelings. I do not wish to believe him guilty, and should be very much surprised and horror-struck if he really were so, after the good opinion we all have had of him. But all that goes for nothing. I merely tell you how the world will judge him."
“No matter what I believe, dear,” I said, “I’m a woman, just like you, and I'm likely to be swayed by my emotions. I don’t want to believe he’s guilty, and I would be incredibly shocked and horrified if he actually is, especially after the high regard we all had for him. But that doesn’t really matter. I’m just telling you how the world will see him.”
Poor Claribel could not help seeing that it was likely to go hard with John.
Poor Claribel couldn't help but notice that things were probably going to be tough for John.
"Oh! if they should condemn him unjustly and execute him!" she cried, in agony.
"Oh! what if they wrongfully condemn him and execute him?" she cried, in anguish.
Poor child! It was all I could do to comfort her. I told her the law was not rash in condemning anyone to death; that inquiries would be made, that the real perpetrator of the deed could not fail to be discovered, sooner or later, when he would suffer the penalty of the law, and the innocent man be acquitted. I had attempted to excite hopes in her that I myself dared hardly entertain, and that she, poor child, I could see, looked upon as poor consolation.
Poor child! All I could do was comfort her. I told her that the law doesn't hastily condemn anyone to death; that investigations would take place and that the real culprit would eventually be found, sooner or later, and when that happens, he would face the consequences while the innocent man would be cleared. I tried to inspire hopes in her that I barely believed myself, and I could see that she, poor child, viewed them as little consolation.
We both retired to rest that night with heavy hearts, but the next morning Claribel woke up with a smile on her face, although she looked very pale and worn.
We both went to bed that night feeling really sad, but the next morning Claribel woke up smiling, even though she looked very pale and tired.
"Molly, dear, I saw him last night," she said.
"Molly, sweetie, I saw him last night," she said.
"Did you, really? What, John Archer?" I asked,[300] for I no longer now doubted her word when she spoke in this manner.
"Did you, really? What, John Archer?" I asked,[300] because I no longer doubted her word when she spoke like this.
"Yes," she replied, "and I promised to call again to give him consolation."
"Yes," she said, "and I promised to call back to give him comfort."
"How did you manage to speak to him?" I asked.
"How did you get to talk to him?" I asked.
"By signs only; but he understood me."
"Just through gestures; but he got what I meant."
"Was he asleep?" I asked.
"Is he asleep?" I asked.
"No; he was tossing restlessly on his pallet."
"No; he was tossing and turning on his mattress."
"Then he could not possibly imagine he had been dreaming."
"Then he couldn't possibly imagine he had been dreaming."
"I think not, as this is the second time I have appeared to him in the spirit."
"I don't think so, since this is the second time I've appeared to him in spirit."
"I remember you told me once before that you had seen him, and he himself confirmed it, although I know that you never left the house that day. But, tell me, did no one see you enter?"
"I remember you told me before that you had seen him, and he himself confirmed it, even though I know you never left the house that day. But, tell me, did no one see you go in?"
"What matter if they did? Bolts and bars are no obstacles to a spirit."
"What difference does it make if they did? Bolts and bars aren't obstacles to a spirit."
"And you passed through prison walls and bolted doors without opposition?"
"And you got through prison walls and locked doors without any trouble?"
"I did, and I promised that I should be with him again in his cell as the clock struck two, so that he might be quite sure that he had not been dreaming."
"I did, and I promised that I would be with him again in his cell when the clock struck two, so that he could be completely sure that he hadn't been dreaming."
"You will keep your appointment, of course?" I said.
"You'll keep your appointment, right?" I said.
"If I do not, I do not know who it will be that will prevent me."
"If I don't, I have no idea who will stop me."
Here our conversation ceased, and we passed our time as usual until it drew towards two o'clock in the[301] afternoon, when my friend suddenly stopped in the middle of talking and said,
Here our conversation stopped, and we spent our time as usual until it got close to two o'clock in the[301] afternoon, when my friend suddenly paused in the middle of speaking and said,
"Do not disturb me, Molly dear, or allow anyone else to. I am going to John."
"Please don't bother me, Molly, or let anyone else do so. I'm headed to John."
Then throwing herself back in an arm-chair, she appeared almost immediately in a sound sleep, resembling a swoon. I then observed, as it were, two outlines to her form, for a cloudy substance like a halo began to envelop her, which, widening as it rose upwards, from the body began to solidify or partially so, and to assume the exact form and features of Claribel. Having separated itself from her person, it passed rapidly before my face like a gust of wind, causing my hair to stir and crackle as if singed with a candle,[20] and passing head foremost through the window with inconceivable velocity was instantly lost to my view.
Then she threw herself back in an armchair and almost immediately fell into a deep sleep that looked like a faint. I noticed, as if by magic, two outlines of her figure, because a cloudy substance like a halo started to surround her. This cloud expanded as it rose, beginning to solidify partially from her body and taking on the exact shape and features of Claribel. After separating from her, it darted quickly past my face like a gust of wind, making my hair stir and crackle as if it had come into contact with a flame,[20] and then shot headfirst through the window with incredible speed, disappearing from my sight in an instant.
An indescribable feeling of horror passed over me at being left thus alone with what appeared to be the corpse of my friend. The next moment my father entered the room, and fearing lest he should wake my friend in the middle of her trance by his talking, I ran to the door and begged he would not enter, as Claribel[302] felt rather poorly and he might awake her, so he prudently retired to another room, when I gently turned the key of the door and kept watch close to the clay of my friend until the spirit should return to re-animate it.
An indescribable feeling of terror washed over me at being left alone with what seemed to be my friend’s lifeless body. Just then, my dad walked into the room, and worried that he might wake her from her trance with his talking, I rushed to the door and asked him not to come in, explaining that Claribel[302] wasn’t feeling well and he might disturb her. He wisely left for another room, and I gently locked the door, keeping a close watch over my friend’s body until her spirit returned to bring her back to life.
Let us now take a peep at John in prison. Poor fellow! He had not slept a wink all night. He rose worn and languid. Disdaining his frugal breakfast of bread and water, with arms folded, eyes fixed and head sunk upon his breast, he paced dejectedly up and down the narrow limits of his cell.
Let’s take a look at John in prison. Poor guy! He hadn’t slept at all all night. He got up feeling tired and weak. Ignoring his simple breakfast of bread and water, with his arms crossed, eyes staring blankly, and head dropped to his chest, he walked back and forth in the cramped space of his cell.
"Is this John Archer?" he soliloquised. "Is this the man once surrounded by friends, the hope and pride of his parents, the favoured servant of Lord Edgedown, honoured and respected by all, now handcuffed and led off to prison on a charge of murder to await an ignominious trial, and probably be condemned to hang by the neck till he is dead in the presence of a jeering rabble? It cannot be. I must be transformed. I must be dreaming. This is not John Archer. Is John Archer a murderer? Can I really have committed a murder in a state of delirium which has obliterated all recollection of the crime committed? It must be so. How else could I have slept all night on the bare ground and on awaking find my gun discharged, my clothes bloodstained, and even the butt end of my rifle besmeared with blood?
"Is this John Archer?" he thought to himself. "Is this the guy who used to be surrounded by friends, the hope and pride of his parents, the favored servant of Lord Edgedown, respected and admired by everyone, now handcuffed and taken off to prison on a murder charge, waiting for a disgraceful trial, and probably going to be hanged in front of a mocking crowd? It can't be. I must have changed. I must be dreaming. This isn't John Archer. Is John Archer a murderer? Can I really have committed murder and completely lost all memory of it? It has to be true. How else could I have slept all night on the hard ground and woken up to find my gun fired, my clothes stained with blood, and even the end of my rifle smeared with blood?"
"How is all this to be accounted for? I must have committed murder. Who will believe me if I assert my innocence, or how will the law be brought to look upon[303] the crime as committed during temporary insanity? No; I shall be found guilty, condemned, and executed. I do believe that the vision of last night that appeared to me bearing the form and features of Claribel was my guardian angel come to apprise me of my doom.
"How can all of this be explained? I must have killed someone. Who will believe me if I claim I'm innocent, or how can I convince the law to see the crime as one committed during a temporary lapse in judgment? No; I will be found guilty, sentenced, and executed. I truly think that the vision I had last night, which looked like Claribel, was my guardian angel warning me of my fate."
"Oh, Claribel, Claribel! must we then for ever be parted? But what was that vision? Claribel in the flesh? For so it appeared; for sure it was no dream, yet how could that be? Could she herself have broken through bolts and bars or obtained a pass to speak to me alone? Impossible! Was it, perchance, some fiend having taken upon himself the likeness of those divine features in order so to mock me? Or was it merely an hallucination of my distempered brain? Whatever it was, I would that it were here again so that I might feast my eyes once more upon its lovely features ere I die."
"Oh, Claribel, Claribel! Must we really be separated forever? But what was that vision? Claribel in the flesh? It seemed so real; it couldn’t have been a dream, but how could that be? Could she have somehow broken through locks and bars or gotten permission to talk to me alone? No way! Was it, perhaps, some devil taking on the appearance of her beautiful face just to mock me? Or was it just an illusion from my troubled mind? Whatever it was, I wish it would come back so I could gaze upon its lovely features once more before I die."
He paused suddenly, for now, whether it were some trick of the senses, some hallucination conjured up by his over-excited brain, in the opposite corner of his cell something like a bluish vapour appeared, which seemed to grow denser, to solidify until it grew into the semblance of a human form, bearing the features of—whom?
He suddenly paused because now, whether it was some trick of the senses or a hallucination created by his overactive mind, he saw something like a bluish vapor appearing in the opposite corner of his cell. It seemed to thicken, to become more solid until it took on the shape of a human figure, resembling—who?
"Claribel!" gasped out the prisoner, hardly above his breath, for his voice died within him and he remained awe-stricken. "What! Do I rave? Oh, beauteous image! Claribel! Claribel! Tell me, oh, my guardian angel, hast thou come to announce my[304] doom, to solace my last moments? Oh, if it be thou indeed, Claribel, in the flesh and no delusion of my senses, come to me, let me feel the pressure of thy hand."
"Claribel!" the prisoner breathed, barely making a sound, his voice fading within him as he remained in shock. "What! Am I going crazy? Oh, beautiful vision! Claribel! Claribel! Tell me, oh, my guardian angel, have you come to announce my[304] fate, to comfort my final moments? Oh, if it really is you, Claribel, here in the flesh and not just a trick of my mind, come to me, let me feel the touch of your hand."
At this moment he sprang forward and attempted to seize the hand of the figure, which he had no sooner touched than it melted in his grasp, causing him to feel such a supernatural terror that he staggered backwards and gave an involuntary shriek.
At that moment, he lunged forward and tried to grab the hand of the figure. The instant he made contact, it dissolved in his grip, filling him with a supernatural fear that made him stumble back and let out an involuntary scream.
The figure put its finger to its lip, the forefinger of the very hand that had vanished into thin air at the material touch of John Archer, but which had immediately resumed its previously defined form upon the withdrawing of Archer's hand.
The figure put its finger to its lips, the index finger of the same hand that had disappeared into thin air when John Archer touched it, but which had quickly taken on its original shape again once Archer's hand pulled away.
"Angel or fiend!" he exclaimed. "Whatever thou art, that comest to me in this lovely guise, declare thy mission, unveil to me the future, and spare not mine ears if my doom be sealed. If there be hope——"
"Angel or demon!" he shouted. "Whatever you are, that comes to me in this beautiful form, tell me your purpose, show me the future, and don't hold back if my fate is sealed. If there is hope——"
Here the figure again put its finger to its lip in token of silence, for Archer, now somewhat over his first surprise, spoke no longer in a husky whisper, but in a loud voice.
Here the figure once more put its finger to its lips as a sign for silence, because Archer, having gotten over his initial shock, no longer spoke in a husky whisper but in a loud voice.
"Tell me, tell me," continued the prisoner, lowering his voice, "thou who seemest no being of this world, and who doubtless art cognisant of secrets beyond our ken, tell me in pity how I have deserved this fate. Say, have these hands really been dyed in the blood of one of my fellow-men during the lapse of some passing insanity? Say, why am I here? Dost thou, O spirit, think me guilty?"[305]
"Tell me, tell me," continued the prisoner, lowering his voice, "you who seem to be no being of this world, and who surely know secrets beyond our understanding, tell me out of pity how I’ve deserved this fate. Please, have these hands really been stained with the blood of one of my fellow men during a moment of madness? Why am I here? Do you, oh spirit, think I’m guilty?"[305]
The phantom answered not, save by a look of commiseration and a slow shake of the head.
The ghost didn’t respond, except with a look of sympathy and a slow shake of the head.
"I see that thou thinkest me not guilty. I thank thee for that. Mine innocence may yet be proved."
"I see that you think I'm not guilty. Thank you for that. My innocence might still be proven."
The spectre's features lighted up with a look of hope, as if it would answer "I wish it may."
The ghost's face lit up with a look of hope, as if it wanted to say, "I hope so."
"Angelic being!" he pursued, "vouchsafe me but one word. Say, will the true murderer be found?"
"Angelic being!" he continued, "please grant me just one word. Will the real murderer be found?"
Another look of hope lighted up the spirit's features.
Another look of hope brightened the spirit's features.
"He will, he will; I feel he will!" exclaimed the prisoner, enthusiastically. "Thank Heaven! But one word more. Dost know the criminal?"
"He will, he will; I know he will!" the prisoner exclaimed excitedly. "Thank goodness! But just one more thing. Do you know the criminal?"
The same look again, accompanied this time by a slight inclination of the head.
The same look again, this time with a slight tilt of the head.
"Ah! thou knowest him? His name, his name; tell me!" Here the figure appeared somewhat confused, as if struggling to speak; then gliding rather than walking up to the wall of the cell, it traced with its finger the letters of a name in characters that appeared burnt into the stone, during which operation a crackling sound was heard similar to that before alluded to, and Archer, who had watched the movements of the figure with straining eyeballs and in breathless silence, gave a yell of surprise and agony as he read the name Richard de Chevron, and sank on the floor of his dungeon in a swoon.
"Ah! Do you know him? His name, his name; tell me!" Here, the figure seemed somewhat confused, as if trying to find the words; then, gliding rather than walking to the wall of the cell, it traced the letters of a name in characters that looked like they were burned into the stone. During this, a crackling sound was heard, similar to what was mentioned before, and Archer, who had been watching the figure’s movements with wide eyes and holding his breath, let out a yell of surprise and agony as he read the name Richard de Chevron, and collapsed on the floor of his cell in a faint.
A jingling of keys in the passage was now audible, and the next moment the jailor had entered the cell. Hearing the voice of the prisoner discoursing loudly,[306] curiosity had led him to the door of his cell, but what was his dismay and consternation at finding the prisoner in a swoon on the floor, whilst over him, as if to protect him, lent the fair youthful form of a maiden, who after fixing her eyes intently for a moment, pointed to the writing on the wall.
A jingling of keys in the hallway was now heard, and the next moment the jailer entered the cell. Hearing the prisoner speaking loudly, [306] curiosity led him to the cell door, but he was dismayed and shocked to find the prisoner unconscious on the floor, while above him stood a young woman, seemingly trying to protect him. After staring intently for a moment, she pointed to the writing on the wall.
The jailor, perfectly dumbfounded, would have asked her in surly tones, how she came there, and who let her in, but the presence of the figure filled him, in spite of himself, with such awe that he could not utter a word. Then glancing at the writing on the wall and then again at the figure of the maiden, who looked at him in a manner that made him feel he knew not how, as he afterwards declared, he observed her rise to her feet, retreat one pace, and pointing once more to the writing on the wall, gradually dissolved herself into a mist and disappeared from his sight.
The jailer, completely stunned, would have asked her in a gruff voice how she got there and who let her in, but the sight of the figure filled him, despite himself, with such awe that he couldn’t say a word. Then, glancing at the writing on the wall and back at the young woman, who looked at him in a way that made him feel he couldn’t quite explain, as he later described, he watched her rise to her feet, step back a pace, and, pointing again at the writing on the wall, slowly dissolve into mist and vanish from his view.
The jailor's courage now fairly left him, his knees knocked together in a panic, and he dropped his bunch of keys on the ground. At length recovering from his first surprise, he gazed around him, and found himself alone with the prisoner, who was still in his swoon. The first thing that he did was to secure the door of the cell, then walking up to the prisoner, shook him roughly, and assailed him with questions.
The jailer's courage completely abandoned him; his knees shook in fear, and he dropped his bunch of keys on the floor. After a moment, as he got over his initial shock, he looked around and realized he was alone with the prisoner, who was still unconscious. The first thing he did was lock the cell door, then walked over to the prisoner, shook him roughly, and bombarded him with questions.
"Beautiful vision!" cried Archer, now awaking from his swoon, "thou has saved my life by denouncing the true murderer. Were it not for thee I might—— But where art thou? Gone—Fled? Has it, then,[307] been all a dream? Oh!" he groaned, as his eyes caught the jailor bending over him.
"Beautiful vision!" shouted Archer, now coming out of his daze, "you saved my life by revealing the real murderer. If it weren't for you, I might have—— But where are you? Gone—Fled? Has it, then,[307] all been a dream? Oh!" he groaned, as he noticed the jailer leaning over him.
"Come, be of good cheer, young man," said the jailor, kindly. "It was no dream, or if it was, we have both been dreaming, and had the same dream. I, too, saw the lady. I'll swear to that in any court of justice. Well, I never believed in ghosts before, young man. I never did, upon my word, but after what I have just seen with these eyes——"
"Come on, cheer up, young man," the jailor said kindly. "It wasn't a dream, or if it was, we've both been dreaming the same thing. I saw the lady, too. I’d swear that in any court of law. Honestly, I never believed in ghosts before, young man. I really didn’t, but after what I just saw with my own eyes——"
"What! you saw her, too?" interrupted Archer. "You? Then it was no dream, but a divine vision sent by Providence to preserve the innocent. Look, there is her writing on the wall."
"What! You saw her too?" Archer interrupted. "You? Then it wasn't just a dream, but a divine vision sent by fate to protect the innocent. Look, that's her writing on the wall."
"What means that name, young man?" asked the jailor, gravely.
"What does that name mean, young man?" asked the jailer, seriously.
"She traced it with her own finger. I asked her to reveal to me the name of the true murderer, and that was the name she traced upon the wall."
"She traced it with her finger. I asked her to tell me the name of the real murderer, and that was the name she traced on the wall."
"You are not imposing upon me, young man?" inquired the jailor, suspiciously.
"You’re not putting me out, are you, young man?" the jailer asked, suspiciously.
"Not I," answered Archer, frankly. "Did you not see her yourself?"
"Not me," Archer replied honestly. "Didn't you see her yourself?"
"True, true," quoth the jailor; "I remember that she pointed to the writing and then vanished. Well, upon my soul, I do not know what to think of the matter. I have been here thirty years come Michaelmas, but what I have seen to-day passes all the experience of Miles Gratelock. I'll inform the authorities of what has taken place at once, and I'll yet hope to see[308] you out of this place; for to tell you the honest truth, lad, I don't think you capable of the murder, and never did; yet appearances," he added, "appearances, you know, must be taken into consideration, and they are often against us. However, we'll hope for the best."
"That's true," said the jailor. "I remember that she pointed to the writing and then disappeared. Honestly, I don't know what to make of it. I've been here for thirty years come Michaelmas, but what I saw today is beyond anything Miles Gratelock has ever experienced. I’ll inform the authorities about what happened right away, and I still hope to see[308] you out of here; because to be completely honest, lad, I don’t believe you are capable of the murder and never have. But appearances," he added, "well, you know, appearances must be taken into account, and they often work against us. Still, let’s hope for the best."
Here the kindly jailor left the cell, and locking the door after him went straight to the authorities and laid the whole matter of the vision before them. As may be anticipated, the story was ridiculed. Some said that the jailor had been bribed by the prisoner to concoct such a narrative; others declared that the jailor must have been drunk, and having forgotten to lock the door of the cell some young female may have found admittance, and to cover his negligence he had trumped up this improbable story.
Here, the kind jailer left the cell, locked the door behind him, and went straight to the authorities to explain the whole situation about the vision. As expected, the story was mocked. Some claimed the jailer had been bribed by the prisoner to make up such a tale; others insisted that the jailer must have been drunk, and that in his forgetfulness, he had failed to lock the cell door, allowing some young woman to sneak in, and to cover for his mistake, he fabricated this unlikely story.
They, however, took the trouble to visit the cell of the prisoner and to examine the writing on the wall, which they all declared themselves to be at a loss to guess with what material the prisoner himself could have written the name. The prisoner was questioned and cross-questioned, but was not found to contradict himself in anything. A piece of chalk was then put into the prisoner's hand and he was ordered to write the same name underneath that supposed to have been written by the spirit, but the handwriting was perfectly dissimilar. The jailor was then called, and had to do the same, but neither in this case did the writing at all resemble the burnt characters on the wall.
They took the time to visit the prisoner's cell and look at the writing on the wall, which they all admitted they couldn't figure out how the prisoner had written the name. The prisoner was interrogated and cross-examined, but he didn't contradict himself at all. A piece of chalk was then given to the prisoner, and he was instructed to write the same name under the one supposedly written by the spirit, but his handwriting was completely different. The jailer was then called in to do the same, but again, the writing did not resemble the scorched letters on the wall at all.
Now, however mysterious this affair might have[309] appeared to the authorities, yet to convict a gentleman of De Chevron's standing, or indeed any man upon such evidence as this, would be as absurd as it would be unfair; nevertheless, the story of the apparition in the prisoner's cell and of the writing on the wall spread like wildfire through the village, and had the effect of shaking the belief of many who had hitherto believed Archer guilty, and confirming more than ever in their previous belief those who still maintained him innocent.
Now, no matter how mysterious this situation might have[309] seemed to the authorities, convicting a gentleman of De Chevron's status, or any man based on such evidence, would be as ridiculous as it would be unjust; however, the story of the ghost in the prisoner’s cell and the writing on the wall spread quickly through the village, leading many who had previously believed Archer was guilty to rethink their stance, while reinforcing the conviction of those who continued to insist he was innocent.
The general currency of this story, too, gave rise to inquiries as to the intimacy that had existed between John Archer and De Chevron. A certain amount of intimacy it was proved had existed between them, but so far the evidence was rather on De Chevron's side, as witnesses came forward to prove that De Chevron had always shown himself most friendly towards young Archer, and had occasionally made him some trifling present.
The general gossip about this story also raised questions about the close relationship between John Archer and De Chevron. It was established that there was some level of familiarity between them, but so far, the evidence leaned more towards De Chevron's side, as witnesses came forward to testify that De Chevron had always been very friendly towards young Archer and had sometimes given him small gifts.
There was no evidence that they had ever fallen out together, and therefore there was no reason at all to suspect De Chevron of the malicious conduct attributed to him of committing a murder himself in order that an innocent man should be convicted of it. To strengthen the absurdity of the supposition, it was alleged that De Chevron had been absent in London at the time of the murder, thereby proving an alibi. Others not being satisfied with this statement, desired that it should be proved beyond doubt that De Chevron was in London at the time. Upon examination, however, the evidence[310] was not quite so favourable to De Chevron this time. More than one witness deposed to having seen him at the window, although he had not been seen out of doors. It was proved that he had never quitted the village, although he had given out to his friends his intention of going to London; but he sought to exculpate himself by saying that he had announced to his friends his intended departure for London in order that he might avoid visits and enjoy the strictest seclusion for a time, as he was studying for the law.
There was no evidence that they had ever had a falling out, so there was no reason to suspect De Chevron of the malicious act of committing a murder himself just so an innocent man would be convicted for it. To make the idea even more ridiculous, it was claimed that De Chevron had been in London at the time of the murder, which provided him with an alibi. However, some were not satisfied with this explanation and wanted it proven beyond any doubt that De Chevron was in London during the incident. Upon further investigation, though, the evidence[310] did not appear as favorable for De Chevron this time. Multiple witnesses testified that they saw him at the window, even though he had not been seen outside. It was shown that he had never left the village, despite telling his friends that he intended to go to London; but he tried to clear himself by claiming he mentioned his plans to avoid visits and enjoy complete seclusion for a while, as he was studying law.
This excuse was deemed sufficient, and might have satisfied all parties, had not still more startling evidence turned up. In the meantime the all but defunct pedlar had sufficiently recovered in order to give a detailed account of the occurrences on the night of the murder, and of De Chevron's duplicity and treachery, although he owned himself at a loss to conceive the motive of the attempted murder.
This excuse was considered enough and could have satisfied everyone involved, if not for the even more shocking evidence that emerged. In the meantime, the almost completely incapacitated peddler had recovered enough to provide a detailed account of what happened on the night of the murder, as well as De Chevron's deceit and betrayal, although he admitted he couldn't understand the motive behind the attempted murder.
He acquitted John Archer of being implicated in any way in the crime, and denounced De Chevron as a double-dealing murderous villain. His evidence was taken down in writing by the surgeon who attended him, in the presence of several witnesses, and it was proposed that both John Archer and De Chevron should be confronted with the dying man.
He cleared John Archer of any involvement in the crime and called De Chevron a treacherous, murderous villain. The surgeon who treated him recorded his testimony in writing, witnessed by several people, and it was suggested that both John Archer and De Chevron should be confronted with the dying man.
This was accordingly done. The half-murdered pedlar managed to sustain life by an almost preternatural effort until the arrival of the two individuals. Upon the appearance of De Chevron his eye kindled[311] with an incredible animation, considering his dying state, and although his utterance was now difficult, he succeeded in denouncing him as his murderer in sufficiently plain terms to be understood by all present. When his eye caught John Archer, the dying man stretched forth his hand to him, craved his pardon for the evil he had done him, but adding that it was all at the instigation of De Chevron, for the carrying out of some private scheme of his own. De Chevron endeavoured to justify himself, alleging that the man raved and that such testimony could not be depended upon. The pedlar, however, had given his evidence so clearly and concisely that it was accounted valid, after which he sank back and expired.
This was done as planned. The half-murdered pedlar managed to cling to life by an almost supernatural effort until the two people arrived. When De Chevron appeared, his eyes lit up with an incredible intensity, considering his dying condition, and even though it was hard for him to speak, he managed to clearly accuse De Chevron of being his murderer in a way that everyone present could understand. When he saw John Archer, the dying man reached out to him, asked for forgiveness for the wrongs he had done, but added that it was all at De Chevron's urging, for some personal agenda of his. De Chevron tried to defend himself, claiming that the man was delirious and that his testimony couldn’t be trusted. However, the pedlar had presented his evidence so clearly and concisely that it was considered valid, after which he leaned back and died.
Now, whilst the evidence of the pedlar that had been taken down was being read out mention was made of the bottle of drugged wine said to have been given to the pedlar by De Chevron in order to carry out his base designs. A search was accordingly made for the bottle, which, being found, though empty—or, rather, nearly so—it was taken to a chemist, who found sufficient of the liquor left to analyse, which, when done, it was pronounced to contain narcotics of the most potent sort.
Now, while the evidence from the pedlar was being read aloud, there was a mention of the bottle of drugged wine that De Chevron supposedly gave to the pedlar to carry out his devious plans. A search was then conducted for the bottle, which was found, although it was empty—or nearly so. It was taken to a chemist, who discovered that there was enough liquid left to analyze. After the analysis, it was determined to contain some of the most potent narcotics.
The house of De Chevron was next searched, and in a secret drawer of his desk was discovered a powder which upon being examined proved to contain similar ingredients to those discovered in the dregs of the wine at the bottom of the bottle. Besides this powder were found at[312] De Chevron's lodgings sundry bottles of wine, all bearing exactly the same label as that found in the ditch close to the murdered man.
The De Chevron house was searched next, and in a hidden drawer of his desk, a powder was found that, when examined, turned out to have similar ingredients to those found in the residue at the bottom of the wine bottle. Along with this powder, several bottles of wine were discovered at[312] De Chevron's place, all carrying the exact same label as the one found in the ditch near the murdered man.
This evidence was considered conclusive, and De Chevron was seized for the purpose of being conducted to prison; but, despairing now of ever getting acquitted, and dreading to fall into the hands of justice, the miserable man suddenly drew out a pistol from his pocket, and holding the barrel to his forehead blew out his brains on the spot.
This evidence was seen as definitive, and De Chevron was taken into custody to be taken to prison; however, now hopeless about being acquitted and fearing he would face justice, the unfortunate man suddenly pulled a pistol from his pocket and pressed the barrel to his forehead, taking his own life instantly.
This last rash deed of De Chevron's caused even more sensation in the village and the parts adjacent than the mysterious murder of the pedlar. The wretched suicide was interred without obsequies in the centre of two cross roads, with a stake driven through his body, according to the usual custom.
This last reckless act by De Chevron created even more of a stir in the village and surrounding areas than the mysterious murder of the peddler. The unfortunate suicide was buried without any ceremony in the middle of two crossroads, with a stake driven through his body, as per the usual custom.
I need not say that John Archer was freely acquitted, and welcomed once more among us with hearty cheers. Even those who had been the most bitter against him at first now came forward to extend to him the hand of friendship.
I don’t need to say that John Archer was fully cleared of all charges and welcomed back among us with loud cheers. Even those who had initially been the most resentful towards him now stepped forward to offer him a handshake of friendship.
How the poor lad seemed to enjoy his liberty after his incarceration! But yesterday imprisoned for murder, shunned by all his friends and hated by everybody, with the prospect of an ignominious death before him. To-day openly acquitted, restored to the bosom of his family, surrounded by his friends, and receiving their congratulations. In an instant he had forgotten all his past woes, and thought himself amply[313] compensated for all his suffering by being again allowed to visit his lady-love.
How much the poor guy seemed to enjoy his freedom after being locked up! Just yesterday, he was in prison for murder, avoiding everyone he knew and despised by all, with the possibility of a shameful death hanging over him. Today, he was openly declared innocent, back with his family, surrounded by friends, and accepting their congratulations. In no time, he had forgotten all his past troubles and felt completely rewarded for his suffering simply by being allowed to see his sweetheart again.
I will leave you to imagine, gentlemen, the joy of us all, and especially of Claribel, at John's acquittal, as well as the importunate questioning of the neighbours concerning the apparition of Claribel to John within the prison cell.
I’ll let you picture, guys, the happiness we all felt, especially Claribel, when John was found not guilty, as well as the endless questions from the neighbors about Claribel appearing to John in his prison cell.
There are many people who profess to know their neighbours' business better than they do themselves. According to this sort of people—and there are many in the village to this day—John Archer's marriage with Claribel Falkland was a thing already settled. The day had been fixed upon, and all was in order—in fact the kindly neighbours had made everything as easy as possible for the young couple, whereas John had never yet opened his lips in the way of love to the idol of his heart, being, as I have before mentioned, of a shy and reserved temperament. Yet so sure were the neighbours of John's private affairs, that one of his friends said jocularly that when their banns should be published in church that he would stand up and forbid them, as in marrying Claribel he would be committing bigamy, seeing that she could make herself two persons at once. Would that the neighbours had been in the right as to the future of this pair, for a couple better suited for each other could not have been found; but, alas, who is master of his fate? Who can pry into the secret ways of Providence? It little boots to speculate on what the future of these two amiable and ingenuous natures would[314] have been if everything had gone well, for a dire fate was in store for them. But let me not anticipate.
There are a lot of people who claim to know their neighbors' business better than the neighbors do themselves. According to these folks—and there are plenty in the village even today—John Archer's marriage to Claribel Falkland was already a done deal. The date had been set, and everything was arranged—in fact, the well-meaning neighbors had made everything as easy as possible for the young couple, even though John had never actually expressed his feelings to the woman he adored, being, as I mentioned before, a shy and reserved person. Yet the neighbors were so convinced about John's private life that one of his friends jokingly said that when their banns were announced in church, he would stand up and object, claiming that marrying Claribel would be bigamy since she could be two people at once. If only the neighbors had been right about this couple's future, because there couldn’t have been a better match for each other; but, unfortunately, who controls their fate? Who can see the hidden workings of Providence? It does little good to speculate on what the future might have held for these two kind and genuine people if everything had gone well, because a terrible fate awaited them. But let me not get ahead of myself.
It was a winter morning, but remarkably fine for that time of the year, when Claribel and I went out together for a ramble in an adjacent wood. We had been laughing and chatting by the way, when suddenly I observed the features of my friend to become overcast. When I inquired the reason of her sadness, she replied,
It was a winter morning, but surprisingly nice for that time of year, when Claribel and I went out together for a walk in a nearby woods. We had been laughing and chatting along the way, when suddenly I noticed my friend's expression change. When I asked her why she was feeling down, she replied,
"I know not how it is, Molly, but somehow or other I feel as if some danger were threatening John."
"I don't know what it is, Molly, but for some reason, I feel like some danger is looming over John."
Now, I had long ceased to laugh at her for what I used to look upon as mere nervous fancies, so many of them having proved well founded, but I merely suggested to her that perhaps she did not feel well, and that we had better return home.
Now, I had long stopped laughing at her for what I used to think were just nervous quirks, since so many of them had turned out to be true. I simply suggested to her that maybe she wasn't feeling well and that we should head back home.
"Yes, yes, Molly," she said; "for Heaven's sake let us return at once, as I feel more and more sure that poor John is in some danger. You remember my presentiment about Richard de Chevron, which you laughed at. Was that well founded or not? Well, as I felt certain then that some harm was in store for John, so do I now. Come, let us hasten our steps."
"Yes, yes, Molly," she said; "for goodness' sake, let's head back right away, as I'm increasingly convinced that poor John is in some trouble. Do you remember my feeling about Richard de Chevron that you laughed off? Was that justified or not? Just as I felt sure back then that something bad was going to happen to John, I feel the same way now. Come on, let’s pick up the pace."
"God forbid," said I, "that poor John should fall a victim a second time to treachery or witchcraft," and we hurried home, never halting until we reached my father's house.
"God forbid," I said, "that poor John should become a victim of betrayal or witchcraft again," and we rushed home, not stopping until we got to my father's house.
On entering the parlour Claribel gave a hasty glance at the glazed cupboard where she had placed the waxen image intended as a likeness of John Archer, and[315] which she had not looked at for ever so long. It was wanting.
On entering the living room, Claribel quickly glanced at the glass cupboard where she had put the wax figure meant to resemble John Archer, and[315] she hadn’t looked at it in ages. It was missing.
"Molly!" she cried, in great anxiety, "where is the waxen image? What can have become of it? Just ask your father if he has removed it."
"Molly!" she shouted, clearly worried, "where's the wax figure? What could have happened to it? Just ask your dad if he took it."
Now, being winter time, there was a blazing fire in the room, and my father, who was at this time laid up with the gout, would draw himself up to it and smoke his yard of clay. He was absent from the parlour when we entered, but we found his chair ready placed for him.
Now, it was winter, and there was a roaring fire in the room. My father, who was dealing with gout at that time, would pull himself up to it and smoke his long clay pipe. He wasn't in the parlor when we came in, but his chair was already set up for him.
"Good heavens! Molly, what's this?" cried Claribel, in alarm, as she touched the mantelpiece over the fireplace. "Can it be? No; yes, it is—the waxen image molten away! Who can have done it? Oh, wretched being that I am! Go, and at once, to the house of John, and inquire after his health."
"Good heavens! Molly, what is this?" exclaimed Claribel, alarmed as she touched the mantel above the fireplace. "Could it be? No; yes, it is—the wax figure melted away! Who could have done this? Oh, how miserable I am! Go, right away, to John's house and ask about his health."
I was preparing to execute her commission, and was just upon setting out alone to John's house, which was not far from our own, when one of the neighbours, a woman—one of the most notorious gossips of the place, whose sole delight was to be the first to deliver bad news—met me at the door as I was just going out.
I was getting ready to carry out her request and was just about to head out alone to John's house, which wasn’t too far from ours, when one of the neighbors—a woman known for being one of the biggest gossips around, whose only pleasure was being the first to share bad news—ran into me at the door as I was about to leave.
"Oh, Molly my dear, have you heard the sad news? Lack-a-day! who'd have thought it? Oh, lauk-a-daisy-me! poor Claribel! how she will take on about it to be sure!"
"Oh, Molly, my dear, have you heard the sad news? Oh no! Who would have thought it? Oh my goodness! Poor Claribel! I can't believe how upset she'll be about it for sure!"
"Speak out, woman!" cried Claribel, from the parlour, for she had heard every word through the open door. "Speak out. What has happened?"[316]
"Speak up, woman!" shouted Claribel from the living room, as she had heard everything through the open door. "Speak up. What happened?"[316]
"Oh Lord! my dear, that poor young man John Archer, as you appears to have been so fond of well, my dear, he's gone—yes, dead, struck down by a sudden fever, they say—in the very spring-time of his youth; it's hardly a quarter of an hour since, so I thought I'd come at once to tell you."
"Oh Lord! My dear, that poor young man John Archer, whom you seemed to be so fond of, well, my dear, he's gone—yes, dead, taken by a sudden fever, they say—in the very springtime of his youth; it’s barely been a quarter of an hour since, so I thought I’d come right away to tell you."
This communication, partly interrupted by sobs and partly by want of breath, for the bearer of the sad news had set off as fast as her legs could carry her, in order to be the first to communicate it, had a terrible effect on the nervous system of my poor friend Claribel. Forgetting her usual self-composure in her extreme anguish, she gave utterance to a shriek so piercing and doleful, that it seemed to shake the very house to its foundations, and sank back into the nearest chair in a swoon. The scream brought my father to the door to inquire what was the matter, while the good neighbour—for in spite of her mania for delivering bad news, she was still a woman at heart—bustled about to procure restoratives and to sprinkle water on my poor friend's face until she recovered.
This message, interrupted by sobs and gasps for air, came from the messenger who had rushed as fast as she could to be the first to deliver the sad news, and it had a terrible impact on my poor friend Claribel's nerves. Forgetting her usual calmness in her extreme distress, she let out a scream so piercing and mournful that it seemed to shake the house to its foundations, then collapsed into the nearest chair in a faint. The scream brought my father to the door to see what was wrong, while the kind neighbor—who, despite her tendency to deliver bad news, was still a caring woman—hustled around to get some restorative items and sprinkled water on my poor friend's face until she regained her composure.
The news we had heard was only too true, for, sad to relate, poor John Archer, who up to that very morning had been the picture of robust health, suddenly fell the victim of a violent fever that carried him off within a few hours. The doctors were at a loss to account for the disease, as there was no fever at that time in the neighbourhood. It was an isolated case. During his delirium he was heard to give vent to certain incoherent[317] ravings, frequently calling out, "The waxen image! the waxen image!" He was heard to couple the names of De Chevron and Madge Mandrake together, but the bystanders, his parents, understood nothing of his meaning.
The news we heard was all too true, because, sadly, poor John Archer, who had seemed perfectly healthy until that very morning, suddenly fell victim to a severe fever that took him within a few hours. The doctors couldn’t explain the illness, as there was no fever in the area at that time. It was an isolated case. During his delirium, he was heard shouting some incoherent rants, often calling out, "The waxen image! the waxen image!" He mentioned the names De Chevron and Madge Mandrake together, but those around him, including his parents, didn’t understand what he meant.
There remains little more to relate. It appears that my father when left alone in the house had been prying into every nook and corner of it for his snuff-box, which he had lost, until he stumbled upon the little waxen image in the glazed cupboard, of the history of which he knew nothing, but which he instantly recognised as intended for a likeness of John Archer, imagining that either myself or Claribel had been amusing ourselves with endeavouring to represent the lineaments of our common friend in wax, and thinking it very good and clever, he thought it would make a pretty chimney ornament, and accordingly placed it on the mantelpiece when the fire was yet low. Afterwards, he had heaped on fuel, being very cold that day, and shortly afterwards had been called away by a neighbour on business. In the meantime the fire had blazed up and so heated the room that before he returned to the parlour there was nothing left of the effigy of John Archer but a shapeless heap of wax.
There’s not much more to say. It seems that my father, when he was alone in the house, was searching every nook and cranny for his lost snuff-box until he stumbled upon the little wax figure in the glass cupboard. He knew nothing about its history, but immediately recognized it as a likeness of John Archer. Assuming that either I or Claribel had been playing around trying to capture our friend’s features in wax, and thinking it looked really good and clever, he decided it would make a nice decoration for the mantelpiece and placed it there while the fire was still low. Later, he added more fuel since it was really cold that day, and soon after, he was called away by a neighbor for some business. Meanwhile, the fire blazed up and heated the room so much that when he returned to the parlor, there was nothing left of the wax figure of John Archer but a gooey mess.
On recovering from the swoon my poor friend reproached herself in the severest terms with not having foreseen such a contingency, adding that she alone had been the cause of John's death, as she ought to have locked the cupboard and taken away the key.[318] I strove to reason with her and comfort her, but she was deaf to all consolation. The sad event of John's death had cast a gloom over us all. As for Claribel, poor soul, it was a shock from which she never recovered. She drooped and pined away from that hour, and outlived young Archer but one month. Peace be to their ashes!
When she came to from fainting, my poor friend blamed herself harshly for not having seen such a possibility, saying that she was solely responsible for John's death because she should have locked the cupboard and taken the key.[318] I tried to reason with her and console her, but she wouldn’t listen to anything I said. The tragic news of John's death had left a shadow over all of us. As for Claribel, the poor thing, it was a blow she never recovered from. She withered away from that moment and lived just one month longer than young Archer. May they rest in peace!
On concluding her affecting narrative, our worthy hostess thrust a corner of her apron into her eye in order to staunch a rising tear called into existence by tender recollections of her poor deceased friend and her unfortunate lover, but she was soon cut short in the indulgence of her grief by the boisterous applause that simultaneously ensued from all the members of the club. This was the cheering and clapping of hands before alluded to that had attracted the attention of our artist while painting from the fair Helen in the opposite room, and which, as our reader will recollect, was the signal for the young portrait painter to commence his Italian story of "The Three Pauls."
As she finished her touching story, our kind hostess wiped a corner of her apron at her eye to hold back a tear brought on by sweet memories of her poor deceased friend and her unfortunate lover. However, she was quickly interrupted by the loud applause that erupted from all the club members. This was the cheering and clapping mentioned earlier that had caught our artist's attention while he was painting the beautiful Helen in the other room, which, as you'll remember, was the cue for the young portrait painter to start his Italian tale, "The Three Pauls."
"And so that rascal De Chevron cheated the gallows after all," broke in Mr. Oldstone, during the pause that succeeded the tumultuous cheering that greeted the relation of Dame Hearty.
"And so that troublemaker De Chevron avoided the gallows after all," interrupted Mr. Oldstone, during the pause that followed the loud cheering that welcomed Dame Hearty's story.
"But what became of Madge Mandrake? You have not told us that. She didn't escape scot-free, surely?"
"But what happened to Madge Mandrake? You haven't told us that. She didn't get away without consequences, right?"
"Well, you see, sir, the law had no actual hold on[319] her," replied the hostess; "but I have every reason to believe that she died hard. She was discovered dead one day on the floor of her hovel, in her day clothes, her eyes fixed and starting from her head, her features distorted, and her fingers extended like claws, as if grasping the floor. Some thought she had died in a fit, but, whatever the cause of her death, it is certain she must have suffered great agony, and I cannot look upon the mode of her death otherwise than as a judgment for her many sins. She had never been known to enter a church within the memory of man, and though she had led a notoriously bad life, it seems that the parish could not deny her a Christian burial, and she was interred in the old churchyard yonder with all due ceremony, but report said at the time that she had frequently been seen since by those who happened to be passing through the churchyard late at night or thereabouts, and that should a thunderstorm burst over the head of the benighted traveller, as he wended his weary steps past this abode of the dead, a shadowy form with a steeple-crowned hat and astride on a broomstick might be seen riding through the murky air, and behind her a black tom cat with a pair of flame-coloured eyes. Yells and groans, mingled with demoniacal laughter, were said to have been heard, as if proceeding from beneath the ground by those who happened to pass through the churchyard close to her grave after nightfall. Owls, bats, carrion crows, and other obscene birds would be found perched on the head of her grave, and,[320] scared at the footsteps of a stranger, would fly screeching away.
"Well, you see, sir, the law really had no hold on[319] her," replied the hostess; "but I have every reason to believe that she fought hard until the end. One day, she was found dead on the floor of her hovel, still in her daytime clothes, her eyes wide open and staring, her face twisted, and her fingers stretched out like claws, as if trying to grip the floor. Some thought she had died from a seizure, but regardless of how she died, it's clear she must have experienced intense suffering, and I can only see her death as a punishment for her many sins. No one had seen her step foot inside a church for as long as anyone can remember, and although she lived a notoriously bad life, it seems the parish couldn’t deny her a Christian burial. She was laid to rest in the old churchyard over there with all the proper ceremonies, yet at the time, rumors spread that she had been seen by those passing through the churchyard late at night. When a thunderstorm rolled in over the heads of unfortunate travelers making their way past this graveyard, they claimed a shadowy figure wearing a tall, steeple-crowned hat could be seen flying through the dark skies on a broomstick, followed by a black cat with glowing orange eyes. People reported hearing screams and groans mixed with eerie laughter coming from beneath the ground when they walked close to her grave after dark. Owls, bats, scavenger crows, and other grotesque birds would be found perched on her grave, and when they sensed the approach of a stranger, they would take off, screeching into the night."
"At least, this is what the country folk would say; but never having seen nor heard any of these things myself, gentlemen, I cannot vouch for their authenticity, yet there are few folks in the village to this day but would not put themselves much out of the way in order to avoid passing through that same churchyard on a stormy night."
"At least, this is what the local people would say; but since I've never seen or heard any of this myself, gentlemen, I can’t confirm if it's true. Still, there are few people in the village today who wouldn’t go out of their way to avoid passing through that same churchyard on a stormy night."
"In fact," remarked Mr. Crucible, "there is every reason to believe that the old lady was d——"
"In fact," said Mr. Crucible, "there's every reason to believe that the old lady was d——"
A storm had for some time past been gathering overhead, and just then a terrific clap of thunder prevented the conclusion of Mr. Crucible's sentence from being audible.
A storm had been building overhead for a while, and just then, a huge clap of thunder drowned out Mr. Crucible's sentence.
"Lauk-a-daisy-me! what a peal!" exclaimed Dame Hearty. "It was enough to shake the house down. I'm terrible frightened of thunder. It makes me feel alloverish like."
"Lauk-a-daisy! What a noise!" exclaimed Dame Hearty. "It was enough to shake the house down. I'm really scared of thunder. It makes me feel all jumpy."
"I shouldn't wonder," suggested Mr. Blackdeed, "if old Madge on her broomstick should be riding overhead. Just go out and see, Dame Hearty, will you?"
"I wouldn't be surprised," said Mr. Blackdeed, "if old Madge on her broomstick is flying overhead. Just go outside and check, Dame Hearty, will you?"
"Not I, sir, not for the world," quoth our hostess. "And pray don't talk of that horrible person in such weather, or I shall go off in a fit. Already I begin to fancy I see her before me, with her nose and chin meeting like a lobster's claws, with hardly room enough between them for a decent-sized hazel nut.
"Not me, sir, not for anything," our hostess said. "And please don't mention that awful person in this weather, or I might lose it. I can already picture her in my mind, with her nose and chin coming together like a lobster's claws, barely leaving enough space between them for a decent-sized hazelnut."
"How I can call to mind, too, her grizzly beard,[321] like a well-used scrubbing brush, that left you in doubt as to whether she really could belong to our sex! Then her beetle brows overhanging her sockets like a dragoon's moustache, and all but concealing her small deeply-sunk and viperish eyes, which gleamed with envy, hatred, malice, and all uncharitableness."
"How I can remember her grizzly beard,[321] like a well-used scrubbing brush, that made you question whether she could actually belong to our gender! Then there were her heavy brows casting shadows over her eye sockets like a dragoon's mustache, almost hiding her small deeply-set and venomous eyes, which shone with envy, hatred, malice, and all unkindness."
"There, did you see that flash!" exclaimed Dr. Bleedem. "Just wait a moment; here it comes."
"There, did you see that flash!" Dr. Bleedem exclaimed. "Just wait a second; here it comes."
A second tremendous crash resounded, causing the window panes to revibrate and the whole house to rock to its foundations.
A second huge crash echoed, making the window panes shake and the entire house tremble on its foundations.
"Lord have mercy upon us!" cried the hostess in extreme terror.
"Lord, have mercy on us!" yelled the hostess in sheer panic.
"That is a judgment sent on you by old Madge for speaking ill of her," said Professor Cyanite.
"That’s a judgment from old Madge because you spoke badly about her," said Professor Cyanite.
"Oh! hold your tongue, naughty man, do," said our hostess, half playfully, half in terror. "Here comes the rain in torrents. How it pours! Well, gentlemen, if you'll excuse me, I've got to attend to the house."
"Oh! keep quiet, you naughty man, please," said our hostess, half joking, half scared. "Here comes the rain pouring down. It's really coming down! Well, gentlemen, if you'll excuse me, I need to take care of the house."
"Certainly," cried several members at once, "and many thanks for your very interesting story."
"Absolutely," several members exclaimed at once, "and thank you so much for your really interesting story."
Our hostess curtseyed, said they were very welcome, and left the room.
Our hostess curtsied, said they were very welcome, and left the room.
FOOTNOTES:
[20] A better simile would be "as if charged with electricity," or "like sparks emitted from an electric machine," as this case, which is founded on fact, and which, together with other similar phenomena, is probably of electric origin. (Vide Mrs. Crow's "Nightside of Nature.") Yet we must bear in mind that we are speaking at a time before electricity created that furor in the world that succeeded the discoveries of Benjamin Franklin, and that it is only an unsophisticated country landlady who is speaking, whose science goes no further than the making of an apple pudding, roasting a leg of mutton, or frying a beefsteak.
[20] A better comparison would be "as if charged with electricity," or "like sparks coming from an electric machine," since this case is based on facts and, along with other similar phenomena, is probably of electric origin. (See Mrs. Crows "Nightside of Nature.") However, we need to remember that we’re speaking at a time before electricity stirred up the world after Benjamin Franklin's discoveries, and that it's just a simple country landlady talking, who knows no more about science than how to make an apple pudding, roast a leg of mutton, or fry a beefsteak.

CHAPTER V.
In which occurs Mr. Parnassus' Ballad—The Chieftain's Destiny.
"Wretched weather, eh?" remarked Mr. Oldstone. "We shall have to call for lights soon. Here, Cyanite, a game of chess, what do you say? A story from whom ever loses."
"Wretched weather, right?" Mr. Oldstone said. "We'll need to turn on the lights soon. Hey, Cyanite, how about a game of chess? The loser tells a story."
"Thank you," replied the Professor, "but I have a letter to write which is of some importance."
"Thanks," replied the Professor, "but I have an important letter to write."
"Come now, Crucible, have at you," quoth Oldstone.
"Come on now, Crucible, let's go," said Oldstone.
"I have not played for years," replied Crucible, "and as I have no story wherewith to pay the penalty and am consequently out of practice and sure to lose and——"
"I haven't played in years," replied Crucible, "and since I have no story to pay the penalty, I'm out of practice and definitely going to lose and——"
"What do you say, Blackdeed?" asked Oldstone.
"What do you think, Blackdeed?" asked Oldstone.
"Well, to say the truth," answered the chemist, "I find myself much in the same position as my friend Mr. Crucible, for were I to lose, an event which amounts to a dead certainty, I am perfectly sure I should not be able to pay the forfeit, even if I were to be imprisoned for it."[323]
"To be honest," the chemist replied, "I feel I'm in the same situation as my friend Mr. Crucible. If I were to lose, which is basically a guarantee, I’m certain I wouldn’t be able to pay the penalty, even if it meant going to jail for it." [323]
"Perhaps you'll oblige me, Hardcase," said the antiquary.
"Maybe you'll do me a favor, Hardcase," said the antiquarian.
"Another time, thank you, Oldstone," replied the lawyer; "but the fact is that I've promised Bleedem a game of cards."
"Another time, thanks, Oldstone," the lawyer said; "but the truth is I’ve promised Bleedem a game of cards."
"Well really, gentlemen, I don't know what has come over you all," said Mr. Oldstone. "Perhaps Mr. Parnassus will oblige me, as nobody else will."
"Well, honestly, gentlemen, I have no idea what's gotten into all of you," said Mr. Oldstone. "Maybe Mr. Parnassus will help me out, since no one else will."
"Well, I never piqued myself upon being much of a chess-player," replied Parnassus, "but as the other gentlemen have refused, and I have nothing particular to do, I don't mind doing you a favour, and if I lose and don't happen to recollect a story, well I must owe it you."
"Well, I never thought of myself as a great chess player," replied Parnassus, "but since the other guys have declined, and I have nothing specific going on, I'm happy to do you a favor. If I lose and can't think of a story, then I guess I owe you one."
"Agreed," said Oldstone. "Draw your chair to the table and set the board."
"Sure," said Oldstone. "Pull up your chair to the table and set everything up."
The game began. Hardcase and Bleedem also had taken their seats and commenced theirs. Professor Cyanite retired to write his letter, whilst Messrs. Blackdeed and Crucible drew their chairs up to the fire and talked politics.
The game started. Hardcase and Bleedem also took their seats and began their games. Professor Cyanite went off to write his letter, while Mr. Blackdeed and Mr. Crucible pulled their chairs closer to the fire and discussed politics.
A stillness reigned through the club as the last-mentioned gentlemen conversed together in a low tone and the rest remained absorbed in their several occupations. Suddenly, in the midst of this unusual silence, the triumphant voice of Mr. Oldstone was heard to cry out the magic word, "check-mate."
A silence settled over the club as the last-mentioned gentlemen talked quietly, while the others were absorbed in their various activities. Suddenly, in the midst of this unusual quiet, the triumphant voice of Mr. Oldstone shouted the magic word, "checkmate."
"Now then, Parnassus, my boy," said he, rubbing his hands, "a story, you know; there's no getting out of[324] it. Give us a little ode or ballad like that you gave us once before, on the night of our grand saturnalia."
"Alright, Parnassus, my friend," he said, rubbing his hands together, "it’s time for a story; there's no escaping that[324]. Give us a little ode or ballad like the one you shared with us on the night of our big celebration."
"When I can think of one and a propitious moment presents itself, I am at your service, but these gentlemen, you see, are otherwise occupied; besides, here comes Helen to lay the cloth for supper."
"When I can think of one and a good opportunity comes up, I’m at your service, but these gentlemen, as you can see, are busy with other things; and here comes Helen to set the table for dinner."
"Well, Helen," cried Mr. Oldstone, "and what has become of your enamoured portrait painter?"
"Well, Helen," exclaimed Mr. Oldstone, "what’s happened to your lovesick portrait painter?"
"Mr. McGuilp?" inquired Helen, blushing deeply. "Is he not here? I left him some time ago cleaning his palette and brushes."
"Mr. McGuilp?" Helen asked, blushing deeply. "Is he not here? I left him a while ago cleaning his palette and brushes."
"Ah! here he comes at last," exclaimed Crucible, halting in the middle of his politics. "Lucky dog! to be able to have so much beauty all to himself."
"Ah! here he comes at last," Crucible said, stopping in the middle of his political talk. "What a lucky guy! To have so much beauty all to himself."
"Well, if he has had Helen to himself all this time, we've had a story during his absence," said the antiquary.
"Well, if he has had Helen all to himself this whole time, we’ve got a story to tell during his time away," said the antiquary.
"Ah, but so have we," said McGuilp. "Haven't we Helen?"
"Ah, but so have we," McGuilp said. "Haven't we, Helen?"
"Yes, we have indeed, and a long one," replied Helen.
"Yes, we really have, and it's quite long," replied Helen.
"The deuce you have," said Crucible. "Upon my word, Mr. McGuilp, I think that's hardly fair; first robbing us of our lady and then telling her a story all to yourself, from which we are debarred."
"The hell you say," said Crucible. "Honestly, Mr. McGuilp, I think that's pretty unfair; first stealing our lady away and then telling her a story all to yourself, one that we're left out of."
"Come now," retorted McGuilp, "are we not quits? Have you already forgotten my story of the 'Scharfrichter,' with which I purchased a sitting from Helen? If Helen and I have had a story together[325] from which you have been shut out, at least you have had one that we have not enjoyed."
"Come on," replied McGuilp, "aren't we even? Have you already forgotten my story about the 'Scharfrichter,' which I used to get a date with Helen? If Helen and I have a story together[325] that you weren't a part of, at least you’ve had one that we didn’t experience."
"Yes, Crucible, I think it is all fair," said Oldstone, backing up his young friend.
"Yeah, Crucible, I think it's all fair," said Oldstone, supporting his young friend.
The cloth now being laid, the members drew their chairs to the table, and the supper went off amidst laughter and jovial conversation. The bottle went round a few times at the last before the cloth was finally cleared, when each drew round the fire, which was now blazing fiercely, our host having just put on a fresh log, and each lighting his pipe, waited, according to custom, for someone to broach a new story.
The table was set, and the guests pulled their chairs close to the table as dinner went on with laughter and cheerful conversation. The wine was passed around a few times before the table was cleared, and everyone gathered around the fire, which was now roaring, as our host had just added a new log. Each person lit their pipe and waited, as usual, for someone to start a new story.
"Now, Parnassus, my boy," said Oldstone, "we are quite ready for your story. What is it to be?"
"Alright, Parnassus, my boy," said Oldstone, "we're all set to hear your story. What’s it going to be?"
"Well then, gentlemen, since I must pay my forfeit, I will, according to a wish expressed by Mr. Oldstone, sing you a little ballad of my own composing."
"Alright then, gentlemen, since I have to pay my dues, I will, as Mr. Oldstone requested, sing you a little ballad I wrote myself."
"Yes, yes; hear, hear! A song, a song! Make ready for a song."
"Yes, yes; listen up! A song, a song! Get ready for a song."
The members re-settled themselves on their chairs, and pronounced themselves "all attention," while the young poet, throwing himself back carelessly in his chair and crossing one leg over the other, began in a clear rich voice, the following ditty.[326]
The members settled back into their chairs and declared themselves "all ears," while the young poet lounged in his chair, crossed one leg over the other, and began in a clear, rich voice with the following poem.[326]
The Chieftain's Destiny.
Canto the First.
A light breeze fills the sail. But, ah, the breeze is too gentle, too mild. For someone on board, who is sitting up high, Watches the distant shore with keen attention.
Has wandered on the salt sea foam,
And brings him after many days Back to this place, even though it isn't his home. What catches his eye in the distance? A view that no one else can see—
The handkerchief his mistress gave him Now from her high window, she waves.
The cloud has disappeared from his forehead;
Still feeling restless, he walks the deck. From helm to prow, impatiently,
As if his excitement could push His boat sped through the waves. But as the ship got closer, The signal note of his dark-skinned crew.
Soon close to reaching land again; The sun has set, but it’s not dark yet.
Each tanned sailor leaps ashore,
But almost before they can land Their captain climbs a dizzying height,
[327]And in the moonlight, hand in hand Two lovers stand at the window.
Watching the sea from morning till noon,
In hope— But wait! There are footsteps nearby; The Caliph is keeping a close watch. The moon is up, you must go—
One kiss. Goodbye. We'll see each other at dawn."
That night, as she lay on her couch, The nightingale that courts the rose Breaks not much on her rest. As the loud pounding of her heart With feelings she will never share
Her love has grown in secret for a long time,
And she fears her parents' anger a lot; She knows her father is determined. Against her lover's wicked race,
But still, she is now promised to someone. "Either him or death," this was her promise.
Canto the Second.
Her black hair put the night to shame,
[328]Her step is both proud and light,
It seems like she walked on air,
Like Peri; she was just as beautiful.
A voice, even though not shaped by training,
Sweet like a melody of Israfel,
The strings of their melodious heart A lyre has tones that are so sweet
That angels listen at his feet,
And the stars fall to the ground
When those vibrant chords play.
Are shaking, and her fairy figure,
Like a lily bending in the storm,
Quivers like an aspen grove,
With deep worries about her love.
Zuleika was his only child, He could hardly stand to be away from her sight,
Nor was he of a gentle temperament; And woe to him, the wretched Giaour __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Who fell under the power of dread El Amin.
Zuleika sighs, what fears haunt Her soul, so that this doesn’t happen to him.
Or she slept just to dream,
Dreams that even the bravest souls fear; Then waking suddenly with a jolt or a scream,
She soon abandoned her restless sleep,
Over Selim's probable fate to cry, [329]Until the faint light of the morning star Now the day is approaching.
Appearing to Zuleika's sight Completely ominous. The clouds are visible. Like streaks of blood in the sky,
While looking at the distant bleakness,
Listen! What footsteps does she hear? She observes from a distance at full speed. Her partner on his Arabian horse.
Canto the Third.
Why are you sighing so deeply? There is a shadow on your forehead. I have never seen that until now.
Shake off these moods and get rid of all fear. "Isn't it enough that I'm here?"
Take me, and this moment pass quickly. To your home across the sea;
For if there's danger nearby I'd die with you, not alone. Leave immediately, no more delays; "See how that orb guides the day."
Do you see that peak where the clouds hang low; That mountain contains, I believe,
A powerful talisman Within its core, and I have vowed [330]To grab it before tomorrow's dawn.
When I lay the gem at your feet,
Then, but not before, our wedding day.
And before we fly across the sea
The talisman, whether good or bad,
It's yours. I've vowed to you to earn it. It provides eternal life and youth,
Cancelling time's relentless grip.
The mountain opens once a day; "It’s protected by a grey genie."
Zuleika cried. But Selim's brow Grew darker. "Never made," he said, "Will advise me to break my promise.
Don't you know a warrior's word? Is anything as sacred as his sword? If you want to be a chieftain's bride,
"Stop me for my promise to scold."
Azrael flaps his dark wings,
Al Hassan smiles and directs the way. She says these words in ominous tones— "You ride on to certain death.
Last night, I dreamed of my chief being free,
"That Eblis opened its jaws for you."
"These phantoms that eat away at the mind." Then he added, while he frowned, [331]"I was unworthy of my descent,
Could this theme frighten me? By giving a warning through a word or a dream.
I'd show I deserve your love,
For I come from a Gheber lineage.
The leader of a clan whose breath
Flows more freely in the presence of Death;
No cowardice can ever wrap around Its coils around a heart like mine.
And raised in the embrace of sorrow Could enjoy a calm and indulgent life,
Or stand in fear of a mortal enemy?
I tell you, girl, I live to be bold. The narrow chances of death;
Life had become utterly exhausting for me,
If danger weren't a luxury.
I dedicate my life to you,
I'll protect you from the world and keep you safe,
And hold you like a free warrior,
Though Eblis' self should try to wrest You from this true and loving heart.
The sun is up; stop complaining. Goodbye. The charm before evening is yours.
Canto the Fourth.
And lightly jumps into his seat; His horse impatiently on the sand Is scratching the ground with his eager feet.
[332]Now go, and away! away! Quick speeds that excite and energize; Swift as the wind is Selim's escape. To achieve the goal before nightfall.
For until sunset He must not rest on that slope; His will and his master's will are the same. The journey won't tolerate any delays. To take a break for water on the way,
So let's move forward at full speed. The rider and his horse Djerid.
Half the day has passed and is gone. In foam and sweat, the brave Djerid Still riding at the base of the mountain. Now with a crash, the side of the mountain Is rent in two. A wide cavern
Screens to view a jeweled hall; It's guarded by a tall genii.
One hour before sunset,
The cave opens wide in front of him,
And soon the charger's journey is complete.
A booming voice came from the cave, That shakes the mountain, says, "Slave,
Refrain from stepping on this sacred ground,
"Your death is on your own head."
A branch, taken from a faraway shore—
A magical branch, inviting rest On those he should wave it over.
He waves it, and the Genii falls asleep; [333]No guardian is now at the entrance. He walks in and sees the shining jewel. Hanging from the cave's height,
That talisman, so often from the past Sages have searched day and night,
And stayed up late working hard. Caressing his brave Djerid now, Still riding, yet spurring his horse. Now, as the sun sets below the horizon,
The cave closes once again.
The air becomes humid, and the wind Is lulled, yet flies over Djerid; The mountain is far behind now.
"Zuleika! Oh, my love, my bride.
Who will now pull you away from me? If not tonight, tomorrow morning "Shall we see this gem adorning your forehead?"
And bright flashes tore through the air,
No human habitation was visible—
For miles and miles, the plain looked empty.
A terrible stillness surrounded, A horse's hooves made all the noise,
And even Selim began to fear
Some unknown danger looming nearby.
And waves of thunder crashed, No wild animal came out of its den; Yet the bold horse sped onward—
Over cliffs, through swamps, brush or thorns, [334]He stomped with fiery feet, When it happened suddenly, without a scream or shout,
The horse was hit, and the rider fell off.
Canto the Fifth.
And created a gap in the stone.
Inside the split, with great force, Selim has been thrown off his horse. His limbs are stuck between its walls; He calls out loudly for help in vain.
No earthly power can save us now
The victim from his living grave.
For he has no power at all.
Eternal life is in his hands.
To live under the command of this terrifying Fate, His fate is sealed, he can't die,
But lingers forever.
She looks over the plain at early dawn. But nothing of her lover can be seen. No news throughout the entire day No footsteps walk that haunted path; Day after day, still no response;
She will now learn her own fate.
Her milk-white horse leaves her home. Behind her, and go away! [335]On the trail of her lover. The intense rays of the midday sun She does not stop her horse's forward movement; She encourages him, and doesn't slow him down. Until pants for thirst her tired horse.
some were threatening danger nearby.
Her horse rears up and before a groan Escapes her, a strong arm is thrown Around her. As she calls out The Genii is half-demon, half-cloud.
"Look at your lover in his hideout;
You’ve been torn away from his side forever. Nothing can change his destiny,
Forever and always He must stay within that cleft. "I now declare you to be my wife."
Help me, this Genii, to resist. If I may never be Selim's bride,
"Take my soul back and let me die!"
Her prayer is heard; her kind soul Now moves towards a higher goal,
And in those fields of endless light
The angels welcome a sister sprite.
[336]The Genii holds onto a piece of clay; Chilling with his giant strength,
He throws her lily body to the Earth. Now lie side by side forever
The immortal leader and his deceased wife.
Alas! without its kind cargo. El Amin has started to wander For news about his daughter's fate.
He would never see her again; The Genii guards that haunted that place,
And close to where his Zuleika was resting,
The chieftain is still around today.
Scarce had the last word of the song died in the echo, than unbounded applause once more shook the old panelled walls of the "Headless Lady." After which Mr. Oldstone, rising and seizing the young poet by the hand, poured forth so warm an eulogium on his poetical talent as to make that young gentleman blush up to the roots of his hair.
Scarce had the last note of the song faded away when loud applause again reverberated through the old paneled walls of the "Headless Lady." After that, Mr. Oldstone stood up, grabbed the young poet's hand, and gave such a heartfelt compliment about his poetic talent that it made the young man blush to his hair roots.
The laurel crown was even hinted at again. This, however, Mr. Parnassus modestly but firmly refused, saying that he could not sit crowned in the midst of such a talented assembly merely because his weak endeavours to entertain the company were given out in rhyme instead of in prose; besides which, he added, that he had merely paid the forfeit agreed upon for losing at chess, and that he was entitled to no thanks or marks of honour for merely discharging his debt.[337]
The laurel crown was hinted at once more. However, Mr. Parnassus modestly but firmly declined, saying he couldn’t sit crowned among such talented people just because his weak attempts to entertain them were expressed in rhyme instead of prose. Besides, he added, he was just paying the penalty he agreed to for losing at chess, and he didn’t deserve any thanks or honors for simply fulfilling his obligation.[337]
The laurel tree outside was therefore suffered to continue its growth until some future occasion, and after various comments on our friend Parnassus' poem, and much pleasant conversation, the company broke up for the night, and each lighting his candle, retired to his own chamber.
The laurel tree outside was allowed to keep growing until a later time, and after discussing our friend Parnassus' poem and enjoying some nice conversation, the group wrapped up for the night. Each person lit their candle and went to their own room.

CHAPTER V.
A Tale of the French Revolution.—The Barber's Story.
The following morning broke fine but frosty, and the members of the club being up sufficiently early for that time of the year, they all agreed to take a long stroll before breakfast in the adjacent wood. Indeed, the members of our club lived so thoroughly in an atmosphere of punch and tobacco-smoke that an outing every now and then was requisite in order to air their brains.
The next morning was clear but chilly, and the club members were up early enough for this time of year that they all decided to take a long walk in the nearby woods before breakfast. In fact, the members of our club were so immersed in punch and tobacco smoke that they needed to get outside every now and then to clear their heads.
They strolled out, accordingly, by twos and threes, passing over fields glittering with hoar-frost, until they came to a stile, which having crossed over, they found themselves immediately in a wood.
They walked out in pairs and small groups, crossing fields sparkling with frost, until they reached a stile. After crossing it, they found themselves right away in a forest.
It was a fine old place—that same ancient piece of woodland, where huge oaks and beeches were interspersed with the fir, pine and birch. The fantastic roots that shot out from the gnarled trunks of the majestic oaks, like giants' limbs writhing in mortal agony, were coated here and there in broad irregular patches of dank moss and variously-tinted lichen. Their distorted colossal branches, stripped of their[339] leaves and silvered at their extremities with the hoar-frost, seemed struggling to catch the first beams of a winter sun, while the shadowy outline of the misty purple mass of distant trees brought out in bolder relief and more vigorous hue the foreground thickly strewed with richly-tinted leaves of russet, scarlet and orange. The dank fungus, luxuriant in its foul growth, emerged from the velvet moss as if to outvie in glow the variegated richness of the dried leaves of the forest.
It was a lovely old place—that same ancient patch of woodland, where huge oaks and beeches mixed with firs, pines, and birches. The fantastic roots that shot out from the twisted trunks of the majestic oaks, like giant limbs writhing in pain, were covered here and there in broad, irregular patches of damp moss and variously-colored lichen. Their distorted, massive branches, stripped of their[339] leaves and edged at their tips with frost, seemed to be reaching for the first rays of a winter sun, while the shadowy silhouette of the misty purple mass of distant trees contrasted more sharply and vibrantly with the foreground thickly scattered with richly-colored leaves of russet, scarlet, and orange. The damp fungus, flourishing in its ugly growth, poked out from the soft moss as if trying to outshine the colorful richness of the dried leaves of the forest.
It was a scene to awaken the soul of a poet, to inspire a landscape painter with increased love of his art; and as our two friends McGuilp and Parnassus strolled arm-in-arm together through this region of enchantment, leaving their footprints in the crisp frost, which they traversed with the buoyant footsteps of youth, leaving the elder members considerably in the rear, each felt himself drawn towards the other by a bond of common sympathy. It is not necessary to record every expression of enthusiasm that escaped the lips of our two friends, nor to follow minutely the philosophic meditations of the more mature members of the club who brought up the rear, as at every step the scene unfolded new and fresh beauties to their view.
It was a scene that could inspire any poet and ignite a landscape painter's passion for their craft. As our friends McGuilp and Parnassus strolled arm-in-arm through this magical place, leaving their footprints in the crisp frost, they moved with the lightness of youth, while the older members lagged behind. Each felt a strong connection to the other, drawn together by shared enthusiasm. There's no need to recount every expression of excitement from our two friends or to delve deeply into the philosophical thoughts of the older members who followed behind, as the scenery revealed new and beautiful sights with every step.
Let it suffice our reader that their morning's walk proved highly beneficial to them all, for they returned with marvellous appetites to the inn, where a sumptuous breakfast of eggs and bacon, coffee, hot rolls, etc., had just been spread for them by the fair hands of our Helen, who waited to greet them on the doorstep.[340]
Let’s just say that their morning walk was really good for everyone, as they came back to the inn with huge appetites, ready for a delicious breakfast of eggs and bacon, coffee, hot rolls, and more, all prepared for them by our lovely Helen, who was there to greet them at the door.[340]
The usual merry bantering from each member of the club in turn succeeded, as a matter of course, and was replied to on Helen's part by a pretty rustic coyness or smart repartee. Our artist thought he had never seen her look to such advantage as now, glowing in the full morning light. He noticed, too, that she was more sprucely dressed than usual. What could it mean? As he asked himself this question, the church bells of the village began to chime. The mystery was out—it was Sunday, and McGuilp's hopes of a sitting fell to the ground.
The usual cheerful teasing from each club member flowed naturally, and Helen responded with charming shyness or witty comebacks. Our artist felt he had never seen her look as good as she did now, glowing in the bright morning light. He also noticed she was dressed more stylishly than usual. What could that mean? As he pondered this, the village church bells began to ring. The mystery was solved—it was Sunday, and McGuilp's hopes for a portrait session were dashed.
"How say you—Sunday again?" exclaimed Mr. Oldstone, as he sat down to his hot coffee. "Dear me! how the week has passed away!" Then passing his hand over his chin, he said, "I omitted to shave this morning. My hand shook so, owing to the stiffness of my night-cap last night before I went to roost. It will not do to appear at church with a chin like Hamlet's 'fretful porcupine,' and as I cannot shave myself, I must inquire if there be not someone skilled in the noble science of barber-craft in the village. How say you, Helen, my girl, know you not some knight of the razor, some nimble and expert mower, who will rid me of this crop without finding it necessary to combine the art of the leech at the same time?"
"Can you believe it—it's Sunday again?" exclaimed Mr. Oldstone as he sat down to his hot coffee. "Wow! This week really flew by!" Then, rubbing his chin, he said, "I forgot to shave this morning. My hand was shaking so much because of the tightness of my nightcap last night before I went to bed. I can't go to church looking like Hamlet's 'fretful porcupine,' and since I can't shave myself, I need to ask if there's someone skilled in the fine art of barbering in the village. What do you think, Helen, my girl? Do you happen to know any knight of the razor, any quick and skilled barber who can get rid of this stubble without needing to also play doctor?"
"Aye, sir," answered Helen; "there is young Master Suds, the village barber, successor to Old Hackchin, whom folks say never was much account. Young Suds is lately from France, where he has been improving[341] himself in his art. He has introduced into the village all sorts of new modes for trimming the hair and wigs, with numerous other French novelties. You would be sure to be pleased with him, sir."
"Aye, sir," replied Helen; "there's young Master Suds, the village barber, who took over from Old Hackchin, who people say was never very good. Young Suds just returned from France, where he worked on his skills. He’s brought all kinds of new styles for cutting hair and wigs to the village, along with a bunch of other French trends. You would definitely like him, sir."
"Humph!" muttered Mr. Oldstone, who was much too old-fashioned an English gentleman to be over partial to our friends across the channel. "I don't want my head frizzled, thank you, but a firm, steady, English hand to shave me—a man that is not above his business, and who will not bore me to death with his gossip."
"Humph!" grumbled Mr. Oldstone, who was too much of an old-fashioned English gentleman to be overly fond of our friends across the channel. "I don't want my head frizzed, thanks, but a strong, steady British hand to shave me—a guy who's not above his job and won't drone on and on with his chatter."
"Oh, as to that, sir," replied Helen, "it is part of a barber's profession. Many folks think it a recommendation. I am sure our villagers are delighted with his store of news."
"Oh, about that, sir," Helen replied, "it's just part of a barber's job. A lot of people see it as a plus. I'm certain our villagers are happy with his supply of news."
"No doubt, no doubt," said Oldstone, testily. "He had better cut it short, though, with me. However, send for this young blade, and tell him I wish to see a sample of his art. I shall be ready for him directly after breakfast."
"No doubt, no doubt," Oldstone said, irritated. "He better keep it brief with me, though. Anyway, send for this young guy and tell him I want to see a sample of his work. I'll be ready for him right after breakfast."
And off tripped our landlord's pretty daughter in obedience to the antiquary's orders.
And off went our landlord's pretty daughter, following the antiquary's instructions.
"'Pon my life! Crucible, this bacon is delicious," said he, helping himself afresh. "What say you, Blackdeed?"
"'For real! Crucible, this bacon is amazing," he said, serving himself more. "What do you think, Blackdeed?"
Both gentlemen acquiesced, as did also the other members in turn.
Both gentlemen agreed, and so did the other members in turn.
"And the eggs divine," said Dr. Bleedem, bolting one at a mouthful.
"And the eggs are amazing," said Dr. Bleedem, gulping one down in a single bite.
"Excellent," joined in McGuilp and Parnassus, filling their plates.[342]
"Awesome," chimed in McGuilp and Parnassus, filling their plates.[342]
The meal passed off pleasantly, and the last member at table had scarcely wiped his mouth with his napkin when Master Suds was announced.
The meal went well, and just as the last person at the table finished wiping his mouth with his napkin, Master Suds was announced.
"Here, Helen, my dear," said Oldstone, "you may clear away now, and then you may call in your gallant. I am sure you will excuse me, gentlemen, for making you spectators to my operation?"
"Here, Helen, my dear," said Oldstone, "you can clear away now, and then you can call in your gentleman. I hope you won’t mind, gentlemen, for making you witnesses to my work?"
"Certainly," answered the club all round.
"Of course," the club replied together.
"There, that will do, Helen; now call him in."
"There, that's good, Helen; now bring him in."
Helen disappeared with the breakfast things, when a timid knock at the door was heard.
Helen left with the breakfast items when a soft knock at the door was heard.
"Come in," roared sundry voices at once, and Master Suds appeared upon the scene, with his shaving tackle in a bag, and having his hair frizzled up in a caricature of the latest French fashion.
"Come in," yelled various voices at once, and Master Suds entered, carrying his shaving kit in a bag, with his hair styled in a ridiculous version of the latest French trend.
"Bong jour, Mounseers," he began, with a flourish.
"Bong jour, Misters," he started, with a flourish.
"Don't mounseer me, you young whipper-snapper," said the antiquary; "but learn to speak the king's English when Englishmen honour you with their custom."
"Don't patronize me, you young whippersnapper," said the antiquarian; "but learn to speak proper English when English people choose to do business with you."
"Pardong, mounseer—that is, I mean, I beg pardon, gentlemen; but habit, gentlemen—habit, you know—is rather difficult to get rid of, and when one has just come from foreign parts, like myself, one is apt to——"
"Pardon me, gentlemen—I mean, I apologize, but habits, you know, are pretty hard to shake off. And when someone has just returned from abroad, like me, it's easy to—"
"Cut it short, young shaver," said Oldstone, "and bend you to your task. Are your razors sharp?"
"Make it quick, young man," said Oldstone, "and focus on your work. Are your razors sharp?"
"Mais oui, mounseer—that is——"
"Of course, mister—that is——"
"If I catch you mounseering me again, I'll make that French pate of thine and this English fist acquainted, so mind," said the insulted antiquary.[343]
"If I catch you messing with me again, I'll introduce that French pâté of yours to this English fist, so be careful," said the insulted antiquary.[343]
This terrible threat imposed temporary silence on our knight of the lather, who soaped and sudded away for a time without a word.
This awful threat put our knight of the lather in a temporary silence, as he soaped and sudsed away for a while without saying a word.
During this pause the spectators of the operation, who were seated or standing about the room, conversed together in groups in an undertone. Mr. Blackdeed and Mr. Crucible appeared to be particularly engrossed in conversation, but the tone they spoke in was inaudible to the ordinary listener. Not so, however, to Mr. Oldstone, whose ears were unusually sharp, and rendered more so on the present occasion from the position of forced quiet that he was obliged to maintain under the barber's hands. To judge by the tragedian's action, a looker-on might have supposed him quoting from one of his own melodramas, and imagined him to say, "Fly with me, dearest; leave for ever the roof of a tyrant father, and take shelter in the heart of one who is ready to lay down his life for thy sake." While Mr. Crucible might have been supposed to be rehearsing the lady's part, and to say, "Oh! tempt me not, Alonso; you know him not. I dare not fly with thee."
During this pause, the spectators of the operation, who were seated or standing around the room, chatted quietly in groups. Mr. Blackdeed and Mr. Crucible seemed particularly wrapped up in their conversation, but the tone they used was inaudible to the average listener. Not so for Mr. Oldstone, whose hearing was notably sharp, and even sharper in this situation due to the forced stillness he had to maintain under the barber's hands. Judging by the tragedian's actions, an observer might have thought he was quoting from one of his own melodramas, imagining him to say, "Run away with me, my love; escape the roof of a tyrant father, and find refuge in the heart of someone ready to give their life for you." Meanwhile, Mr. Crucible could have been seen rehearsing the lady's part, saying, "Oh, don’t tempt me, Alonso; you don’t know him. I can’t run away with you."
The ears of Mr. Oldstone, however, interpreted the gesticulations in a very different manner. Nothing could be more plain to the ears of this worthy than these words from the tragedian. "The political state of France will be a great interruption to all kinds of business." He could hardly believe his ears, or that anyone could dare to use such treasonable words within the sacred precincts of the club, so he listened again, and this time caught[344] a few disconnected words in Mr. Crucible's tone of voice, such as 'stocks,' 'bonds,' 'premiums,' 'interest,' and the like.
The ears of Mr. Oldstone, however, interpreted the gestures in a very different way. Nothing was clearer to him than these words from the actor: "The political situation in France will greatly disrupt all types of business." He could hardly believe his ears, or that anyone would dare to say such treasonous words within the sacred space of the club, so he listened again and this time caught[344] a few scattered words in Mr. Crucible's tone, like 'stocks,' 'bonds,' 'premiums,' 'interest,' and so on.
Suddenly the whilom president of the grand saturnalia of the Wonder Club was observed to start violently.
Suddenly, the former president of the big party at the Wonder Club was seen to jump violently.
"Why, you rascal, you've cut me!" he cried to the barber.
"Hey, you trickster, you just nicked me!" he shouted at the barber.
"Pardong Mounseer, mais ce n'etait pas ma faute," said the confused barber.
"Pardon me, sir, but it wasn't my fault," said the confused barber.
"What! French again, you monkey, to my face! Would you add insult to injury?" said the incensed antiquary.
"What! French again, you monkey, to my face! Would you add insult to injury?" said the angry collector.
But calming down at length, said, "Well, well, lad, I acquit you this time, for I verily believe that those two gentlemen in the corner there (pointing to Messrs. Blackdeed and Crucible) are more to blame than yourself for startling me out of my self-possession by the tenor of their conversation.
But after calming down, he said, "Alright, kid, I’ll let you off this time because I honestly think those two guys in the corner there (pointing to Messrs. Blackdeed and Crucible) are more to blame than you for throwing me off my game with the way they were talking."
"Mr. Blackdeed, and you too, Mr. Crucible, you are both perfectly aware that such conversation is not to be tolerated in the club. I am surprised and grieved to be obliged to remind two such old members of our society of their duty, and in order to put a check upon such lamentable want of discipline, I condemn you Mr. Blackdeed to recite one of your own tragedies at full length, and you Mr. Crucible to be ready with a story when next called upon."
"Mr. Blackdeed, and you too, Mr. Crucible, you both know that this kind of conversation isn’t allowed in the club. I'm surprised and disappointed that I have to remind two long-standing members of our society about their responsibilities. To address this unfortunate lack of discipline, I’m putting a stop to it: Mr. Blackdeed, you are to perform one of your own tragedies in full, and you, Mr. Crucible, need to be prepared with a story the next time you’re asked."
Both of the gentlemen addressed looked abashed,[345] and muttered something in the shape of an apology. Having conscientiously discharged his duty, Mr. Oldstone re-settled himself on his chair, and the operation proceeded.
Both gentlemen looked embarrassed,[345] and muttered something that sounded like an apology. Having carefully fulfilled his duty, Mr. Oldstone settled back into his chair, and the operation continued.
Master Suds was the first to endeavour to restore equanimity.
Master Suds was the first to try to restore balance.
"A fine day, sir," he said, "for this time of the year."
"A nice day, sir," he said, "for this time of year."
"Humph!" grunted the antiquary, who was soaped up to the eyes, and was forced to keep his mouth shut to avoid having the lather rubbed down his throat.
"Humph!" grunted the antiquarian, who was lathered up to his eyes, and had to keep his mouth shut to prevent the foam from going down his throat.
"Yes, sir," continued the barber, "as you say, sir, it be fine weather surely, but it be still finer t'other side of the channel, à Paris; that is to say, where I have been staying for the last six months. Fine city Paris, sir, very. Mon Dieu, what streets! what shops! What a treat it be of a morning to rise early and take a promenade on the Bullyvards!"
"Yes, sir," the barber continued, "as you say, sir, it’s definitely nice weather, but it’s even better on the other side of the channel, in Paris; that’s where I’ve been staying for the last six months. Paris is a wonderful city, sir. My goodness, what streets! What shops! It's such a pleasure to wake up early in the morning and take a stroll on the boulevards!"
"On the what?" inquired his customer.
"On the what?" asked his customer.
"On the Bullyvards. Ah! I see, sir, you do not understand what that means. Well that is the name the French give to those streets as has trees a running alongside of 'em. Ah! sir, fine people the French, in their way—understand more of barber-craft than they do in this country. Why, an English barber who has never been out of his own country is quite an ignoramus alongside a French barber. But I could teach a trick or two to some of my countrymen in the line that would astonish them, having been over there long enough to[346] get into the manners and customs of the natives. But I say, sir, what a nation they be for quarrelling amongst themselves, to be sure! There's this here revolution still going on. What it will all end in goodness only knows. What do you say, sir?"
"On the Boulevards. Ah! I see, sir, you don't understand what that means. Well, that's the name the French give to those streets lined with trees. Ah! sir, the French really are something else—in their own way—they know more about barbering than we do here. An English barber who's never left his country is pretty clueless compared to a French barber. But I could teach some tricks to my fellow countrymen that would amaze them since I've spent enough time over there to get to know the local customs. But I must say, sir, what a nation they are for fighting among themselves! There's still this revolution going on. Who knows how it will all end. What do you think, sir?"
"I don't know, and I don't care," replied Mr. Oldstone, irritably. "They may all go to——"
"I don't know, and I don't care," Mr. Oldstone replied, irritated. "They can all go to——"
A fresh rub of the lather over his mouth prevented the antiquary from finishing his sentence. The pertinacious barber was not to be put down.
A fresh layer of lather over his mouth stopped the old scholar from finishing his sentence. The determined barber wouldn't be silenced.
"Ah, sir," he continued, "I could tell you some mighty strange tales about that same revolution."
"Ah, sir," he continued, "I could share some really strange stories about that same revolution."
"Oh, indeed!" broke in Mr. Hardcase. "The members of this club are fond of hearing tales, but they don't relish much anything connected with politics. In fact the tales permitted within these walls are almost entirely of the supernatural order."
"Oh, absolutely!" interjected Mr. Hardcase. "The members of this club love to hear stories, but they’re not really into anything related to politics. In fact, the stories allowed within these walls are almost entirely about the supernatural."
"The supernatural!" ejaculated the barber. "Parbleu! is that still believed in this country? I promise you our French friends don't believe in that, or anything else, for aught I know."
"The supernatural!" exclaimed the barber. "Wow! Is that still believed in this country? I promise you our French friends don’t believe in that, or anything else, for all I know."
"I know they don't, the infidel puppies," growled the antiquary; "but we do. Do we not, gentlemen?"
"I know they don't, those infidel puppies," the antiquary growled, "but we do. Right, gentlemen?"
"Ay, indeed!" answered the members of the club with one accord.
"Yes, definitely!" replied the club members in unison.
"Do you indeed, gentlemen!" exclaimed the astonished barber. "Well, it ain't often that one finds gentlemen of your standing that will own so much, but as you gentlemen[347] all declare you believe in such things, I don't mind telling you that I myself am also a believer."
"Really, gentlemen!" the surprised barber exclaimed. "It's not often that I meet gentlemen of your stature who admit to such things, but since you all say you believe in them, I don’t mind telling you that I’m a believer too."
"Ah!" said Mr. Oldstone, beginning to be interested.
"Ah!" said Mr. Oldstone, starting to get interested.
"Yes, sir, I am indeed," replied the barber.
"Yeah, for sure," replied the barber.
"Come, now," said Mr. Crucible, "if you could tell us of some experience of yours that bordered on the supernatural, I'd answer for Mr. Oldstone's listening to you."
"Come on," said Mr. Crucible, "if you could share an experience of yours that was close to supernatural, I can guarantee that Mr. Oldstone would listen to you."
By this time the antiquary was released from the clutches of the barber, and Mr. Hardcase, wishing to profit by the occasion, took his place on the chair, and a second edition of the lathering began.
By this time, the collector was finally free from the barber's grip, and Mr. Hardcase, wanting to take advantage of the situation, sat down in the chair, and another round of lathering started.
"Well," said Oldstone, feeling himself considerably more comfortable, and throwing himself back complacently in an easy-chair, "you say—ahem!—that you—you, at least I have been given to understand that you have, at some period of your life, had some experience—ahem!—of the supernatural."
"Well," said Oldstone, feeling much more comfortable and relaxing in an easy chair, "you say—uh!—that you—you, at least I’ve been led to believe that you have, at some point in your life, had some experience—uh!—with the supernatural."
"There, I knew he was burning to hear a story," cried all the members at once, quizzingly.
"There, I knew he was eager to hear a story," cried all the members at once, teasingly.
"Well, Mounseer Suds, out with it, let's hear."
"Well, Mounseer Suds, spill it, let's hear what you have to say."
Thus encouraged, the barber put on a grave and important look, and began his story in these words.
Thus encouraged, the barber adopted a serious expression and started his story with these words.
Well then, gentlemen, since you deign to encourage me, I must next trespass on your patience whilst I enter upon some particulars about my family. I was born in this village some five-and-twenty years back, and at a very early age the genius of the barber began to develop itself in me. My father was a barber before me, and so was my grandfather and great-grandfather, too, as I have[348] heard my father say. In fact, from time immemorial the Suds have been barbers. Descended from a long line of this honourable profession, and literally reared in lather, having my youthful imagination fired by the tales of my father and grandfather of the great people they had shaved in their day, what wonder that, at a precocious age, I should yearn to wield the weapon of my ancestors, and even aspire to be more eminent in the line than any of my predecessors? It was the height of my father's ambition—who was great in his way, and added to the ordinary routine of business the higher branches of the art, such as bleeding, tooth drawing, quack salving, and the like—that I, his only son, should step into his shoes, and hand down the name of "Suds" in all its unblemished purity.
Well then, gentlemen, since you choose to encourage me, I must now ask for your patience as I share some details about my family. I was born in this village about twenty-five years ago, and at a very young age, I started to show a talent for barbering. My father was a barber, just like my grandfather and great-grandfather, as I’ve heard my father tell. In fact, the Suds family has been in the barbering business for generations. Coming from a long line of this respectable profession and literally growing up surrounded by shaving cream, inspired by the stories from my father and grandfather about the notable people they had shaved, it’s no surprise that, at an early age, I wanted to wield the tools of my ancestors and even hoped to surpass any of my predecessors. It was my father’s greatest wish—he was skilled in his own right and included more advanced practices in his work, like bloodletting, tooth extraction, and various remedies—that I, his only son, would take over his business and carry on the "Suds" name with its flawless reputation.
"Joe," he would say to me, "when I am gone to my long account, who will there be to support your poor mother unless you fix upon some honest trade for a livelihood?"
"Joe," he used to say to me, "when I’m gone to settle my accounts, who will be there to support your poor mother unless you choose a good job for a living?"
"And what trade should I fix upon, if not yours, father?" I would reply.
"And what job should I choose, if not yours, Dad?" I would respond.
"Well, Joe, my boy," he would say, "if you would be a true barber, and uphold the honour of the family, recollect that no excellence is achieved without constant practice. The primary rules of barber-craft are simple. Keep your razors sharp and free from rust, your water boiling; spare not the lather, and rub it well in before you begin to shave; dip the razor in the boiling water, and work with a steady hand."[349]
"Well, Joe, my boy," he would say, "if you want to be a real barber and uphold the family's honor, remember that no skill is gained without regular practice. The basic rules of barbering are straightforward. Keep your razors sharp and rust-free, have your water boiling; don't hold back on the lather, and work it in well before you start to shave; dip the razor in the boiling water, and work with a steady hand."[349]
I promised him that I would abide by his instructions, and although up to a certain age I was not permitted to handle a razor, I was, nevertheless, always in my father's shop, and watched with admiring eyes the masterly way in which my progenitor finished off his customers. In the case of a tooth having to be drawn, or a vein opened, I was never missing, and great was my pride should my father call upon me now and then to render him some trifling assistance. I might have been about seven years old when I made my first essay.
I promised him that I would follow his instructions, and even though I wasn't allowed to use a razor until I was older, I was always in my father's shop, watching with admiration as he expertly finished his customers. Whenever a tooth needed to be pulled or a vein opened, I was always there, and I felt a lot of pride when my father occasionally asked me to help with small tasks. I think I was around seven years old when I made my first attempt.
It was about Christmas time, and my father had just killed a pig, which he had left hung up by the legs in the yard. Being left alone for a few minutes, a bright idea struck me. I would try my "'prentice han'" on the carcase of the porker. So, locking all the doors so as not to be interrupted, I mixed up a lather and, with one of my father's well-sharpened razors, I commenced operations. Whilst thus busily employed, I was attracted by the sound of smothered laughter, and looking up at the window of our next-door neighbour's house, which looked into our yard, I beheld some dozen of the neighbours, who had been called in to witness my performance. I thought they would have died with laughter. However, nothing daunted, I proceeded diligently with my task, until my father, rattling at the door, demanded instant admittance. I was forced to admit him, and when he saw what I had been about, he quickly snatched the razor from my hand, and calling me "a dirty young dog,"[350] administered to me a slight kick behind, although I thought at the time, by the expression on his face, and likewise by that on my mother's, that my parents felt inwardly proud of their son.
It was around Christmas time, and my dad had just killed a pig, which he left hanging by its legs in the yard. After being alone for a few minutes, a bright idea hit me. I decided to practice my skills on the pig's carcass. So, I locked all the doors to avoid interruptions, whipped up some lather, and grabbed one of my dad's sharp razors to get started. While I was focused on my task, I heard muffled laughter and looked up at the window of our neighbor’s house, which overlooked our yard. I saw a bunch of neighbors gathered there, called in to watch my performance. They looked like they were about to burst from laughing. But undeterred, I kept working diligently until my dad started banging on the door, demanding to be let in. I had to open the door for him, and when he saw what I was doing, he quickly snatched the razor from my hand and called me "a dirty young dog,"[350] then gave me a light kick. Even so, I thought from the looks on both his and my mom's faces that they felt a bit proud of me deep down.
An interval of two years now elapsed before I again put hand to razor. I remember that at this time I was nine years old, and it was when I was at this tender age that my poor father caught a fever and died.
An interval of two years passed before I used a razor again. I remember that I was nine years old at that time, and it was when I was that young that my poor father caught a fever and died.
As you may suppose, gentlemen, it was a terrible blow to my poor widowed mother, who, besides the grief she naturally felt for the loss of an affectionate husband, found herself now alone in the world with a growing lad to support as well as herself by the scanty proceeds of the business.
As you can imagine, gentlemen, it was a devastating blow to my poor widowed mother, who, in addition to the sorrow she understandably felt for losing a loving husband, now found herself alone in the world with a young son to support, as well as herself, on the meager earnings from the business.
It was some little time before I could realise the fact that my father was actually dead. When my mother first brought me the startling news I heard it in a sort of stupor, resembling insensibility, out of which I did not awake until the undertaker arrived with the coffin, when the whole extent of our calamity seemed to dawn upon me for the first time, and I fairly howled for grief. Whilst thus indulging my sorrow, a few neighbours dropped in to see my father laid out in his coffin before he was nailed down. I heard my mother make something like an apology for showing her husband's body before it had been shaved. I stopped short in my sobbing and mused awhile. It was then the custom to shave a corpse before consigning it to its last home. Who was to perform this duty?[351]
It took me a while to fully grasp that my father was really gone. When my mother first told me the shocking news, I was in a daze, almost like I couldn’t feel anything, and I didn’t come to until the undertaker showed up with the coffin. That’s when the reality of our loss hit me for the first time, and I cried out in despair. While I was lost in my sorrow, a few neighbors came by to see my father laid out in his coffin before it was closed. I heard my mother apologize for showing my father’s body before it had been shaved. I stopped crying and thought for a moment. Back then, it was customary to shave a corpse before burying it. Who was going to take care of that? [351]
Here the instinct of the barber came over me. Not a moment was to be lost if I really intended to put my plan into practice. Yes, I myself would shave my father's corpse, and no other. Accordingly, as my mother was showing out the neighbours and listening to their well meant condolences on the threshold, I quickly locked myself into the room with the corpse, having previously procured the apparatus necessary for the operation. I bore in my mind my father's instructions, "Keep your razor sharp, and free from rust; let the water be boiling, and don't spare the lather, but rub it well in before you begin." I now proceeded to put my father's advice into practice; so, lathering well the face of the corpse, and rubbing the suds well in, I proceeded to wield the razor with a dexterity at first that surprised me with my own performance and encouraged me to attempt something of that "nonchalance" of style that I had observed my father adopt whilst shaving his customers, but which is not looked upon as quite safe until one has undergone considerable practice.
Here, the instinct of the barber kicked in. I couldn’t waste any time if I really wanted to go through with my plan. Yes, I would shave my father’s body, and no one else would do it. So, while my mother was ushering out the neighbors and listening to their kind condolences at the door, I quickly locked myself in the room with the body, having already gathered the tools I needed for the job. I remembered my father’s advice: “Keep your razor sharp and free from rust; use boiling water, and don’t skimp on the lather—rub it in well before you start.” I set to work following his instructions, lathering the face of the corpse and working the suds in thoroughly. I handled the razor with a skill that surprised me and encouraged me to try some of that casual style I had seen my father use while shaving his customers, though I knew it wasn’t exactly safe until you had a lot of practice.
Now, this was only my second attempt; still, I was so elated at having gone through the shaving of both cheeks as well as the throat, without a single cut, that I already deemed myself a proficient in the art, and affected that air of ease and careless grace I have just alluded to whilst I attempted the scraping of the upper lip, when, oh, horror! the razor gave an untimely slip, and sliced my father's nose off! I dropped the razor in my fright, and I really wonder I did not go off[352] in a fit on the spot, such was the thrill of terror that seized me as I gazed on the ghastly hideousness of my father's corpse as it lay noseless in its coffin. I staggered and almost fell to the ground, but mustering all my courage, I picked up the nose and clapped it on in its place. I remember that in my eagerness and hurry I stuck it on the wrong way, with the nostrils upwards, which gave an appearance at once fearful and ludicrous to its ghastly features. It rolled off, however, immediately, and I hastened to rectify my mistake, and after much care and adroitness, succeeded in poising the feature nicely in the centre of the face, in the hopes that it would adhere of its own accord to the spot, and proceeded with the operation; but, alas, no sooner had I begun to meddle with the upper lip, than off rolled the nose again, so I just let it be this time until I had completed the operation.
This was only my second try, but I was so thrilled that I'd managed to shave both cheeks and my throat without a single cut that I already considered myself skilled at this. I was acting all relaxed and graceful as I started to shave my upper lip when, oh no! The razor slipped unexpectedly and sliced my dad’s nose right off! I dropped the razor in shock, and I really can’t believe I didn’t faint right there; the sheer terror hit me as I stared at my dad’s horrific face lying noseless in his coffin. I staggered and almost collapsed, but gathering all my courage, I picked up the nose and tried to attach it back on. I remember I was so eager and rushed that I put it on upside down, with the nostrils facing up, which looked both terrifying and ridiculous on his ghastly face. It rolled off right away, so I quickly tried to fix my mistake, and after a lot of careful effort, I managed to position it properly in the middle of his face, hoping it would stick on its own. I went back to shaving, but as soon as I started on the upper lip, the nose rolled off again, so I just left it like that until I finished the shave.
Having, with the exception of this trifling accident, shaved the corpse of my father to a nicety, I wiped off the lather, replaced the nose, and quitted the room, carrying back my shaving tackle to the shop.
Having, aside from this minor incident, shaved my father's corpse perfectly, I wiped off the lather, put the nose back on, and left the room, taking my shaving tools back to the shop.
Shortly afterwards my mother entered the room, and was surprised at finding the corpse already shaved. She had intended shaving it herself. I was silent on the subject, and she inquired no further into the matter, being too absorbed with her grief.
Shortly afterwards, my mother entered the room and was surprised to find that the body had already been shaved. She had planned to shave it herself. I didn’t say anything about it, and she didn’t ask any more questions, too caught up in her own grief.
Presently the undertaker returned to nail up the coffin, and my mother hastened to give my father one last parting kiss before he was nailed up for ever. Suddenly[353] I heard a shriek, and rushing into the room, found my mother in hysterics. The cause was obvious. In approaching her lips to those of her defunct spouse, the nose had unexpectedly rolled off, causing a shock similar to that I experienced myself when I so unskilfully amputated my father's nasal protuberance. When my mother came to, I made a clean breast of my awkwardness, for which I received a severe scolding, accompanied by sundry boxes on the ear. At length the coffin was nailed up, and I followed it with my mother to the grave, but for nights afterwards, my noseless father haunted me in my dreams, carrying a basin of suds in one hand, and holding his nose between finger and thumb with the other, as if to reproach me with my awkwardness.
Right now, the undertaker went back to seal the coffin, and my mom rushed to give my dad one last kiss before he was closed up forever. Suddenly[353] I heard a scream, and when I ran into the room, I found my mom in hysterics. The reason was clear. As she leaned in to kiss her dead husband, his nose unexpectedly fell off, shocking her just like it had shocked me when I clumsily cut off my dad's nose. When my mom calmed down, I admitted my blunder, and she gave me a good scolding along with a few slaps to the face. Finally, the coffin was sealed, and I followed it with my mom to the grave, but for nights afterward, my noseless dad haunted my dreams, carrying a basin of soap in one hand and holding his nose between his fingers with the other, as if to blame me for my clumsiness.
When I related these dreams to my mother, she became uneasy in her mind, and declared that all through my awkwardness my father was unable to find rest in the tomb. She was a great believer in dreams, visions, omens, prophecies, and the like, and said that the dream boded no good. Being a mere child then, I became infected with her fears, though as I grew up I began to reason with myself that a dream of that sort might very well be accounted for by the excited state of my brain at the time and tendency of my waking thoughts, without jumping at once at the conclusion that there was anything supernatural in it.
When I shared these dreams with my mom, she got really anxious and said that my dad couldn't find peace in the grave because of my awkwardness. She strongly believed in dreams, visions, omens, prophecies, and things like that, and insisted that the dream was a bad sign. As a child, I picked up on her fears, but as I got older, I started to rationalize that a dream like that could simply be explained by my brain being worked up at the time and my usual thoughts, rather than jumping to the conclusion that it had anything to do with the supernatural.
For some time after my father's death I used to pester my mother with many of those questions that[354] children are so fond of asking, and mothers find so difficult to answer—viz., concerning Heaven, and a future state after death. She used to tell me that Heaven was a place for all good people, far, far away, high up above the stars, where good folks lived on for ever, and never grew old, and never to die any more; that they were very happy, and knew no more pain or sorrow, but became as the angels, and had wings and sang praises to God all day long on a cloud. Moreover, that it was very light and bright there, that all was endless sunshine, and the angels were dressed in shining garments, etc.
For a while after my dad died, I used to nag my mom with a lot of those questions that kids love to ask, and that moms find so hard to answer—like about Heaven and what happens after we die. She would tell me that Heaven was a place for all good people, far, far away, high up above the stars, where they lived forever, never aged, and never died; that they were really happy, felt no more pain or sorrow, became like angels, had wings, and sang praises to God all day long on a cloud. She also said it was very bright and cheerful there, with endless sunshine, and the angels wore shining clothes, etc.
Still, I was anxious to know more about Heaven; how long it took to get there—being so far off; whether father wouldn't get tired flying all that distance, and if so, where he would stop to rest on the road; what sort of amusements there were in Heaven, and finally whether there was any shaving there. This last question was a puzzler. I was not to be put off by mother telling me that angels didn't require shaving, for then I argued that if father had gone to Heaven, he would be out of employment, and consequently miserable and not happy, for I knew what pleasure my father took in his business. Now if my father could not be happy without employment, the only employment he cared about being shaving, and if in Heaven that employment were not permitted or encouraged, it followed that my father could not be in Heaven, for who ever heard of a soul in Heaven and not happy?[355]
Still, I was eager to learn more about Heaven; how long it took to get there since it was so far away; whether my dad wouldn't get tired flying all that distance, and if so, where he would stop to rest on the way; what kinds of entertainment there were in Heaven, and finally, whether there was any shaving there. This last question really puzzled me. I wasn’t going to be convinced by my mom saying that angels didn't need shaving, because then I reasoned that if my dad had gone to Heaven, he would be out of a job and therefore miserable, not happy, since I knew how much joy my dad found in his work. Now, if my dad couldn’t be happy without a job, and the only job he cared about was shaving, and if in Heaven that job wasn’t allowed or encouraged, it meant that my dad couldn’t be in Heaven, because who ever heard of a soul in Heaven and not being happy?[355]
My next question was whether there were any shaving in the other place. This was equally difficult to answer, for if my mother should admit that there was, then I should have argued that my father must be there, which would not have been a consoling idea, and if not, where should he be, since he could not be in either of these places? My mother was fain to confess that she did not know much about it, but said she would ask the minister. Whether she did or not, I never ascertained. I began to reflect for myself. The apostles were good men, as I had been given to understand, and good men always went to Heaven. Yet from their effigies upon the old stained-glass windows of the village church, they were all represented with long beards. Therefore barber-craft could not be encouraged in Heaven. Nothing could be more conclusive than this. My doubts were at rest for ever, but I felt less happy than before I began to argue on these matters.
My next question was whether there was any shaving going on in the other place. This was just as hard to answer because if my mom admitted there was, then I would have argued that my dad must be there too, which wouldn’t have been a comforting thought. And if he wasn’t there, then where could he possibly be since he couldn't be in either of those places? My mom was reluctant to admit she didn’t know much about it, but she said she would ask the minister. Whether she did or not, I never found out. I started to think for myself. The apostles were good men, as I had been told, and good men always went to Heaven. Yet in the stained-glass windows of the village church, they were all shown with long beards. So, barbering couldn’t be a thing in Heaven. Nothing could be more clear than that. My doubts were settled forever, but I felt less happy than I had before I started thinking about all this.
Ever since my father's death the whole weight of the business fell upon my mother. Even in my father's lifetime she had so profited by his lessons as to be able to lend a helping hand occasionally when the customers were numerous and was thought to possess no inconsiderable skill in the art, but now that my father was no more, she had to put her shoulder to the wheel for her very bread. As for myself, it was long before our villagers could be induced to place any confidence in my shaving, the report of my father's unlucky amputation having spread like wildfire through the neighbourhood.[356]
Ever since my dad passed away, my mom had to carry the entire burden of the business. Even while he was still alive, she had learned so much from him that she could help out whenever there were a lot of customers, and people thought she had a decent skill in the trade. But now that my dad was gone, she had to work hard just to put food on the table. As for me, it took a long time for the villagers to trust my shaving skills, especially since news of my father's unfortunate incident had spread like wildfire around the neighborhood.[356]
At length a strange gentleman passed through the village, and calling at our shop, demanded to be shaved. My mother not being in at the time, I offered my services, which were accepted, and acquitted myself to the entire satisfaction of my customer. The gentleman chancing to mention to someone that he had been shaved by a mere boy, and better than he had ever been shaved in his life, my fame began to spread in the village, and from that day we were in no want of customers.
At last, a strange man came through the village and stopped by our shop, asking to get a shave. Since my mother wasn’t there at the time, I offered to help, and he accepted. I did a great job, and my customer was really satisfied. The man happened to tell someone that he had been shaved by just a boy, and it was the best shave he had ever had. My reputation started to grow in the village, and from that day on, we had no shortage of customers.
Business went on swimmingly until I was twelve years old, when I had the misfortune to lose my poor mother. I was now quite alone in the world, so in order to instruct myself more fully in the higher branches of the art, such as wig making, hair-cutting, etc., I offered myself as apprentice under the late Mr. Hackchin, under whose tuition in the wig line I vastly improved, although even from the beginning my shaving was universally preferred to his. Lor, sirs! his razors were never sharp, his water always lukewarm, and his hand shook as with the palsy. The fact was, he was getting old, was my poor employer, and ought, in my opinion, to have given up business long before he did, when he might have retired from the field with all due honours, and handed down his name unstained to posterity.
Business was going great until I turned twelve, when I sadly lost my dear mother. I was completely alone in the world, so to learn more about the advanced skills of the trade, like wig making and hair cutting, I became an apprentice under the late Mr. Hackchin. Under his guidance in wig making, I greatly improved, though even from the start, people preferred my shaving over his. Goodness! His razors were never sharp, his water was always lukewarm, and his hand shook like he had a tremor. The truth was, my poor employer was getting old and should have retired from business long before he did, leaving behind a respected name for future generations.
Well, gentlemen, not to wear out your patience, I will at once proceed to the very heart of my story—plunge into the very thick of the lather, as my poor[357] father used to say—being about the time of my going abroad, and the reason of it. It was now some time since I had begun to cast sheep's eyes on the pretty Sally Snip, daughter of Simon Snip, the village tailor. We met by stealth, took long walks together of a Sunday in the green lane, danced together on the green on holidays, exchanged tokens, breathed vows of eternal fidelity, and all the rest of it. Our interviews were detected at length by Sally's parents, who looked on our attachment with no favourable eyes. Old Snip was ambitious, and designed quite another match for his daughter than a penniless young barber like myself, and gave me plainly to understand that if I did not sheer off he would baste my broadcloth for me. I was in a rage, but smothered it for prudence sake, yet didn't I wish in that moment that I had the shaving of him—wouldn't I have scraped him, that's all! Well, words grew high; I protested that my intentions were strictly honourable, etc., etc., but all to no purpose; the obstinate old parent wouldn't see what was for his daughter's good, and I left him very much disgusted. A few stolen interviews were attempted after this, but were all frustrated, and I soon saw we were not destined for one another, so we met for the last time, wept, embraced, and vowed still to love each other to eternity.
Well, gentlemen, not to test your patience, I'll get right to the heart of my story—dive into the thick of it, as my poor father used to say—about the time I decided to go abroad and the reason behind it. It had been a while since I started to have feelings for the pretty Sally Snip, daughter of Simon Snip, the village tailor. We met in secret, took long walks together on Sundays in the green lane, danced on the green during holidays, exchanged tokens, made vows of eternal fidelity, and all the rest. Eventually, Sally's parents found out about us, and they weren’t happy. Old Snip had bigger plans for his daughter than a broke young barber like me, and he clearly made it known that if I didn’t back off, he would deal with me harshly. I was furious but held it in for the sake of prudence, yet in that moment, I wished I had the chance to shave him—wouldn’t I have gone to town on him! Well, things heated up; I insisted my intentions were completely honorable, and so on, but it was all for nothing; the stubborn old man wouldn’t see what was best for his daughter, and I left feeling very frustrated. A few more secret meetings were attempted after that, but they all failed, and I soon realized we weren’t meant to be together, so we met for the last time, cried, embraced, and promised to love each other forever.
Now, there is no knowing but I might still have sought to renew my interviews, had not an extraordinary circumstance occurred to alter my determination. On[358] the very night after our parting I was tossing restlessly on my bed, between sleeping and waking, when all of a sudden—whether it was a dream, I know not, but I fancy that I was awake—all at once there stood by my bedside the spirit of my father in the habiliments of the grave, unblemished in whiteness as the suds he used in his lifetime, and, approaching me solemnly, said,
Now, I have no idea if I would have tried to see him again, but something extraordinary happened that changed my mind. On[358] the very night after we parted, I was tossing and turning on my bed, half asleep and half awake, when suddenly—whether it was a dream or not, I’m not sure, but I think I was awake—there by my bedside stood my father's spirit, dressed in grave clothes, as pure white as the suds he used in his life, and, approaching me solemnly, said,
"My son, all that has happened is for the best. Stick to thy trade, and rival the most illustrious of thy ancestors, to which end thou must visit Paris. I will guide thy steps. Practise incessantly. We shall meet again."
"My son, everything that has happened is for the best. Stick to your trade, and compete with the most illustrious of your ancestors, for which you must visit Paris. I will guide you. Practice constantly. We will meet again."
With these words the vision vanished, and I felt myself bathed in a cold sweat.
With those words, the vision disappeared, and I felt drenched in a cold sweat.
I slept no more that night, but rose early the following morning. My determination was fixed, for a parent's command from the other side of the tomb was not to be combated, so I scraped together my slender earnings, tied up my bundle, took leave of my employer, and paid my passage over to Paris.
I didn’t sleep at all that night, but got up early the next morning. My mind was set; I couldn’t go against a parent's wish from beyond the grave. So, I gathered my meager savings, packed my things, said goodbye to my boss, and paid for my ticket to Paris.
Soon after my departure Sally Snip became the wife of Daniel Nimble, an aspiring apprentice of old Simon's. This was my first love, and, like most first loves, ended miserably. Few men there are I wot who can boast of having loved but once, and of having lived uncrossed in that love to the end of the chapter. But I digress.
Soon after I left, Sally Snip married Daniel Nimble, a hopeful apprentice of old Simon's. She was my first love, and like most first loves, it ended badly. There aren't many men, as far as I know, who can say they've loved only once and have lived without interruption in that love until the end of their story. But I’m getting off track.
No sooner arrived in Paris than I began searching out the names and addresses of the most celebrated men[359] in the hair line of the day with a view of offering my services as assistant. The day after my arrival I passed a large and handsome shop, evidently a first-rate business, with a large printed card in the window. Now, although at that time I had not the remotest knowledge of the French language, and consequently could not possibly understand what was written on the card, yet an indescribable I-don't-know-what, an inexplicable "je-ne-sais-quoi" (perchance a spiritual dig in the ribs from my father), induced me to interpret the words, "A boy wanted." I was as certain as I am of my own existence that the proprietor was in want of an assistant and that my services would be accepted, so I entered the shop, addressed the proprietor in English, which, it is needless to say, was perfectly unintelligible to him. However, by expressive signs, I told him I was an adept, and that he couldn't do better than engage me. He smiled, the bargain was struck, and from that day I commenced my career in a foreign land.
No sooner had I arrived in Paris than I started looking for the names and addresses of the most famous people[359] in the industry, hoping to offer my services as an assistant. The day after I got there, I passed a large, nice shop that was clearly a top-notch business, with a big sign in the window. Even though I had no knowledge of the French language at that time and couldn’t understand what the sign said, something I can’t quite explain—a sort of gut feeling (maybe a spiritual nudge from my dad)—made me think it said, “A boy wanted.” I was as sure as I am of my own existence that the owner needed an assistant and that he would hire me, so I went into the shop and spoke to the owner in English, which he obviously couldn’t understand. Still, I made it clear through gestures that I was skilled and that he would be making a great choice by hiring me. He smiled, we struck a deal, and from that day on, I began my career in a foreign country.
My employer was one Pierre le Chauve, a hair-dresser who had an extensive business in the Rue St. Honorè, and who was especially renowned for the neatness and elegance of his wigs. He also cut hair, manufactured fancy soaps, hair oil, hair dye, perfumery, and the like. He had one daughter, Mademoiselle Pauline, of some eighteen summers, as neat a little grisette as ever trod the Champs Elysées or the Bois de Boulogne on Sundays, and who presided at the counter and sold articles of perfumery to the Parisian exquisites, with[360] whom she chatted with the most charming ease and grace and bewitching naïveté.
My boss was a guy named Pierre le Chauve, a hairdresser with a thriving shop on Rue St. Honoré, known for the neatness and style of his wigs. He also cut hair, made fancy soaps, hair oil, hair dye, perfume, and more. He had a daughter, Mademoiselle Pauline, about eighteen years old, as polished a young woman as you’d find strolling the Champs Elysées or Bois de Boulogne on Sundays. She worked at the counter and sold perfume to the stylish people of Paris, chatting effortlessly with them, full of charm and a delightful innocence.[360]
Pauline was the thorough type of a French girl. Eyes of dark hazel, set wide apart in her head, nez retrousee, rather wide mouth and exceptional teeth, small hand and foot, jimp waist, and a countenance capable of every possible shade of expression, while her voice, by nature pitched in a high key, rose to shrillest treble when under any excitement.
Pauline was the quintessential French girl. She had dark hazel eyes that were set wide apart, a turned-up nose, a rather wide mouth with exceptional teeth, small hands and feet, a slim waist, and a face that could express a full range of emotions. Her voice, naturally high-pitched, could reach a shrill treble whenever she got excited.
Besides myself, there was another assistant, one Jacques Millefleurs, a conceited French puppy, who fancied himself irresistible, and used to persecute his employer's daughter with the most marked attentions whenever her father's back was turned, and which she, it must be confessed, did not appear to be entirely indifferent to, although, at the same time, she gave him plainly to understand that she intended to flirt with whomever she liked without asking his permission, and that he had no right whatever to monopolise her. Jacques was of an exceedingly jealous temper, and could ill brook this tone from the object of his affections; this she knew well, and often took a malicious delight in provoking him by putting on her best airs and graces and being doubly fascinating whenever a handsome customer came to the shop. It was then that Jacques would grow pale, and dart vicious side glances from the corners of his eyes; but Pauline took no notice of him whatever, but flirted more and more, as if to aggravate him. After the customer had departed they would[361] have a lovers' quarrel, and then they would make it up again, and so on from day to day.
Besides me, there was another assistant, a guy named Jacques Millefleurs, a cocky French guy who thought he was irresistible. He would hit on his boss's daughter with obvious attention whenever her dad wasn't around, and she, I have to admit, didn’t seem completely uninterested, even though she also made it clear that she planned to flirt with whoever she wanted without asking his permission and that he had no right to monopolize her. Jacques had a really jealous streak and couldn’t stand this behavior from the woman he liked; she was well aware of this and often took twisted pleasure in teasing him by showing off and being extra charming whenever a good-looking customer came into the shop. That’s when Jacques would turn pale and sneak annoyed glances from the corners of his eyes; but Pauline ignored him completely and flirted even more, almost to irritate him. After the customer left, they would [361] have a lovers' quarrel, but then they would make up again, and this routine continued day after day.
Now, all this could be of very little interest to me, even if I had understood their conversation, for had I not my own secret grief? Was it to be supposed that I could forget Sally in a day? No; whilst I in silence counted and separated the hairs destined to be woven into the scalp of a wig, or whilst shaving a customer or cutting his hair, my soul was in the green lane with Sally, or behind her at church, or under her window at night, watching for a momentary glimpse of her shadow on the window blind. In fact, whatever happened to be my employment, Sally was ever uppermost in my thoughts, and still continued to be so, even some time after the sad news reached me that she had married Daniel Nimble. This shock at first was terrific, but, gradually subsiding, I resolved at length that, as she had so soon forgotten me, not to think of her any more, which in time I succeeded in doing. From being moody and silent, I now became more talkative, for I had begun to pick up a few phrases in French.
Now, all of this might not have meant much to me, even if I had understood their conversation, because didn’t I have my own secret sadness? Did anyone really think I could forget Sally in just one day? No; while I silently counted and separated the hairs that were to be woven into a wig or while I was shaving a customer or cutting his hair, my mind was in the green lane with Sally, or behind her at church, or under her window at night, waiting for a fleeting glimpse of her shadow on the window blind. In fact, no matter what I was doing, Sally was always at the forefront of my thoughts, and that didn’t change even after I received the heartbreaking news that she had married Daniel Nimble. That shock was overwhelming at first, but gradually I calmed down and eventually decided that since she had so quickly forgotten me, I would stop thinking about her, which I eventually managed to do. From being moody and quiet, I became more talkative, as I had started to pick up a few phrases in French.
Mademoiselle Pauline encouraged me in my progress, and was pleased to take a great interest in me, much to the disgust of her admirer, Jacques Millefleurs, who began to look upon me as a probable rival. I daily improved in the French language under my fair tutor, and day by day she gained upon me, for she certainly had the most winning manners. The more I talked with her, the less I thought of Sally, till at last[362] she succeeded in completely supplanting her in my heart, and I found myself, before I was well aware of it, head over ears in love with the fascinating grisette.
Mademoiselle Pauline encouraged my progress and was genuinely interested in me, much to the annoyance of her admirer, Jacques Millefleurs, who started to see me as a possible rival. I improved my French every day with my lovely tutor, and day by day, she captivated me with her charming personality. The more I talked to her, the less I thought about Sally, until eventually[362] she completely took her place in my heart, and I found myself, before I even realized it, head over heels in love with the enchanting girl.
Here was a to do. Murder will out. Love and a cough are two things one can't hide, as the proverb says.
Here was a task to tackle. The truth always comes out. Love and a cough are two things you can't conceal, as the saying goes.
The odious Jacques must discover my passion ere long, and a quarrel will be inevitable. Not that I feared the likes of him, gentlemen. Don't suppose it for a moment. Why, I'd take half a dozen or so of such fellows one off and another on, and thrash the whole lot of them as easy as a game of ninepins. Well, but to proceed, gentlemen. What I foresaw soon happened. One day while taking my French lesson under Mademoiselle Pauline, and we were chatting away merrily enough without taking any notice of Jacques, who was arranging pots of bears' grease on the shelves in the background, our heads drew very close together, and we were looking very fondly into each other's eyes and whispering rather low.
The annoying Jacques has to find out about my feelings soon, and a fight is bound to happen. Not that I’m scared of someone like him, gentlemen. Don’t think that for a second. I could take on half a dozen of those guys one by one and beat them all as easily as playing a game of ninepins. Anyway, let’s get back to it, gentlemen. What I predicted quickly came true. One day, while I was having my French lesson with Mademoiselle Pauline, we were chatting happily without even noticing Jacques, who was in the background arranging jars of bear grease on the shelves. Our heads were leaning in close together, and we were looking fondly into each other’s eyes and whispering softly.
Now, I knew that there was no engagement between her and Jacques, therefore I had every right to pay her just the same attention that he did, and I intended to let him know it. Well, my head might have touched hers, or my locks may have intermingled with hers as we pored over the French grammar together. However this may have been, something or other seems to have exasperated my rival, for I heard him mutter to himself something like Cochon d'un Anglais. I was getting on[363] in my French now and understood the words, so turning round, I said,
Now, I knew there was no engagement between her and Jacques, so I had every right to give her the same attention he did, and I planned to make that clear to him. My head might have brushed against hers, or our hair may have tangled as we worked on the French grammar together. Regardless, something seemed to annoy my rival because I heard him mumble something like Cochon d'un Anglais. I was getting better at my French and understood the words, so I turned around and said,
"Did your remark refer to me, Monsieur Jacques?"
"Did your comment refer to me, Mr. Jacques?"
"Oui à vous," he said, furiously, now losing all command over himself, and heedless of the consequences; "and I repeat my remark."
"Yes to you," he said, furiously, now losing all control over himself, and ignoring the consequences; "and I stand by my comment."
Here he repeated his obnoxious epithet with an invective against my countrymen in general.
Here he reiterated his offensive term along with a tirade against my fellow countrymen as a whole.
"Hold there!" I cried, for I began to feel my English blood boil in my veins, and in the best French I could muster, said,
"Stop right there!" I exclaimed, as I felt my English blood start to boil in my veins, and in the best French I could manage, said,
"Retract your words. I give you one chance to apologise, and if you refuse——"
"Take back what you said. I'm giving you one chance to apologize, and if you don't——"
Before I could finish my rival's legs had formed a right angle, and I received a savât in the eye. Stung by the pain, and still more by the insult, I felt the strength of our whole line of barbers rush into my veins, and clenching my fist convulsively I let forth so terrible a blow in the chest of my adversary as to make him measure his length upon the floor, and cause the back of his head to resound against it like a cocoanut. Miss Pauline screamed, but the next moment my rival had bounced upright upon his feet, and seized a razor. Another scream from Pauline as he was making towards me, razor in hand, but this time I took up a chair and with it gave him such a blow over the knuckles as made him drop the razor and yell in agony. I laid down the chair, thinking that the fight was now over, but the Frenchman sprang on to me again like a hungry tiger,[364] and so unexpected was the movement that I nearly lost my balance, but with great adroitness I managed to trip him up, and he fell under me.
Before I could finish, my rival's legs formed a right angle, and I got a savât in the eye. Stung by the pain, and even more by the insult, I felt the strength of our entire barbershop team surge through my veins. Clenching my fist tightly, I delivered such a powerful blow to my opponent's chest that he collapsed onto the floor, his head hitting it like a coconut. Miss Pauline screamed, but the next moment, my rival was back on his feet, grabbing a razor. Another scream from Pauline as he charged at me with the razor, but this time I picked up a chair and swung it at his knuckles, making him drop the razor and yell in pain. I set the chair down, thinking the fight was over, but the Frenchman lunged at me again like a hungry tiger. The sudden movement nearly knocked me off balance, but I managed to trip him up, and he fell beneath me.
He now began to bite and to scratch, but I seized his hair and banged his head against the ground several times. He then clutched me anew, and we began rolling over and over on the floor, Pauline screaming all the while, but extricating myself at length from his grasp, I bounded to my feet, and before he had time to rise placed one foot upon his throat. At this moment my employer attracted by his daughter's screams, entered.
He started to bite and scratch, but I grabbed his hair and slammed his head against the ground several times. He then grabbed me again, and we started rolling around on the floor, with Pauline screaming the whole time. Finally managing to break free from his hold, I jumped to my feet, and before he could get up, I placed one foot on his throat. At that moment, my employer, drawn by his daughter’s screams, walked in.
"Mille diables!" he cried, fiercely, "ques-ce-que ce tappage la? Ah! ça, Monsieur Godam," said he, turning full upon me, "esce que vous êtes entré chez moi pour ensegner le box à mes eléves?"
"Thousand devils!" he exclaimed, fiercely, "what's all this racket about? Ah! You, Mr. Godam," he said, turning to face me, "did you come into my place to teach boxing to my students?"
Here Pauline broke in.
Here Pauline interrupted.
"No, I assure you, dear papa, it was not the Englishman's fault. Millefleurs began the quarrel. I saw him kick the Englishman in the eye."
"No, I promise you, dear dad, it wasn't the Englishman's fault. Millefleurs started the fight. I saw him kick the Englishman in the eye."
"Ha! Monsieur Jacques, you did kick the Englishman in the eye?" inquired my employer; "and what for did you kick the Englishman in the eye?"
"Ha! Mr. Jacques, did you really kick the Englishman in the eye?" asked my boss. "And why did you kick the Englishman in the eye?"
"Because he used undue familiarity towards Mademoiselle," said Jacques, doggedly.
"Because he was too familiar with Mademoiselle," said Jacques stubbornly.
Le Chauve glanced suspiciously first at me then at his daughter, but Pauline, stung at Jacques' mean attempt at exposing me as well as herself to her father's obloquy, rose in all the pride of injured womanhood,[365] as if to take the whole burden of defence upon herself, and standing erect with compressed lips and white with passion, cried,
Le Chauve looked at me suspiciously and then at his daughter, but Pauline, hurt by Jacques' cruel attempt to shame both of us in front of her father, stood up with all the pride of a wronged woman,[365] as if she were ready to take on the responsibility of defending us. Standing tall with pressed lips and pale from anger, she exclaimed,
"It is false, 'tis a base lie! The Englishman never treated me otherwise than with the greatest respect, nor have I ever received at his hands any of those attentions that in my indulgence I have permitted from yourself. Think not, however, Master Jacques, that this calumny will serve your turn, or that I am blind to the paltry motives that prompted it. Your absurd jealousy is seen through, and has met with its just chastisement. What was it to you, I pray, even if the Englishman had paid me attention? Must you be the only one to pay me attention? You know very well that I have never granted you any right to monopolise me, however your conceit may have deluded you. Beware, therefore, in future how you attempt to calumniate either myself or this Englishman, for as sure as you are born you will not succeed in your scheme, and know, once for all, Monsieur Jacques Millefleurs, that for the future I wish all those attentions that you have been pleased to lavish upon me so profusely whenever my father's back was turned, to cease. Respect me as your employer's daughter, for I vow never to be anything more to you."
"It’s a lie, plain and simple! The Englishman has always treated me with the utmost respect, and I’ve never received from him any of those attentions that I’ve allowed from you. Don't think, Master Jacques, that this slander will benefit you, or that I’m unaware of the petty motives behind it. Your ridiculous jealousy is obvious, and it has been justly punished. What does it matter to you, I ask, even if the Englishman had shown me interest? Must you be the only one to pay me attention? You know very well that I’ve never given you the right to claim me, no matter how your arrogance may have misled you. So be careful in the future about how you try to slander either me or this Englishman, because you will not succeed in your scheme, and know, once and for all, Monsieur Jacques Millefleurs, that from now on I want all the attentions you’ve been so generously showering on me whenever my father wasn't around to stop you to end. Respect me as your employer's daughter, for I promise I will never be anything more to you."
She ceased; but during her harangue, Pauline's deportment was majestic—it was sublime. No longer was she the little grisette with the cock-nose and the wide mouth, but a tragedy queen pronouncing a[366] malediction. She appeared now at least half a head taller, so imposing was her attitude. The roses and smile had deserted her countenance, and were supplanted by a ghastly pallor, while from her dark eyes flashed a withering scorn, under which Jacques appeared to quail like a whipped hound, but which feeling his natural pride sought to overcome.
She stopped speaking; but during her speech, Pauline’s demeanor was grand—it was breathtaking. No longer was she the petite waitress with the upturned nose and wide smile, but a tragic queen delivering a[366] curse. She now seemed at least a head taller, so commanding was her presence. The roses and smile had vanished from her face, replaced by a sickly pallor, while her dark eyes flashed a withering scorn, under which Jacques appeared to shrink back like a beaten dog, though his natural pride struggled to push through.
Rage, grief, jealousy, and confusion struggled in his breast for the mastery, as he stood speechless, with clenched fists, teeth set, flushed face, and straining eyeballs fixed upon the ground, to which the tears would start spite of all his efforts to repress them. His hair disordered and dirty, as well as his clothes, from his fall, he looked altogether the very picture of maniacal despair.
Rage, grief, jealousy, and confusion battled inside him as he stood there speechless, fists clenched, teeth gritted, face flushed, and eyes straining fixed on the ground, where tears threatened to spill despite his attempts to hold them back. His hair was messy and dirty, just like his clothes from his fall, making him look like the very image of maniacal despair.
"Ha! Jacques," said his employer, "is this true? What! have you dared to raise your eyes to my daughter, and that, too, behind my back, without my permission—hein?"
"Ha! Jacques," said his employer, "is this true? What! Did you actually have the nerve to look at my daughter, and on top of that, behind my back, without my permission—really?"
Jacques, overcome with shame and speechless, never lifted his eyes from the ground, whilst the large tears, blinding him and overflowing, fell heavily on the floor.
Jacques, filled with shame and unable to speak, kept his eyes fixed on the ground, while the big tears, blinding him and spilling over, dropped heavily onto the floor.
"Prenez garde, Monsieur Jacques," said Le Chauve, "for, parbleu! if I hear any more of these clandestine overtures with my daughter I'll discharge you on the spot. And you, too, Ma'meselle Pauline, you, too, were much to blame in not telling me at once of this boy's insolent pretensions. But, tell me once more, who began this ridiculous quarrel? Who gave the first blow?"[367]
"Watch out, Monsieur Jacques," said Le Chauve, "because, good heavens! if I hear any more about these secret advances towards my daughter, I’ll fire you immediately. And you, too, Ma'meselle Pauline, you were also at fault for not telling me right away about this boy's rude intentions. But tell me again, who started this absurd argument? Who threw the first punch?"[367]
"Please, sir," said I, now speaking for the first time, "I was taking my French lesson with your daughter, when Monsieur Jacques was pleased to call me 'cochon,' and abused my country. I demanded an apology, which he refused, and before I was aware of it, kicked me in the eye. I gave one straight blow with my fist, comme ça"—(here I imitated the blow to show him how an Englishman could knock a Frenchman down)—"and he fell full length upon the floor."
"Please, sir," I said, finally speaking up, "I was having my French lesson with your daughter when Monsieur Jacques decided to call me 'cochon' and insult my country. I asked for an apology, which he refused, and before I knew it, he kicked me in the eye. I threw one direct punch with my fist, comme ça"—(at this point, I demonstrated the punch to show him how an Englishman could take down a Frenchman)—"and he went down flat on the floor."
"Yes, it is true, papa," broke in Pauline; "the Englishman has spoken the truth."
"Yes, that's right, Dad," interrupted Pauline; "the Englishman has told the truth."
"C'etait bien fait, c'etait bien fait," said her father; "go on."
"It was well done, it was well done," said her father; "go on."
"Then," resumed I, "Millefleurs sprang again to his feet, and seized a razor."
"Then," I continued, "Millefleurs got back on his feet and grabbed a razor."
"Ha! he seized a razor? Is that so, Monsieur Millefleurs? Did you seize a razor?"
"Ha! Did he grab a razor? Is that right, Mr. Millefleurs? Did you really grab a razor?"
Jacques was silent as before, while I proceeded, "I then seized a chair."
Jacques remained quiet as before, and I continued, "I then grabbed a chair."
"You seized a chair, hébien!"
"You grabbed a chair, hébien!"
"And I knocked the razor out of his hand. He fell to the ground with pain, and yelled."
"And I knocked the razor out of his hand. He dropped to the ground in pain and yelled."
"Encore, bien fait—après?"
"Great job—what's next?"
"He jumped up again, and pounced upon me like a tiger, and nearly knocked me over, but I tripped him up in time, and he fell to the ground, together with myself, and then we rolled over and over each other on the floor, till I at length succeeded in extricating myself, and placed my foot upon his neck, when you entered, sir."[368]
"He jumped up again and pounced on me like a tiger, nearly knocking me over, but I managed to trip him just in time, and he fell to the ground along with me. We rolled over each other on the floor until I finally managed to free myself and put my foot on his neck when you walked in, sir."[368]
"C'est bien vraie," burst in Pauline again; "the Englishman has given an exact account of the quarrel."
"That's really true," Pauline interjected again; "the Englishman has provided an accurate account of the argument."
"Ha! is that so?" asked Le Chauve. "Hébien! Monsieur Jacques, you have refused to apologise to the Englishman for insulting him and kicking him in the eye. Now, I command you to apologise to him, or out of my shop you shall go at once. Do you hear?"
"Ha! Is that the case?" asked Le Chauve. "Hébien! Monsieur Jacques, you have refused to apologize to the Englishman for insulting him and kicking him in the eye. Now, I command you to apologize to him, or you need to leave my shop immediately. Do you understand?"
"Non; mille fois non!" cried Jacques, stamping with rage, forgetful alike of the respect due to his master and the presence of Pauline, "I would sooner die first."
"Absolutely not; a thousand times no!" yelled Jacques, stamping his feet in anger, completely forgetting the respect he owed to his master and the presence of Pauline, "I'd rather die first."
"Then prepare at once to leave my house. Take up your bundle and walk!"
"Then get ready to leave my house right now. Grab your things and go!"
The peremptory manner in which these words were said caused Jacques to pause and weigh matters.
The forceful way these words were spoken made Jacques stop and think things over.
"If my employer actually does send me off," he probably said to himself, "then adieu to Pauline for ever, but if I consent to apologise, I shall remain here, and may in time succeed in cutting out the Englishman."
"If my boss really does send me away," he probably thought to himself, "then goodbye to Pauline forever, but if I agree to apologize, I'll stay here and might eventually manage to get rid of the Englishman."
This was probably his mode of reasoning, for he was too good a politician not to know where his interests lay, so changing his tone entirely, and gulping down with difficulty something that was rising in his throat, and which, if he had given expression to, would probably have resembled an ingenious French oath, he replied with great apparent calmness,
This was probably how he thought, since he was too smart of a politician not to understand where his interests were, so he changed his tone completely, swallowing hard something that was rising in his throat, which, if he had said it out loud, would likely have sounded like a clever French swear word. He replied with what seemed like great calmness,
"Monsieur Le Chauve, you have always been a good master to me, and I have always tried to prove[369] myself worthy of your kindness, and I should be sorry to leave you for a trifle, therefore I will obey you, and will demand pardon of mon cher confrere l'anglais, for having in a moment of ungovernable passion kicked him in the eye, and insulted him."
"Monsieur Le Chauve, you've always been a good boss to me, and I've always tried to show that I'm worthy of your kindness. I would hate to leave you over something petty, so I will do what you say, and I will apologize to mon cher confrere l'anglais for kicking him in the eye in a moment of uncontrollable anger and insulting him."
This was said in turning towards me, and in all humility.
This was said while turning to me, and with complete humility.
"And you, Monsieur Suds, if you forgive him, offer him your hand."
"And you, Mister Suds, if you forgive him, give him your hand."
I extended my hand towards my fellow assistant, which he took in his, and I expressed sorrow for the part I had had in the quarrel, but I noticed that the hand of Jacques Millefleurs was icy cold.
I reached out my hand to my fellow assistant, which he took in his, and I apologized for my role in the argument, but I noticed that Jacques Millefleurs’ hand was ice-cold.
"Allons mes enfants," said Le Chauve, "now don't let me hear any more of these silly quarrels, but go in peace."
"Come on, my children," said Le Chauve, "now let's not have any more of these silly arguments, just go in peace."
We both set about our respective duties, but I knew enough of the Frenchman's character to be sure that his apology did not come from his heart, but had been forced out of him from motives of policy, and I was not at all sure that this would be the last of such quarrels, but had no doubt that he would vent his petty spite upon me on the very next opportunity.
We both got to work on our tasks, but I understood enough about the Frenchman's personality to know that his apology wasn't sincere; it was just a calculated move. I wasn't convinced this would be the end of our conflicts, and I was certain he'd take the chance to get back at me the next time he could.
I had hardly re-settled myself, and proceeded with my wig, when a stranger of dignified appearance entered and demanded to be shaved. I had no difficulty in recognising in him a countryman. Glad of an opportunity of speaking English again after so long, I answered him in his own mother tongue.
I had just settled in and was adjusting my wig when a well-dressed stranger walked in and asked to get shaved. I easily recognized him as a fellow countryman. Happy to have the chance to speak English again after such a long time, I replied to him in his native language.
"Ah, you are English!" he said.
"Ah, you’re British!" he said.
"Yes, sir, one of the latest imported," said I. "Only arrived here a month ago to perfect myself in the art of barber-craft amongst these foreigners. Served under Mr. Hackchin in the village of D——, in ——shire, where I have learnt to shave, cut hair, make wigs, mix hair grease, and all the rest of it, and as for tooth drawing, bleeding, and quack salving, you won't find the likes of me in all the countryside. My name is Suds, sir, at your service. Maybe you have heard tell of my father or my grandfather. The Suds have been barbers from time immemorial."
"Yes, sir, one of the latest imports," I said. "I just arrived here a month ago to perfect my barber skills among these foreigners. I worked under Mr. Hackchin in the village of D——, in ——shire, where I learned to shave, cut hair, make wigs, mix hair grease, and all the rest. When it comes to tooth extractions, bleeding, and dubious remedies, you won't find anyone like me in the whole countryside. My name is Suds, sir, at your service. Maybe you've heard of my father or grandfather. The Suds family has been in the barber business for generations."
"Oh, indeed?" said the stranger. Then muttered to himself, "Suds—Suds—I fancy I have heard the name before."
"Oh, really?" said the stranger. Then he muttered to himself, "Suds—Suds—I think I've heard that name before."
And I should just think he had, gentlemen. Why, my grandfather once shaved His Majesty King George I., or George II., or Queen Anne, or one of that lot, I forget which, as my father used to tell me.
And I suppose he really did, gentlemen. My grandfather once shaved His Majesty King George I, or George II, or Queen Anne, or someone from that group; I can't remember which one, like my father used to tell me.
Well, gentlemen, when I had got my countryman fairly lathered, and had commenced operations, I noticed that he glanced half-quizzingly at my eye, which was now black and swollen from the kick I had received from my adversary.
Well, gentlemen, when I had my fellow countryman all set and ready, and had started working, I noticed he looked at my eye with a hint of curiosity, which was now dark and swollen from the kick I had taken from my opponent.
"You seem to have a bad cold in your eye, Mr. Suds," he remarked, with an ill-repressed smile.
"You look like you have a nasty cold in your eye, Mr. Suds," he said, trying to hide his smile.
"No, sir," I replied, "it is not exactly that."
"No, sir," I replied, "that's not quite it."
"Not a cold!" exclaimed he, feigning astonishment. "Dear me! it's very like one. Then if I might venture[371] to guess, I should say you had been in a fight, and got the worst of it."
"Not a cold!" he exclaimed, pretending to be surprised. "Oh my! It really looks like one. If I could take a wild guess, I’d say you got into a fight and came out on the losing end."
"Well, not exactly, sir," said I; "not the worst of it; no, not the worst of it. It is true I had a slight difference of opinion this morning with a young man of the shop, a mere trifle—an affair of jealousy, that's all, sir."
"Well, not really, sir," I said; "not the worst part of it; no, not the worst part. It's true I had a small disagreement this morning with a young guy from the shop, just a minor issue—something to do with jealousy, that's all, sir."
"And I presume that that neat little baggage in the corner of the shop with the jimp waist and well starched cap was the fair cause of this trifling jealousy—am I right?"
"And I assume that the cute little bag in the corner of the shop with the slim waist and nicely starched cap is the reason for this slight jealousy—am I correct?"
"Well, really, sir, your penetration is such that it serves not to deny it," said I. "If you had only arrived five minutes earlier, you would have caught me at it tooth and nail. Oh! it was fine, sir. He caught me a kick in the eye unawares—French fashion you know, sir. Englishmen don't like that sort of game, it takes them by surprise; but you should have seen how I floored him with a good English blow in the chest that made him measure his length upon the ground. You should have heard what a whack his head came against the floor. It sounded for all the world like an empty cask. It will ache for him this next fortnight to come, I'll warrant."
"Well, honestly, sir, your insight is so sharp that I can't deny it," I said. "If you had just arrived five minutes earlier, you would have seen me going at it with full force. Oh! it was great, sir. He unexpectedly caught me a kick in the eye—French style, you know, sir. Englishmen don't appreciate that kind of trick; it takes them by surprise. But you should have seen how I knocked him down with a solid English punch to the chest that made him hit the ground hard. You should have heard the way his head thumped against the floor. It sounded just like an empty barrel. He’ll be feeling that ache for the next two weeks, I'm sure."
"Oh! then England wasn't thrashed after all?" said he.
"Oh! So England wasn't beaten after all?" he said.
"Not a bit of it," said I, proudly.
"Not at all," I said, proudly.
"Well, you seem a smart lad," said he. "I don't mind giving you a job to do every morning during my stay in Paris. Suppose you come every morning to my hotel to shave me."[372]
"Well, you seem like a smart guy," he said. "I don't mind giving you a job to do every morning while I'm in Paris. How about you come to my hotel every morning to shave me?"[372]
"With pleasure, sir," said I.
"Sure thing, sir," I said.
"Here is my address," said he, handing me a card.
"Here’s my address," he said, giving me a card.
I read the name Lord Goldborough, Hotel ——, Rue ——, No. 25 au premier. I fell into a sort of stupor at the discovery that I had been shaving a real live lord, without knowing it. So taken aback was I, that I forgot to stuff his pockets with bears' grease, tooth powder, fancy soaps, hair dye, tooth and nail brushes, etc.
I saw the name Lord Goldborough, Hotel ——, Rue ——, No. 25 au premier. I was so stunned to realize that I had been shaving an actual lord without even knowing it. I was so taken aback that I forgot to fill his pockets with bears' grease, tooth powder, fancy soaps, hair dye, tooth and nail brushes, and so on.
Before I had well recovered, he was out of the shop. He had left an English paper behind him by mistake, and a letter, the former of which I perused, while the latter I placed in my pocket, to return to him on the morrow at his hotel.
Before I had fully recovered, he was out of the shop. He had accidentally left behind an English paper and a letter. I read the paper while I put the letter in my pocket to return to him the next day at his hotel.
No sooner had my countryman left the shop than Pauline asked me if he wasn't an Englishman.
No sooner had my countryman left the shop than Pauline asked me if he wasn't British.
"Yes," I replied, glad of an opportunity of making myself big in her eyes and of inspiring my rival with awe and respect for me; "his name is Lord Goldborough, un grand milord, who has known me many years, and all my family. In fact," said I, "he is distantly connected with us."—(I did not say on account of our both being descended from Adam).
"Yes," I replied, pleased to have a chance to impress her and make my rival feel respect and admiration for me; "his name is Lord Goldborough, un grand milord, who has known me and my family for many years. Actually," I said, "he's a distant relative of ours."—(I didn’t mention that we both trace our lineage back to Adam).
I told them in the shop that he had engaged my services every morning at his hotel to shave him, for old acquaintance sake, and finally that he had called on me on purpose, under the excuse of being shaved, to lend me that paper to read, where there was a long account of the great political[373] deeds of a celebrated English minister related to us both; in fact, no less a man than the renowned William Pitt. There's no harm in making yourself as big as you can when you are sure of not being found out—eh, gentlemen?—and when you do come out with a lie, tell a good 'un whilst you're about it—that's my morality.
I told them in the shop that he had hired me every morning at his hotel to shave him, since we were old acquaintances, and finally that he had come to see me specifically, pretending it was for a shave, to lend me that newspaper to read, which had a detailed article about the significant political[373] actions of a well-known English minister we both knew; namely, the famous William Pitt. There's no harm in puffing yourself up as much as you can when you know you won't get caught—right, gentlemen?—and when you do end up telling a lie, you might as well make it a good one—that's my philosophy.
Pauline raised her eyebrows and looked at me archly, half incredulously. Jacques, who had been sulkily combing out some bunches of hair for wig-making behind the counter, looked up for a moment, his mouth wide open with astonishment, then resumed his work.
Pauline raised her eyebrows and looked at me with a mix of disbelief and amusement. Jacques, who had been grumpily untangling some hair for wig-making behind the counter, glanced up for a moment, his mouth gaping in surprise, before going back to his work.
I little knew at the time how dearly I should have to pay for a few idle words. These are dangerous times to jest in, gentlemen, especially t'other side of the water, and if you happen to have an enemy. I was inexperienced in these matters then, but I have bought my experience since, and dearly enough I had to pay for it.
I had no idea at the time how much I would end up paying for a few careless words. These are risky times to joke around, guys, especially across the ocean, and if you have any enemies. I was naive about these things back then, but I've learned from my experiences since, and I paid a high price for that knowledge.
On the following morning I hastened to keep my appointment with my noble countryman. I found him very affable and condescending, and he was pleased to compliment me on my skill in barber-craft. He talked to me much about England and my family, of politics, of the French, etc., and asked me how I liked foreign parts. I naturally felt flattered at the interest he seemed to take in me, but I knew how to keep my place, always styling him "my lord" and "your lordship." In fact, we got on capitally together. When I returned to the shop I bragged of the intimacy between my patron and myself, not always sticking literally to the truth, but[374] colouring my reception a little highly to excite envy and respect in my rival and interest in Pauline.
The next morning, I rushed to meet my appointment with my esteemed countryman. I found him very friendly and accommodating, and he kindly complimented me on my barbering skills. He talked to me a lot about England and my family, politics, the French, and so on, and asked how I liked being abroad. I naturally felt flattered by the interest he seemed to show in me, but I knew to stay respectful, always calling him "my lord" and "your lordship." Honestly, we got along really well. When I returned to the shop, I bragged about the closeness between my patron and me, not always sticking completely to the truth, but[374] embellishing my experience a bit to stir up envy and respect in my rival and pique Pauline's interest.
After this I went regularly every day to his lordship, and came back after every visit with an extravagantly coloured account of my noble customer's bounty and friendship for me, as well as the unlimited share of his confidence that I enjoyed. Pauline's smiles grew daily more winning, and Jacques scowled more and more savagely from behind the counter.
After this, I started visiting him every day, and afterward, I returned from each visit with an overly colorful story about my generous customer's kindness and friendship toward me, as well as the immense trust he had in me. Pauline's smiles became more charming each day, while Jacques glared more and more fiercely from behind the counter.
One morning, as I was preparing as usual to start for my noble patron's hotel, an ugly-looking ruffian, dressed in the preposterous fashion of the "incroyables," entered the shop, and strutting up to my employer, who was hard at work on a new wig, said, "Citoyen, you harbour a 'suspect.'"
One morning, as I was getting ready like usual to head to my wealthy patron's hotel, a rough-looking guy dressed in the ridiculous style of the "incroyables" walked into the shop. He swaggered up to my boss, who was busy working on a new wig, and said, "Citizen, you're hiding a 'suspect'."
"Not I, my friend, I assure you," said Le Chauve. "It is a mistake; I have no one in the house but my wife and daughter and two apprentices—one an Englishman lately arrived."
"Not me, my friend, I promise you," said Le Chauve. "It's a mistake; I have no one in the house except for my wife, daughter, and two apprentices—one is an Englishman who just arrived."
"Just so, an Englishman, a spy of the English Government; a most dangerous character, and on the most intimate terms with Lord Goldboro', who is himself a spy."
"Just like that, an Englishman, a spy for the English Government; a very dangerous person, and closely connected with Lord Goldboro', who is also a spy."
"It cannot possibly be my assistant Suds," muttered my employer to himself.
"It can't possibly be my assistant Suds," muttered my boss to himself.
"Oui, Suds, c'est bien lui, le voici," and he showed a warrant for my immediate arrest.
"Yes, Suds, that's him, here he is," and he showed a warrant for my immediate arrest.
"Mais c'est impossible, monchére, ce pauvre garçon, si jeune, si innocent," pleaded my kind employer.[375]
"But it's impossible, my dear, that poor boy, so young, so innocent," pleaded my kind employer.[375]
"Nevertheless, I have my orders. If he is innocent, he will be proved so. I come not to dispute whether he be innocent or guilty, but to arrest him," said the incroyable. "Allons, où est-il?"
"Still, I have my orders. If he is innocent, that will be proven. I'm not here to argue whether he is innocent or guilty, but to arrest him," said the incredible one. "Come on, where is he?"
Now, concealment I knew to be impossible, resistance futile. The only thing to be done was to face the matter out boldly and trust to Providence. (Of course, I made no doubt as to whom I had to thank for my arrest.) So walking bravely into the shop, without any show of fear, I thus accosted the incroyable, "So, citoyen, it appears you have orders to arrest me. I will not dispute your authority, although I know myself to be innocent of the charges brought against me. I can pretty well guess which of my kind friends has been so considerate as to procure for me a safe night's lodging free from expense, and his motive in doing so."
Now, I knew hiding was impossible and fighting back was pointless. The only thing left to do was to face it head-on and trust in fate. (Of course, I had no doubt about who I owed my arrest to.) So, walking confidently into the shop without showing any fear, I addressed the officer, "So, citizen, it seems you have orders to arrest me. I won’t challenge your authority, even though I know I’m innocent of the charges against me. I can pretty much guess which of my so-called friends has been kind enough to arrange for my free night in a cozy place, and what their motive is for doing that."
Here I darted a withering glance at Jacques, who cowered beneath my gaze, and another pleading one at Pauline, as if I would say, "You see how I am betrayed, and by whom."
Here I shot a withering look at Jacques, who shrank back under my gaze, and another pleading one at Pauline, as if to say, "You see how I am betrayed, and by whom."
Pauline stood pale as death—or rather, leant against the wall for support. She seemed unable to utter a word, and yet seemed struggling with herself to defend me. As if spell-bound, she looked on in mute horror, until the guard entered the shop, and I had barely time to say, "Au revoir, Monsieur le Chauve; adieu, Mademoiselle Pauline. I am innocent, whatever my enemies may try and make me out, and doubt not but I shall be able to prove my innocence. Await my[376] speedy return. En evant, gards," and off I was conducted by the soldiers.
Pauline stood as pale as a ghost—or rather, leaned against the wall for support. She seemed incapable of saying a word, yet looked like she was fighting within herself to defend me. Spellbound, she stared in silent horror until the guard came into the shop, and I barely had time to say, "Au revoir, Monsieur le Chauve; adieu, Mademoiselle Pauline. I am innocent, no matter what my enemies may say, and I have no doubt I can prove my innocence. Wait for my[376] quick return. En avant, gards," and off I was led by the soldiers.
I was hardly out of the shop when a piercing female shriek reached my ears, and poor Pauline had fallen fainting to the ground. I saw and heard no more, for though I was outwardly calm, my brain was racked with the direst apprehensions.
I was barely out of the shop when a loud female scream pierced the air, and poor Pauline collapsed, fainting to the ground. I didn’t see or hear anything else because, even though I appeared calm on the outside, my mind was filled with the worst fears.
Here I was being led openly through the streets of Paris like a felon—whither? To prison—to the Bastille, to be tried; possibly, nay probably, to be condemned to death. What for? What had I done? "Nothing; I am innocent," I said to myself. "No matter, so have others been that have likewise perished by the guillotine," I thought I heard a voice inwardly say. "Executions are now of daily occurrence, and not individuals, but hundreds of individuals, perish for they know not what. Marat, from out his obscure lodgings, and seated up to the neck in his warm bath, doth complacently issue forth his bloody orders, from which not even innocence itself is free. Oh, the malignity of human nature!" thought I. "Base, base Jacques Millefleurs! for who else could have betrayed me? And Pauline, poor girl! what would become her?"
Here I was, being led through the streets of Paris like a criminal—where to? To prison—to the Bastille, to stand trial; possibly, probably, to be sentenced to death. Why? What had I done? "Nothing; I’m innocent," I told myself. "But it doesn’t matter, others have also been innocent and ended up at the guillotine," I thought I heard a voice within me say. "Executions happen every day, and not just individuals, but hundreds of people die for reasons unknown. Marat, from his hidden rooms, while seated in his warm bath, calmly issues his bloody orders, and even innocence is not spared. Oh, the wickedness of human nature!" I thought. "Cowardly Jacques Millefleurs! Who else could have betrayed me? And poor Pauline! What will happen to her?"
Then came another thought forcing its way through my brain, despite my efforts to crush it. Pauline for the present, it is true, was disgusted with Millefleurs, especially for this last dastardly act of his, but women are proverbially fickle—the whole French nation is volatile—and after my death, and she had shed a few[377] transient tears belike to my memory, Jacques might work himself into her good graces again, and even marry her—the thought was agony. The mere fear of death itself was perhaps the last thought that occupied me, for I felt I had no parents to regret me; on the contrary, I felt consoled in the thought that I should see them again in the other world. No; it was not mere death that I feared so much; but then, to leave Pauline, to be cut short in my brilliant career, before I had established my fame!
Then another thought pushed its way into my mind, despite my attempts to push it away. It's true that, for now, Pauline was disgusted with Millefleurs, especially after his recent despicable act, but women are known to be fickle—and the whole French nation is unpredictable—so after I was gone, and she had shed a few[377] fleeting tears in my memory, Jacques might win her over again, and even marry her—the thought was torture. The fear of death itself was perhaps the last thing on my mind, since I felt I had no parents to mourn me; instead, I took comfort in the thought that I would see them again in the afterlife. No; it wasn’t just death that I feared so much; it was leaving Pauline, having my promising career cut short before I had the chance to achieve my fame!
These were thoughts that galled me. Nevertheless, I tried to console myself. Perhaps things might not be so black as my imagination had painted them, and even if they should be—even if I should die by the guillotine for an imagined State offence—it was not like being gibbeted alive in my own country for a highway robbery or murder. No; there was something aristocratic in the idea of being guillotined, for did not the scaffold reek with noble blood?
These were thoughts that bothered me. Still, I tried to comfort myself. Maybe things wouldn't be as bad as my imagination suggested, and even if they were—even if I ended up dying by guillotine for a made-up crime against the State—it wasn't the same as being hanged alive in my own country for a robbery or murder. No; there was something elegant about the idea of being guillotined, because didn't the scaffold carry the legacy of noble blood?
Amid such reflections as these I was conducted by the guard to the gates of the Bastille, and before I was well aware of it, found myself in a spacious cell, and heard the lock turned upon me. Here a singular and never-to-be-forgotten scene was presented to my view. The prison was crowded with men and women of all ranks and ages, many of whom were to die on the morrow, yet most of them appeared to have no fear of death whatever. Here and there were knots of friends who seemed determined to make the most of their short[378] stay in this world, and to enjoy life to the utmost. Here was dicing and card playing, laughing, joking, and swearing, as if they thought it prime fun to die in company. Surely these men, thought I, must be accustomed to death, as they say eels are to skinning, that they no longer mind it.
Amid these thoughts, the guard led me to the gates of the Bastille, and before I knew it, I found myself in a spacious cell, hearing the lock click shut behind me. What unfolded before me was a unique and unforgettable scene. The prison was packed with men and women of all backgrounds and ages, many of whom were destined to die the next day, yet most of them seemed completely unafraid of death. Here and there, groups of friends were determined to make the most of their short time left in this world, enjoying life to the fullest. There was gambling, card playing, laughter, joking, and swearing, as if they thought it was great fun to die together. Surely, I thought, these men must be so familiar with death, just as they say eels are with skinning, that they don’t care about it anymore.
There were, however, prisoners of another cast, persons who preferred spending their last moments on earth in prayer and pious meditation. Parents took leave of their children, children of their parents, friends parted from friends, lovers from lovers. Tears flowed on all sides. Profane mirth and ribald jests mingled discordantly with pious oraisons and tearful farewells. Others again were sullenly awaiting their doom with crossed arms and heads drooping on their breasts, keeping apart from the others, being too proud to pray, and yet indifferent to the amusements of the more light-hearted.
There were, however, prisoners of a different kind, people who chose to spend their final moments on earth in prayer and devoted reflection. Parents said goodbye to their children, children to their parents, friends from friends, lovers from lovers. Tears flowed all around. Crude jokes and inappropriate laughter clashed with heartfelt prayers and tearful goodbyes. Others were grimly waiting for their fate with their arms crossed and heads bowed, keeping to themselves, too proud to pray, yet uninterested in the lighter spirits of the more upbeat group.
Well, days, weeks, passed by, I suppose, for I do not recollect what time elapsed during my incarceration, as I kept no count, being in a kind of mental stupor all the time, nor could I bring myself to believe that the scene before me was real, and not a dream. All the events from the time of my arrest, flitted through my mind like a vast phantasmagoria.
Well, days and weeks went by, I guess, because I can’t really remember how much time passed during my time in captivity. I didn’t keep track, as I was in a kind of mental haze the whole time, and I couldn’t convince myself that what was happening in front of me was real and not just a dream. All the events from my arrest played through my mind like a huge hallucination.
Since my imprisonment, I had been tried, found guilty, and condemned to death. The day had been fixed, and yet it weighed but lightly upon me, being nothing more that what I had expected and prepared[379] myself for. Each day brought new arrests, and each day some of my companions were led forth to execution. It is wonderfully consoling to find that others are about to share a like fate as one's self. This I found by experience, for, engrossed as I was, with my own selfish thoughts, I still found time to be touched with the misfortunes of others, and on several occasions I offered consolation, and received consolation from many of my fellow prisoners. In some instances I had struck up quite a warm friendship with the inmates of my cell, but alas! our intimacy lasted but long enough for us to know, love, and esteem each other. No sooner had I begun to feel for my fellow sufferer as a friend and brother, than the following day he was certain to be torn from me, and led off to execution. One of these friendships formed in prison, especially dwells upon me; perhaps because it was one of the longest.
Since I was imprisoned, I had been tried, found guilty, and sentenced to death. The execution date was set, but it didn't weigh heavily on me, as it was nothing more than what I had anticipated and prepared for. Each day brought new arrests, and each day, some of my fellow inmates were taken out for execution. It’s oddly comforting to know that others are facing the same fate as you. I discovered this through experience; even though I was consumed with my own selfish thoughts, I still managed to connect with the misfortunes of others. On several occasions, I offered comfort and received comfort from many of my fellow prisoners. In some cases, I formed quite a strong friendship with the people in my cell, but unfortunately, our closeness lasted just long enough for us to know, love, and respect each other. No sooner had I started to feel for my fellow sufferer as a friend and brother than the next day, he would be taken from me and led to execution. One of these friendships formed in prison especially stands out to me, perhaps because it was one of the longest.
My friend was a young man of my own years, and of noble family, as he said. He told me also his name, but I have forgotten it. He was imprisoned because it was thought he entertained aristocratic opinions, and was a devout Catholic. He was in love, but the idol of his affections belonged to an atheistical family. It had been the dream of his ambition to eradicate the heretical opinions she had imbibed and convert her to the Catholic faith. He was looked upon with suspicion by her family, who, disapproving of the match, were instrumental in placing him in the Bastille. I[380] ventured to condole with him, though he needed not my consolation, as his comfort was in his religion. Of all my companions in prison, I found him the most resigned.
My friend was a young man my age, and he claimed to come from a noble family. He told me his name, but I've forgotten it. He had been imprisoned because people thought he had aristocratic views and was a devout Catholic. He was in love, but the object of his affection came from an atheistic family. His biggest dream was to change her heretical beliefs and convert her to Catholicism. Her family viewed him with suspicion, disapproved of their relationship, and played a part in getting him locked up in the Bastille. I[380] tried to offer my sympathy, even though he didn't really need it since his faith provided him comfort. Out of all my fellow prisoners, I found him to be the most accepting of his situation.
When I had learnt his tale, I told him mine, saying that I was a poor perruquier-barbier who had left his country for a while to complete his art studies, and who, happening to fall in love with his employer's daughter, had, through the jealousy and malice of a rival, who had falsely accused him, found himself imprisoned in the Bastille, and condemned to death. He was touched with my tale as I had been with his, for our histories had something in common. We were both in love, in prison, and condemned to death. We wept together, we embraced, we kissed (Frenchmen always kiss); and though he was a gentleman of noble family, and I only a lowly barber, yet, on the brink of the grave, all distinctions are levelled, so we embraced, and called ourselves brothers in adversity. How I prayed and longed that our lives might be spared, that we might the longer enjoy each other's friendship, or that we might quit this world in each other's company! But fate willed it otherwise. On the morrow, he whom I had learnt to love as a brother was torn from me and led to the scaffold. My life seemed now a blank. Whilst my friend lived in his troubles, I forgot my own; now that he was no more I began to realise all the horrors of my situation.
When I had heard his story, I shared mine with him, saying that I was a poor wig-maker-barber who had left my country for a time to finish my art studies, and who, upon falling in love with my boss's daughter, had been falsely accused by a jealous rival and found myself imprisoned in the Bastille, facing a death sentence. He felt deep sympathy for my story, just as I had for his, because our lives had a lot in common. We were both in love, in prison, and condemned to die. We cried together, hugged, and kissed (Frenchmen always kiss); and although he came from a noble family while I was just a lowly barber, when you’re on the edge of death, all distinctions vanish, so we embraced and called each other brothers in hardship. I prayed and hoped that our lives would be spared so we could cherish each other’s friendship longer, or that we could leave this world together! But fate had other plans. The next day, the brother I had come to love was taken from me and led to the scaffold. My life now felt empty. While my friend dealt with his troubles, I forgot my own; but now that he was gone, I began to understand the horrors of my situation.
At length the eve of my execution arrived. I tried to give myself up wholly to pious meditation, so[381] throwing myself down in the corner of my cell, I endeavoured to recall all my past life, to repent of my sins, and pray for a speedy and peaceful end; but then the guillotine rose up before me in all its terrors, and bodily fear would usurp the place of holier thoughts. The nearer the hour drew, the more vividly everything painted itself to my mind's eye. I must leave Pauline without a word of farewell. The heartless turnkey, inured to scenes of death and misery, would witness me depart to execution without a tear. Then the insolence of the brutal guard, the gaping crowd, the scaffold, and surly executioner, the cold steel close to my neck, one terrible shock and then—then—eternity—a vast blank—an unexpected world—doubt, suspense, perhaps, total annihilation.
At last, the night before my execution arrived. I tried to fully engage in prayerful meditation, so[381] I threw myself down in the corner of my cell, attempting to recall my entire past life, to repent for my sins, and to pray for a quick and peaceful end; but then the guillotine loomed before me in all its horror, and physical fear would take over my spiritual thoughts. The closer the hour got, the more vividly everything played out in my mind. I would leave Pauline without a chance to say goodbye. The cold-hearted jailer, used to scenes of death and suffering, would watch me head to execution without shedding a tear. Then there was the arrogance of the brutal guard, the staring crowd, the scaffold, and the grim executioner, the cold steel against my neck, one terrifying moment and then—then—eternity—a vast emptiness—an unfamiliar world—doubt, uncertainty, maybe, total obliteration.
"Merciful God!" I exclaimed in agony, "is there no hope? I ask not for length of days, but only time to repent. Let me not be ushered into Thy awful presence unprepared. Help me to my salvation, and fit me for my end." Here I shut my eyes and prayed long and fervently, after which I felt more resigned. I heard the clock toll forth the hour of midnight, and most of the inmates of my cell were fast asleep. I now felt a chilly sensation creep over me, an indescribable awe, as if in the presence of something more than mortal. I opened my eyes and was aware of a vaporous form or column of luminous ether standing beside me, which gradually growing more distinct, shaped itself into the bearing and lineaments of my father. My breath[382] forsook me. My eyeballs straining from their sockets, fixed the cloudy image without my having the power to remove them, and I was unable to utter a word.
"Merciful God!" I cried out in despair, "is there no hope? I'm not asking for a long life, just some time to repent. Don’t let me face Your overwhelming presence unprepared. Help me find my salvation and get me ready for my end." I shut my eyes and prayed intensely for a long time, after which I felt more at peace. I heard the clock chime midnight, and most of the people in my cell were fast asleep. I then felt a chill wash over me, an indescribable awe, as if I were in the presence of something beyond this world. I opened my eyes and saw a misty figure or column of glowing light beside me, which slowly became clearer, taking on the features and demeanor of my father. My breath[382] caught in my throat. My eyes bulged as I stared at the cloudy image, unable to look away, and I couldn't speak a word.
Presently a low, though distant, voice (whether it proceeded from the figure or not, I cannot say, for it seemed to come from a distance and to sing through my head) uttered these words: "My son, it has pleased Heaven for once that the innocent shall be spared and the wicked punished. Fear not, for I am sent to protect you. Another has been provided to take your place at the scaffold. In another minute he will be here. When you hear the key turn in the lock and see the door open wide, be ready to fly with me."
Currently, a soft, distant voice (I couldn’t tell if it came from the figure or not, as it seemed to echo in my head from far away) said these words: "My son, it has pleased Heaven this time that the innocent will be spared and the wicked will be punished. Don’t be afraid, for I am here to protect you. Someone else has been arranged to take your place at the scaffold. In just a moment, he will arrive. When you hear the key turning in the lock and the door swings open, be ready to escape with me."
"Fly with you, father!" I mentally cried. To which the spectre answered, "I will envelop you in my essence, and being invisible myself to others, will make you likewise invisible. Thus, as the new prisoner enters, we will pass unseen by the turnkey through the open door, and so on, past the guard, till we find ourselves outside. Once past all danger, I will conduct you to the seashore, where a vessel awaits you to carry you back to England."
"Let's go, Dad!" I thought desperately. The ghost replied, "I will wrap you in my essence, and since I am invisible to others, you'll become invisible too. So, when the new prisoner comes in, we can slip unnoticed through the open door, past the guard, until we're outside. Once we're safe, I'll take you to the shore where a boat is waiting to take you back to England."
Each word was uttered slowly and distinctly, and whilst he was yet speaking I heard the key grate against the lock, and the door of my prison being flung open, a fresh prisoner entered, accompanied by the jailor. What was my surprise when, by the light of the jailor's lanthorn, I recognised my old rival, Jacques Millefleurs!
Each word was spoken slowly and clearly, and while he was still talking, I heard the key scrape against the lock. The door to my prison swung open, and a new prisoner came in, followed by the jailor. I was shocked to see, in the light of the jailor's lantern, that it was my old rival, Jacques Millefleurs!
I had no time to speculate on the "how" or the "wherefore" of his arrest, but in obedience to my father's[383] orders I passed fearlessly through the open door, which was immediately closed after me. I passed the guards, not without a certain tremor, yet no one appeared to see me or impede my course. I hurried past the outer gate, and quickening my pace, soon left the Bastille and its terrors far behind me.
I didn’t have time to think about the "how" or "why" of his arrest, but following my dad's[383] orders, I confidently walked through the open door, which was quickly shut behind me. I went by the guards, feeling a bit nervous, but no one seemed to notice or stop me. I rushed past the outer gate, and picking up my speed, I soon left the Bastille and its fears far behind.
Morning at length dawned, and as I passed through the streets I observed that nobody looked me in the face, but rather looked through me into space, as if I were air. I was thus aware that I was still invisible, so entering a diligence, arrived in due time at Calais.
Morning finally came, and as I walked through the streets, I noticed that no one looked me in the face. Instead, they seemed to look right through me into the distance, as if I were invisible. I realized that I was still unseen, so I got on a coach and arrived in Calais on time.
"This is the vessel," said the voice, in my ear. "Embark—the wind is fair. Farewell," and I found myself once more alone and visible, for sundry passers-by stared at me in surprise, no doubt wondering how I had made my appearance there all of a sudden, not having been on the spot a moment ago.
"This is the ship," said the voice in my ear. "Get on board—the wind is good. Goodbye," and I found myself once again alone and visible, as various passers-by stared at me in shock, probably wondering how I had appeared there so suddenly, having not been there just a moment ago.
I hastened to take my place on board, and having set sail, arrived, after a good passage, at Dover. How the dear old white cliffs and the grand old castle seemed to welcome me back to my native land! How thankful I felt for my recent miraculous preservation! How joyfully I leapt ashore, and with what buoyancy I trod my native land again! It was as if I had never breathed the air of liberty till now.
I quickly took my place on board, and after a smooth journey, I arrived in Dover. The beautiful white cliffs and the majestic old castle felt like they were welcoming me back home! I was so grateful for my recent miraculous survival. I jumped onto the shore with joy, feeling so light and free as I stepped back on my homeland! It felt like I had never truly experienced freedom until this moment.
Once more in the land of the free, after a hearty meal, I took the stage, and travelled until I reached my native village; and here I am, gentlemen.
Once again in the land of the free, after a big meal, I got up on stage and traveled until I reached my hometown; and here I am, folks.
"Upon my word, Mr. Suds," broke in Dr. Bleedem as the barber concluded his story, "if you have many more tales of that sort you'll soon rival the members of the club. What do you say, Mr. Oldstone. Was not that story worthy of a member?"
"Honestly, Mr. Suds," interrupted Dr. Bleedem as the barber finished his story, "if you have many more tales like that, you'll soon be on par with the club members. What do you think, Mr. Oldstone? Wasn't that story good enough for a member?"
Mr. Oldstone could not go so far as to admit that any one member of the club had ever been equalled in story telling by a barber, and that, too, a Frenchified barber, but he condescended to give a complacent look of approval at the young man without directly answering the question put to him, and then addressing him said, as he pulled out his watch, "I don't know if you are aware of it, Mr. Suds, but the absorbing interest that you have forced us to take in your narrative has made us quite forget church time, and it now wants but a quarter to one o'clock."
Mr. Oldstone couldn’t bring himself to admit that any member of the club had ever been matched in storytelling by a barber, especially a Frenchy one, but he did give a satisfied nod of approval to the young man without directly answering his question. Then, as he took out his watch, he said, "I don’t know if you realize this, Mr. Suds, but the captivating interest you've drawn us into with your story has made us completely lose track of church time, and it’s now just a quarter to one."
"You don't say so," cried several voices at once. "Sure enough," said another, "here are all the people coming out of church."
"You don’t say!" shouted several voices at once. "Sure enough," said another, "here are all the people coming out of church."
"What!" cried our late story teller, in alarm, "have I really, through my talk, prevented your honours from exhibiting your chins at divine service, as a sample of my art? This is indeed a sin my soul must answer."
"What!" exclaimed our recent storyteller, alarmed, "have I truly, through my words, stopped you all from showing your faces at church as a display of my skill? This is definitely a sin my soul will have to answer for."
"Well, gentlemen," said Mr. Oldstone, "time past cannot be recalled, all we can do is, to try to make up for it by going to church this afternoon."
"Well, gentlemen," Mr. Oldstone said, "we can't change the past; all we can do is try to make up for it by going to church this afternoon."
"Stop! stop! Mr. Suds, whither away so fast," he cried, as he saw the young man making towards the door[385] with his tackle in his hand. "You have not told us what became of Pauline. You finished your story rather too abruptly; it requires a sequel. Come, let's hear it."
"Stop! Stop! Mr. Suds, where are you rushing off to?" he called out as he saw the young man heading for the door[385] with his gear in hand. "You haven’t shared what happened to Pauline. You wrapped up your story a bit too suddenly; it needs a follow-up. Come on, let’s hear it."
The youth returned, after closing the door, and resting the tips of his fingers against the back of a chair, proceeded gravely thus: "Little more remains to be told, gentlemen. I heard from Pauline not long since. Her letter runs as nearly as I can recollect in these words:
The young man came back, closed the door, and rested the tips of his fingers on the back of a chair, then said seriously: "There's not much left to say, gentlemen. I recently heard from Pauline. Her letter goes something like this:
"Dear Mr. Suds, I write to you for the first and last time. Perhaps I should not have written to you at all. If I have erred from maiden modesty in so doing, I hope you will excuse me. I really could not let so great a friend pass from me without a word. I heard of your escape by chance, and you may imagine my extreme delight and thankfulness at the joyful news, though I never could learn in what manner you effected it. Enough for me that you are safe in your own free country, far from the broils of civil discord and intestine misery.
"Dear Mr. Suds, I'm writing to you for the first and last time. Maybe I shouldn't have reached out at all. If I’ve stepped out of line by doing this, I hope you can forgive me. I just couldn’t let such a dear friend slip away without saying something. I heard about your escape by chance, and you can imagine how incredibly happy and grateful I was for the wonderful news, even though I never found out how you managed it. What matters to me is that you are safe in your own free country, away from the turmoil of civil strife and internal suffering."
"Alas! my friend, if I may be allowed to call you by that name, I have suffered much since we parted; so much, indeed, that were you to see me now, you would not know me again for the gay capricious Pauline of former times, whose eyes and complexion you were once wont to praise. Forgive me, my friend, forgive me, Mr. Suds, if I have already said too much, and bear with me still, while I yet disburden my heart of more. The words tremble on my pen, my hand refuses to[386] write what my heart dictates, for fear of incurring your displeasure and contempt, rather than brook which I would that my hand would paralyse, that I might never touch pen more; that my lips were sealed that I might never more express the feelings that rise and crave for utterance, ay that my heart itself would cease to beat. I can no longer restrain my pen. My eyes fill with tears as I write. Pardon my temerity. I feel I must speak or die.
"Unfortunately, my friend, if I can call you that, I've gone through a lot since we last saw each other; so much, in fact, that if you saw me now, you wouldn’t recognize me as the cheerful, unpredictable Pauline you once admired, with the eyes and complexion you used to compliment. Please forgive me, my friend, forgive me, Mr. Suds, if I’ve already said too much, and bear with me a little longer while I unload more of my feelings. The words shake on my pen, my hand refuses to write what my heart wants to say, out of fear of disappointing or angering you, something I wish I could avoid so much that I’d rather my hand be paralyzed, preventing me from writing again; or that my lips were sealed so I wouldn’t have to express the emotions that surge within me, begging to be voiced, or that my heart would just stop beating. I can’t hold back my pen any longer. Tears fill my eyes as I write. Please forgive my boldness. I feel like I have to speak or I’ll die."
"Dear Mr. Suds, did you ever imagine that from the very first moment that you introduced yourself at my father's shop that my heart was no longer my own? Did you know that the attentions of the odious Jacques Millefleurs which my vanity only induced me to encourage, from that time became loathsome to me, and my heart told me too truly the reason why?
"Dear Mr. Suds, did you ever think that from the very first moment you introduced yourself at my dad's shop, my heart was no longer mine? Did you realize that the attention from the awful Jacques Millefleurs, which my vanity only led me to entertain, suddenly became unbearable to me, and my heart knew all too well the reason why?"
"Oh! my dearest friend, if you knew how hard it has been to me to persist in dissimulation for so long, to hide from my father and from Millefleurs that which was passing in my bosom!
"Oh! my dearest friend, if you only knew how difficult it has been for me to keep up this pretense for so long, to hide from my father and from Millefleurs what I’ve been feeling inside!"
"Oh! if you knew the shock I received when I witnessed your arrest and the deadly hatred that I bore towards Jacques Millefleurs for being the cause, oh, then my love! then, I say, you would pardon me all, ay, even the hideous crime I perpetrated for your sake. Know then, my loved one, that it was I—I,—your Pauline, who accused Jacques to the government for conspiring against it, even as he had falsely accused you, and caused him to be arrested and condemned! Know[387] you that whilst your bark was peacefully crossing the channel that Jacques Millefleurs was taking your place at the scaffold? You are avenged, and through me, though I know your noble nature must recoil at such retaliation. Enough, he is judged; peace be to his soul.
"Oh! If you knew the shock I felt when I saw your arrest and the intense hatred I had for Jacques Millefleurs for causing it, oh, my love! Then you would forgive me everything, yes, even the terrible crime I committed for you. Know this, my dear: it was I—your Pauline—who reported Jacques to the government for plotting against it, just like he falsely accused you, leading to his arrest and conviction! And do you know that while your boat was peacefully crossing the channel, Jacques Millefleurs was being executed in your place? You are avenged through me, even though I know your kind nature must struggle with such revenge. Enough, he has been judged; may his soul find peace.
"But, alas, evil though he may have been, will his crimes help to wash out one iota of the stain of my guilt? Shall I ever feel the stings of remorse less keenly because I committed the rash and mean act in the very torrent of passion?
"But, unfortunately, no matter how evil he may have been, will his crimes really do anything to lessen my guilt? Will I ever feel the pain of remorse any less sharply because I acted rashly and cruelly in the heat of the moment?"
"Oh! my friend, I feel I have merited your contempt and scorn for having given way thus to the promptings of my evil nature. I fancy I see you start and shrink back whilst reading these lines, and saying to yourself, 'Can Pauline have been guilty of so black a crime?' No wonder you shrink back in horror and loathing; yet, loathe me as you will, you cannot loathe me as much as I loathe myself. I thought revenge would be sweet, but now the bitterness of remorse has filled my heart. The remembrance of my crime is intolerable to me; it haunts me night and day. I feel that nothing short of the sacrifice of my whole life can do aught towards atoning for so black a deed.
"Oh! my friend, I know I deserve your contempt and scorn for giving in to the urges of my darker side. I can imagine you recoiling as you read these words, thinking to yourself, 'Could Pauline really have committed such a terrible crime?' It’s no surprise that you recoil in horror and disgust; still, no matter how much you despise me, you can’t hate me as much as I hate myself. I thought revenge would be gratifying, but now all I feel is the bitterness of regret. The memory of my crime is unbearable; it torments me day and night. I believe that only the total sacrifice of my life can begin to atone for such a horrific act."
"Yes, my friend, many and bitter have been the tears of remorse that I have shed, very bitter the reproaches I have launched against myself. But to what purpose all this? What should your young and innocent soul know of the torments I bear within? Enough, my resolution is fixed never to be changed.[388]
"Yes, my friend, I have shed many tears of regret, and the self-reproach I've felt has been intense. But what good is all of this? What does your young and innocent soul need to know about the pain I carry inside? I've made up my mind, and it's not going to change.[388]
"Start not, friend, when I tell you that I have renounced the world and its vanities, and intend to retire into a convent, there to atone by a lifetime of fasting and prayer for the fell crime that harrows my soul. I was once vain enough to dream of becoming your bride, but now I am called upon to be the bride of Heaven. Shortly after you receive this I shall have taken the veil. Think no more of one unworthy to find a place in your thoughts. Forgive me if you can. Farewell, yours, Pauline."
"Don't be shocked, my friend, when I tell you that I've turned my back on the world and its empty pleasures, and I plan to go to a convent, where I'll spend my life in fasting and prayer to atone for the terrible sin that weighs heavily on my soul. I once foolishly dreamed of being your wife, but now I’m meant to be the bride of Heaven. Shortly after you read this, I will have taken my vows. Please forget about someone who doesn't deserve a place in your thoughts. I hope you can forgive me. Goodbye, yours, Pauline."
"These, gentlemen, are the words of her letter, as well as I can recollect. The letter bears no date or address, but it bore the post-mark, 'Brussels.' As the letter did not appear to crave an answer, I wrote none and thus the matter dropped."
"These, gentlemen, are the words of her letter, as well as I can remember. The letter has no date or address, but it was postmarked 'Brussels.' Since the letter didn’t seem to ask for a reply, I didn’t write one and that’s how the matter ended."
"Poor girl!" broke in Parnassus, with a sigh; "her crime was great, no doubt; but done in the very heat of passion; and then, her repentance is extremely touching."
"Poor girl!" Parnassus interjected with a sigh; "her crime was significant, for sure; but it happened in the heat of the moment; and then, her remorse is really moving."
"Yes," said Mr. Blackdeed, "she winds up in a manner quite dramatic."
"Yes," Mr. Blackdeed said, "she wraps it up in a very dramatic way."
The members of the club then expressed, severally, their approbation of the barber's narrative, upon which the young man bowed and scraped, and hoped he should be able to satisfy the honourable members as well on a future occasion, if his services should be required, and then quitted the inn. In the afternoon our members attended divine service, to a man; and, after a stroll in the wood, returned home in the evening, which they spent in their usual jovial manner.
The club members each shared their approval of the barber’s story, to which the young man bowed and expressed his hope to please the esteemed members again in the future, if needed, and then left the inn. In the afternoon, everyone attended church, and after a walk in the woods, they returned home in the evening, which they spent in their typical cheerful fashion.
Transcriber's Note:
Transcriber's Note:
Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note.
Minor typographical errors have been fixed without comment.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!